(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Catalog 2006-2008"

Mount St. Mary's College 







* ** 



2006-2008 





tit 



2 ACCREDITATION 



MOUNT ST. MARY'S 
COLLEGE CATALOG 

2006-2008 

This catalog is published to aid the student in making decisions leading to the 
accomplishment of academic goals. Each student is responsible for becoming acquainted 
with academic requirements. The rules and regulations stated herein are for information only 
and in no way constitute a contract between the student and Mount St. Mary's College. The 
College reserves the right to make program changes, policy revisions, and fee adjustments at 
any time and without prior notice. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the 
information contained in this catalog. The student should consult the appropriate 
departments, offices or the published Schedule of Classes for current information. 

Accreditation Agencies 

Chartered by the State of California in 1925, Mount St. Mary's College is accredited by: 

The Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities of the Western 

Association of Schools and Colleges, 985 Atlantic Ave., Suite 100, Alameda, California, 

94501, (510)748-9001 

California Commission on Teacher Credentialing 

The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) 

The National Association of Schools of Music 

Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE) 

Information regarding these accreditation agencies is located in the Office of the President, 

12001 Chalon Road, Los Angeles, California, 90049 

Nondiscrimination Policy 

Mount St. Mary's College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national 

origin, age or handicap in the administration of its admission policies, scholarship and loan 

programs, or in its educational programs. 

The College offers equal opportunity to all members of its faculty and staff and to applicants 

for employment without discrimination as to race, color, creed, sex, age, handicap or national 

origin. 

The older facilities of Mount St. Mary's College provide limited wheelchair access. 

Mount St. Mary's College complies with the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and 

Privacy Act of 1974. 

In conformance with college policy, Mount St. Mary's College is an Affirmative Action/ 

Equal Opportunity Employer. 

Inquiries regarding the College's equal opportunity policies may be directed to the Director of 

Human Resources, Affirmative Action Coordinator, at (310) 954-4035. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Introduction 



General Information 



Academic Information 



Student Affairs 



Courses of Instruction 



Faculty, Trustees and 
Administration 



Index 



The Academic Calendar 


4 


The College 


5 


The Campuses 


12, 14 


Maps 


13, 15 


Admission 


16 


Financial Aid 


21 


Academic Policies 


33 


The Associate Degree 


45 


The Baccalaureate Degree 


57 


Graduate Degree Programs 


79 


Associate 


51 


Baccalaureate 


73 


Course Numbering 


89 


Listing of Courses by 




Department 


91 


The Board of Trustees 


358 


The Administrative 




Officers 


362 


Academic and Student 




Affairs 


359 


Business Management and 




Administrative Services 




Staff 


362 


The Faculty 


363 


Cooperating Agencies and 




Clinical Centers 


372 


Index 


382 



4 ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



Academic Calendar 

2006-2007 ACADEMIC YEAR 



Fall Semester, 2006 

Chalon Orientation 
Doheny Orientation 
Transfer Orientation 
Fall Semester begins 
Labor Day Holiday 
Mid-Semester Break 
Thanksgiving Holiday 
Finals 

Spring Semester, 2007 

Chalon Orientation 

Doheny Orientation 

Spring Semester begins 

Presidents Day Holiday 

Spring Break 

Good Friday, no classes 

Easter Monday (Academic Holiday) 

Finals 

Graduation 



July 9- 11 
July 23-25 
August 7 
August 28 
September 4 
October 20 
November 23-24 
December 11-14 



January 16 
January 16 
January 17 
February 19 
March 12-16 
April 6 
April 9 
May 7-10 
To be announced 



Summer Session Calendars 

Consult the Registrar's Office or the specific program office for more information regarding 
the summer calendars for the Weekend College, ADN, Accelerated Nursing, and Graduate 
programs offered during summer sessions. 

2007-2008 ACADEMIC YEAR 



Fall Semester, 2007 

Chalon Orientation 
Doheny Orientation 
Transfer Orientation 
Fall Semester begins 
Labor Day Holiday 
Mid-Semester Break 
Thanksgiving Holiday 
Finals 

Spring Semester, 2008 

Chalon Orientation 

Doheny Orientation 

Spring Semester begins 

Presidents Day Holiday 

Spring Break 

Good Friday, no classes 

Easter Monday (Academic Holiday) 

Finals 

Graduation 



July 8-10 
July 22-24 
August 6 
August 27 
September 3 
October 19 
November 22-23 
December 10-13 



January 14 
January 14 
January 14 
February 18 
March 17-21 
March 21 
March 24 
May 5 - 8 
To Be announced 



THE COLLEGE 



THE COLLEGE 



History of Mount St. Mary's College 

Mount St. Mary's College offers a values-based liberal arts education for women, as well as 
innovative programs for professional men and women on two historical Los Angeles 
campuses. 

Founded in 1925 by the Sisters of St. Joseph of Carondelet, the original campus was housed at 
St. Mary's Academy, at Slauson and Crenshaw Boulevards in Los Angeles. Property was 
purchased in the Santa Monica Mountains in 1927 and that site in Brentwood became the 
Chalon Campus which is home to the Baccalaureate degree programs. 

The Doheny Campus near Downtown Los Angeles, once the historic Doheny estate, opened 
in 1962. It offers graduate, educational credential, physical therapy, nursing, and associate 
degree programs, many in an evening and weekend format. Since its inception, the College 
has granted more than 18,000 degrees. In Fall 2006 a Weekend College, that gives working 
men and women an opportunity to earn a Bachelor's degree by attending classes every third 
weekend, moved from the Chalon to the Doheny Campus. 

While tradition remains a key component of the Mount St. Mary's College experience, 
educating new generations of women for the new millennium is a major College priority. 

The Sister Magdalen Coughlin Learning Complex on the Doheny Campus serves as one 
example of the efforts the College is taking to provide facilities to meet the growing needs of 
its students. Named for the prominent Los Angeles leader who served as Mount St. Mary's 
College president from 1976-1989 and chancellor from 1989 until her death in 1994, the 
complex houses a library, the Cultural Fluency Center, an academic building, and a learning 
resource center. 



Mission Statement 

Mount St. Mary's College offers a dynamic learning experience in the liberal arts and 
sciences to a diverse student body. As a Catholic college primarily for women, we are 
dedicated to providing a superior education enhanced by an emphasis on building leadership 
skills and fostering a spirit to serve others. Our measure of success is graduates who are 
committed to using their knowledge and skills to better themselves, their environments, and 
the world. 



6 THE COLLEGE 



The Religious Commitment 

The Catholic commitment of the College manifests itself in many ways. It is found in 
opportunities for worship. It is found in academic programs. It is found in the way the College 
functions. Above all, it is found in the whole environment in which inquiry and learning take 
place. Thus, the College embodies Christian convictions supportive of lives of commitment 
and Christian concern in a secular society. 



Student Affairs 

The Division of Student Affairs is dedicated to educating and developing students so that the> 
may embrace a life-long commitment to learning and self-reflection and enjoy satisfying and 
relevant lives of leadership and service. Students on both campuses are invited to participate 
in a wide variety of religious, social and leadership programs and avail themselves of services 
in career counseling, on-campus living, fitness, and learning support. Details of these services 
and activities are contained within the Student Affairs section of the baccalaureate prograrr 
and the Student Affairs section of the associate program. 

The Alumnae Association 

The Alumnae Association supports the mission and goals of the College by strengthening the 
bond of loyalty between the College and its former students. This relationship is maintained 
by communications, continuing education, social events, and fundraising. 

The Alumnae Association is a member of the Council for Advancement and Support of 
Education. Its members qualify for membership in the American Association of University 
Women; the International Federation of Catholic Alumnae; Kappa Gamma Pi, the honor 
society for outstanding graduates from Catholic colleges; and Delta Epsilon Sigma, honor 
society for graduates of Catholic universities and colleges. 

Degree Programs 
Associate Degree Program 

Through the Associate in Arts Program students have the opportunity to develop academic 
competencies and enhance their self-development through involvement on and off campus. 
Faculty and staff offer excellence in their specialized fields and show concern for the 
individual student. 

Courses of study are offered which lead to degrees in Business Administration, Early 
Childhood Education, Graphic Design, Human Services, Liberal Arts, Media Communication, 
Nursing, or Pre-Health Sciences. 

All students entering the Associate Degree Program are required to complete placement tests 
in reading, writing, and math prior to registering for classes. Four semesters are usually 



THE COLLEGE 7 



required to complete the A. A. degree; students with deficiencies in mathematics or English 
skills may need one or two additional semesters. 

This program is designed to prepare students for transfer to a Baccalaureate program on the 
Chalon Campus or another institution or direct entry into a career after graduation. 

Associate Degree Nursing Program 

The Associate Degree Nursing Program, located on the Doheny Campus, offers an afternoon 
and evening program for working adult women and men leading to an Associate in Arts 
degree in Nursing. 

Baccalaureate Degree Programs 

Mount St. Mary's College offers courses of study leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts 
and Bachelor of Science. Primarily these are offered at the Chalon Campus. 

Within the liberal arts tradition, the curriculum provides the student with a broad and 
liberating background in the arts and sciences and aims at developing his/her ability to 
communicate knowledge and to apply appropriate principles and techniques to particular 
problems. During the junior and senior years, the students pursue deeper study in their major 
areas of concentration and take related elective courses. 

Baccalaureate Weekend College 

The Weekend College on the Doheny Campus of Mount St. Mary's College is an innovative 
approach to learning that provides working adults with the opportunity to earn the Bachelor of 
Arts degree with majors in Liberal Arts, Sociology, Gerontology, English and Business 
Administration and the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Business Administration. 
In four years, students can earn their degrees while continuing to fulfill their full-time 
obligations to their careers and families. 

The Weekend College is not an accelerated program. Instead, it is a complete college 
experience, based on traditional curricula whose content has been organized in new ways and 
then redistributed so that classes, which would traditionally be spread out evenly over a 
fifteen-week semester, are concentrated into six intensive weekends. These weekends are non- 
consecutive and are scheduled in such a way that there is a space of at least two weeks, and 
usually three weeks, between each class weekend. Adult students, even if they work full-time 
during the week and have, in addition, family and personal obligations, are nevertheless able 
to perform comfortably and successfully if they have developed a reasonable degree of 
maturity and motivation. Those who take the full-time load of three courses per semester 
spend the whole day in classes on both Saturday and Sunday on each of the six weekend 
sessions. 

The program is designed for both men and women, part-time or full-time students, and for 
those who bring with them transfer credits from other colleges as well as students who are just 
beginning their college education. The same teachers who exemplify Mount St. Mary's 
academic excellence teach small classes. Students who receive a four-year bachelor's degree 
from the Weekend College spend comparable hours in the classroom, receive the same 
outstanding quality of instruction, and are certified as possessing the same high level of 
knowledge and skills as the graduates of Mount St. Mary's renowned weekday college. 



8 THE COLLEGE 



Masters Degree Programs/ Teacher Credential Programs 

Since 1931, the graduate division of Mount St. Mary's College has extended and deepened the 
work of the undergraduate departments by offering to qualified men and women the 
opportunity to pursue advanced courses and to obtain professional preparation. 

Students may earn the degrees of Master of Arts in Humanities, Master of Arts in Religious 
Studies, Master of Science in Counseling Psychology, Master of Science in Education, and 
Master of Science in Nursing Education. 

The graduate division also offers courses and fieldwork experiences that prepare the student 
for a California Teaching Credential in Elementary Education, Secondary Education, or 
Special Education (Mild/Moderate Disabilities). These programs may be completed in 
conjunction with a Master of Science degree in Education. An advanced program in 
Instructional Leadership is offered for experienced teachers. 

Doctoral Degree Program 

Doctor in Physical Therapy 

The Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree is an entry level professional program. It is a 
three-year program (120 units) requiring full-time study. The curriculum integrates clinical 
and classroom experiences to maximize development of clinical reasoning skills. 

Certificate Programs 
Gerontology 

Gerontology is the scientific study of aging. The aging processes are studied mainly from the 
aspects of biology, psychology and sociology, but there are added ethical, religious, and 
humanistic dimensions as well. 

The Certificate Program in Gerontology at Mount St. Mary's College is designed for students 
to learn about the aging process, the elders in our society, and ways of adapting to the changes 
that we all go through. This is a multidisciplinary approach which offers a solid base for those 
who work with the elderly in service, health, church, or political organizations - or who are 
interested in their own successful aging. 

Requirements for the Certificate are listed in the Gerontology section of this catalog. 

Advanced Religious Studies 

This is a 36 unit program of directed course work in theology and ministry for those interested 
in further religious studies, but not a graduate degree. No comprehensives/examination or 
Capstone Project is required. 

Hispanic Pastoral Ministry 

This 1 7 unit program is designed for Hispanic leaders wishing a deeper theological 
background as it relates to Pastoral Theology and ministry in the U.S. Hispanic Catholic 
community. All courses are taught in Spanish for graduate credit. 



THE COLLEGE 



Youth and Young Adult Ministry 

Designed as a 12 unit program conducted in cooperation with the Center for Youth Ministry 
Development as preparation for those in youth ministry, this program is presently conducted 
in as many as five dioceses in California. Entrance into the program is dependent on 
acceptance by both the diocesan office and Mount St. Mary's College. Further information 
about these certificate programs can be found under the graduate religious studies section of 
this catalog. 

Library Facilities 

The Charles Willard Coe Memorial Library, located on the Chalon Campus, is the principal 
library of Mount St. Mary's College. Constructed in 1947, the Coe Library houses the 
majority of print library materials for both campuses and also houses the Instructional Media 
Center, an Office of Institutional Technology (OIT), administered repository for non-print 
media, and the hardware necessary to non-print media use. The facility is intended primarily 
for individual and small group use but also circulates its sound and image collections for use 
in the classroom. There is an OIT administered Computer Lab on the 4 th floor. 

The J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the Doheny Campus is housed in the Sr. Magdalen 
Coughlin Learning Complex. 

The libraries serving the two campuses currently hold over 130,000 volumes and carry 
subscriptions to over 800 periodicals. Moreover, the libraries contain over 5500 titles of non- 
print media material. Print and non-print materials are lent from one library to the other to 
accommodate the changing curriculum and to meet the needs of faculty and students, who are 
also permitted to use both collections in person. The libraries hold subscriptions to a number 
of bibliographic and full-text on-line databases in a wide variety of academic subject areas. 
Please consult the Libraries' Research Resources WebPages for a list of current subscriptions. 

Center for Cultural Fluency 

The Center for Cultural Fluency is housed within the J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the 
Doheny Campus. Established by the Education Department in 1995, the Center provides 
education students and teachers in Los Angeles with instructional materials for K- 1 2 
classrooms that portray the experiences and perspectives of the diverse cultures of Los 
Angeles. In addition to fiction and nonfiction books, the instructional materials collection 
includes videos, audiocassettes, pictures, posters, and software. Through the use of these 
materials, teachers expand their cultural fluency and provide more inclusive classroom 
environments and curricula. 

Archives 

The Archives Office holds college records, both administrative and academic, and other types 
of evidences, written and pictorial, associated with the history of the College. The Special 
Collections comprise notable holdings of the works of Cardinal Newman and western writer 
Frank Spearman. These are complemented by rare books and early editions of the Bible, St. 
Augustine, missals, theology, lives of the saints, devotional treatises as well as the classics, 
European and American history and literature. The Archives and Special Collections, located 
on the first floor of the Coe Library, are open Tuesday through Thursday mornings and by 
appointment. 



10 THE COLLEGE 



Academic Calendar 

Mount St. Mary's College operates on a semester calendar with Fall classes beginning at the 
end of August and ending before Christmas. Spring semester begins in mid January and ends 
in mid-May. The College offers courses, workshops, and seminars during the summer. A 
separate schedule of summer offerings is published during the Spring. 

Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 

In order to safeguard student educational records, Congress passed the Buckley Amendment 
in 1976. The Buckley Amendment is the basis of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy 
Act in which schools are charged with upholding the safety of student information. The 
primary focus of FERPA is to ensure that a student has reasonable access to his/her 
educational records and along with this openness must come the assurance of the privacy of 
the record. All information belongs to the student and cannot be released without written 
permission. The only exception to this written permission clause pertains to what the 
institution defines as directory information. Directory information is information the 
institution may publish and distribute without written consent. Mount St. Mary's College 
considers the following items directory information: 

Name Campus of Attendance 

Address Degree Program 

Phone Number Degree(s) and Awards Received 

Class Enrollment Status/Dates of Attendance 

Major 
Students have the right to withhold all information, directory and non-directory, and can do 
this by filing an Information Hold Request with the Registrar's Office. Requests to withhold 
information are granted for one semester. See current Student Handbook for more 
information. 

Sexual Harassment 

Mount St. Mary's College recognizes and values the inherent human dignity of every 
individual. MSMC is committed to creating and maintaining a collegial environment which 
does not allow sexual harassment within or connected to the operation of this institution. 
Sexual harassment, in all its forms, will not be tolerated and MSMC is committed to ensuring 
that all faculty, staff, and students are given a safe and comfortable environment in which to 
develop and work to their full capacity. MSMC will take all reasonable steps to prevent 
harassment: to educate members of the college community about the issue; to promptly 
respond to allegations of harassment; and to discipline those who do not comply with the 
MSMC policy. Faculty, staff, and students have a legal right to raise the issue of sexual 
harassment without fear of retaliation. Supervisors shall take every complaint of sexual 
harassment seriously, and all complaints will be appropriately investigated. Procedures for 
administration of this policy are described in the appropriate section of the Faculty Handbook, 
the Employee Handbook, and the Student Handbook. 

For a complete description of the procedures for administration of the MSMC Sexual 
Harassment Policy, see the Student Handbook or request a copy of the document from the 
Office of Student Affairs. 



THE COLLEGE 11 



Disability Policy 

Mount St. Mary's College, in compliance with the state and federal laws and regulations 
including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the 
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504), does not discriminate on the basis of disability in 
administration of its education-related programs and activities. We have an institutional 
commitment to provide equal educational opportunities for students with disabilities who are 
otherwise qualified. Students who believe they have been subjected to discrimination on the 
basis of disability, or have been denied access to services or accommodations required by law, 
should contact the appropriate campus disability services coordinator for resolution. Mount 
St. Mary's AD A/Section 504 Grievance Procedure is located in the Student Handbook and 
copies can be obtained upon request in the Campus Learning Centers or the Offices of Student 
Affairs. The policy may also be viewed on the college web site at www.rnsmc.la.edu (key 
word "disability"). 

Technology Policy 

This policy encompasses the use of the computer network and non-networked campus 
computers, e-mail, voice-mail, phone systems, Internet, Intranet, and the World Wide Web. 

In support of its mission of preparing students for leadership in society and encouraging them 
to develop the intellectual competence and receptivity to new ideas necessary for concerned 
citizenship, the College maintains technology systems that allow students, faculty, 
administrators, and staff to pursue academic excellence and innovation through technology. 
The intent of this policy is to set down guidelines for all users of technology at Mount St. 
Mary's College. This policy will be included in the Student Handbook, the Faculty 
Handbook, and the Employee Policies and Procedures Handbook. Violations by students will 
be evaluated by Student Affairs; violations by staff will be evaluated by the department head 
or Human Resources; and violations by faculty will be evaluated by the Academic Vice 
President. Cases potentially involving constitutionally protected free speech will be reviewed 
by the Academic Freedom Committee. 

In keeping with the Catholic tradition of the College, all technology users are expected to 
uphold high ethical standards and adhere to the policy guidelines set out in the policy. Those 
violating the Technology policy may face penalties that may include restrictions on their use 
of technology or more severe sanctions, if circumstances warrant. All users of Mount St. 
Mary's College computer technology must sign a User Agreement which states that they 
understand and agree to abide by the policy. For a complete document of the policy, please 
contact the Office of Student Affairs. 

Legal Responsibility of the College 

The College endeavors to safeguard students in the use of physical facilities, laboratories, and 
athletic equipment. It is clearly understood that students who use college facilities do so 
entirely at their own risk. The College has no legal responsibility for injury or other damages 
suffered by students on or off campus, or in travel to and from such activities, or for any 
expenses in connection therewith. 



12 THE COLLEGE 



The Chalon Campus 

The Chalon Campus is an impressive multi-level complex of buildings and 
gardens on a thousand-foot ridge overlooking the Pacific Ocean, the Getty 
Center and close to cultural enrichment and recreation. The architecture is white 
Spanish colonial, with arched walkways connecting many of the buildings. 
Mary Chapel occupies the central position on campus with wide stone stairways 
approaching it on two sides. 

In the Charles Willard Coe Library, students have free access to library stacks 
and to special collections of art, music, and literature. The rare book treasury 
contains, among other rare editions, a fine collection of documents and 
manuscripts relating to the Oxford Movement and to John Henry Newman. 
Also housed in the library is the Instructional Media Center. 

The Administration Building accommodates the offices of the President, 
Academic Vice President/Provost, Registrar, Chief Financial Officer, and 
science classrooms and laboratories. 

The five-story Humanities Building contains classrooms, conference rooms, a 
computer lab, the Admissions Office, the Office of Student Financing, the 
Academic Advisement Center, special facilities for the Music Department, 
faculty, student, and administrative offices, the Women's Leadership Office, the 
Learning Center, and the Health Services Center. The Campus Center which 
comprises nearly the entire first floor of the Humanities Building is used for 
social and academic functions. 

Jose Drudis-Biada Hall, the art building, contains the college bookstore, art 
galleries, faculty offices, classrooms, studios, and Human Resources. 

The three residence halls, Brady, Carondelet, and Rossiter, provide living 
accommodations and dining facilities for 400 students. There is also student 
housing in the Aldworth and Yates Buildings (formerly faculty housing). 
Students may choose singles, doubles, triples and private rooms. Lounge areas, 
kitchenettes and laundry facilities are conveniently arranged. 

An outdoor swimming pool, tennis courts, and a fitness center are located at the 
north end of the campus. A residence for the Sisters of St. Joseph is located 
north of the swimming pool and tennis courts. Parking is available in various 
areas on campus and in the parking structure which is located south of the 
Drudis-Biada Hall. 



THE COLLEGE 13 



I 



a * 



is 

- t 






J'L 

fill 



■*** 



! 






= 7 * 



m 



ilium 
"in 



!5Jj 



2 fc | | 



Il!i3:^l!£iii; 



I r 



1 1 1 a I 



= ii 



J-5-I 
II 



1 

£ s 

- "f 

I « 

4 I 

x 3 










- - /•* Z 



V 






e 




* - >** 



'-;&': ':V 







, 



14 THE COLLEGE 



The Doheny Campus 

The College expanded to a second campus in 1962. The Doheny Campus at Chester Place, 
near the intersection of the Harbor and Santa Monica Freeways, is located on property 
formerly owned by Edward L. Doheny and his wife, the Countess Estelle Doheny. The 
campus has been named for them. The Doheny Campus supplements and extends the 
educational opportunities which Mount St. Mary's College offers. This location, close to the 
commercial center of Los Angeles, is an ideal location for Associate degree programs; for 
undergraduate weekend college programs; for Graduate degree programs in both the 
traditional and weekend college format; and for California Teacher Credential programs. 

The two city blocks of Victorian residences in their setting of exotic trees and flowers have 
been converted to educational purposes. In 1965, a classroom building {Building Four) 
containing an auditorium, lecture rooms, and laboratories was erected. In 1984, Our Lady of 
Mercy Chapel and Mclntyre Hall, a student residence and activity center, were added to the 
campus. The Sr. Magdalen Coughlin Learning Complex, built in 1996, includes the McCarthy 
Library, the Cultural Fluency Center, the Learning Resource Center, an IBM computer lab, 
the Fritz Burns Conference Center, student health center, nursing and physical therapy labs, 
classrooms and faculty offices. 

Building Number One houses the Title V Program, Information Technology offices, and 
student housing. 

Building Number Two houses the Undergraduate Weekend College Office, the Spiritual 
Development Program, Graduate Religious Studies Program, and faculty offices. 

Building Number Seven houses Student Affairs offices, Counseling and Psychological 
Services, Campus Ministry, and student housing. 

The Doheny Mansion, Building Number Eight, houses the Da Camera Society, Alumnae 
Relations, Institutional Advancement and Public Relations offices. 

The Carriage House for the Mansion, Building Eight and a Half, has been renovated to house the 
physical plant offices, commuter student lounge, the fitness center with access to the pool and 
tennis courts, and student housing. 

Building Number Ten is the administration building; it houses offices for the Deans of the 
Associate in Arts and Graduate Programs, Admissions, Student Financing, Registrar, and 
Business. 

Building Ten and a Half 'houses a music room, a graphics arts lab, and the College's graphics 
department. 

Building Number Eleven, Ahmanson Commons, houses the Bon Appetit food service, dining 
areas, and graduate psychology offices. 

Building Number Seventeen houses the Child Development Center and the W. M. Keck Toddler 
Center, state-funded day care centers for young children. These centers serve students of diverse 
ethnic, linguistic, and social backgrounds from the surrounding area. Mount St. Mary's students in 
the Early Childhood program fulfill assignments in child observation at the Centers. Da Camera 
and faculty offices are also housed in this building. 

Building Number Twenty houses the Education department and student housing. Parking areas are 
on the Chester Place Mall and in Campus lots. 



THE COLLEGE 15 



1 Si. 






5 ': = 

3 ! is 



i 

«-» ^ - 

£«_ = 

*s./..y. 



I, 

] 

* - 



ii 



J 1 7 



1 • . 



31.5 II' 



fa- 

? -: : - - > I 



5 

I 



I , 



- = ' 



J C - 

I*. 



5- 






* 




16 ADMISSION 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Admission/Financial Aid/Tuition and Fees 

Admission to the Undergraduate 
Degree Programs 

Admission to the Associate in Arts Degree Program 

The Associate in Arts Degree Program at Mount St. Mary's College is offered on the Doheny 
Campus. Students may seek a traditional Associate in Arts (A. A.) degree or a specialized 
A.A. degree in a professional program. All programs are open to women; men are admitted 
only to the Nursing Program. 

The Nursing Program specialization within the Associate Degree program has specific 
requirements for admission. Please refer to the appropriate section of the catalog for these 
requirements. In all cases students must be admitted to Mount St. Mary's College prior to 
admission to any specialized program. A student may be admitted to the associate degree 
program and begin to take the prerequisites required for this specialization. 

Candidates for admission to the Associate Degree Program are evaluated on the basis of their 
high school coursework and record (or either GED or High School Proficiency Exam), other 
college coursework and record (for transfers), test scores, academic reference, and the essay. 
Interviews are strongly recommended for serious candidates. A profile of the academic 
qualifications of the most recent entering class is available from the Admissions Office. The 
requirements and procedures are detailed in the next section of this catalog. 

Admission to the Baccalaureate Degree Programs 

The Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Science degree programs are offered on the Chalon 
campus. All undergraduate majors are open to women; men may be admitted only to the 
Music and Nursing programs. Transfer students interested in the nursing program must meet 
additional requirements for admission to that program. Please see the appropriate section of 
this catalog for those requirements. 

Candidates for admission to the Baccalaureate programs are evaluated on the basis of their 
high school coursework and record (or either GED or High School Proficiency Exam), other 
college coursework and record (for transfers), test scores, academic reference, and the essay. 
Interviews are strongly recommended for serious candidates. A profile of the academic 
qualifications of the most recent entering class is available from the Admissions Office. The 
requirements and procedures are detailed in the next section of this catalog. 

Undergraduate Admission Procedures 

All documents should be sent to the Admissions Office, Mount St. Mary's College, 12001 
Chalon Road, Los Angeles, CA 90049. 



ADMISSION 17 



Freshman Admission Procedures to the Associate or Baccalaureate 
Degree Programs 

Candidates' files for admission will be evaluated when the following documents have been 
received. Please note: the priority date for freshman admission for the Fall semester is 
February 15, for Spring admission is November 1. 

1 . Applications and all supporting documents should be received in the Admission Office by 
the priority date. Applicants completing files after the priority date will be considered if space 
in the class remains. A completed and signed Mount St. Mary's College application form and 
$40 application fee or fee waiver (from the high school counselor) is required. Information on 
awards, honors, employment, etc., should be included in the proper places on the application. 
The application fee is not refundable, nor is it applicable toward tuition. 

2. Official transcripts of high school work should be sent directly to the Admission Office 
from the high school and any colleges attended. Transcripts should show coursework through 
the junior year in high school. Senior year grades may be required of some candidates. 
Transcripts become the property of Mount St. Mary's College and cannot be returned to the 
applicant or sent to another institution. A final high school transcript showing evidence of 
graduation is required of enrolling students. A student may replace the high school transcript 
with an official record of the GED or High School Proficiency Exam. 

3. Scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College Test (ACT) are 
required. These may be sent directly from the testing service or may be included on the 
official transcript from the high school. 

4. A complete essay of 200 words or more responding to one of the three questions listed in 
the application for admission is required. 

5. An academic reference from a high school teacher, counselor, principal or school head is 
required. This may be sent from the reference to the Admission Office on the form provided 
with the application, or it may be sent on school letterhead. 

6. A personal statement describing a special situation may be included with the application if 
the statement includes information supporting the applicant that would help the Admission 
Committee reach a decision. 

7. The record of a personal interview will be included in the application file. Serious 
candidates are encouraged to schedule an interview with an admission counselor to discuss 
goals, the high school record, and other matters that will assist the Admission Committee. 

Once the documents have been received, the file will be evaluated and a decision made by the 
Admission Committee. The student will be notified within two weeks of the Committee's 
decision. Several decisions may be made: 

1. The student is admitted, and if she is applying for financial aid, the Office of Student 
Financing is notified. 

2. The student applied for admission to the Baccalaureate Program at Chalon and the 
Committee believes that her record shows the need for further preparation; the student may be 
admitted under the Alternative Access Program to the Doheny Associate in Arts Degree 
Program. 



18 ADMISSION 



3. The student may be denied and directed to another college to fulfill requirements before 
reapplying for admission to Mount St. Mary's College. 

Admitted students will be required to submit a $ 1 00 tuition deposit to hold their places in the 
entering classes. For students entering the Fall semester, this tuition deposit is due by May 1 . 
For Spring semester, this deposit is due in early January. The tuition deposit is not refundable 
under any circumstances and will be credited directly to the student's account in the Business 
Office. 



Transfer Admission Procedures to the Associate or Baccalaureate Degree 
Programs 

Candidates' files for admission will be evaluated when the following documents have been 
received. Please note the following dates: 

The transfer admission applicants for the Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing are due by 
February 15. 

The transfer admission applicants to the Associate of Arts degree in Nursing follow the 
deadlines provided by the program. 

The transfer admission applicants to all other Associate and Baccalaureate Degree Programs 
are due by the March 15 priority date. 

Applications and all supporting documents should be received in the Admission Office by the 
priority date or deadline. Programs with deadlines will adhere to these dates, and applications 
received after these dates will not be considered. Applicants completing files after the priority 
date will be considered on a space-available basis. 

The documents required for application as a transfer are the following: 

1 . A completed and signed Mount St. Mary's College application form and $40 application 
fee or fee waiver. Information on awards, honors, employment, etc., should be included in the 
proper places on the application. The application fee is not refundable nor is it applicable 
toward tuition. 

2. Official transcripts of all college work attempted from each college attended. Students who 
have been academically disqualified from the most recent college or university attended are 
not eligible for admission to Mount St. Mary's College. Transcripts must be sent directly 
from the college(s) to the Admission Office at Mount St. Mary's College. Transcripts become 
the property of Mount St. Mary's College and cannot be returned to the applicant or sent to 
another institution. 

3. Students who have completed more than 24 units at another college must have a 
cumulative GPA of 2.4. If the GPA is below 2.4, the student may submit a letter of 
explanation so that consideration be given for admittance. 

4. Official high school transcripts (or the GED) and official SAT or ACT scores will be 
required if the student: 

is applying for admission to the Baccalaureate program and has completed fewer 
than 24 transferable units at the time of application, or 

is applying for admission to the Associate program and has completed fewer than 24 
transferable units at the time of application. 



ADMISSION 19 



Transcripts become the property of Mount St. Mary's College and cannot be returned to the 
applicant or sent to another institution. 

5. If the student is 25 years or older, the requirement for SAT or ACT scores does not apply. 
However, the student must furnish proof of high school graduation via an official transcript, 
the GED, or the High School Proficiency Exam. 

6. A complete essay of 200 words or more responding to one of the three questions listed on 
the back page of the application for admission is required. 

7. An academic reference from a professor or counselor. This may be sent from the reference 
to the Admission Office on the form provided with the application, or it may be sent on 
school letterhead. 

8. A personal statement describing a special situation may be included with the application if 
the statement includes information supporting the applicant that would help the Admission 
Committee reach a decision. 

Once the documents have been received, the file will be evaluated and a decision made by the 
Admission Committee. The student will be notified within two weeks of the Committee's 
decision if applying for a program other than nursing. In those cases, the faculty of the 
programs will reach a decision based on the special requirements and prerequisites necessary 
for the program, notifying the students according to the stated timelines. Several decisions 
may be made: 

1 . The student is admitted and, if she is applying for financial aid, the Office of Student 
Financing is notified. 

2. The student has applied for nursing and is not admitted directly to the program. The 
student may take prerequisite courses for those programs and reapply for the appropriate term. 

3. The student may be denied and directed to another college to fulfill requirements before 
reapplying for admission to Mount St. Mary's College. 

Admitted students will be required to submit a $100 ($300 for BS Nursing) tuition deposit to 
hold their places in the entering classes, according to the deadlines included in the letter of 
admission. The tuition deposit is not refundable under any circumstances and will be credited 
directly to the student's account in the Business Office. 

Admission to the Weekend College 

Adults interested in the Weekend College may apply at any time during the year for 
admission to any one of the trimesters (Summer, Fall, or Spring). Information on 
application deadlines and starting dates can be obtained from the Weekend College Office. 

Applicants to the Weekend College should complete the admission application and submit it 
to the Weekend College Office with the $30.00 application fee. 

Acceptance into the Weekend College is based upon the following: 

• Receipt of a completed admissions application and fee. 

• Receipt and evaluation of transcripts for any previous college courses attempted. 

• An official high school transcript if the applicant has completed fewer than 24 units 
of transferable college courses. 

• A personal interview. 

• An evaluation of all admission information by the Weekend College Admissions 
Committee. 



20 ADMISSION 



In selecting potential candidates for the Weekend College, Mount St. Mary's College is principally 
interested in those adults who are committed to completing their degree, who have the requisite 
time-management skills and motivation to function successfully within the unusual weekend 
format, and who are comfortable with the level of maturity required of the student body at the 
Weekend College. 

Procedures for International Students 

Students applying for admission who are not permanent residents or U.S. citizens should refer to 
the freshman or transfer sections for general instructions. In addition to the requirements stated in 
those sections, the following are required: 

1 . Certified original copies of all transcripts must be submitted accompanied by official 
translations. 

2. English as a Second Language (TOEFL) is required of all applicants for whom English was not 
the language spoken in the schools they attended. An official score must be sent directly from the 
testing agency or the school to the Admission Office. Note: the score required for admission to the 
Associate and Baccalaureate programs is 550 if paper based and 213 if computer based. 

3. A financial statement describing the resources available to the student must accompany the 
application for admission. Official verification of bank funds must also be submitted along 
with an English translation. 

4. Students transferring from an ESL program or another US college or university must comply 
with all immigration regulations necessary for transfer. 

If the student is admitted to Mount St. Mary's College, she will be required to submit a US $300 
non-refundable tuition deposit by May 1. If the student has coursework on the college level 
completed in another country, she will also have to submit a $175 fee which will cover the official 
evaluation of the student's record. A copy of the evaluation will be sent to the student. The 1-20 
form will be sent to the student upon receipt of the tuition deposit, and it is the student's 
responsibility to obtain the proper student visa to enter the United States. 

Advanced Placement 

Students who earn scores of 3, 4, or 5 on Advanced Placement Examinations, or pass the higher 
level International Baccalaureate Exams with scores of 5, 6, or 7, receive college credits provided 
they are accepted and enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Credit award for the AP exam is as follows: 

• Students who earn scores of 3 receive 3 units of elective credit. 

• Students who earn scores of 4 or 5 receive credit as currently awarded in the 
discipline tested. 

• There is no limit placed on the number of AP units awarded to a student. 

For students attending the Chalon campus, test results should be sent directly to the Baccalaureate 
Dean. Students attending the Doheny Campus should send test results to the Dean of the Associate 
in Arts Program. 



FINANCIAL AID 21 



FINANCIAL AID 

Mount St. Mary's College is committed to making a college education accessible to as many 
qualified students as possible, regardless of their financial means. Students and their parents 
are encouraged first to consider all possible resources when planning to meet the expenses of 
a college education. Through various financial aid programs, the Student Financing Office 
will help in the best possible way to provide students with the difference between the family 
contribution and the cost of education. 

Mount St. Mary's College administers financial aid in accordance with Federal Government 
guidelines. These guidelines are based on the principle that students and their parents have the 
primary responsibility in meeting educational expenses to the extent they are able. Financial 
aid funds are then used to fill the gap between what the family is expected to contribute 
(including the student's own earnings) and the annual cost of education. 

To apply for Financial Aid, all students must follow the instructions and requirements sent to 
them by the Admission Office or Office of Student Financing. Financial Aid brochures giving 
complete application and program information may be obtained by writing to or calling the 
Office of Student Financing on the Chalon or Doheny campuses. 

Types of Financial Aid 

Grants and Scholarships 

Grants and Scholarships are gift monies that do not require repayment. They are based on 
financial need and/or academic merit. Grants and scholarships are provided to students from 
one or more of the following sources: the Federal Government; the State of California; 
outside organizations; and Mount St. Mary's College. Below is a listing of institutional talent 
and achievement scholarships. 

Alumnae Legacy Grant 

Children of alumnae who are registered as full time students at Mount St. Mary's College are 
eligible to receive an annual grant toward their education. To take advantage of this privilege, 
contact the Alumnae Relations Office for authorization. 

Dean's Transfer Scholarship 

The Dean's Transfer scholarships are merit based and are available to full time transfer 
students with minimum of 24 transferable units. This award ranges from $4000 to $6000 per 
year depending on the quality of the course work undertaken. 

Music Scholarship 

Awards are made to full-time students who are enrolled as Music majors and who 
demonstrate exceptional talent in music. Award amounts vary and are based on financial need 
and merit. Contact the chairperson of the Music Department for further details. 

First Year Merit Awards 

First Year Merit Awards are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen and are based upon 
academic preparation, as well as, SAT or ACT test results. The award is renewable for up to 
four years and ranges from $4000 to $12,000 per year. 



22 FINANCIAL AID 



Intercampus Transfer Scholarship 

This award is valued at $ 1 000 and is made to students who begin their academic career on the 
Doheny Campus and transfer to the Chalon Campus to complete their Baccalaureate degrees. 
Awards are based on academic achievement. The number of awards are limited. Students 
transferring must contact the Intercampus Transfer Office. 

Tuition Discounts for MSMC Graduate Students 

A tuition discount of an amount specified by the College each year (2006-2007 is 35%) may 
be awarded to those graduate students who fulfill one of the following requirements: 

Members of religious communities, diocesan priests and deacons in good standing, 
upon verification from the appropriate religious authority. 
Laypersons enrolled in graduate programs who are full-time (40 hours per week) 
employees of a Roman Catholic, diocese or parish as listed in the current diocesan 
directory or in "The Official Catholic Directory: (P.J. Kennedy & Sons, pub.), upon 
written verification of employment. This employment must be the major source of 
income for the student. 

Laypersons who are chaplains in hospitals or prison and who are full-time employees 
of a Roman Catholic diocese or a Roman Catholic institution (according to "The Official 
Catholic Directory"); written verification of employment required. 

The student must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in order to qualify for the 
waiver. 

Workshops and Continuing Education courses are not included in this waiver. 

It is the student's responsibility to complete and file a Tuition Discount Application form with 
the Business Office prior to registration. At each subsequent registration period, the student 
may verify eligible employment by submitting a copy of the most current paycheck stub to the 
Business Office. 

Scholarships through the Independent Colleges of Southern California 

The Independent Colleges of Southern California (ICSC) is a nonprofit organization which 
provides, through a unified annual appeal, financial contributions from corporations, 
foundations and other friends to help Southern California's smaller private colleges and 
universities meet the rising costs of quality higher education. 

Loans 

Loans are money that must be repaid, usually with interest. The interest rates and terms of the 
loan vary by program. Some of the loan programs require a separate application in addition to 
the free application for federal student aid. The Office of Student Financing is unable to 
replace loan funds with grant funds, but students may replace loan funds with private 
scholarships received from outside organizations not affiliated with MSMC. 

Federal Stafford Loan 

All students are eligible to receive Federal Stafford Loans. Need-based Federal Stafford 
Loans are called "subsidized" because the federal government pays the interest while in 
school and during deferment periods. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans are not based on 
financial need, and students are responsible for paying the interest while in school and during 
deferment periods. A student may have a Federal Stafford Loan partly based on financial need 



FINANCIAL AID 23 



and partly not on need up to the annual maximum. The maximum loan is $2,625 per year for 
freshmen; $3,500 per year for sophomores; $5,500 per year for juniors and seniors and $8,500 
per year for graduate students. Independent students and dependent students whose parents do 
not qualify for FPLUS loans (see below) may also apply for additional unsubsidized Stafford 
Loans in the following amounts: $4,000.00 for Freshmen/Sophomores; $5,000.00 for 
Juniors/Seniors; and $10,000.00 for graduate students. Repayment begins six (6) months after 
graduating or ceasing to maintain at least half-time enrollment. The interest rate varies 
depending on when the first loan was borrowed, but does not exceed 8.25%. 

Federal Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students (FPLUS) 

Federal PLUS Loans are not based on financial need but must be coordinated with other 
financial aid where need is established. Federal PLUS loans are available for parents of 
dependent undergraduate students who are enrolled at least half-time. Parents may borrow up 
to their student's cost of education. The interest rate is variable, not to exceed 9.00%. Interest 
and repayment begin within 60 days. 

Federal Nursing Loans 

There may be federal nursing loans available for the Associate Degree in Nursing program. 
Contact a student financing counselor, 213-477-2562. 

Institutional Loans 

Through the generosity of several foundations, Mount St. Mary's College has several 
institutional loan programs with varying interest rates; interest rates for these loans vary 
between zero and seven percent. In addition, eligibility requirements vary by program. 
Contact the Office of Student Financing for more information regarding these loans. 

Short-term Loans 

Two short-term loans are available to full-time students each semester: Bank of America 
Emergency Loans ($150 maximum) and the Nancy Manning Loan ($50 maximum, for 
Chalon students only). For information on both short-term loans, contact the Student Affairs 
office. 

Student Employment 

On-Campus Student Employment 

Work study money is earned from employment on campus. Students who qualify receive a 
paycheck every two weeks for the hours worked and may use the earnings to make tuition 
payments, pay for books and supplies, or pay for personal expenses. 

Both Federal College Work Study and Mount Work Study (institutionally funded) provide 
excellent opportunities outside the classroom. Students who participate in either program may 
choose to work in a variety of on-campus sites. These include: the Office of Student 
Financing, the Admission Office, Campus Ministry, the Library, departmental offices and 
laboratories. Through "hands on" experiences in these offices, students develop valuable 
skills which may later translate to professional settings. 



24 FINANCIAL AID 



Off-Campus Student Employment 

The Student Placement Office at Chalon and the Career Center at Doheny have job boards 
which list a wide variety of off-campus employment opportunities. 

Satisfactory Academic Progress Requirements 

All financial aid recipients must be regularly admitted students with degree, or in some cases 
credential or certificate, objectives. While receiving financial aid, students must be advancing 
toward their educational objectives at a reasonable rate and must maintain a minimum 2.0 
grade point average. 



EXPENSES 25 



Expenses for 2006/2007 
Academic Year 

All tuition and fees are subject to change without notice. 
Tuition, fees and room & board are payable to Business Office by the Financial Clearance 
Deadline set for each term. 

A. TUITION 

Undergraduate {Including Accelerated BSN) 

Full-time (With 12-18 units/semester) $ 23,380.00/year or 

$ll,690.00/semester 
Full-time (In excess of 18 units /semester) $ 900.00/unit 

Part-time (Less than 12 units/semester) $ 900.00/unit 

Associate Degree in Nursing (A D N) $ 580.00/unit 

Weekend College - Undergraduate $ 530.00/unit 

Graduate 

Graduate - Others (Traditional Programs, 

Weekend College & MSN) $ 630.00/unit 

Graduate - RST/HPM $ 371 .00/unit 

Graduate Extension $ 3 5. 00/unit 

Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) $ 579.00/unit 

Auditing Courses (Recorded on Transcript) 

A student registered for auditing classes will pay the above fees in the same manner as a 

student registered for credit. 

B. TUITION & HOUSING DEPOSITS 

Tuition Deposit 

Undergraduate $ 100.00 

Accelerated BSN $ 300.00 

International & Baccalaureate Nursing Transfer $ 300.00 

Required of all new incoming Full-time Undergraduate students as stipulated in student's 

acceptance packet. 

Not refundable, applied against Tuition and forfeited after two (2) calendar years. 

Housing Deposit $ 100.00 

Required of all incoming Full-time Undergraduate students who are requesting on-campus 
College housing. 

Housing Deposit is honored only when the required Tuition Deposit has also been received 
(Total required Deposit - $200.00/$400.00). 



26 



EXPENSES 



C. COLLEGE SERVICES FEE - Per Semester; Not Refundable 

Undergraduate (With 7 or more units/semester) $ 385.00 

This fee includes the Associated Student Body Fee for full-time students, 
health services (not health insurance), and expenses inherent to orientation 
and graduation, among others. 

Undergraduate (With 6 or less units/semester) $ 100.00 

Associate Degree in Nursing (A D N) $ 50.00 

Weekend College (undergraduate) $ 75.00 

Graduate (Excluding Certificate Students) $100.00 

Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) $ 385.00 

D. NURSING FEE - Per Semester; Not Refundable 

This Fee includes Background & Testing Fees 

Accelerated BSN, Baccalaureate Nursing (Sophomores, 

Juniors & Seniors) & A D N $ 255.00 

E. COURSE FEES 



EDU 33 The Visual and Performing Arts for the 
Young Child (Lab Fee for Materials) 

Supervised Teaching Courses - For Master Teacher 
EDU 1 16A, 316A, 164A, 364A, 378A (12-unit) 
EDU 1 16B, 316B, 364B, 164B, 378B (6-unit) 
EDU 3 16L - For Master Teacher 



$ 20.00/course 

$ 25.00/unit 
$ 300.00/course 
$ 150.00/course 
$ 100.00/course 



MSN 200 MSN Nursing Lab Fee 
Art Lab Fee 



$ 75.00/class 
$ 45.00/class 



Enrichment Courses 

For 1 unit course 
For 2 unit course 
For 3 unit course 



$ 125.00 
$ 200.00 
$ 300.00 



EXPENSES 27 



Applied Music {See the Music Department for further information.) 

Part-Time Student $ 120.00/unit & Instructor Fee 

Full-Time Student Instructor Fee Only 

Course Challenge by Examination 

Course Challenge Fee $ 100.00 

(If successfully passed, the cost of the units awarded will be one-half the unit cost of 
the course as stated in the current MSMC Catalog.) 

F. GENERAL FEE 
Application for Admission Fees 

Undergraduate $ 40.00 

ADN $ 40.00 

Weekend College $ 30.00 
Graduate {Education, Psychology & 

Religious Studies) $ 50.00 

DPT $ 75.00 

Study Abroad Fee - For Study Abroad Students Only $ 1 50.00 

Residence Hall Activities Fee - Per Year $ 25.00 

Late Clearance Fee 

Undergraduate & DPT $ 1 50.00 

Graduate & Weekend College $ 1 00.00 

ADN $ 40.00 
{After published Financial Clearance Deadline) 

Deferred Payment Plan Fee - For MSMC's Deferred 

Payment Plan {Per semester) $ 100.00 

Late Payment Fee -For MSMC's Deferred Pymt Plan $ 30.00 
{After published payment due dates) 

Course Drop Fee - Per Transaction $ 1 0.00 
{After published deadline) 

Graduation Fee - For Graduate, Weekend College & 

ADN Students $ 100.00 

Late Graduation Application Fee $ 100.00 

Transcript Fee - Per Copy $ 5.00 

Returned Check Fee - Per NSF Check $ 20.00 



28 EXPENSES 

G. PARKING PERMIT (Including LA City Tax) 

Undergraduate & DPT $ 300.00/year 

A D N, Accelerated BSN, Graduate & 

Weekend College $ 150.00/year 

Daily Parking $ 3.00/day 

H. STUDENT HEALTH & ACCIDENT INSURANCE 

Mount St. Mary's College does not determine student Health and Accident Insurance 
Premiums. Insurance premiums are based on prevailing insurance market conditions/rates. 

Undergraduate Students 

Health and Accident Insurance is required of all Undergraduate Students enrolled in nine (9) 
or more units . The coverage/annual insurance premium, estimated at $1,100.00 , effective 
from 08/25/06 to 08/25/07, will be automatically charged to the Student's Statement of 
Account in the Fall 2006 Semester. Students enrolling for the first time in the Spring 2007 
Semester will be charged the premium estimated at $700.00 , effective from 01/09/07 to 
08/25/07. 

Students who have personal insurance may elect not to participate in this plan. As such, an 
Insurance Waiver Form, together with the proof of coverage, must be submitted to the 
Business Office no later than the published Financial Clearance Deadline set for each term for 
this charge to be removed from the Student's Statement of Account. The Insurance Waiver 
must be renewed in the Fall Semester of each new academic year. 

DPT & ADN Students - Coverage is available on a voluntary basis. For voluntary 
enrollment, contact the Business Office. 

International Students are required by law to carry a minimum of $75,000.00 in Health 
and Accident Insurance. Proof of adequate insurance must be provided prior to admission. 

I. ROOM & BOARD 

Residence (Chalon & Doheny) Per Year Per Semester 

Board and quadruple room $ 7,567.00 $3,783.50 

Board and triple room $ 8,125.00 $4,062.50 

Board and small double room $ 8,747.00 $4,373.50 

Board and large double room $ 9,162.00 $4,581.00 

Board and single room $ 9,772.00 $4,886.00 

Board, single room, and half-bath $10,201.00 $5,100.50 

Board, single room with full bath $1 1,154.00 $5,577.00 

A Housing Deposit of $100.00 is required to activate the housing application. New students 
should send the Housing Deposit to the Admission Office. Currently enrolled students should 
pay the deposit at the Business Office upon notification from the Residence Life Office 



EXPENSES 29 



A Housing Deposit may be refunded upon permanent termination of the Residence Living 
License Agreement subject to deductions for any loss, damage, excessive room cleaning, or 
failure to meet the deadlines described below: 

Residents must be full-time students (12 units or more) for the entire time that they are living 
in the Residence Halls. 

Prior to Fall Occupancy 

$100 deposit will be refunded if the Residence Life Office has been notified in writing 
by May 1 st that the student opted not to live in the residence halls for that semester. 

$50 will be refunded if the Residence Life Office is notified by May 15th. 
After May 15th, no deposit will be refunded. 

Prior to Spring Occupancy 

$ 1 00 deposit will be refunded if the Residence Life Office has been notified in writing 
by November 1 st that the student opted not to live in the residence halls for that 
semester. 

After November 1 st, no deposits will be refunded. 

This policy is applicable to students currently in residence and new applicants to 

residence for the Spring semester. 

Housing Termination Forms - These forms are available at the Residence Life Office. 

Residence Hall Activities Fee - This non-refundable fee, to be used for hall programming and 
events, will be charged to all Residents who are housed at Chalon or Doheny. 

1 . If housed at any time during the Fall semester, the fee of $25.00 is payable 
at the beginning of each academic year. 

2. If housed at any time during the Spring semester, the fee is $12.50. 

Residence Living License Agreement - Each resident is required to sign this 
agreement, which begins two (2) days prior to the first day of classes for the Fall semester and 
extends through the day immediately following the last day of final exams for the Spring 
semester. 

The Residence Halls are closed for the Winter Break but open during Thanksgiving and 
Spring Break. The Dining Hall is closed when the Residence Halls are closed, and meals are 
not provided. 

Residents have three (3) Meal Plan options to choose from: 

A - Platinum Plan: A weekly rate of $98.00 to be used in the dining room. This is perfect 

for the student who spends the majority of the time on campus. 

B - Gold Plan: A weekly rate of $90.00 to be used in the dining room along with $50.00 

Flex Funds per semester. This is perfect for the student who desires alternative meal dining 

choices at times. 

C - Silver Plan: A weekly rate of $85.00 to be used in the dining room along with $75.00 

in Flex Funds per semester. This is perfect for the student who may eat less than two meals a 

day. 



30 EXPENSES 



Flex Fund — This fund can be used to purchase additional meals if the student desires more 
than the allotted daily rate to purchase sandwiches, snacks, etc., at the Chalon Deli. There will 
be no refund of any unused Flex Funds and funds do not carry over to the next semester. 

Munch Money — Residents may choose to add on to their Meal Plan with a Munch Money 
Account, which is a debit account that can be accessed via the ID card. Munch Money will 
carry over from the Fall semester but must be used prior to the end of the school year. 

J. STATEMENT of ACCOUNT : 

A Statement of Account (the "Statement") is a summary of expenses (tuition, fees/charges, 
and room & board), payments, waivers, financial aid credits and tuition deposits. The 
Statement shows the Net Amount Due to MSMC or a credit balance due to the student 
(Refunds). A Pending Financial Aid section is also provided in the Statement to assist 
students in planning their education expenses. The Statement, which is generated for all 
registered students on a regular basis or at any time upon request, is mailed through (a) the 
campus mail system for a student-in-residence, and (b) the U.S. Postal system for the 
commuting student to the designated preferred address. The student is responsible for making 
payment in accordance with the commitment the student made when completing the Financial 
Obligation Agreement Form, Payment Form or the Clearance Form. 

K. FINANCIAL OBLIGATION 

Failure to make payments of tuition, fees, room & board or other amounts due to MSMC, or 
failure to set-up payment arrangement before the due dates is considered sufficient cause 

(a) to bar/prevent the student from registering for classes, 

(b) to drop the student from registered classes and housing assignment, 

(c) to withhold diploma, scholastic certificate, or official transcript of record, and/or 

(d) to suspend the student. 

L. PAYMENT OPTIONS 

Methods of payment for tuition, fees and room & board to MSMC are as follows: 

1 . Payment in Full by mail, by phone or in person at the Business Office no later 
than the Financial Clearance Deadline as indicated in the Financial Obligation 
Agreement Form, Payment Form or the Clearance Form. Types of payments are 
check, cash, money order, and some major credit cards. 

2. Payment Plan is available through Tuition Management Systems (TMS), a partner 
of MSMC in providing an education expense payment plan. It allows interest-free 
monthly payments at a varying number of months for a minimal fee. For more 
information, please call the Business Office. 

3 . Deferred Payment Plan with MSMC can be arranged for a fee of $ 1 00.00 per 
semester. The student must complete and submit to the Business Office the Deferred 
Payment Plan Note contained in the Payment Form on or before the Financial 
Clearance Deadline. Upon signing of the Note, a 25% down payment of the Net 
Amount Due must be made by the Financial Clearance Deadline. The balance to be 
deferred is payable in equal installments on the predetermined Payment Due Dates. 



EXPENSES 31 



M. FINANCIAL CLEARANCE 

Students must clear their financial obligations with the Business Office prior to registering for 
classes and receiving services at MSMC. 

Financial Clearance means: 

1 . Payment in Full is made or letting the Business Office know which Method/s of 
Payment (via TMS Set-up, Financial Aid Credits, Direct Application of Work Study 
Earnings and/or Waivers) will be used to settle/clear the student's account no later 
than the published Financial Clearance Deadline. 

2. Return to the Business Office of the completed Financial Obligation Agreement 
Form, a Payment Form or Clearance Form and Health Insurance Waiver Form, 
together with Proof of Insurance (if applicable), among others, for the current 
academic year, on or before the published deadline whether or not the student has an 
amount due. 

3. Student, who avails of the TMS Payment Plan, must have remitted to TMS all 
payments due prior to the start of semester. Throughout the year, the student must 
maintain current payments status with TMS. 

4. Student, who avails of the Deferred Payment Plan, must maintain current payment 
status with MSMC. 

N. FINANCIAL CLEARANCE DEADLINES 

These are published deadlines established to ensure that the students clear their financial 
obligations with the Business Office. They are established - 

1 . Prior to start of the semester, and the dates are contained in the Financial Obligation 
Agreement Form, Payment Form or Clearance Form; and 

2. Prior to end of the semester, and the dates are given to the students via e-mail, 
messages in the Statement of Account or posted on Business Office bulletin board. 

O. FINANCIAL RESTRICTIONS 

Financial Restrictions or Holds are placed on a student's account when the - 

1 . Student has not met the financial obligations to MSMC by the published 

deadline. 

2. Student has an amount due at the end of each semester. 

3. Student with an amount due is not allowed to register or to make room reservation for 

the following semester and the grade reports, official transcript and/or diploma will 
not be released. 

P. REFUND POLICY 

The following formula will calculate the tuition/room & board refund amount and will credit 
a student's account accordingly. A refund table with specific refund dates will be published in 
the student newspaper, distributed to student processing departments and posted on the 
Business Office Website/bulletin board during the academic year. Refunds will be issued 
ONLY when there is a credit balance on the student's account. 

Enrollment or Room Occupancy period % of Refund 

Withdrawal/drop on or before first day of class or first day 1 00% 

After first day, through first 1 0% of period of enrollment 90% 

Between 1 1 % and 25% of period of enrollment 50% 

Between 26% and 50% of period of enrollment 25% 



32 EXPENSES 



Tuition Refimd 

The last date of attendance indicated on the Withdrawal/Leave of Absence (LOA) form that is 

filed with the Registrar's Office will be used to calculate reduction of charges for tuition. 

Room & Board Refund 

The date on which residents remove all belongings from their residence hall rooms and return 

the keys is used to calculate reduction of charges for room and board. 

Reductions will first be credited against a student's financial aid, if any, before a balance 
accrues to the student. Refunds will not be made in cases of suspension or dismissal. 

Tuition for all students, including those whose tuition payments have been deferred, becomes 
an obligation in accordance with the provisions of the reduced charges. 

When outside agencies, grants, scholarships or loans do not cover the withdrawal or change of 
tuition charge, the individual will be responsible for the amount due. 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 33 



ACADEMIC INFORMATION 

Academic Policies 
All Undergraduate Programs 

Grades 

At the end of each term, the student receives a grade in every course of enrollment. All 
grades, with the exception of I, IP, and RD are final when reported to the registrar at the end 
of the term. The grade indicates results of examinations, term reports, and general scholastic 
standing in the entire course, and becomes a part of the student's permanent college record. 
Once submitted, grades may not be changed unless the result of clerical or procedural error. 
A student must request a review/change of grade within 30 days after the end of a 
semester, or within 30 days following the distribution of the grade report containing the 
grade that the student wishes to challenge. (See procedure in the Student Handbook) 

The student's grade point average is computed according to this scale: 
Student performance is clearly outstanding. 

Performance indicates sharp insights and an ability to integrate and 
generalize material beyond the context of the course. 

Student performance is above average, demonstrating a knowledge of facts 
and an ability to integrate and apply material within the context of the 
course. 



A 


4.0 


A- 


3.7 


B+ 


3.3 


B 


3.0 


B- 


2.7 


C+ 


2.3 


c 


2.0 


c- 


1.7 


D 


1.0 



Student performance is average, demonstrating knowledge of course 
content and exhibiting an ability to apply basic concepts within the context 
of the course. 

Student performance is below average, partially fulfilling minimum course 
requirements. This level of performance may not prepare the student to 
progress to a more advanced level of study within the subject content or the 
major. (A grade of D does not satisfy General Education requirements.) 
F 0.0 Student performance is unacceptable and does not meet minimum course 

requirements. 

The following are not computed in the GPA: 

AU Audit 

CR Credit given; work C - or better. For field experience and supervised teaching 

offered by the Education and Psychology Departments, CR signifies B or better in 

quality. 
I Incomplete 

IP In Progress; deferred grading for graduate thesis, senior project, or undergraduate 

research work in progress 
NC No Credit given; work of D or F in quality 

NG No Grade received; issued by the Registrar pending receipt of the final grade 
* Course was repeated at a later date 



34 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 



U Unauthorized withdrawal 

W Withdrawn 

RD Report Delayed 

X Courses taken for Associate degree credit only; not computed in the Baccalaureate 

degree 

Grading Policies 

All lower division courses required by the major must be completed with no grade lower than 
a C- and an overall departmental GPA of 2.0 or above. An exception to this college policy 
occurs when a grade of C (2.0) for departmental prerequisites/requirements is mandated by an 
outside licensing board, e.g., California Board of Registered Nursing. 

All upper division courses required by the major must be completed with a grade of C (2.0) or 
above. 

All courses being used to fulfill General Studies requirements must be passed with a grade of 
C- or better. Courses passed with a grade of D can still count as elective units toward 
graduation. 

Academic Standing 

As of Spring 2004, academic standing appears on official transcript of Mount St. Mary's 
College. 

Audit 

The grading selection of Audit should be requested when a student wishes to preview a course 
for which he/she will be enrolled at a later date for a grade or to review a course that has 
already been successfully completed as preparation for further study, or for intellectual 
curiosity and enrichment. Auditors attend class sessions regularly but are not obligated to take 
examinations. They receive no credit for courses audited. Tuition is charged for courses 
taken as audit. 

Procedures/Requirements for an Audit: 

Students must register for an Audit by the end of the second week of the semester on a space- 
available basis. 

Once requested, the Audit status cannot be reversed. 

Students must attend a reasonable number of classes in order to receive an AU on their 
transcript. 

Faculty have the option of requesting other requirements in addition to reasonable attendance 
such as class participation of students requesting to audit. A space will be provided on the 
Audit Request Form where faculty can stipulate the conditions agreed upon for the Audit. 

If the conditions of the Audit are not met, the instructor may use the grading option of U 
(Unauthorized Withdrawal). 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 35 



Credit/No Credit 

To encourage a wider choice of courses by lessening the student's concern for the grade point 

average, selected courses may be taken for CR/NC. The following regulations apply to this 

option: 

Courses used to fulfill General Studies requirements may not be taken CR/NC. 

No more than six (6) elective units taken on a CR/NC basis can be applied to the 124 units 
required for the Baccalaureate degree. 

Courses which are only offered on a CR/NC basis are not counted as part of the six units. 

The deadline for changing the grading in a course to CR/NC is the tenth (10th) week of the 
semester. Consult the academic calendar or the Registrar's Office for the specific date. 

Courses taken on a CR/NC basis may not be applied to requirements for the student's major 
except at the discretion of the major department. 

Once requested and approved the request for CR/NC cannot be reversed. 

Incomplete 

An Incomplete in a course can be granted only when a student: 

• has fulfilled the majority of the course requirements, 

• has a passing grade in course work, 

• is prevented from completing the assigned work for serious medical/personal 
reasons, 

• can, in the opinion of the instructor, complete the work within one semester. 

Procedures/Requirements for Requesting an Incomplete: 

A student requesting an incomplete must obtain the signature and consent of the instructor 
and the department chairperson before the last day of class and prior to the day of the final 
exam. 

Faculty must assign a default grade when approving an incomplete. This default grade will be 
recorded on the student's transcript when a completed grade is not assigned by the instructor 
within one- semester and/or an extension of the incomplete is not processed. If a default grade 
is not provided by the instructor and the work is not completed, the / will revert to an F. 

An incomplete may only be extended for one additional semester with the approval of the 
instructor, the department chairperson, and the appropriate academic dean. 

Repetition of Courses with C-/D/F/NC Grades 

Only courses for which C-, D, F, and NC were assigned may be repeated for a higher grade or 
CR. Courses that are required for a student's major/minor may only be repeated one time, 
either at MSMC or at another institution if approved by the department chairperson. In cases 
of repeated courses, the units are counted once, and the higher grade is computed in the GPA 
if the course is repeated at MSMC. 

Unauthorized Withdrawal 

The designation of Unauthorized Withdrawal or U may, at the discretion of the instructor, be 
assigned in lieu of a grade of F, when a student does not attend a course but fails to officially 
withdraw, or does not attend a sufficient number of class meetings. 



36 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 



Withdrawal from Courses 

The grade of W indicates withdrawal from a course. Students wishing to withdraw from a 
class must meet the following requirements: 

• The deadline for withdrawing from a class with a grade of W is the end of the tenth 
(10th) week of the semester. 

• The withdrawal deadline for the Weekend College is the end of the fourth weekend. 

• In cases where a class is offered on a split-semester basis, the deadline for 
withdrawing is one week after the midpoint of the course. 

• Consult the academic calendar or the Registrar's Office for the specific date. 

After the deadline for withdrawal, a student may request permission to be allowed to 
withdraw from all of her/his classes because of a medical emergency or extraordinary 
circumstance by submitting an Academic Petition to the appropriate Academic Dean. 

The W designation carries no connotation of quality of student performance and is not 
calculated in the grade point average. 

Summer School 

Matriculated MSMC students may enroll for a maximum of nine (9) units each summer at 
another accredited institution until their last year at MSMC. Courses must be approved by the 
Academic Advisement Center and a Transfer of Credit Form must be completed and approved 
by the student's advisor before the student enrolls. The College's residency requirement 
which requires that 30 of the last 39 units prior to graduation need to be taken at Mount St. 
Mary's College must be honored. Grades received by Mount students for summer school 
courses are not included in a student's MSMC grade point average. The units for courses 
passed with a grade of C- or above are accepted and the units are counted toward units 
required for graduation. 

Honors 

Dean's List 

To give public recognition to academic achievement, the Deans of undergraduate programs 
post a list each term with the names of full-time students who have obtained a grade point 
average of 3.5 or higher for the preceding semester. To qualify for the Dean's List, a student 
must have completed at least 1 2 letter-graded units in the preceding semester or 9 units per 
semester for Weekend College. Students who have Incompletes (I), Report Delayed (RD), 
and/or No Grade (NG) on their semester grade reports will not be eligible for the Dean's List 
until grade(s) are awarded. 

Commencement 

In order to participate in commencement exercises, a student must be registered for all the 
courses required to complete degree requirements for graduation. If a student is granted 
permission to enroll in a course prior to graduation, at an institution other than Mount St. 
Mary's College, the transcript must be received by June 30 in order to have the degree posted 
for Spring. 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 37 



Honor Societies 

Alpha Mu Gamma 

National Foreign Language Honor Society 
Alpha Tau Delta 

National Honor Fraternity in Nursing 
Delta Epsilon Sigma 

National Scholastic Honor Society 
Kappa Gamma Pi 

National Catholic College Graduate Honor Society 
Lambda Iota Tau 

National Literature Honor Society 
Phi Alpha Theta 

International History Honor Society 
Pi Delta Phi 

National French Honor Society 
Pi Theta Mu 

Service Honor Society 
Psi Chi 

National Honor Society in Psychology 
Sigma Delta Pi 
National Spanish Honor Society 

Attendance 

Attendance and punctuality are important for successful study. Therefore, the number of a 
student's absences may be taken into account in determining academic grades. Students may 
be expected to explain to the instructor the reason for any absences from class and, in some 
cases, be asked to provide appropriate documentation. 

There is no provision for a system of allowed cuts and absences. Students may be dropped 
from a class for excessive absences (Excessive is defined as missing 20% of the classes.) 
when, in the opinion of the instructor, further enrollment in the class would be of little value 
to the student. 

Occasionally, a student is excused from class attendance by the Provost for the purpose of 
representing the College. In such cases, the student is responsible for securing and completing 
any assignments. 

Placement Examinations 

All incoming freshmen and transfer students are required to complete placement tests in order 
to assist them in selecting appropriate courses. Information regarding placement testing will 
be sent to incoming students prior to the beginning of each semester. 

Examinations used to place a student at a level of study may result in lower levels of study 
being waived. No credit will be awarded as a result of these placement examinations. (See 
Credit by Exam.) 

Algebra and calculus math placement exam scores will be valid for two years only. If 
students do not take a math course to fulfill their general studies math requirement within two 
years, they will have to retake the math placement exam. 



38 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 



Academic Internship 

The academic internship provides the student with an educational, hands-on experience 
outside the classroom setting. This experience provides an opportunity to apply classroom 
theory and sharpen skills in problem-solving. Ordinarily, interns do not get compensated, but 
they do earn academic credit while participating. Ordinarily, a maximum of six units may be 
earned through internships. Each academic internship unit is equivalent to 40 hours of 
supervised time spent in the professional setting. Criteria for evaluation are determined by the 
faculty sponsor prior to the student's internship. These may include an experience journal, 
oral reports, and written reports. 

Independent Study 

A course by Independent Study provides students with the opportunity to initiate and custom 
design a course of study within their major or minor areas of study. An Independent Study 
course may not include the content of a regularly scheduled classroom course. 

Guidelines for Independent Study: Students assume the responsibility for implementing and 
presenting the proposed course of study to the sponsoring faculty member for approval and 
signature through completion of an Independent Study Approval and Application Form 
(available at the Registrar's Office). When signed by the sponsoring faculty member, 
academic advisor and student, the document becomes a contract and upon registration 
becomes an official document within the student's academic file. During the semester, 
students are responsible for initiating at least four contacts with the supervising faculty 
member as well as presenting the final independent study project to the faculty member by the 
end of the semester of registration. The following apply: 

• Lecture and laboratory courses listed in the catalog may not be taken through 
Independent Study. 

• At least 30 student study/work hours equals one unit of credit, e.g., students enrolled 
in a 3 unit course will be expected to devote at least 90 hours to the independent 
study. 

• Independent Study course enrollments are not available to freshmen. 

• No more than two Independent Study and/or Directed Study courses may be taken 
during a semester. 

• Students must submit the all paperwork for a registration through independent study 
on or before the end of the add/drop period. 

Directed Study 

Directed Study provides a means, at the discretion of the regular course instructor, for 
students to complete a regularly scheduled classroom course when prevented from attending 
the course for specific reasons. The official catalog course number, followed by DS will be 
used (e.g., HIS 124 DS: Title). Under the directed study mode, faculty members share the 
responsibility with students, including the planning of readings and/or projects, and agree to at 
least six instructional/review meetings during the semester. 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 39 



Guidelines for Directed Study. Enrollment in regular classroom courses through Directed 
Study requires the completion of the Directed Study Application and Approval Form. With 
the consent and assistance of sponsoring faculty members, students complete the 
learning/study goals, content and criteria for evaluation sections of the form or attach a copy 
of the regular course syllabus. Upon receipt of required signatures and when filed in the 
Registrar's Office, these documents become official records within the student's academic 
file. The following apply: 

• Introductory courses within a discipline may not be taken through Directed Study. 

• Directed Study course enrollments are not available to freshmen. 

• No more than two Directed Study and/or Independent Study courses may be taken 
during a semester. 

• Ordinarily, regularly scheduled courses are not taken through Directed Study. 

• Students must submit all paperwork for registration through Directed Study on or 
before the end of the drop/add period. 

Academic Integrity 

The academic environment is predicated on truth and integrity. Acts of dishonesty constitute 
a serious offense to the Mount Community. Acts of academic dishonesty include, but are not 
limited to, the following: 

1. Cheating: Cheating of any kind is dishonest. This includes copying other's essays or 
exams, stealing exams, buying or otherwise procuring new or used exams, having someone 
else take an exam or write an essay for which you take credit, and any other way you might 
receive credit for work that is not your own. 

2. Failing to hand in original work: Using one essay for two different classes is also 
dishonest. If you have a topic appropriate for two classes, original and separate work must be 
done for each class, unless approval of both instructors has been obtained. Moreover, co- 
writing an essay without both obtaining the instructor's permission and acknowledging the 
other person's help is dishonest. 

3. Plagiarism: Plagiarism is an act of academic dishonesty. It is a serious academic offense. 
Plagiarism is using anyone else's ideas and representing them as your own (i.e., not giving 
appropriate credit). Acts of plagiarism include the following: 

• failure to document and give credit to an original source, 

• paraphrasing another person's ideas without giving credit, 

• using direct quotes without proper recognition of the source, 

• using statistics, facts, or information from a source other than your own 
original research without giving credit. 

4. Falsification or misrepresentation: Falsification of lab or clinical data, clandestine 
collaboration with others in class presentations or laboratory experiments, alteration of 
College documents, alteration of instructor's grade sheets/books, misrepresentation on 
admissions materials, falsification of academic records, forgery, entering computer accounts 
other than one's own without prior consent of the owner, entering or deleting information 
without permission are all academic offenses. 

5. Theft: Theft or mutilation of library or media materials, computer or media equipment, 
records or other College documents (such as examinations, assignments, gradebooks or other 
course materials), or theft from any member of the academic community are all acts of 
academic dishonesty. 



40 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 



Consequences: Actions such as these should incur, in proportion to the gravity of the 
offense, appropriate action on the part of the instructor or College representative. The penalty 
for an act of dishonesty could range from a grade of F on an examination or assignment, a 
reduced or failing grade for the course in question, probation, suspension or expulsion from 
the College. Repeated acts of academic dishonesty will be treated more gravely. 
Appeal Procedure: Any student of the College has the right to appeal any decision resulting 
from a perceived act of academic dishonesty. The Academic Integrity Board should be 
consulted in the case of an appeal or whenever a case involving academic dishonesty has not 
been resolved at a lower level. 

Probation and Dismissal 

Academic Probation 

A student is placed on probation for failing to maintain a 2.0 GPA for all courses undertaken 
in a term. A student must achieve a GPA of 2.0 or higher, based on a minimum of 12 letter- 
graded units, during the following term in order to continue in the college. 

Academic Dismissal 

A student is subject to dismissal for the following reasons: 

I Failure to maintain a minimum GPA of 1 .0 during any term, 

I Failure to maintain a minimum GPA of 2.0 during a probationary term, or 

I Failure to maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. 

Students are notified by the appropriate academic dean of their dismissal. When extenuating 
circumstances, such as prolonged illness, account for the disqualification, the student may be 
permitted, on petition to the appropriate academic dean, to continue on probation for the next 
term. 

Enrollment in the College implies willingness on the part of the student to comply with the 
requirements and regulations of the College. If the student fails to comply with these 
requirements and regulations, or if it is determined by the dean that the student is not able to 
benefit from the opportunities offered by the College, withdrawal may be requested even 
though no specific breach of discipline is charged. 

Withdrawal from College 

Students thinking of withdrawing from the College should schedule an interview with the 
Coordinator of the Advisement Center in order to explore other options or assistance. 

Students who must withdraw from the College at any time must file a withdrawal notice in the 
Office of the Registrar. Forms are available from the Advisement Center on both campuses. 
Students who leave the college for two consecutive semesters without filing appropriate forms 
are considered withdrawn. Students wishing to re-enter must file an application for re- 
admission with the Admission Office. (See Business Office for reduced charges which apply 
when withdrawing from the College.) 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 41 



Leave of Absence 

Students in good academic standing may request a Leave of Absence from the College for one 
semester. However, after the deadline to withdraw with a W, a Leave of Absence cannot be 
granted for the current term. Students on a Leave of Absence may not enroll in another 
institution during the period of Leave of Absence. 

Upon request, a Leave of Absence can be extended for one additional semester by the 
appropriate academic dean. Students on a Leave of Absence are considered continuing 
students and may pre-register for the next semester at the allotted time and must contact their 
advisor. 

Weekend College students may petition to take a Leave of Absence for three consecutive 
semesters and will not be required to change their catalog. Also, with the approval of the 
advisor or director, Weekend College students may petition to enroll at another institution 
while on a Leave of Absence with the understanding that they may not complete more than 6 
units during any semester and no more than a total of 15 units. 

Transcripts 

Transcripts are issued at the written request of students or graduates to the Office of the 
Registrar. At the close of each term, transcripts for registered students must be held for 
inclusion of grades for the term, and therefore will not be available for approximately three 
(3) weeks. Partial transcripts will not be issued. At times other than the close of the term, the 
normal period required for processing transcripts is 5 working days. No transcript will be 
released unless all indebtedness to the college has been satisfied. All transcripts are $5.00 
each. Upon completion of degree, students are entitled to a complimentary transcript. 

The Registrar's Office at Mount St. Mary's College will only accept transcripts that have been 
mailed directly to MSMC from another institution. Transcripts that are hand-delivered or 
mailed by the student to MSMC will not be accepted as "official" and can only be used for 
purposes of "unofficial evaluation." 

Academic Petitions 

Students may petition to waive or modify any academic policy or regulation, for good reason, 
which must be documented. The petition must be approved by the appropriate academic dean. 
Students file the approved petition in the Office of the Registrar for placement in their 
permanent file. 

Students with Disabilities 

Mount St. Mary's College, in compliance with the state and federal laws and regulations 
including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the 
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504), does not discriminate on the basis of disability in 
administration of its education-related programs and activities. The College has an 
institutional commitment to provide equal educational opportunities for students with 
disabilities who are otherwise qualified. Students who believe they have been subjected to 
discrimination on the basis of disability, or have been denied access to services or 
accommodations required by law, should contact the appropriate campus disability services 
coordinator for resolution. Mount St. Mary's AD A/Section 504 Grievance Procedure is 
located in the Student Handbook and copies can be obtained upon request in the Campus 
Learning Centers or the Office of Student Affairs. The policy may also be viewed on the 
college website at www.msmc . la. edu , key word, "disability." 



42 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 



Transfer Students 

Students transferring into the College bring different backgrounds, goals, education, and 
experiences. In recognizing this, special efforts are made to provide academic advisement and 
program planning that build on the learning the student has already acquired. Careful attention 
is paid to provide assistance in the scheduling of classes so that major requirements as well as 
college general education requirements are fulfilled. 

Transfer students are assigned an academic advisor in the area of their major; the services of 
the Academic Advisement Center are available to all students. 

Appeals of academic regulations and curriculum requirements are possible where such action 
seems warranted. Students seeking to appeal regulations other than course requirements in 
their major should obtain a petition from the Academic Advisement Center. The completed 
form should be taken to the appropriate dean for approval. Students seeking a substitution or 
waiver of requirements in their major should obtain the written approval of the departmental 
chairperson. Copies of this approval should be placed in the students' permanent files. 
Students who wish to challenge their Transfer of Credit Evaluation must do so by the 
end of their first semester at MSMC. 

Credit by Exam 

In selected departments, course credit by challenge examination is available on a limited basis 
and at the discretion of the department chairperson. The student must file the approved form 
in the Office of the Registrar. Only units of CREDIT will be awarded for these examinations 
(No record of failures will appear on a student's transcript.). All credit awarded in this manner 
will be so noted on the student's transcript. A course may only be challenged by 
examination once. Students may also take externally administered standard proficiency 
exams such as CLEP (College-Level Examination Program from CEEB) and PEP 
(Professional Equivalency Program from ACT) in those areas approved by the College. 
Information about these exams and a current list of approved exams are available from the 
office of the baccalaureate dean. Credit for CLEP or PEP exams taken prior to enrolling at 
Mount St. Mary's College and which appear on the transcript of record from another college 
or university will be accepted according to the transfer of credit procedure. If there has been 
no official awarding of credit, an original transcript from ACT or CEEB must be presented. 
Students who have taken courses sponsored by the armed forces or other non-collegiate 
agencies may apply for an evaluation of these learning experiences. 

For the Baccalaureate degree, a maximum of 12 units may be secured through CLEP/PEP 
exams in areas approved by the College. All units earned in this manner are held in escrow 
until the student has successfully completed 30 units of course work at Mount Saint Mary's 
College. 

For the Associate degree, a maximum of 8 units of credit may be secured through credit by 
departmental exam and/or CLEP/PEP exams in areas approved by the College. All units 
earned in this manner are held in escrow until the student has successfully completed 24 units 
of course work at Mount St. Mary's College. 



UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 43 



Advanced Standing 

Advanced standing is determined on an individual basis and is not decided until an evaluation 
of all previous academic work has been completed. Original transcripts must also be 
submitted for all proficiency or advanced placement credit awards (CLEP, PEP, AP). A 
maximum of 36 semester units for course work taken in an accredited college is transferable 
toward the Associate degree. No more than 66 transferable community college units may be 
applied toward the units required for a Baccalaureate degree. 

Students transferring from foreign schools, colleges, and universities must submit original 
copies of their academic records and translations from an approved translating service. The 
Admission Office can provide a list of approved agencies. 

Credit for courses taken at other accredited colleges or universities is transferable provided 
that the transferred courses satisfy curriculum requirements at Mount St. Mary's College. The 
following courses ordinarily do not transfer: 

Cooperative Education Freshman Orientation 

Continuing Education Pre-college Math, Writing, Reading 

Directed and Independent Studies English as a Second Language 

Special Studies Business Skills (typing, shorthand, etc.) 

Selected/Special Topics Vocational and Technical 
Internships, Practicums, Field Work 

No more than 2.0 units in physical education and 6.0 units in applied art may be transferred 
from any college or university. 

In the case of courses in which grades of C-, D, or F are repeated, only the better grade will be 
transferred. In cases where a course in which a grade of C or better has been repeated, only 
the C will be accepted. 

Courses are evaluated by the Advisement Center for general studies applicability. The 
determination of whether courses transferred into the College may serve as fulfillment of 
major or minor requirements is made by the appropriate department. Those courses not 
accepted in the major or minor may count as general electives. 

A transfer credit summary and determination of advanced standing will be prepared by the 
Advisement Center after all transcripts of all previous college work have been submitted. A 
final credit summary will be prepared during the first semester of attendance once all final 
transcripts have been submitted. Failure to submit required transcripts may prevent students 
from enrolling in classes. Students may not receive credit for transcripts of prior work 
submitted after the first semester of attendance. Students who wish to challenge the 
transfer credit summary must do so by the end of their first semester at Mount St. 
Mary's College. 



44 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC POLICIES 



Concurrent Enrollment Policy and Transfer of Credit 

Once admitted to and enrolled in the College, students are normally expected to pursue study 
only at Mount St. Mary's College during the Fall and Spring semesters. Students seeking an 
exception to Concurrent Enrollment Policy must file an Academic Petition and Transfer of 
Credit Clearance Form in the Office of the Registrar prior to registration at another institution. 

Classification of Students 

To be classified as a sophomore, a student must have satisfactorily completed 30 semester 
units towards the Mount St. Mary's College undergraduate degree, and have 1-2 more 
semesters of work to complete before fulfilling Associate degree requirements or 5-6 more 
semesters of work to complete before fulfilling Baccalaureate degree requirements or the unit 
equivalent; as a junior, a minimum of 60 semester units and 3-4 semesters of work to 
complete; as a senior, 90 semester units and 1-2 semesters of work to complete. 

A student with full-time status must carry 12-18 units per semester. Part-time students carry 
less than 1 2 units per semester. Foreign students (with non-immigrant F- 1 student status) 
enrolled in beginning ESL (on or off campus) plus nine semester units may be considered as 
students with full-time status. 

Non-matriculating students may take a course or courses for academic credit without 
following a prescribed curriculum toward a degree. 

Ordinarily a student should be a sophomore before enrolling in upper division courses. It is 
the student's responsibility to be aware of prerequisites or requirements for enrolling in upper 
division courses. 

Application for Graduation with a Degree 

Students applying for graduation must file a graduation application in the Registrar's Office 
before the end of the semester prior to the term of project completion. See the Registrar's 
Office for specific dates and forms. 

Degree Completion: 

Associate of Arts Students 

Full-time traditional students continuously enrolled in the MSMC Associate of Arts degree 
program must complete all degree requirements in six semesters, excluding Leaves of 
Absence. Failure to complete degree requirements within this time frame would result in 
dismissal from the College. 

Baccalaureate Students 

Full-time traditional students continuously enrolled in the MSMC Baccalaureate degree 
program must complete all degree requirements in six years and/or twelve semesters, 
excluding Leaves of Absence. Failure to complete degree requirements within this time 
frame would result in dismissal from the College. 

Returning Students 

A student who wishes to return to MSMC to complete his/her degree (either Associate or 
Baccalaureate) after an absence of six or more years must return under the catalog in effect 
when the readmission is granted. All General Studies requirements must be completed. The 
department chair will determine requirements necessary to complete the major. 



ASSOCIATE DEGREES 45 



Associate in Arts Degrees 

Through the Associate in Arts Program students have the opportunity to develop academic 
competencies. Faculty and staff offer excellence in their specialized fields and show concern 
for the individual student. The fundamental goal of this program is to provide knowledge and 
skills for an enriched life and the possibility for further education. Students in the 
AA Program also are able to explore various options in determining a career and the skills 
necessary for employment. 

All courses are transferable to the Mount St. Mary's College Baccalaureate degree program 
unless otherwise stated. Students wishing to transfer to other four year campuses should 
consult with their advisors about the transferability of courses. 

Students who enter the Associate Degree Program are required to complete a series of tests 
including reading, writing and math prior to registering for classes. These proficiency tests 
must be passed before students can receive their AA degree or transfer to Chalon. 

The specializations are designed to prepare students for transfer to a Baccalaureate program or 
employment upon graduation. 

Four semesters are usually required to complete the A. A. degree. Students with academic 
deficiencies may need an additional semester. Students may continue in the AA program for 
6 semesters in order to fulfill requirements to graduate or to transfer to the Chalon Campus. 
Students must be enrolled in an English class every semester until they have successfully 
completed ENG 6A and 6B and/or ENG 1 A and IB. 



Majors Offered 

Mount St. Mary's College confers the Associate in Arts degree with the 
following majors: 

Business Administration 

Early Childhood Education 

Graphic Design 

Health and Human Services 

Liberal Arts 

Media Communication 

Nursing 

Pre-Health Science 



A complete description of the requirements for each major as well as course descriptions may 
be found in the Courses of Instruction section of this catalog. 



46 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 



Students are governed by the catalog under which they enter MSMC. If subsequent catalogs 
have changes in major/minor or general studies requirements which are in the students' favor, 
they may be substituted at the option of the students. 

Academic Policies: Associate Degree 
Degree Requirements 

1. Completion of at least 60 semester units with a grade point average of 2.0 (a C average) 
for all college work undertaken at Mount St. Mary's College. 

2. Residency Requirement: 30 of the last 39 units must be taken at MSMC 

3. Required courses: 

I. Communication Skills (minimum of 6 units): 

ENG6ABorENG 1AB/C 
(Students planning to transfer to the Chalon Campus must be enrolled in an English 
class every semester until they have successfully completed English IB.) 

II. Arts and Sciences (minimum of 9 units): 

(At least one course must be taken from three of the following categories.) 

A. Art, Music, Literature 

ART 2 Design I (3) 

ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3) 

MUS 6 The Fine Arts: Music (3) 

ENG 12 Literary Analysis (3) 

ENG 15 Literature & Society (3) 

ENG 16 Literature & the Human Experience^) 

ENG 17 Literary Focus (3) 

ENG 25 Mythmaking: Quest for Meaning (3) 

ENG 27 Women in Quest (3) 

ENG 28 Contemporary Issues in World 

Literature (3) 

B. History, Contemporary Economics, Politics 

HIS 1 A Western Civilization I (3) 

HIS IB Western Civilization II (3) 

HIS 25 Cultural Geography (3) 

HIS 75 Contemporary America (3) 

ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3) 

POL 1 American Government (3) 

C. Natural, Physical Sciences 

BIO 5 Life Science (3) 

BIO 10 Health Science (3) 

BIO 40A Anatomy (4) 

BIO 50B Physiology (4) 

PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3) 







ASSOCIATE DEGREES 


47 




D. Social, Behavioral Sciences 








ECO 1 


Microeconomics 


(3) 






POL 2 


Comparative Government 


(3) 






POL 10 


Political Concepts 


(3) 






PSY 1 


General Psychology 


(3) 






PSY 12 


Child/Human Development 


(3) 






SOC5 


Sociological Perspectives 


(3) 






SOC6 


Family, Child and Community 


(3) 




III. 


Philosophy 




(3) 




IV. 


Religious Studies 




(3) 




V. 


Intro to College Studies 


(1) 






SPR85 




(1) 





VI. Outreach 

SPR60A Social Action (1) 

-or- 

Fieldwork or clinical experience required by specific majors 

-or- 

Successful completion of a service learning class (SL) 

VII. Diversity (3 units) 

ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3) 

ENG 27 Women in Quest (3) 

HIS 25 Cultural Geography (3) 

MUS6 The Fine Arts: Music (3) 

PHI 15 Challenges in Philosophy (3) 

PHI 21 Moral Values (3) 

PHI 92 Business Ethics (3) 

POL 2 Comparative Government (3) 

RST61 World Religions (3) 

RST78 Death and Afterlife (3) 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

SOC 6 Family, Child and Community (3) 

VIII. Quantitative Literacy (3 units) 

(a minimum of 3 units, taken from either category, QL1 or QL2) 

A. Quantitative Literacy 1(QL1) 

BUS 16AB Accounting Principles 1,11 (4,4) 

MTH 50 Elementary Number Systems (3) 

NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2) 

NUR 30 Pharmacology (2) 

PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3) 

B. Quantitative Literacy 2 (QL2) 

MTH 10 Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas (3) 

MTH 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

MTH 51 Elements of Geometry and Statistics (3) 

PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3) 



48 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 



4. Completion of program requirements. (Listed under departments.) 

5. For the Associate degree, 24 semester units must be completed during the last two 
semesters at Mount St. Mary's College. Of these, a minimum of 12 semester units must be in 
students' major and earned in regular course work. 

6. In order to participate in commencement exercises, students must have completed all 
requirements for graduation. 

7. Skill in writing, reading, and basic math evidenced by passing scores in proficiency tests. 

8. The student must file a graduation application in the Registrar's Office by the end of the 
term prior to the term of completion. 

Credit Load 

A full-time student is defined as a student who is enrolled in a minimum of 1 2 units and a 
maximum of 1 8 units per semester. 

Graduation With Honors (Associate in Arts Degree) 

Graduation With Honors shall be granted to a student who has earned the Associate in Arts 
degree while maintaining a cumulative 3.5 grade point average prior to the final semester. 

The overall GPA at the end of the fall semester of the academic year is used in determining 
honors. The student's grade point average will be calculated on the basis of grades earned at 
Mount St. Mary's College, as well as college course credits and grades earned prior to the 
time of matriculation. 

Courses completed at another institution after matriculation are not computed into the 
cumulative grade point average with the exception of approved exchange programs. 

Intercampus Transfer 

Mount St. Mary's College offers students who begin their studies in the Associate degree 
program the opportunity to transfer to the Baccalaureate program. Students wishing to 
transfer must have completed two semesters at MSMC with a 2.4 grade point average, have 
passing scores on the proficiency tests, have completed ENG 1 A, and take the following 
steps: 

1 . Request a Program Change Application from the Academic Advisement Center, the 
Intercampus Transfer Office or the Registrar's Office; obtain the signatures of the 
academic advisor, the testing coordinator, and the intercampus transfer coordinator. 

2. If requesting to transfer to the Nursing or Liberal Studies majors, have the transfer 
form approved by the department. 

3. Have completed ENG 1 A and be enrolled in ENG IB or 1C (if not already completed) 
during the first semester at the Chalon Campus. 

4. Submit this form to the Intercampus Transfer Office to obtain verification of 
transferable units and cumulative GPA. 

Students who transfer prior to receiving their AA degree cannot request it retroactively. 

Students will be notified of their preliminary acceptance into the Baccalaureate program by 
the Intercampus Transfer Office. Students will be notified of final approval after the 
verification of semester grades. 



ASSOCIATE DEGREES 49 



Integration of Theory and Practice 

Experience endeavors to relate personal growth and learning to the more practical aspects of 
life. Opportunities for experience can occur both inside and outside the college. 

The Intro to College Studies course facilitates the incoming student's adjustment to the 
demands of college life by teaching skills for personal effectiveness and presenting strong 
female role models in various careers. Students work in small groups with staff and peer 
counselors to discuss concerns, explore values and goals, and practice communication skills. 

Social Action/Fieldwork extends the learning process beyond campus limits. The student 
becomes aware of important issues in society. Opportunities are offered for career-related 
experiences and the blending of theory and practice. In Social Action or Service Learning 
courses, the student performs supervised volunteer services such as tutoring, hospital 
volunteer work, child care, home visiting, and the like. In Field Work the student engages in 
supervised fieldwork as determined by the major. 

Academic Support Services 

Academic Advisement 

The Doheny Academic Advisement program for the Associate of Arts degree is coordinated 
through the Academic Advisement Center. The Doheny Advisement program consists of 
faculty advisors, Academic Advisement Center advisors, first year Orientation Advising and 
several workshops providing information about summer school attendance and Study Away 
programs. 

Each student is assigned an advisor who will assist in clarifying program requirements, class 
schedules, and academic and career goals. The students meet with their advisor at least once a 
semester for advisement and registration purposes. However, students are encouraged to visit 
their advisors to build a positive advisor-student relationship. To further serve the students' 
advisement needs, the Academic Advisement Center also functions as a drop-in office for on- 
going guidance and referral services. 

Although the individual faculty advisors and the Advisement Center staff make every effort to 
provide advisement for the student, it is ultimately the student's responsibility to see that all 
procedures are followed and all requirements are fulfilled. 

Learning Resource Center 

The Learning Resource Center oversees the English classes' Skills Labs, supervises students 
still working for reading, writing, and math proficiencies, and provides tutors for most areas 
of the undergraduate curriculum. Students in developmental English classes spend an 
assigned hour a week receiving instruction in diagnosed grammatical and compositional skills 
not yet mastered. With tutors, computer or AV aids, students also work to acquire a certain 
proficiency in reading, writing, and basic math. Students may also request a tutor or organize 
a study group for other areas of the curriculum, e.g., psychology, sociology, geography, etc. 
Students are encouraged to make appointments for any extra time they may need, but 
occasionally drop-ins can also be accommodated. 



50 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 



Library Facilities 

The Charles Willard Coe Memorial Library, located on the Chalon Campus, is the principal 
library of Mount St. Mary's College. Constructed in 1947, the Coe Library houses the 
majority of print library materials for both campuses and also houses the Instructional Media 
Center, an Office of Institutional Technology (OIT), administered repository for non-print 
media, and the hardware necessary to non-print media use. The facility is intended primarily 
for individual and small group use but also circulates its sound and image collections for use 
in the classroom. There is an OIT administered Computer Lab on the 4th floor. 

The J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the Doheny Campus is housed in the Sr. 
Magdalen Coughlin Learning Complex. 

The libraries serving the two campuses currently hold over 130,000 volumes and carry 
subscriptions to over 800 print periodicals. Moreover, the OIT administered IMTC contains 
over 5500 titles of non-print media material. Print and non-print materials are lent from one 
library to the other to accommodate the changing curriculum and to meet the needs of faculty 
and students, who are also permitted to use both collections in person. The libraries hold 
subscriptions to a number of bibliographic and full-text on-line databases in a wide variety of 
academic subject areas. There are three book databases as well as numerous journal article 
and proprietary materials databases. Please consult the Libraries' Research Resources 
WebPages for a list of current subscriptions. 

Skills Programs 

The ability to communicate is one of the basic tools of learning. A student must be able to 
receive and to transmit information accurately. This process involves reading, writing, 
speaking, and listening, as well as understanding non-verbal messages. A student must be able 
to think logically and apply knowledge to problems and situations at hand. In order to 
facilitate the acquisition of these tools, the following programs are offered: 

College Skills 

Specialized courses in areas such as study skills, reading, math, and English are provided for 
students whose previous performance and/or test results indicate they might experience 
academic difficulty. These courses are required for students who are academically 
underprepared. 

Summer Skills Workshop 

The Workshop in Study Skills, offered prior to freshman year, enables interested students to 
get a better start in their college careers. Students receive one unit of AA credit for 
successfully completing a class in study skills and two other classes chosen from classes in 
writing, math, reading, and studying the sciences. 



ASSOCIATE DEGREES 51 



Computer Labs 

The Doheny Campus has two complete computer labs. Each has laser printers available. 

Macintosh Lab, located in room 120, Bldg. 4, has 18 iMac, networked computers. Each has 
the Microsoft Office software suite and web browsing capabilities. The lab is open daily for 
student and faculty use. 

The main student computer lab in Bldg. 3, room B-104, has 25 networked Dell workstations. 
Each has a ZIP drive for large file access and storage, the Microsoft Office software suite and 
web browsing capabilities. The lab is open daily for student and faculty use. 

Title V grant-funded labs, located in Bldg. 4, rooms 111,119, 206, 209, and 21 1, have 
networked Dell computers. Each has the Microsoft Office software suite and web browsing 
capabilities. The labs are also used as classrooms and are open daily for student and faculty 
use when there are no classes in session. 

A.A. Student Cross-Enrollment at Chalon 

Associate of Arts students may take a limited number of units at Chalon. Ordinarily students 
admitted to the AA Program do not take classes at Chalon during their first semester. 
However, if there is need for a sequence course such as biology, chemistry, math, or music, a 
maximum of eight units may be taken during the first two semesters. Unless noted in 
program requirements, AA students do not take upper division courses until completion of 
ENG IB. (Chalon students have priority registration for Chalon classes; Doheny students for 
Doheny classes.) 

After two (2) semesters in the A A Program, students with a 2.4 cum GPA may take a 
maximum of seven (7) units during their third semester and as many as nine (9) units during 
their fourth semester at the Chalon Campus. 

Student Affairs 

Mount St. Mary's College provides students with programs and experiences conducive to 
personal, cultural, ethical, social, physical, spiritual, and intellectual growth. Student initiative 
and responsibility are encouraged in an atmosphere of close interrelation among students, 
faculty, administration and staff. 

Campus Ministry 

Campus Ministry seeks to develop and sustain awareness of the spiritual dimension of life 
which is at the heart of the College's mission, assisting students, faculty and staff to grow 
spiritually in accordance with their own religious traditions. Catholic in our roots and vision, 
we welcome an opportunity to be of service to persons of every religious persuasion or none 
at all, and commit ourselves to respect for the freedom of each person's conscience and 
unique path. 

The Campus Ministry team consists of a director, two coordinators (each focused on one of 
our two campuses), student coordinators and office staff. Together, they are responsible for a 
number of areas: Prayer and Spirituality; Liturgy (including Sunday Mass, reconciliation 
services and other prayer services); the Rite of Christian Initiation for Adults (for those who 
wish to become Catholic); preparation for Confirmation, Eucharist and other sacraments; 
Bible Study and other educational efforts; retreats; campus festivities and observances; and 



52 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 



community service opportunities, including action and reflection for Social Justice. 
Individual counseling and conversations are also available to any member of the campus 
community. 

Our Lady of Mercy Chapel is the central place for worship and prayer on the Doheny campus. 
People of all faith backgrounds are welcome there, whether for an afternoon Mass, an evening 
Rosary with friends, or for personal quiet reflection. 

You are always welcome to the Campus Ministry office, whether you are a student, faculty or 
staff member, whatever your religious tradition. 

Career Center 

The Career Center provides the opportunity for students to find the major and career best 
suited for them by learning how to identify their unique skills, interests, values and 
personality traits, and how to research the world of work. Students are encouraged to enroll 
in the one unit Career Planning seminar (required for business majors) offered in the Spring 
semester, the Career Exploration course (for undeclared or major changers) offered during the 
Fall semester or the Careers in Health (required for pre-health majors) course offered in the 
Fall. 

The Career Center includes a career library with books on interviewing, resume writing, 
major and career options and job search information. Off-campus full-time and part-time job 
listings, the "Volunteer Works" internship database with over 300 internship listings, and 
"Choices," a computerized career planning tool, can be found in the Career Center. 

A variety of activities are offered by the Career Center. Annual events include an etiquette 
dinner and major fair. Alumnae Career panels focusing on different majors and occupations 
are held throughout the school year. The Center also sponsors trips to various off-campus 
career fairs, career-related conferences and workshops. 

The Career Center staff is available for individual counseling appointments to assist students 
with skills assessment, resume writing, and interviewing techniques. Staff also help students 
to research information on career positions and internship options. The Career Center staff 
foster on-going relationships with a variety of organizations and corporations in order to 
develop internship and employment opportunities for students. 

Service Learning and Community Engagement 

In the spirit of the mission and strategic planning of Mount St. Mary's College, community 
engagement opportunities exist to offer MSMC students off-campus service and learning 
experiences at community organizations that promote human and community development. 
Service-Learning faculty, Career Development staff, the Women's Leadership Program and 
the office of Experiential Learning work collaboratively with MSMC students to promote 
healthy, socially-just communities in the greater Los Angeles area. In order to gain knowledge 
and understanding, assess their own learning through reflection and structured experiences, 
and become life-long committed advocates for social justice in our world, all Mount students 
are encouraged to participate in a variety of community engagement and service-learning 
opportunities. 



ASSOCIATE DEGREES 53 



Counseling and Psychological Services (CPS) 

MSMC recognizes that emotional health and personal growth are essential components of a 
successful academic experience. The mission of CPS is to enhance the emotional growth of 
students by promoting balanced lifestyles, positive self-esteem, and essential life skills with 
an emphasis on the development of the whole person. CPS provides psychological 
counseling services and psycho-educational programs for students, as well as responsive 
consultation to the college community. In counseling, students discuss issues such as anxiety, 
depression, stress management, academic concerns, family and relationship problems, grief, 
loneliness, eating disorders, substance abuse, dating violence and self-esteem difficulties. 
Counseling services are available to current, full-time MSMC undergraduates and doctor of 
physical therapy graduate students. After the initial appointment, a recommendation will be 
made for individual counseling, group sessions, or referrals to services in the community. 
Our counseling is short-term, including up to twelve sessions per academic year. 

All sessions are confidential in keeping with professional ethics and state laws. No 
information about student clients is shared with family members, the faculty, college 
administrators, or anyone else without written permission. The exception to this policy is 
when limited disclosure is required by law to protect the student or another individual from 
harm. CPS is staffed by licensed psychologists and advanced doctoral level interns. 

Fitness Education 

Mount St. Mary's College is committed to graduating well-balanced women with a strong 
sense of self and physical well being. The Fitness Education Department offers two programs 
that complement the academic program: the physical education courses offered for academic 
credit, and a wellness and fitness program, including nutrition. The two programs together 
provide students with the opportunity to attain, improve and/or maintain their physical fitness, 
attend informative workshops on wellness and fitness, participate in recreational activities on 
or off the campus, and participate in intramural volleyball, basketball, and tennis programs. 
Facilities include a pool, fitness center equipped with cardiovascular and weight training 
equipment, and a tennis-basketball-volleyball court. 

Institute for Student Academic Enrichment (ISAE) 

ISAE is a federally funded Student Support Services/TRIO program designed to assist first- 
generation, low-income and/or disabled students in achieving their maximum potential in 
higher education. ISAE provides eligible students academic advisement, peer tutoring and 
mentoring, career and personal counseling, financial aid information, workshops and 
leadership and cultural enrichment opportunities. ISAE is located in the Doheny Career 
Planning/Advisement Center. 



54 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 



Orientation / First- Year Seminar 

The Orientation program is designed to assist entering students with their transition to Mount 
St. Mary's College and to enhance their success at college. Orientation includes an 
introduction to both the academic and student life aspects of the College and provides for the 
interaction of new students with faculty, staff, and current students. Orientation for new first- 
year students is held in July with separate activities for parents. Orientation activities include 
a comedy show, movie night, and service-learning project. In addition, placement testing, 
advisement, and course registration are available. 

First-year students continue their orientation to the College in SPR 85 (Introduction to 
College Studies), a one-unit seminar course taught in the Fall semester. This class is designed 
to facilitate the transition from high school to the college environment and provides 
opportunities to become more familiar with college resources, policies and procedures, study 
skills, and other strategies for college success. 

Residence Life 

Primary emphasis in the residence halls is on a close interrelationship of full-time students 
and staff to create a living and learning environment that fosters the formation of personal 
values and integrity. On-campus living affords increased opportunities to develop personal 
relationships and to participate in the many enriching programs which Mount St. Mary's 
College offers. Student residence life is largely self-regulated, under the direction of the 
Residence Life Staff which is composed of the Director, Assistant Director, Administrative 
Assistant, Graduate Housing Assistant, Head Resident Assistants, and Resident Assistants. 

The residence staff gives much time and attention to assigning rooms and roommates. They 
strive to provide students both privacy and the freedom to develop relationships conducive to 
social, educational and spiritual growth. 

An off-campus housing referral listing is available through the Student Activities and 
Commuter Services Office. 

Student Activities 

College involvement gives the student the opportunity to become a vital part of the institution. 
Students are encouraged to serve on college committees and to initiate religious, cultural, and 
social activities. The small college atmosphere offers many opportunities for participation in 
student government and campus organizations. 

Many organizations are open to the Mount students in an effort to broaden their experiences. 
Among these, the Associated Student Body sponsors a wide range of social, cultural, 
recreational, volunteer, and religious activities. The ASB meets regularly to discuss student 
issues and to promote student involvement. Several occasions arise each year for interaction 
with Baccalaureate students at Chalon as well as with students of surrounding colleges. 
Special interests are represented in various clubs and organizations. 



ASSOCIATE DEGREES 55 



Student Ambassador Program 

The Student Ambassador Program is one of MSMC's partnership programs designed to 
motivate inner-city high school students to complete high school and aspire to a college 
education. The ambassadors help high school students understand what skills they need to 
acquire and what courses to take to qualify for college admission, and assist them with 
identifying appropriate colleges to which they can apply, completing admissions applications 
and researching financial aid. The program provides leadership and service opportunities to 
Mount students by engaging them in outreach in the Los Angeles area. Currently, 
ambassadors serve in 40 high schools, 5 middle schools, and several Los Angeles City 
housing developments. By helping these high school students to plan for college, improve 
study skills and envision satisfying and rewarding careers, Mount students are able to give 
back to the community while developing their own counseling and time-management skills. 
The Student Ambassador Program continues a long-standing Mount tradition of service to the 
local and world community. 

Student Health Services 

Mount St. Mary's College Health Services Department offers a broad range of services to 
both resident and commuter students. Emphasis is placed on preventive medicine and on 
positive health practices which will become a part of each student's lifestyle. Health 
education programs designed to assist students in developing values and skills related to 
achieving a high level of health are presented each semester. 

Regular, full-time students at the Doheny Campus who pay the Comprehensive Student Fee 
may access both the Doheny Student Health Office and the Chalon Student Health Center. 
The Doheny Health Office is staffed by a registered nurse who is available to provide 
treatment of minor illness and injuries, health references, health teaching, immunizations and 
laboratory testing. Appointments are also available with the Nurse Practitioner who is 
scheduled at the Doheny campus weekly. 

The Chalon Health Center is staffed by physicians, nurse practitioners, nurses and specially 
trained students. Services include diagnosis and treatment of illnesses and minor injuries, 
physical examinations, health teaching, immunizations, and laboratory testing. Appointments 
may be made throughout the week. Students who pay the Comprehensive Student Fee may 
see a medical provider or nurse at no expense. There may be minor charges for laboratory 
testing and medications. 

When the Student Health Center is closed, a Medical Provider is on-call and available for 
consultation by contacting the Resident Assistant on duty. 

Incoming freshmen and transfer students, both resident and commuters, must submit a current 
health history and physical examination prior to entrance. Proof of current immunizations and 
TB skin testing are also required for admission. Additional health requirements exist for 
students enrolled in programs with clinical affiliations. 



56 ASSOCIATE DEGREES 



All full-time, regular students are required to carry Health and Accident Insurance. Please see 
the expense listings at the beginning of this catalog for additional information regarding 
health insurance available through Mount St. Mary's College. 



Women's Leadership Program 

The Women's Leadership Program offers many opportunities for leadership skill building and 
development in order to prepare students as leaders in their communities and future careers. 

Students are encouraged to develop and strengthen their skills at the Mount. The Program 
supports students in developing leadership skills through co-curricular activities, workshops, 
internships, and participation in national conferences. 

All MSMC students have the opportunity to document their co-curricular activities in the 
form of a Leadership Transcript. Students who are part of the Leadership program have 
opportunities to develop their leadership potential by taking courses and participating in group 
service projects and other developmental experiences. 

For course offerings in Leadership, please see the Leadership and Women's Studies Minor 
under the Courses of Instruction section of this catalog. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 57 



Baccalaureate Degrees 

Mount St. Mary's College confers the following Baccalaureate degrees: 

The Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 

American Studies 

Art 

Biological Sciences 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Child Development 

Documentary Film and Social Justice 

English {including Weekend College) 

English and Business Administration (including Weekend College) 

French Studies 

Gerontology 

History 

Liberal Arts ( Weekend College only) 

Liberal Studies (for elementary teaching credential students) 

Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religious Studies 

Social Science 

Sociology (including Weekend College) 

Spanish and Business Administration 

Spanish Studies 

The Bachelor of Science with majors in: 

Biochemistry 

Biological Sciences 

Business Administration (Weekend College only) 

Chemistry 

Nursing 

Social Work 



Individually Designed Major 

The Individually Designed Major is available to students interested in giving further creative 
direction to their own education. This student is encouraged to utilize alternative modes of 
education and to assume leadership in initiating educational and cultural experiences. 
Admission to the Individually Designed Major presumes the ability on the part of the student 
to engage in independent study. Freshmen are eligible to pursue an IDM after the successful 
completion of their first semester at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Information is available in the Advisement Center and from the Baccalaureate dean. 



58 BACCALAREATE DEGREES 



Baccalaureate Degree Requirements 

Degree Requirements 

1 . Completion of at least 124 semester units with a grade point average of 2.0 (C 
average) for all college work undertaken at Mount St. Mary's College. A minimum of 45 
semester units must be in upper division work. 

2. Completion of a major, as designated by the major department. 

3. Satisfaction of the senior residence requirement. Residence is defined as 30 of the 
last 39 units before graduation must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College. A minimum of 12 
upper division units must be in the student's major and earned in regular course work at 
Mount St. Mary's College. 

4. Completion of a Mount St. Mary's College general studies program. 

5. Required Course: Introduction to College Studies (SPR 85) is required of all 
freshmen entering college with fewer than 24 units. 

6. Must file a graduation application in the Registrar's Office by the end of the term 
prior to the term of projected completion. 

In order to participate in commencement exercises students must be registered for all courses 
needed to complete degree and college requirements. If a student is granted permission to 
enroll in a course prior to graduation at an institution other than Mount St. Mary's College, the 
transcript must be received by June 30. 

All general studies courses must be passed with a C- or better 

A student is governed by the catalog under which he/she enters MSMC. If subsequent 
catalogs have changes in major/minor or general studies requirements which are in the 
student's favor, they may be substituted, by the department chair, at the option of the student. 
Changes in College policies and procedures apply to all students. 

The General Studies Curriculum 

An educated person is one who is not only academically prepared in an area of specialization 
but also one who has knowledge and appreciation of the diverse fields of human endeavor. To 
achieve this, a student is expected to explore areas of learning outside the major through the 
General Studies curriculum. The College has adopted the following components of a liberal 
education as fundamental in developing excellence of mind and spirit. The components are 
integrated into the educational program, and into the General Studies Curriculum, in a way 
that enables the growth of students as free, imaginative, and responsible human beings, 
sensitive and responsive to the needs of the human person and human society. These 
components are: 

1 . effective written expression of ideas; 

2. effective oral communication; 

3. analysis of assumptions, methods of argumentation, values; 

4. problem-solving: defining problems, identifying issues; organizing, analyzing, 
synthesizing ideas; comparing, contrasting ideas; decision-making; 

5. understanding of personal and group behavior; 

6. effective participation in a group or organization; 

7. sense of history as providing perspective for interpreting human events; 

8. sense of literature as reflecting and interpreting human experience; 

9. understanding of and appreciation for music and the visual arts; 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 59 



10. curiosity about and a spirit for investigating the natural universe; 

1 1 . ability to recognize patterns of thought used in science and mathematics; 

12. understanding of the impact of advancing technology on human society and culture; 

13. understanding of social classes and social structures in diverse societies; 

14. understanding of contemporary economic, social, and political issues; 

15. understanding of criteria and standards to assess personal moral values and ethical 
judgments; 

16. openness to understanding of and respect for philosophical, religious, and ethnic 
diversity; 

17. awareness of the religious and spiritual dimensions of human existence. 

General Studies Requirements 

The following structure and content for the General Studies Curriculum applies to Bachelor 
degrees except that there is no modern language requirement for the Bachelor of Science 
degree. Students may not take general studies courses on a credit/no-credit basis. All 
courses used to fulfill General Studies requirements must be passed with a grade of C- 
or above. 

The college policy on challenge examinations will prevail in the General Studies Curriculum. 

I. Communication Skills (minimum 7 units) 

A. Written (6 units) 

ENG 1 A B/C Freshman English (3,3) 

ENG 5H Freshman Honors English (3) 

B. Oral (1-3 units) 

SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2) 

SPE 12 Business and Professional Communication (1) 

POL 133 Moot Court (1-3) 

POL 134 International Organization-MUN (3) 

POL 135 Selected Problems in International Organization (3) 

SOC 30/130 Human Communication (3) 

II. Critical Thinking (minimum 3 units) 

BIO 1 5 1 Medical Physiology (4) 

ENG 1C Freshman English (3) 

NUR 138 Research in Nursing (3) 

PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3) 

PHI 10 Critical Thinking (3) 

PHI 155 Symbolic Logic (3) 

III. Arts and Sciences (minimum 21 units) 

At least one course must be taken in each of the following categories (A - G): 

A. Art or Music 

ART 2 Design I (3) 

ART 3/103 Visual Thinking (3) 

ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3) 

ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3) 

ART 170 History of Art: Ancient thru Medieval (3) 



60 


BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 






ART 171 


History of Art: Renaissance thru Romanticism 


(3) 




ART 172 


History of Art: Modern World 


(3) 




ART 173 


Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts 


(3) 




ART 174 


Women in Contemporary Art 


(3) 




MUS 6/106 


Varieties of Music 


(3) 




MUS 25/125 


Music Masterpieces 


(3) 




INT 93AB/193AB Guided Experiences in the Arts 


(1.5,1.5) 




INT 95/195 


Study/Travel: European History and Culture 


(3) 




B. Literature 








ENG 12/112 


Literary Analysis 


(3) 




ENG 15 


Literature and Society 


(3) 




ENG 16 


Literature and the Human Experience 


(3) 




ENG 17 


Literary Focus 


(3) 




ENG 18/118 


Great Works in World Literature 


(3) 




ENG 19/119 


Great Works in British Literature 


(3) 




ENG 20/120 


Great Works in American Literature 


(3) 




ENG 21/121 


Classical Epic and Drama 


(3) 




ENG 25/125 


Mythmaking: The Quest for Meaning 


(3) 




ENG 26 


Literature of the American West 


(3) 




ENG 27/127 


Women in Quest 


(3) 




ENG 28/128 


Contemporary Issues in World Literature 


(3) 




ENG 32/132 


Literature of Los Angeles 


(3) 




ENG 70/170 


Western Literary Heritage 


(3) 




ENG 73 


Shakespeare 


(3) 




ENG 122 


Love in World Literature 


(3) 




ENG 123 


Women's Voices in Literature 


(3) 




ENG 124 


Fiction to Film 


(3) 




ENG 126 


The American Experience 


(3) 




ENG 129 


Ethnic Literature in America 


(3) 




ENG 130 


Faith and Fiction 


(3) 




ENG 131 


Russian Literature 


(3) 




ENG 156H 


The Modern Temper 


(3) 




ENG 164 


American Drama 


(3) 




ENG 165 


Novels of the Americas: Latino Voices 


(3) 




ENG 173 


Shakespeare 


(3) 




C. History 








HIS 1AB 


Western Civilization 


(3,3) 




HIS 3/103 


World History 


(3) 




HIS5H 


European Leaders and Ideas in Ferment and Flux 


(3) 




HIS 6/106 


American Cultural History 


(3) 




HIS 25 


Cultural and Historical Geography 


(3) 




HIS 45/145 


Europe:Renaissance to the Enlightenment 1300-1789 (3) 




HIS 46/146 


Europe: Age of Revolution and Nationalism, 1789-1871 (3) 




HIS 47/147 


Europe: 1871-1945 


(3) 




HIS 50/150 


Introduction to Asian History 


(3) 




HIS 75 


Contemporary America 


(3) 




HIS 112/112H 


Economic History of Europe 


(3) 




HIS 115AB 


History of Political Theory 


(3,3) 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



61 



HIS 116 


Classical Civilization 


(3) 


HIS 118 


The World of Medieval Europe 


(3) 


HIS 151 


Advanced Studies in History of Modern Japan 


(3) 


HIS 152 


Advanced Studies in History of Modern China 


(3) 


HIS 171 


The U.S. From Colony to Republic 


(3) 


HIS 173 


The U.S. in the Nineteenth Century 


(3) 


HIS 175 


The U. S. in the 20 th Century 


(3) 


HIS 179 


Constitutional History of the U.S. 


(3) 


HIS 180 


Current Constitutional History 


(3) 


HIS 181 


Modern Presidential History 


(3) 


HIS 184 


Radicalism and Dissent 


(3) 


HIS 185 A 


African American History: American Slavery, 1619-1865 (3) 


HIS 185B 


African American History: Emancipation to Modern Era (3) 


HIS 185C/H 


Race and Racism in American Life and Thought 


(3) 


HIS 191 


Major Issues in US Women's History 


(3) 


POL 2 


Comparative Government and Politics 


(3) 


POL 108 


American Constitutional Law 


(3) 


POL 109 


Individual Rights 


(3) 


POL117AB 


History of Political Theory 


(3,3) 


POL 152 A 


History of Modern Japan 


(3) 


POL 152B 


History of Modern China 


(3) 


D. Natural and Physical Sciences 




BIO 1AB 


Biological Dynamics 


(4,4) 


BIO 3/103 


General Microbiology 


(4) 


BIO 5 


Life Science 


(3) 


BIO 10 


Health Science 


(3) 


BIO 40A 


Human Anatomy 


(4) 


BIO 50A 


Human Anatomy 


(4) 


BIO 50B 


Human Physiology 


(4) 


BIO 67/167 


Environmental Science 


(3) 


CHE 1A/1AL 


General Chemistry/Laboratory 


(3,1) 


CHE 3 


Foundations of Chemistry 


(3) 


PHS 1 


Scientific Concepts 


(3) 


PHS 2AB 


General Physical Science 


(4) 


PHS 4 


Elementary Environmental Studies 


(3) 


PHY 1A 


Introductory Physics 


(4) 


PHY 11A 


Mechanics 


(4) 


E. Mathematics 




BUS 28 


Mathematical Analysis for Business 


(3) 


BUS 38 


Elements of Probability and Statistics 


(3) 


MTH 1 


College Algebra and Trigonometry 


(4) 


MTH5A 


Calculus I 


(4) 


MTH5B 


Calculus II 


(4) 


MTH 10 


Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas 


(3) 


MTH 20 


Programming 


(3) 


MTH 28 


Mathematical Analysis for Business 


(3) 


MTH 38/H 


Elements of Probability and Statistics 


(3) 


MTH 50 


Elementary Number Systems 


(3) 


MTH 51 


Elements of Geometry and Statistics 


(3) 


PSY40 


Basic Statistical Methods 


(3) 



62 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



F. Social and Behavioral Sciences 




ECO 1 


Microeconomics 


(3) 


ECO 112/112H 


World Economic History 


(3) 


POL 2 


Comparative Government 


(3) 


POL 10 


Political Concepts 


(3) 


PSY 1 


General Psychology 


(3) 


PSY 12/102 


Child/Human Development 


(3) 


PSY 52/152 


Biological Psychology 


(3) 


SOC5 


Sociological Perspectives 


(3) 


SOC6 


The Family, Child and Community 


(3) 


SOC 104 


The Family 


(3) 


SOC 195 


Sociology of Religion 


(3) 


G. Contemporary Economics or Politics 




BUS 5 


Business Law I 


(3) 


BUS 133 


Money, Politics and Business 


(3) 


BUS 140 


Women's Issues in Business and Economics 


(3) 


ECO 2 


Macroeconomics 


(3) 


ECO 195 


International Economics 


(3) 


HIS 75 


Contemporary America 


(3) 


HIS 178 


Diplomatic History of the United States 


(3) 


HIS 179 


Constitutional History of the United States 


(3) 


HIS 180 


Current Constitutional History 


(3) 


HIS 188 


California History 


(3) 


LWS 1 1 1 


Women's Issues in Business and Economics (3) 


POL 1 


American Government and Institutions 


(3) 


POL 5 


Business Law I 


(3) 


POL 102 


Women and the Law 


(3) 


POL 108 


American Constitutional Law 


(3) 


POL 109 


Individual Rights 


(3) 


POL 125 


Foreign Relations of the U. S. 


(3) 


POL 131 


International Relations 


(3) 


POL 134 


International Organizations-MUN 


(3) 


POL 135 


Selected Problems in International 






Organizations 


(3) 


POL 137 


Ethnic Conflict and Civil War 


(3) 


POL 171/H 


Presidents and Personality 


(3) 


POL 179 


California Politics 


(3) 


POL 180 


State and Local Government 


(3) 


POL 192 


Plays and Politics 


(3) 



IV. Language & Culture 

Required for B. A. degree only. 

FRE 1 Elementary French I (or equivalent) 

FRE 2 Elementary French II (or equivalent) 

FRE 3 Intermediate French III 

FRE 4 Intermediate French IV 

FRE 33A/B French Culture and Civilization 

JPN 1 Elementary Japanese I (or equivalent) 

JPN 2 Elementary Japanese II (or equivalent) 



(4) 
(4) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3) Weekend College only 

(4) 
(4) 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 63 



SPA1 


Elementary Spanish I (or equivalent) 


(4) 


SPA 2 


Elementary Spanish II (or equivalent) 


(4) 


SPA3A 


Accelerated Spanish 


(3) 


SPA3B 


Intermediate Spanish III 


(3) 


SPA 4 


Intermediate Spanish 


(3) 


SPA 33A 


Civilizations and Cultures of Spain 


(J) Weekend College only 


SPA 33B 


Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic 






America 


(3) Weekend College only 



SPA 44/144 Hispanic Civilizations and Cultures (3) 

B.S. degree programs do not require a second language because of the additional science 
courses required by the related departments or outside professional accrediting agencies. 

However, all students are strongly encouraged to take a second modern language to enhance 
their personal and professional communication in our current multilingual society. 

V. Philosophy and Religious Studies 

(minimum 15 units* - must include 3 units of Ethics and 3 units of Philosophical Ideas .) 

A. Religious Studies (6-9 units) 

Ordinarily courses must be taken in at least two of the following areas: 

1. Scripture 

RST 1 1 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures (3) 

RST 15 Introduction to Christian Scripture (3) 

2. Christian Thought 

RST 21 Introduction to Catholicism (3) 

RST 23 Spiritual Journeys of Women (3) 

RST 25/125 Marriage Issues: Catholic Perspectives (3) 

RST 70 Faith and Human Development (3) 

RST 131 Jesus (3) 

RST 135 Women and Christianity (3) 

RST 137 Challenges in Contemporary Theology (3) 

3. Christian Ethics 

RST 41 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3) 

RST 45/145 Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics (3) 

RST 50 Social Issues in Christian Ethics (3) 

RST 49/149 Biomedical Issues in Christian Ethics (3) 

RST 146 The Catholic Justice and Peace Tradition (3) 

4. Religion and Religions 

RST 61/161 Introduction to World Religions (3) 

PHI 1 60 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

RST 78/178 Death and Afterlife (3) 

RST 1 72 Jesus & the Buddha (3) 

SOC 195 Sociology of Religion (3) 



64 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



B. Philosophy (6-9 units) 

At least one course from among those listed under Philosophical Ideas must be 
taken. 



1. Philosophica 


Ideas 


PHI 15 


Introduction to Philosophy 


PHI 24 


Socrates, Plato, Aristotle 


PHI 126 


Descartes to Kant 


PHI 130 


Existentialism 


PHI 134 


American Philosophy 


PHI 150 


Metaphysics 


PHI 152 


Theory of Knowledge 


PHI 158 


The Scientific Method 


PHI 160 


Philosophy of Religion 


PHI 162 


Philosophy & Native Cultures 


PHI 165 


Philosophy & Law 


PHI 167 


Ethics and Film 


PHI 169 


Philosophy of Technology 


PHI 170 


Social and Political Philosophy 


PHI 172 


Marxism 


PHI 174 


Philosophy of Art 


PHI 175 


Philosophy of Film 


PHI 176 


Philosophy in Literature 


PHI 178 


Philosophy of Woman 


PHI 179 


Women and Values 


PHI 180 


Chinese Philosophy 


2. Ethics 




PHI 21 


Moral Values 


PHI 92/192 


Business Ethics 


PHI 167 


Ethics & Film 


PHI 168 A 


Contemporary Moral Problems 


PHI 168B 


Bioethics 


PHI 179 


Women and Values 


3. Other 




PHI 5 


Introduction to Logic 


PHI 10 


Critical Thinking 


PHI 155 


Symbolic Logic 


PHI 158 


The Scientific Method 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



(3) 

(3) 

(3) 
(3) 



* Students transferring into the College who will graduate in two years or less will 
fulfill General Studies V., A and B, by completing two courses in each area, a total 
of twelve (12) units; one course must be Ethics and one must be Philosophical Ideas. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



65 



VI. Diversity (6) 


ART 5 


ART 173 


BUS 140/140H 


BUS 189 


CUL 107 


EDU 150/250 


ENG26 


ENG 27/127 


ENG 28/128 


ENG 123 


ENG 126 


ENG 129 


FRE4 


FRE 128 


HIS 25 


HIS 162 


MUS 6M/106 


NUR 160 


PHI 15 


PHI 21 


PHI 92/192 


PHI 160 


PHI 162 


PHI 168 A 


PHI 174 


PHI 175 


PHI 176 


PHI 178 


PHI 179 


POL 2 


POL 192 


PSY 113 


PSY 144 


RST 61/161 


RST 78/178 


RST 172 


SOC5 


SOC6 


SOC49 


SOC 104 


SOC 125 


SOC 161 


SPA 4 


SPA 33B 


SPA 140 


SPA 146 



Fundamentals of Art (3) 

Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts (3) 

Women's Issues in Business and Economics (3) 

International Management (3) 

Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

Elementary Instruction: Theory and Practice (3) 

Literature of the American West (3) 

Women in Quest (3) 

Contemporary Issues in World Literature (3) 

Women's Voices in Literature (3) 

The American Experience (3) 

Ethnic Literatures of America (3) 

Intermediate French (3) 

Twentieth Century Literary Trends (3) 

Cultural and Historical Geography (3) 

History & Civilization of Latin America (3) 

Varieties of Music (3) 

Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5) 

Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

Moral Values and Ethical Decisions (3) 

Business Ethics (3) 

Philosophy of Religion (3) 

Philosophy and Native Cultures (3) 

Contemporary Moral Problems (3) 

Philosophy of Art (3) 

Philosophy of Film (3) 

Philosophy in Literature (3) 

Philosophy of Woman (3) 

Women and Values (3) 

Comparative Government (3) 

Plays and Politics (3) 
Learning in Children and Adolescents Across 

Cultures (3) 

Psychology of Prejudice (3) 

Introduction to World Religions (3) 

Death and Afterlife (3) 

Jesus and the Buddha (3) 

Sociological Perspectives (3) 

The Family, Child, and Community (3) 
Multicultural Issues for Health Care Professionals (3) 

The Family (3) 

Cultural Anthropology (3) 

Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3) 

Intermediate Spanish TV (3) 

Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic America (3) 

Contemporary Literature of Hispanic America (3) 

Women in Hispanic Literature (3) 



66 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



VII. Quantitative Literacy (6 units) 

Baccalaureate students must take six (6) units of Quantitative Literacy (QL). The six 

units must come from either two QL2 courses OR one QL 1 course and one QL2 
course, but NOT two QL1 courses. 

A. QL1 

BIO 1A & 1 AL Biological Dynamics with lab (4) 

BI0 1A&1AH Biological Dynamics with honors lab (5) 

BIO 130 Genetics (4) 

BIO 1 5 1 Medical Physiology (4) 

BUS 15AB Accounting Principles 1,11 (3) 

BUS 16AB Accounting Principles 1,11 (4) 

CHE 107 Biochemistry (3) 

MTH 50 Elementary Numbers (3) 

NUR 5 1 Nursing Practicum: Adult (0.5) 

NUR61 Nursing Practicum: Adult (0.5) 

NUR 138 Research in Nursing (3)** 

NUR 162 Adaptation Nrsng: Children (3)** 

PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3)** 

PHI 1 65 Philosophy and Law (3) 

PHS 2 General Physical Sciences (3) 

PSY 106/L Basic Research Methods (4) 

SOC117 Quantitative Research Methods (3) 
(**Note: These courses satisfy one QL unit. Students will need two more QL1 
units.) 

B. QL2 

CHE1AB General Chemistry (3,3) 

CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1) 

CHE 1 1 0AB Physical Chemistry (4,3) 

MTH 1 College Algebra and Trigonometry (4) 

MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4) 

MTH 10 Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas (3) 

MTH 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

MTH 51 Elements of Geometry and Statistics (3) 

MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3) 

PHI 155 Symbolic Logic (3) 

PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3) 

PHY 1AB Introductory Physics (4,3) 

PHY11A Mechanics (4) 

PHY 1 IB Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (3) 

POL 101 Research Methodology (3) 

PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3) 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 67 



Double Counting Courses 

A course must have received a General Studies designation from the Curriculum Committee 
for the area(s) for which it might be double counted to fulfill General Studies requirements. 

The following conditions apply to double counting: 

• A course may not fulfill more than one category in Area III. At most six units of the 
21 unit minimum in Area III may be double counted in other General Studies areas. 

• With the exception of Phi 5 and Phi 10, no course from Areas I through IV may 
double count to satisfy a requirement in Area V. 

• When completing a double major, no more than 9 upper division units may be 
double counted to satisfy requirements for both majors. 

Language Fulfillment Alternative 

This requirement may be satisfied by any of the following alternatives: 

• A student who begins a language must complete French 1 and 2, Japanese 1 and 2, or 
Spanish 1 and 2, or their equivalent. For other languages, students must complete 
the equivalent of the second semester or third quarter. 

• Re-entry students may choose to complete the requirement by taking two courses in 
either Spanish or French culture (The courses are only offered in Weekend College). 

• Students whose native language is not English may demonstrate academic 
proficiency in English as a second language by passing the TOEFL examination with 
scores above 550. 

• Students may take placement exams offered by MSMC's Language and Culture 
Department in Spanish or French to fulfill the requirement. Successful completion 
will waive the Modern Language Requirement but no units will be awarded. 

Graduating with a Double Major 

Students who wish to earn a degree with a double major must observe the following 
requirements: 

• The two majors may be in the same or different degree programs. The student must 
determine the primary major and satisfy the general studies requirement for the 
degree of that major. The other major is considered the secondary major. 

• All requirements for both majors must be met, including all upper division work, 
foreign language, and any additional requirements. 

• The department chairpersons of both major areas must approve the student's 
completion of the requirements for the major. 

• A second major may be earned in the same academic area, but no more than 9 upper 
division units may satisfy requirements in both majors. 



68 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



Second Baccalaureate 

In order to receive a second Baccalaureate degree, a student must fulfill the following 
requirements: 

• Completion of a minimum of 24 semester units in residence beyond the requirements 
for the first Baccalaureate degree. 

• Completion of all departmental requirements, including a modern language if 
necessary, in the area of the major for the second degree. 

• Completion of all other institutional requirements if the first degree has been earned 
elsewhere. 

Minor Policy 

A minor should enrich a student's major, allow for specialization within a major, broaden a 
student's career options, and encourage exposure to other academic disciplines. While most 
disciplines require 18 units to complete a minor, some departments require additional units. 
In addition to the requirements for individual academic disciplines, a student must complete 
three upper division courses (9 units) for a minor that are not also being used to fulfill 
requirements for the major, general studies, or another minor. The deadline for declaring a 
minor will be the end of the student's junior year. 

Graduation with Honors (Baccalaureate Degree) 

• Summa cum laude shall be granted to a student who has earned a cumulative grade 
point average of 3.85 or higher. 

• Magna cum laude shall be granted to a student who has earned a cumulative grade 
point average of 3.7 or higher. 

• Cum laude shall be granted to a student who has earned a cumulative grade point 
average of 3.5 or higher. 

The College's criteria for eligibility to graduate with honors will be determined by a student's 
overall GPA at the end of the term prior to the last term of attendance. To be eligible, the 
student must have completed 45 letter-graded units at Mount St. Mary's College by the end of 
the term prior to the last term of attendance. The student's grade point average will be 
calculated on the basis of grades earned at Mount St. Mary's College and grades earned at 
transfer institutions. Courses at another institution after matriculation are not counted into the 
cumulative grade point average, with the exception of approved junior year abroad and 
exchange programs. 

Weekend College students must be full-time students (9 units per semester) to be eligible to 
be considered for honors at graduation. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 69 



The Honors Program 

The Honors Program at Mount St. Mary's College is designed to offer special challenges to 
students who have an outstanding high school GPA and SAT scores and/or who maintain a 
3.4 or better cumulative college GPA. 

The Honors Program enables students to explore in greater depth and breadth various areas of 
study, with possibilities of completing their college work with alternative modes and 
approaches to learning. Students may select among courses specially designed for the Honors 
Program, honors sections of regularly offered courses, and courses or course components 
designed by contract with an instructor. All honors courses are designated with an H 
following the course number. 

Honors students may take as many honors courses as they choose. An honors certificate is 
awarded at graduation to students who have completed a minimum of 1 8 units of honors 
work, including at least two regularly scheduled honors courses, and representing at least 
three disciplines. Included in the 18 units of honors work required for the certificate is a 
senior thesis which is a major research project of the student's choosing, involving at least two 
disciplines. The thesis work is supervised by two faculty sponsors. Presentation of the senior 
thesis is open to the college community. 



70 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



Academic Support Services 

Academic Advisement Center and Services 

The Chalon campus advisement program is coordinated through the Academic Advisement 
Center. All students are assigned a Faculty Advisor with whom they plan their academic 
programs. The advisor assists in clarifying the requirements in the general studies program 
and major department. Students meet with their advisor at least once each semester to register 
for classes. Entering students meet with a Faculty Advisor, are advised and registered at 
Orientation for their first semester at the Mount. Placement testing sessions are held during 
the month of June, and Orientation is held in July for all new freshmen and transfers. Out-of- 
area students are advised by the Advisement Center via e-mail and phone. Information 
regarding Orientation is sent to new students after tuition deposits have been made. Students 
entering in the Spring semester should contact the Advisement Center for registration and 
placement testing information. 

To further serve the student's advisement needs, the Academic Advisement Center functions 
as a drop-in office for on-going guidance and referral services. Help in understanding and 
following college policies is always available. The staff, along with student assistants, 
provides information on many aspects of college life and can clarify many academic 
procedures. Although the individual faculty advisors and the Advisement Center staff make 
every effort to provide advisement for the student, it is ultimately the student's responsibility 
to see that all procedures are followed and requirements fulfilled. 

Library Facilities 

The Charles Willard Coe Memorial Library, located on the Chalon Campus, is the 
principal library of Mount St. Mary's College. Constructed in 1947, the Coe Library houses 
the majority of print library materials for both campuses and also houses the Instructional 
Media Center, an Office of Institutional Technology (OIT), administered repository for non- 
print media, and the hardware necessary to non-print media use. The facility is intended 
primarily for individual and small group use but also circulates its sound and image 
collections for use in the classroom. There is an OIT administered computer lab on the 
4th floor. 

The J. Thomas McCarthy Library on the Doheny Campus is housed in the Sr. Magdalen 
Coughlin Learning Complex. 

The libraries serving the two campuses currently hold over 130,000 volumes and carry 
subscriptions to over 800 print periodicals. Moreover, the OIT administered IMTC contains 
over 5500 titles of non-print media material. Print and non-print materials are lent from one 
library to the other to accommodate the changing curriculum and to meet the needs of faculty 
and students, who are also permitted to use both collections in person. The libraries hold 
subscriptions to a number of bibliographic and full-text on-line databases in a wide variety of 
academic subject areas. There are three book databases as well as numerous journal article 
and proprietary materials databases. Please consult the Libraries' Research Resources 
WebPages for a list of current subscriptions. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 71 



Study Away/ Study Abroad Opportunities 

As a traditional liberal arts college, Mount St. Mary's recognizes the value of the study away 
experience. Students who participate are given the opportunity to gain knowledge and 
cultural awareness as an integral part of their liberal arts education. The Mount allows 
qualified students to participate in four approved programs. The study away programs are the 
Washington Semester Program, the Sisters of St. Joseph College Consortium Exchange (CSJ 
Exchange), and the BorderLinks program. A study abroad opportunity is available through 
the American Institute for Foreign Study (AIFS). Each program provides students with 
unique and valuable experiences at other institutions while earning Mount credit. 

Qualified students may study in one of these programs for one semester in their junior or 
senior year. The minimum GPA requirement to participate is a cumulative 3.0. Students may 
pick up applications and course information in the Advisement Center. Students interested in 
studying away/abroad must attend a mandatory information session during the semester prior 
to their desired semester away/abroad. The institutional deadlines to file an application and a 
Transfer of Credit form are April 1 , for Fall semester, and November 1 , for Spring semester. 
All students who study away must obtain approval from the Chalon Advisement Center in 
order to be eligible for financial aid. Finally, students who participate in one of these 
programs must attend a pre-departure session. 

Mount St. Mary's College encourages students to participate in the Study Away /Abroad 
Program. Students must complete the appropriate academic year Free Application for Federal 
Student Aid (FAFSA) and have the information sent to Mount St. Mary's College as well as 
the Aid Renewal Request Form. Study Away/ Abroad students must follow the same 
deadlines as students not participating in the program. Students must provide the Office of 
Student Financing with a breakdown of costs for their semester. They will be reviewed as a 
"resident" student and their cost of housing will be taken into consideration during the 
analysis of their file. Study Away students do not qualify for Federal Work Study or Mount 
Work funds while away, but may be awarded work monies when they return to campus. If a 
student receives any type of outside award, including a scholarship or stipend from their 
Study Away /Abroad program, they must report it to the Office of Student Financing so it can 
be considered in the evaluation of their aid. Any questions regarding funding of Study Away 
programs should be directed to the Office of Student Financing. 

The GPA earned by a student on these programs is included in the student's overall GPA, and 
is also used for the conferral of honors at graduation. Each program may have additional 
requirements. Please consult the Advisement Center for more information. 

American Institute for Foreign Study (AIFS) 

Mount St. Mary's College offers students the opportunity to study abroad with the American 
Institute for Foreign Study (AIFS). AIFS has programs in the following countries: 
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Czech Republic, England, France, Holland, Ireland, Italy, 
Japan, Russia, South Africa, and Spain. Most countries provide students with intensive 
language classes and each has specific requirements regarding language fluency. 

There is a variety of courses offered in this program. Most courses are in the humanities and 
social science areas. Biology, Biochemistry, and Chemistry majors will find an assortment of 



72 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



science and math courses offered in London, England. England also offers a variety of 
internships for qualified students. For more information visit: www.aifsabroad.com . 

Washington Semester 

Mount St. Mary's College is affiliated with the American University in Washington, DC, 
making it possible for Mount students to spend a semester in the nation's capitol and pursue 
study in one of eleven areas: American Politics, Economic Policy, Foreign Policy, 
International Business & Trade, International Environmental & Development, Justice, Justice: 
Law Enforcement, Peace & Conflict Resolution, Print & Broadcast Journalism, Public Law, 
and Transforming Communities. To participate in the program students must be nominated 
by a full-time faculty member in their major department. Since a major portion of a 
Washington semester consists of internship experience, students who study in Washington are 
not normally permitted to enroll in additional internship units. For more information visit: 
www.washingtonsemester.com. 



Sisters of St. Joseph College Consortium (SS JCC) Exchange 

Mount St. Mary's College is one of twelve Sisters of St. Joseph Colleges. The consortium 
agreement allows students from the Mount to attend any of the other schools for one semester 
The member schools are: Aquinas Junior College at Milton (MA), Avila College (MO), 
Chestnut Hill College (PA), Elms College (MA), Fontbonne College (MO), Mater Dei 
College (NY), Nazareth College (NY), Regis College (MA), The College of St. Catherine 
(MN), The College of St. Joseph (VT), and The College of Saint Rose (NY). The SSJCC 
Student Exchange Program allows students to take advantage of the rich learning experience 
of being with students from a different part of the country on a campus with unique academic 
resources. Each school offers students an enriching learning opportunity as well as increased 
exposure to faculty specialists and curricula. 

Border Links 

Mount St. Mary's College is affiliated with BorderLinks, a semester on the border program. 
The BorderLinks experience is more than academic; it offers students a dynamic experiential 
learning experience and community living along the U.S. Mexico border in Tucson, Arizona, 
and Nogales, Sonora. The main focus of the program is to enlighten students on the impact of 
globalization. Available to students on the program are the following courses: Liberation 
Theology, Culture of the Borderlands, Peace and Justice Studies, History of Mexico, and 

Spanish Language courses. For more information visit: www.borderlinks.org . 

i 

i 

UCLA Cross-Registration Agreement 

Mount St. Mary's College has a cross-registration agreement with the University of California 
at Los Angeles (UCLA), the purpose of which is to supplement and enrich the MSMC 
academic program and to provide an opportunity for UCLA students to take Mount courses. 
Full-time Mount Baccalaureate students who have sophomore, junior, or senior standing and a 
cumulative grade point average of 3.2 or better may, with the permission of the College 
Registrar, take one undergraduate course at UCLA per semester, but no more than four 
courses toward the degree. No more than two such courses will count toward the MSMC 
residency requirement; courses taken at UCLA must not be among those available at MSMC. 
Courses taken at UCLA under this arrangement will be included in the student's load at the 
College, and, except for specific course laboratory or studio fees, no additional tuition or fees i 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 73 



will be charged. Transportation to such courses and parking fees are the responsibility of the 
student enrolled. For information and procedures, consult the Office of the Registrar on the 
Chalon campus. 

University of Judaism (UJ) Cross-Registration Agreement 

Mount St. Mary's College has a cross-registration agreement with the University of Judaism, 
the purpose of which is to supplement and enrich the MSMC academic program and to 
provide an opportunity for UJ students to take Mount courses. The following conditions and 
requirements must be met: 

• The student must meet all prerequisites/criteria required for courses. 

• No visiting student may displace a student from the registration of a course at the 
student's home institution. 

• The student is responsible for obtaining all appropriate signatures and returning the 
completed form to the student's home institution. 

• The student is responsible for meeting all registration deadlines, regulations, and 
penalties of MSMC. 

A student who wishes to withdraw from a course(s) must notify the Registrar at both MSMC 
and UJ. Students who do not formally withdraw will receive a grade of U or F. 

Student Affairs 

Mount St. Mary's College provides students with programs and experiences conducive to 
personal, cultural, ethical, social, physical, spiritual, and intellectual growth. Student initiative 
and responsibility are encouraged in an atmosphere of close interrelation among students, 
faculty, administration and staff. 

Campus Ministry 

Campus Ministry Office seeks to develop and sustain awareness of the spiritual dimension of 
life which is at the heart of the College's mission, assisting students, faculty, and staff to grow 
spiritually in accordance with their own religious traditions. Catholic in our roots and vision, 
we welcome the opportunity to be of service to persons of every religious persuasion or none 
at all, and commit ourselves to respect the freedom of each person's conscience and unique 
path. 

The Campus Ministry team consists of a director, two coordinators (each focused on one of 
our two campuses), student coordinators and office staff. Together, they are responsible for a 
number of areas: Liturgy (including Sunday Mass, reconciliation services and other prayer 
services); the Rite of Christian Initiation for Adults (for those who wish to become Catholic); 
preparation for Confirmation, Eucharist and other sacraments; Bible Study and other 
educational efforts; retreats; campus festivities and observances; and community service 
opportunities, including action for social justice. Individual counseling and conversations are 
also available to any member of the campus community. 

The Mary Chapel, located in the heart of the campus, is the central place for worship and 
prayer at Chalon, and people of all faith backgrounds are welcome there, whether for a 
Sunday evening Mass, a Noon Prayer service, a Rosary with friends, or for personal quiet 
reflection. 



74 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



Career Center 

The Career Center provides the opportunity for students to find the major and career best 
suited for them by learning how to identify their unique skills, interests, values and 
personality traits, and how to research the world of work. Students are encouraged to enroll 
in the one unit Career Planning course (required for business majors) offered in the Fall 
semester or the Career Exploration course (for undeclared or major changers) offered during 
the Spring semester. 

The Career Center includes a career library with over 400 books on interviewing, resume 
writing, major and career options and job search. More then 200 graduate school catalogs and 
information on preparing for various graduate and professional entrance examinations can 
also be found in the library. Off-campus full-time and part-time job listings, the "Volunteer 
Works" Internship database with over 300 internship listings, and "Choices," a computerized 
career planning tool can be found in the Career Center. 

A variety of events are offered by the Career Center. Annual events include an etiquette 
dinner, a major fair, and a faculty panel addressing graduate studies. Alumnae Career panels, 
focusing on different majors and occupations, are held throughout the school year. The 
Center also sponsors trips to various off-campus career fairs as well as professional and 
graduate school information sessions, and other career-related conferences and workshops. 

The Career Center staff is available for individual counseling appointments to assist students 
with skills assessment, resume writing, interviewing techniques, and information regarding 
graduate studies. Staff also help students to research information on career positions and 
internship options. The Career Center staff fosters on-going relationships with a variety of 
organizations and corporations in order to develop internship and employment opportunities 
for students. 

Service Learning and Community Engagement 

In the spirit of the mission and strategic planning of Mount St. Mary's College, community 
engagement opportunities exist to offer MSMC students off-campus service and learning 
experiences at community organizations that promote human and community development. 
Service-Learning faculty, Career Development staff, the Women's Leadership Program and 
the Office of Experiential Learning work collaboratively with MSMC students to promote 
healthy, socially-just communities in the greater Los Angeles area. In order to gain knowledge 
and understanding, assess their own learning through reflection and structured experiences, 
and become life-long committed advocates for social justice in our world, all Mount students 
are encouraged to participate in a variety of community engagement and service-learning 
opportunities. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 75 



Counseling and Psychological Services (CPS) 

MSMC recognizes that emotional health and personal growth are essential components of a 
successful academic experience. The mission of CPS is to enhance the emotional growth of 
students by promoting balanced lifestyles, positive self-esteem and essential life skills with an 
emphasis on the development of the whole person. CPS provides psychological counseling 
services and psycho-educational programs for students, as well as responsive consultation to 
the college community. In counseling, students discuss issues such as anxiety, depression, 
stress management, academic concerns, family and relationship problems, grief, loneliness, 
eating disorders, substance abuse, dating violence and self-esteem difficulties. Counseling 
counseling, group sessions, or referrals to services in the community. Our counseling is short- 
term, including up to twelve sessions per academic year. 

All sessions are confidential in keeping with professional ethics and state laws. No 
information about student clients is shared with family members, the faculty, college 
administrators, or anyone else without written permission. The exception to this policy is 
when limited disclosure is required by law to protect the student or another individual from 
harm. CPS is staffed by licensed psychologists and advanced doctoral level interns. 

Disability Services 

Please see Disability Policy under the Undergraduate Academic Policies for additional 
information. 

Fitness Education 

Mount St. Mary's College is committed to graduating well-balanced women with a strong 
sense of self and physical well-being. The Fitness Education Department offers two programs 
that complement the academic program: the physical education courses offered for academic 
credit, and a wellness and fitness program, including nutrition. The two programs together 
provide students with the opportunity to attain, improve and/or maintain their physical fitness, 
attend informative workshops on wellness and fitness, participate in recreational activities on 
or off the campus, and participate in intramural volleyball, basketball, and tennis programs. 
Facilities include a pool, fitness center equipped with cardiovascular and weight training 
equipment, and a tennis-basketball-volleyball court. 

Institute for Student Academic Enrichment (ISAE) 

ISAE is a federally funded Student Support Services/TRIO program designed to assist first- 
generation, low-income and/or disabled students in achieving their maximum potential in 
higher education. ISAE provides eligible students academic advisement, peer tutoring and 
mentoring, career and personal counseling, financial aid information, workshops and 
leadership and cultural enrichment opportunities. ISAE is located in the Chalon Learning 
Center. 

Learning Assistance Programs / Learning Center 

In order to enable each student to achieve maximum benefit from the academic programs at 
the College, Learning Assistance Programs offers a variety of academic support services for 
all MSMC students. Services include peer tutoring in all subject areas, workshops in study 
and organizational skills, structured study groups, writing and analytical skill development, 
and books and computer tutorials to assist in developing skills to prepare for standardized 
graduate examinations. Learning Assistance Programs is located in the Chalon Learning 
Center, Humanities Bldg., Rm. 207. 



76 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



Orientation / First-Year Seminar 

The Orientation program is designed to assist entering students with their transition to Mount 
St. Mary's College and to enhance their success in college. Separate orientation programs 
specifically designed for new and transfer students are held in the summer. Orientation 
includes an introduction to both the academic and student life aspects of the College and 
provides for the interaction of new students with faculty, staff, and current students. 
Orientation for new first-year students is held in July with separate activities for parents. 
Orientation activities include a comedy show, movie night, and service-learning project. In 
addition, placement testing, advisement, and course registration are available. Students 
entering for the Spring semester are provided a one-day orientation program. 

First-year students continue their orientation to the College in SPR 85 (Introduction to 
College Studies), a one-unit seminar course taught in the Fall semester. This class is designed! 
to facilitate the transition from high school to the college environment and provides 
opportunities to become more familiar with college resources, policies and procedures, study I 
skills, and other strategies for college success. 

Residence Life 

Primary emphasis in the residence halls is on a close interrelationship of full-time students 
and staff to create a living and learning environment that fosters the formation of personal 
values and integrity. On-campus living affords increased opportunities to develop personal 
relationships and to participate in the many enriching programs which Mount St. Mary's 
College offers. Student residence life is largely self-regulated, under the direction of the 
Residence Life Staff which is composed of the Director, Assistant Director, Administrative 
Assistant, Head Resident Assistants, and Resident Assistants. 

The residence staff gives much time and attention to assigning rooms and roommates. They 
strive to provide students both privacy and the freedom to develop relationships conducive to 
social, educational and spiritual growth. 

An off-campus housing referral listing is available through the Student Activities and 
Commuter Service Offices. 

Scholar Mentor Program 

President's Scholars, Dean's List students, and others recommended by their professors may 
participate in the Scholar Mentor Program. Through this program students are trained as peer 
tutors and provide tutoring to other Mount students in a variety of subjects. Scholar Mentors 
may receive academic credit by enrolling in the Scholar Mentor Seminar (SPR 25). In 
addition, they may earn compensation for training and tutoring hours. 

Short Term Loans 

Two short-term loans are available to full-time students each semester: First Interstate Bank 
Emergency Loans ($150 maximum) and the Nancy Manning Loan ($50 maximum, for 
Chalon students only). For information on both short-term loans, contact the Student Affairs 
office. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 77 



Student Activities and Commuter Services (SACS) 

The Office of Student Activities and Commuter Services coordinates numerous co-curricular 
events, programs and activities on campus. SACS provides students of Mount St. Mary's 
College a variety of options for involvement through participation in student clubs, student 
government, and other leadership opportunities. 

Commuter students are an active and vital part of the Mount St. Mary's College community. 
SACS is dedicated to meeting the needs of commuter students by providing various programs 
and services. These services include off-campus housing referrals, lockers, a carpool program, 
designated carpool parking, Commuter Cafe, social events, and a commuter lounge. 

The Associated Student Body is also housed in the SACS Office. ASB is the student 
governing body which is comprised of an Executive Board, the Senate, and the Student 
Activities Council. The Senate provides students with the opportunity to participate in various 
College committees and to play an important role in the College's decision making process. 
The Student Activities Council sponsors many campus-wide events, including the Christmas 
Social, Mount Community Night-Talent Show, and Spring Carnival. 

Student Ambassador Program 

The Student Ambassador Program is one of MSMC's partnership programs designed to 
motivate inner-city high school students to complete high school and aspire to a college 
education. The ambassadors help high school students understand what skills they need to 
acquire and what courses to take to qualify for college admission, and assist them with 
identifying appropriate colleges to which they can apply, completing admissions applications 
and researching financial aid. The program provides leadership and service opportunities to 
Mount Students by engaging them in outreach in the Los Angeles area. Currently, 
ambassadors serve in 40 high schools, 5 middle schools, and several Los Angeles City 
housing developments. By helping these high school students to plan for college, improve 
study skills and envision satisfying and rewarding careers, Mount students are able to give 
back to the community while developing their own counseling and time-management skills. 
The Student Ambassador Program continues a long-standing Mount tradition of service to the 
local and world community. 

Student Health Services 

Mount St. Mary's College Health Services Department offers a broad range of services to 
both resident and commuter full-time students who pay the Comprehensive Student Fee. 
These services include diagnosis and treatment of illness and minor injuries, physical 
examinations, health teaching, and laboratory testing. The Health Clinic on the Chalon 
campus is staffed by physicians, nurse practitioners, nurses, and specially trained students. 

Emphasis is placed on preventive medicine and on positive health practices which will 
become a part of each student's lifestyle. Programs designed to assist students in developing 
values and skills related to achieving a high level of health are presented each semester. 



78 BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 



Incoming freshmen and transfer students, both residents and commuters, must submit a 
current health history and physical examination prior to entrance. Proof of current 
immunizations and TB skin testing are also required for admission. Additional health 
requirements exist for students enrolled in programs with clinical affiliations. 

Chalon students are eligible to use the student Health Clinic on the Chalon campus. 
Appointments may be made with physicians or nurses throughout the week. There is no cost 
to a student for provider visits; however, supplemental fees for laboratory testing and 
medications may be assessed. Referrals for specialty services and emergency services will be 
made through the Student Health Center. 

When the Student Health Center is closed, a Medical Provider is on-call and available for 
consultation by contacting the Resident Assistant on duty. 

All full-time students are required to carry Health and Accident Insurance. Please see expense 
listings at the beginning of this catalog for additional information regarding health insurance 
available through Mount St. Mary's College. 

Women's Leadership Program 

The Women's Leadership Program offers many opportunities for leadership skill building and 
development in order to prepare students as leaders in their communities and future careers. 
Students are encouraged to develop and strengthen their skills at the Mount. The Program 
supports students in developing leadership skills through co-curricular activities, workshops, 
internships, and participation in national conferences. 

All MSMC students have the opportunity to document their co-curricular activities in the 
form of a Leadership Transcript. Students who are part of the Leadership program have 
opportunities to develop their leadership potential by taking courses and participating in group 
service projects and other developmental experiences. 

For course offerings in Leadership, please see the Leadership and Women's Studies Minor 
under the Courses of Instruction section of this catalog. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 79 



Graduate Degrees 



The liberal arts tradition and the Catholic nature of the College give direction to Mount St. 
Mary's College Graduate Division. Graduate programs flow from the College mission 
statement and presuppose the components of a liberal arts education, as is evident in the 
following objectives, developed by the Graduate Council for the teaching and preparation of 
students at the graduate level. 

Women and men at the graduate level are prepared as leaders for society and are given the 
means, as well as the confidence, to: 

a. create and contribute to a society in which respect for individuals permeates all 
professional structures and personal interactions; 

b. assist those with whom they work to recognize and use their own talents, skills, 
and resources; 

c. envision and facilitate personal responsibility for the direction of society as it 
grows toward a greater global interaction, culturally, socially, and politically; 

d. expand one's own knowledge of and contribution to a field through the tools of 
research and academic development. 

Each graduate program, in ways appropriate to the preparation for a particular profession, 
strives to attain these objectives by: 

a. individualized and personal advisement; 

b. careful curriculum planning and scheduling; 

c. selection of competent, caring faculty who are well prepared in their fields and 
sensitive to the needs of the adult student population; 

d. challenging students to investigate a wide range of related resources beyond those 
presented in classes; 

e. providing a welcoming environment that suggests harmony, peace and concern 
for the well-being of all persons. 

Programs in the Graduate Division include disciplinary, interdisciplinary, and professional 
graduate degrees. Degree nomenclature appropriately reflects the type of degree. 



Master of Science in Education with concentrations in: 

Elementary Education 
Secondary Education 

Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disability 
Instructional Leadership 
(Seep. 155) 

Master of Arts in the Humanities with concentrations in: 

English, History, Political Science, and Cultural Studies. 
(Seep. 198) 

Master of Science in Nursing Education 

The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) is conferred with a specialization in 
Nursing Education. (See Graduate Nursing Section) 
(Seep. 253) 



80 GRADUATE DEGREES 



Master of Science in Counseling Psychology with concentrations in: 

Marriage, Family and Child Counseling 
Community and Interpersonal Relations 
(See p. 294) 

Psychology Certificates of Specialization: 

Counseling the Spanish-Speaking Client 
Pastoral Counseling Emphasis 
(See p. 296, 297) 

Master of Arts in Religious Studies with Certificate Programs in: 

Advanced Religious Studies 
Hispanic Pastoral Ministry 
Youth and Young Adult Ministry 
(Seep. 312) 

Doctor of Physical Therapy 

(See p. 269) 



GRADUATE DEGREES 81 



Admission Policies 

A student who holds a Bachelor's or higher degree from a regionally accredited college or 
university is eligible to apply for admission. The student's previous academic record must 
give evidence of the ability and the preparation necessary for successfully pursuing graduate 
study. Admission will be based on an evaluation of the applicant's potential for success in 
both the program and the profession. 

Application Procedures 

Applications, with all supporting documents, must be completed before or during the first 
semester of enrollment. (For application procedures for Doctor of Physical Therapy 
Admission, see p. 269.) 

The applicant forwards the following to: 

The Graduate Division Office 
Mount St. Mary's College 
10 Chester Place 
Los Angeles, CA 90007-2598 

1. Application and application fee. 

2. One official, sealed, transcript of all previous college work, both undergraduate and 
graduate, sent directly from each institution to the Graduate Division Office. These records 
should demonstrate a minimum GPA of 3.0 for applicants to all graduate programs. 

3. Letters of recommendation from persons who have had ample opportunity to judge the 
applicant's academic ability, achievement and professional potential. (Personal references 
from family members, close friends, and neighbors are discouraged.) 

a) For applicants for the M. A. in Religious Studies: Two letters from individuals 
who can assess potential for graduate study in theology and potential in counseling or 
religious leadership in parish or school; or ministry in the Hispanic community. 

b) For applicants for the M. S. in Education: Two letters from individuals who can 
assess appropriate professional potential for teaching. 

c) For applicants for the M.S. in Counseling Psychology: Two letters from 
individuals who can assess appropriate professional potential as a counseling psychologist. 

d.) For applicants for the MSN Nursing: Two letters from individuals who can 
assess appropriate professional potential for success in advanced studies in nursing. 

e.) For applicants for the Doctor of Physical Therapy: Three references are 
required-one academic, one from a physical therapist, and one from an individual who can 
assess the applicant's interpersonal skills. 

4. Statement of interest/application essay (see Graduate Application). 

5. Official scores of the Miller Analogies Test (Religious Studies) or the Graduate Record 
Exam (Psychology and Physical Therapy), or the California Subject Examination for 
Teachers (Education). 

6. An Admission interview with graduate faculty. 



82 GRADUATE DEGREES 



Graduates of foreign universities at which English is not the primary 
language must: 

7. Submit results of the TOEFL test with required minimum score of 550. 

8. Have their transcripts sent to an approved credential evaluation service agency for 
equivalency evaluation. 

International students must: 

9. Submit a notarized statement and supporting documents guaranteeing financial support 
during the period of study at Mount St. Mary's College. 

10. Submit a medical certificate. 

1 1 . Complete necessary visa documents. 

Further details are published in "Information for Prospective Graduate Students From Other 
Countries," included with the application forms. 

Note: Exceptions to the requirements listed above may be requested by academic petition to 
the graduate advisor and Graduate Dean. 

Admission and Acceptance 

After all requirements for admission have been fulfilled, the application and supporting 
documents will be forwarded to the department housing the graduate program to which the 
applicant has applied. The evaluation process will be conducted by the Program Advisor or 
Director, Department Chair, Graduate Dean, and occasionally the Graduate Council. 

A written decision of acceptance, conditional acceptance, or non-acceptance will be rendered 
on the Admission Evaluation Form. A copy of the form will be mailed to the applicant from 
the Graduate Division Office. 

In the event that the applicant's undergraduate record does not include all the required courses 
or a satisfactory grade point average, supplementary undergraduate work may be required to 
fulfill the prerequisites of the major department. 

After official acceptance into a graduate degree program, masters and doctoral degree 
students may apply for financial aid from the Financial Aid Office of Mount St. Mary's 
College. 

An applicant may complete up to 6 units in one semester at MSMC while applying for 
admission to a Graduate Program in the areas of Education and Humanities (see Non Degree- 
Seeking Graduate Students section). For Religious Studies requirements, see Graduate 
Religious Studies. Under certain circumstances a student may petition to complete an 
additional 3 units prior to the acceptance to any of these programs. No more than nine units 
taken at Mount St. Mary's College before acceptance into a program may be applied to the 
degree program. Enrollment in courses as a non-matriculating student is subject to the 
approval of the program advisor, director and/or the Graduate Dean. Permission to enroll 
under a non-matriculating status does not guarantee acceptance to a graduate program at 
Mount St. Mary's College. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 83 



Readmission Policy 

A student wishing to return to the University after one year in which he or she was not 
enrolled must reapply for admission through the Graduate Admission Office and will be 
evaluated on the same conditions as all other new students. 

Academic Policies for Graduate Division 

Residence and Time Limit 

After acceptance into a degree program the student is expected to remain continuously 
enrolled each regular semester up to and including the semester in which the degree is 
awarded. The degree must be earned within seven years after the first graduate level course is 
posted on the transcript. Note: courses applicable to credentials are subject to California 
Commission on Teacher Credentialing limitations. 

A graduate student who is eligible but who chooses not to enroll continuously may petition 
for a leave of absence for a semester and may renew the leave for another semester but no 
more than three consecutive semesters. At the end of the period of leave, the student may 
enroll without filing an application for re-admission. After a lapse of time extending beyond 
the leave, the student will follow the same procedures as those for new applicants. 

Thesis or Project Completion 

If a student, after one semester enrollment in EDU 296B, HUM 296B, PSY 295 or 296, or 
RST 290 or 291, has not completed the project or thesis, the student will be required to enroll 
in a one-unit thesis project continuation course (EDU 297A,B,C; HUM 297A,B,C, 
PSY297A,B,C or RST 290A,B,Cor 291 A) for the subsequent semesters until the 
thesis/project is completed. Once three project continuation courses are completed, no other 
options for completing the Masters degree are available. 

Unit Load 

The number of semester units of work taken in the respective semester or summer session is 
determined in consultation with departmental advisors. The number of semester units for a 
full-time load is six (6) semester units. 

Student Responsibility 

Students are held individually responsible for information contained in the College catalog, 
Graduate Student Handbook, program handbooks, and College email correspondence. Failure 
to read and understand these policies and regulations will not excuse students from their 
observance. In addition they are responsible for the information contained in the official class 
schedules and other data sent or posted on the MSMC website by the Graduate Division 
Office. College catalogs are available in the Graduate Division Office, and students are 
advised to obtain and keep their catalogs. 

Academic Integrity - Graduate students are expected to follow Mount St. Maryes policy 
regarding academic integrity. Plagiarism and other forms of academic dishonesty are treated 
as extremely serious violations of ethical conduct and may result in suspension or expulsion 
from the University. (See Catalog, Undergraduate Academic Policies, Academic Integrity 
section, page 36; and Graduate Student Handbook, Academic Integrity section.) 



84 GRADUATE DEGREES 



Graduation 

Application for Graduation: Candidates for the Masters and Doctoral degrees must file a 
formal degree application and pay the required fee at the beginning of their final semester. 
The specific date for this application is published in the current Graduate College calendar. 

It is the responsibility of the student to apply for graduation. Graduation application forms are 
available in the Doheny Registrar's Office. The application must be signed by the advisor. 

The graduation fee is required, in order for the degree to be awarded, regardless of attendance 
at the graduation ceremonies. Candidates should check with the appropriate program advisor 
or director to affirm that all requirements have been met. 

Education Credential candidates are responsible for submitting Credential applications to the 
MSMC Department of Education for processing. 

Graduation Exercises 

Candidates receiving degrees are invited to participate in the graduation exercises. In order to 
participate in commencement exercises, students must be registered for all courses needed to 
complete degree and college requirements. These ceremonies are held each year at the end of 
the Spring semester. All graduates who have completed their programs since the previous 
Spring are included in these exercises. 

Readmission of Students Who Have Already Completed a Graduate 
Degree 

Graduates who wish to enroll for another credential or degree will follow the same procedure 
as new applicants. New recommendations and other records may be required, depending upon 
changed circumstances. An application fee is not charged unless a period of five or more 
years has elapsed since the completion of the previous program 

Non Degree-Seeking Graduate Students (Non-Matriculating Status) 

Students who hold a Baccalaureate degree from accredited colleges or universities are eligible 
to take courses for unit credit at the College without the intention of pursuing a graduate 
degree or credential. They may take either undergraduate courses in subjects of special 
interest or graduate courses for personal or professional development. Students complete an 
application and registration form and may be required to provide evidence of possessing a 
Baccalaureate degree at the time of registration. Their registration is approved by the program 
advisor. They are expected to observe all policies and procedures of the College while in 
attendance. If, after taking courses at the College, a student should become an applicant for a 
degree, a limited number of graduate credit courses (no more than nine units) may be applied 
to the individual degree program, after the student has been admitted to the Graduate 
Program. These courses must satisfy the requirements of the program and meet the approval 
of the program advisor/director and the Graduate Dean. Permission to enroll under a non- 
matriculating status does not guarantee acceptance to a graduate program at Mount St. Mary's 
College. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 85 



Course Numbers 

Although all of the work counted toward a graduate degree is of a distinctly advanced 
character, not all of the courses need be taken from the 200-level. With the approval of the 
graduate advisor/director in the major field, upper division courses suitable for a well rounded 
program may be included, provided that the student earns at least a grade of B. A maximum 
of upper division units that may be included are nine semester units for the Master of Arts in 
Humanities and the Master of Science in Education degrees. Courses required for a Doctoral 
degree in Physical Therapy have 400-499 numbering. 

Grading Policies 

Once submitted, grades may not be changed unless the result of clerical or procedural error. 
A student must request a review/change within 30 days after the end of a semester, or within 
30 days following the distribution of the grade report containing the grade which the student 
wishes to challenge. (See process in Graduate Handbook.) 

Grades 

The grade point average for all work presented for an advanced degree, credential, or 
certificate must be at least 3.0 or B average. A required course in which a grade of D or F has 
been received must be repeated. See specific program requirements for exceptions. 

The student's grade point average is computed according to this scale: 

A 4.0 

A- 3.7 

B+ 3.3 

B 3.0 

B- 2.7 

C+ 2.3 

C 2.0 

C- 1.7 

D 1.0 

F 0.0 

The following grades are not computed in the GPA: 

AU Audit 

CR CRedit given (see below) 

I Incomplete (see below) 

IP In Progress: deferred grading for graduate thesis or field experience 

NC No Credit given (see below) 

NG No Grade received, issued by the Registrar pending receipt of the final grade 

R Course was Repeated at later date 

U Unauthorized withdrawal 

W Withdrawal 



86 GRADUATE DEGREES 



Credit/No Credit 

CR/NC ordinarily applies only to the Supervised Field Experience in graduate programs. For 
field experiences, practica, and supervised teaching offered by the Education, Counseling 
Psychology, Nursing and Physical Therapy Departments, CR signifies B or better work. 

Incomplete 

An Incomplete is given only when a student: 

• has fulfilled the majority of the course requirements, 

• has a passing grade in the classwork, 

• is prevented from completing the assigned work for serious reasons, 

• has consulted the instructor prior to the grading period, and 

• has been assessed by the instructor that he/she can realistically complete the work 
within one semester. 

A student requesting an Incomplete must file a Petition for Incomplete with the signature of 
the instructor and the department chairperson prior to the day of the final exam. The instructor 
will assign a default grade when approving an incomplete. This default grade will be recorded 
on the student's transcript when a completed grade is not assigned by the instructor and/or an 
extension of the incomplete is not processed. An incomplete may only be extended for one 
additional semester with the approval of the instructor, the department chairperson, and the 
appropriate academic dean. (Students may not be given more than two semesters to complete 
any course.) 

Repetition of courses 

Only courses for which unacceptable grades have been assigned may be repeated for a higher 
grade or CR. (See specific program for definition of unacceptable grades.) Courses may be 
repeated only once. The units are counted only once and the higher grade computed in the 
GPA. A student must repeat required courses in which unacceptable grades were assigned if 
the student is eligible to remain in the program. 

Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester units of graduate work taken in an accredited graduate program is 
transferable to Mount St. Mary's College provided that: 

• the transfer courses satisfy curriculum requirements at Mount St. Mary's College 
and a grade of B or better was earned; 

• the courses are transferred after the student has been accepted into the program 
and prior to the last semester of graduate study; transfer credit forms are 
available in the Graduate Office; 

• correspondence and extension courses are not transferable; 

• courses were taken within seven years of the date on which the student was 
accepted in a Mount St. Mary's College graduate program. 

Once admitted to a graduate program students are expected to pursue study only at Mount St. 
Mary's College. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 87 



Credit by Exam 

In selected departments, course credit by challenge examination is available on a limited basis 
and at the discretion of the department chairperson. The student must file the approved form 
in the Office of the Registrar. Only units of CREDIT will be awarded for these examinations 
(No record of failures will appear on a student's transcript.). All credit awarded in this manner 
will be so noted on the student's transcript. A course may be challenged by examination 
only once. 

Unauthorized Withdrawal 

The designation of Unauthorized Withdrawal (U) may, at the discretion of the instructor, be 
assigned in lieu of a grade of F, when the student does not attend a course but fails to 
officially withdraw, or does not attend a sufficient number of class meetings. 

Withdrawal From Courses 

The grade W indicates withdrawal from a course, according to the following policy: 

Withdrawal (W) indicates that the student was permitted to withdraw from a class during the 
period scheduled on the College calendar with the approval of the instructor and advisor. 
After the scheduled date, a student may petition the Graduate Dean for an exception. The W 
carries no connotation of quality of student performance and is not calculated in the grade 
point average. 

Withdrawal from Programs 

When students withdraw from a graduate program, they must file a withdrawal notice in the 
Graduate Division Office. 

Academic Probation 

Failure of a graduate degree or credential student to maintain a 3.0 cumulative GPA (2.50 for 
Doctor of Physical Therapy students) places the student on probation. The student will be 
notified in writing from the Office of the Graduate Dean regarding the probation. A student 
on probation must achieve a semester GPA of 3.0 or higher (except for DPT students) during 
the next two semesters in order to be reinstated to regular standing and may be required to 
take fewer units of work while on probation. See individual departments for specific 
probation policies. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 



Academic Dismissal 

A student is subject to dismissal for failure to maintain a 3.0 GPA (2.50 for Doctor of 
Physical Therapy students) during the probationary period. Failure to comply with the 
requirements and regulations of the graduate program and College may also subject a student 
to dismissal. The Graduate Dean and/or the Graduate Council have the authority to dismiss 
students and to suspend dismissal. 

Academic Petitions 

A petition may be submitted to cover certain exceptions to stated policies. A petition may not 
be retroactive, but must be submitted before the exception is to be considered. 

Grievance Procedure 

The Mount St. Mary's College Student Bill of Rights and Grievance Procedure are available 
on the MSMC website or by request from the Graduate Division Office. 

The Graduate Council 

The Graduate Council is an advisory body, composed of the graduate program directors, 
student representatives and the Graduate Dean, whose function is to recommend 
modifications or changes in graduate policy to the Provost. The main objectives of the 
Graduate Council are to promote excellence in research and scholarship beyond the 
undergraduate level and to strengthen existing graduate programs. Among their concerns are 
admission standards, degree requirements, and program review and approval. 



COURSE NUMBERING 89 



Courses of Instruction 
Designation of Credits and Courses 

Courses numbered 1-99 are lower division courses, generally taken by freshmen and 
sophomores; those numbered 100-199 are upper division courses, generally taken by juniors 
and seniors, or majors. In order to enroll in any upper division course, a student must first 
successfully complete English 1 A and 1B/1C or English 5H. Students must also have 
sophomore standing or the approval of the instructor to enroll in an upper division class. 
Students must be enrolled in an English composition class each semester until they complete 
the General Studies written communication skills requirement IA. 

Credit for courses whose course numbers include the letter X may not be applied to the 
Baccalaureate degree. 

Courses numbered 200-299 are graduate level, those numbered 300-399 are professional 
courses, and those between 340-349 are professional credit courses that may be submitted for 
equivalency evaluation to be applied to a credential or Masters program. Courses numbered 
400 are used to fulfill DPT requirements. 

Courses listed as upper division/graduate (100/200) may be taken for either. 

Courses approved for fulfillment of the General Studies curriculum requirements are 
identified after the course description in each department: 

GS-IA Written Communication Skills 

GS-IB Oral Communication Skills 

GS-II Critical Thinking 

GS-HIA Art or Music 

GS-IIIB Literature 

GS-IIIC History 

GS-HID Natural and Physical Sciences 

GS-IIIE Mathematics 

GS-IIIF Social and Behavioral Sciences 

GS-IIIG Contemporary Economics or Politics 

GS-IV Modern Language 

GS-VA1 Religious Studies: Scripture 

GS-VA2 Religious Studies: Christian Thought 

GS-VA3 Religious Studies: Christian Ethics 

GS-VA4 Religious Studies: Religion and Religions 

GS-VB1 Philosophy: Philosophical Ideas 

GS-VB2 Philosophy: Ethics 

GS-VB3 Philosophy: Other 

GS-VI Diversity Perspectives 

GS-VII Quantitative Literacy 

After the last day to add a course as published in the schedule of classes, no changes may be 
made respective to the level of study. 



90 AMERICAN STUDIES 



American Studies 

Departmental Affiliation: Philosophy 

What is distinctive about American culture? What issues and concerns face America in terms 
of the global realities of war, terrorism, international economics, poverty vs. wealth, and 
public policy? What values do Americans treasure? The major in American Studies provides 
opportunity to focus on the influences of the past and present which affect American 
character, experience, and institutions. 

This major draws from a variety of disciplines, such as Philosophy, English, History, 
Business, Art, and Political Science. It provides a strong foundation for careers in law, public 
policy, teaching, writing, philosophy, politics, and international relations. Double majors with ' 
Philosophy, English, History, Art, or Political Science are possible and encouraged. 

The principal criterion for determining whether a course is applicable to an American Studies ' 
major is that it gives insight into American thought and culture: the nation's history, social 
structure, politics, commerce, all that comprises The American Experience, including its 
reflection in literature, art, and music. 

Many regularly offered courses clearly fulfill this requirement and are listed as 
interdisciplinary electives in the following sections. Other courses that a department may 
occasionally offer will also apply, with approval of the American Studies Program Director. 

Interdisciplinary Requirements: 

A minimum of thirty-six units in American Studies is required. To ensure a wide exploration 
of the American Experience, at least three upper division courses must be taken in the 
humanities (literature, philosophy, art) and three in the social sciences (history, political 
science, sociology, economics). 



Business 


BUS 4 


BUS 5 


BUS 92 


BUS 106 


BUS 133 


BUS 140/H 


BUS 160 


BUS 161 


BUS 184 


BUS 185 


BUS 194 


English 

ENG 20/120 


ENG26 


ENG 108 


ENG 126 


ENG 129 


ENG 145 


ENG 146 


ENG 164 



Business Foundations & Analysis (3) 

Business Law I (3) 

Business Ethics (3) 

Business Law II (3) 

Money, Politics and Business (3) 

Women's Issues in Business & Economics (3) 

Principles of Marketing (3) 

Principles of Advertising (3) 

Organizational Behavior (3) 

Principles of Management (3) 

Consumer Behavior (3) 



Great Works in American Literature (3) 
Literature of the American West (3) 
The News Media (3) 
The American Experience (3) 
Ethnic Literatures of America (3) 
American Literature: Beginnings to 1914 (3) 
American Literature: 1914 to Present (3) 
American Drama (3) 



AMERICAN STUDIES 



91 



History 


HIS 6/106 


HIS 171 


HIS 173 


HIS 175 


HIS 178 


HIS 179 


HIS 180 


HIS 181 


HIS 184 


HIS 185 A 


HIS 185B 


HIS 185C/185CH 


HIS 186/186H 


HIS 188 


Philosophy 


PHI 92 


PHI 134 


PHI 162 


PHI 165 


PHI 168 A 


PHI 168B 


PHI 170 


PHI 174 


PHI 175 


PHI 176 


PHI 179 


Political Science 


POL 1 


POL 5 


POL 93ABCD 


POL 105 ' 


POL 107 


POL 109 


POL 116 


POL 125 


POL 137 


POL 170 


POL 171/H 


POL 175AB 


POL 176 


POL 179 


POL 180 


POL 186 


POL 191 



American Cultural History (3) 

The United States from Colony to Republic, 1607-1800 (3) 

The United States in the 19 th Century (3) 

The United States in the 20 th Century (3) 

Diplomatic History of the U. S. (3) 

Constitutional History of the U. S. (3) 

Current Constitutional History (3) 

Modern Presidential History (3) 

Radicalism and Dissent (3) 

African American History: American Slavery, 1619-1865 (3) 

African American History: Emancipation to the Modern Era (3) 

Race and Racism in American Life and Thought (3) 

Gender in American Life and Thought (3) 

California History (3) 



Intro to Business Ethics (3) 
American Philosophy (3) 
Philosophy and Native Cultures (3) 
Philosophy of Law (3) 
Contemporary Moral Problems (3) 
Bioethics (3) 

Social and Political Philosophy (3) 
Philosophy of Art (3) 
Philosophy in Film (3) 
Philosophy of Literature (3) 
Women and Values (3) 



American Government & Institutions (3) 

Business Law (3) 

Selected Problems and Projects in Political Science (1-3) 

Advanced Business Law (3) 

Criminal Law (3) 

Individual Rights (3) 

Democracy and Democratic Theory (3) 

Foreign Relations of the U. S. (3) 

Ethnic Conflict and Civil War (3) 

American Party Politics (3) 

Presidents and Personality (3) 

Selected Topics in the American Political Structure (3,3) 

Public Policy (3) 

California Politics (3) 

State and Local Government (3) 

Intro to Public Administration (3) 

Internship in Government Service (3) 



92 



AMERICAN STUDIES 



Psychology 


PSY 110 


PSY 128 


PSY 139 


PSY 144 


PSY 145 


PSY 148 


PSY 151 


PSY 185 


PSY 186 


Sociology 

SOC 104 


SOC 110 


SOC 1 1 1 


SOC 112 


SOC 125 


SOC 135 


SOC 160 


SOC 161 


SOC 175 


SOC 180 


SOC 189 


SOC 190 


SOC 191 


SOC 195 



Gender Issues in Psychology (3) 
Adulthood and Aging (3) 
Child Abuse and Family Violence (3) 
Psychology of Prejudice (3) 
Social Psychology (3) 
Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) 
Divorce and Remarriage (3) 
Psychology of Law (3) 
Violence Against Women (3) 



The Family (3) 

Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

Criminology (3) 

Medical Sociology (3) 

Cultural Anthropology (3) 

Mass Media (3) 

Diversity in Society (3) 

Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3) 

Urban Sociology (3) 

Social Stratification (3) 

Gerontology (3) 

Social Change (3) 

Social Movements (3) 

Sociology of Religion (3) 



Total Units in American Studies: 36 

Courses are described in the respective departmental listings. 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including 
Modern Language requirement. At least 1 5 upper division American Studies units must be 
completed at MSMC. 



The Minor in American Studies 

A minimum of six courses that meet the American Studies criteria described above. 



ART 93_ 

Art 



Baccalaureate Programs 
Fine Arts and Graphic Design 



A student majoring in art may choose between two emphases, Fine Arts or Graphic Design. 

In both the goal is to provide the undergraduate student with a thorough and comprehensive 
understanding of art as an essential human activity. It prepares students who wish to 
continue as professional artists, graphic designers, teachers, or in a related field. 

The Bachelor of Arts Degree with a major in Art offers the students a thorough 
foundation through applied course work. As applied proficiency is gained, a personal 
direction is encouraged and a conceptual foundation is developed. 

Art courses are offered on both the Chalon and Doheny campuses with the purpose of 
enriching the liberal arts experience, expanding the General Studies offerings, and providing a 
comprehensive program for the major. 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Art 
Lower Division Prerequisites: 

ART 1 Drawing I (3) 

ART 2 Design I (3) 

ART 4 Painting I (3) 

ART 11 PrintmakingI (3) 

ART12 Ceramics I (3) 

ART 15 Computer Graphics I (3) 

One course from the following: 

ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3) 

ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval (3) 

ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism (3) 

ART 1 72 History of Art: The Modern World (3) 

ART 173 m History of Art: Multiculturalism and the Visual Art (3) 

ART 174 History of Art: Women in Contemporary Art (3) 

Students are encouraged to take all Art History courses 

Upper Division Required Courses for an Emphasis in Fine Arts: 

ART 122 Drawing II (Figure) (3) 

and 

Five additional upper division courses in art: (15) 

and 

ART 193 Senior Projects and Exhibition * (3) 

(*must be completed during final year) 

Total units, emphasis in Fine Arts: 42 



94 ART 

Students with an Emphasis in Fine Arts are encouraged to take a minimum of three semesters 
in at least one of the following mediums: drawing, painting, printmaking, photography, 
ceramics, plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, 
including Modern Language requirements. 

Upper Division Required Courses for an Emphasis in Graphic Design: 

ART 106 Design II (3) 

ART 1 15 or 1 16 Computer Graphics II or World Wide Web (3) 

ART 130 Graphic Communication (3) 

ART 131 Graphic Production (3) 

ART 133 or Art 4 Illustration or painting (3) 

ART 164 Drawing II (Figure) (3) 

ART 193 Senior Project and Exhibition* (3) 

(*must be completed during final year) 
Total units, emphasis in Graphic Design: 42 
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, 
including Modern Language requirements. 

Requirements for the Minor in Art 

A minimum of six courses (18 units) in Art: 
Required Courses: 

ART 1 Drawing I (3) 

ART 2 Design I (3) 

Any Fine Arts course: (3) 

One course from the following: 

ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3) 

ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval (3) 

ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism (3) 

ART 1 72 History of Art: The Modern World (3) 

ART 173 History of Art: Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts (3) 

ART 174 History of Art: Women in Contemporary Art (3) 

Any two additional courses (6 units) in Art: 
Total units in Art: 18 

Requirements for the Minor in Graphic Design 
Required Courses: 

ART 1 Drawing I (3) 

ART 2 Design I (3) 

ART 15 Computer Graphics I (3) 

A minimum of three courses(9 units) from the following: 

ART 102 Design II (3) 

ART 1 1 5 Computer Graphics II (3 ) 

ART 1 1 6 Design for the World Wide Web (3) 

ART 130 Graphic Communication (3) 

ART 1 3 1 Graphic Production (3) 

ART 133 Illustration (3) 

Total of 18 units 





ART 


95 


Requirements for the Minor in Art History 






A minimum of six courses (18 units) including one applied Art course: 






ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts 


(3) 




ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval 


(3) 




ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism 


(3) 




ART 1 72 History of Art: Modern World 


(3) 




ART 1 73 Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts 


(3) 




ART 1 74 Women in Contemporary Art 


(3) 




ART 175 Critical Theories in the Visual Arts 


(3) 




ART 199 Independent Study: Research Paper in Art History 


(3) 




One additional course in Art 


(3) 




Total units in Art: 18 






Associate Programs 






Mount St. Mary's College Associate in Arts program in Graphic Desig 


n and Media 





Communication will prepare the diligent student for a career in a varied world of visual 
media. These include graphic design, publishing, film and television, and related careers from 
corporate to freelance. At the end of the two-year program, students will be prepared to 
present a portfolio based upon their choice of Graphic Design or Media Communication that 
will show competence in publishing, graphic production, visual communication including 
film, all with an emphasis in visual literacy. A strong foundation in design, competence with 
computer literacy, a continuous development of drawing skills and the understanding of 
mass media are central to the programs. 

The A.A. Degree Program in Graphic Design or Media Communication 

Students entering both programs are urged to work with an advisor to plan a two-year 
schedule to clearly understand the best sequencing of courses. Depending on date of entry to 
the program and student's interests and goals, students entering the program in the second 
semester may need to attend summer school to complete the program. 

Requirements for the A.A. in Graphic Design 
Degree Requirements: 
First Year Fall 

Art I Drawing I (3) 

Art 2 Design (3) 

Art 5 Art Fundamentals or any Art History course (3) 

Nine courses from the list below 

Art 164 Drawing II (3) 

Art 1 5 Computer Graphic I (3) 

Art 1 or 39 Photography I or Documentary Production (3) 

Art 102 Design II (3) 



96 ART 




Art 4 or 133 


Illustration or Painting I (3) 


Art 130 


Graphic Communications (3) 


Art 115 or 116 


Computer Graphics II or Design for the World Wide Web (3) 


Art 131 


Graphic Production (3) 


Art 35 


Graphic Arts Internship* (1-3) 


* Graphic Arts 


Internship - transfer students from the A. A. program to the B.A. program are 


not required to take Graphic Arts Internship, Art 35. 



Graphic Arts Internship may be taken either Fall and/or Spring of the second year. 

In addition, General Studies requirements and electives totaling 60 semester units are needed 
for the degree. 

Requirements for the A.A. in Media Communication 

Art 1 Drawing I 

Art 2 Design I 

Art 1 Photography I 

Art 1 5 Computer Graphics I 

Art 39 Documentary Production 

Art 102 Design II 

Art 130 Graphic Communication 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives 

SOC 33 or 133 Culture, Music and Broadcasting 

SOC 35 or 135 Mass Media 

SOC 132 Film and Television 

PHI 10 or 21 Critical Thinking or Moral Values 

PHI 167 or 175 or 174 Ethics in Film or Philosophy of Film or 

Philosophy of Art 
ART 35* Graphic Arts Internship 

Total of 39 - 42 units plus additional units sufficient to complete the A.A. degree. Note 
that many of the courses required in the major will also double count for the A.A. degree. 

* Graphic Arts Internship - transfer students from the A.A. program to the B.A. program are 
not required to take Graphic Arts Internship, Art 35. 

Graphic Arts Internship may be taken either Fall and/or Spring of the second year. 

In addition, General Studies requirements and electives totaling 60 semester units are needed 
for the degree.. 

All ART courses below marked with * carry a $45 Laboratory Fee. 

*ART 1 Drawing I (3) 

Beginning drawing class for those just starting and for those who need to renew skills. 
Development of basic drawing skills. Emphasis on fundamentals of form, structure, and 
composition. Various black and white media are explored. 







(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(3) 


' 


(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(3) 




(1-3) 





ART 97 

*ART 2 Design I (3) 

An investigation of the elements and principles of design through specific visual problems. 

Color theories are explored and subsequent interaction of color is studied through application. 

GS-IIIA 

*ART 3/103 Visual Thinking (3) 

Exploring the use of visual imagery as a form of communication and problem solving. Right 

brain thinking and the creative process will be considered. Understanding the language of 

vision and developing skills pertaining to the use of these visual elements and principles of 

design will be emphasized. The course seeks to develop a broader sense of self and the 

potential for using visual thinking as an alternate mode of knowing. It complements analytical 

skills and is applicable to creative problem solving in all disciplines. GS-IIIA. 

*ART 4 Painting I (3) 

The development of skills relative to composition, color and other structural elements of 

painting. Primarily acrylic or oil paint will be used although various materials can be 

considered. Building a stretcher bar and stretching canvas will be included. 

* ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3) 

Illustrated lecture through the use of slides and videos on the development of art forms from 

around the world. History from earliest time periods through contemporary life. Various 

modes of painting, sculpture, architecture, and crafts will be studied. A few of the classes will 

be devoted to a hands on exploration of some of these art forms. GS-IIIA, VI 

*ART 7/107 Experiences in the Visual Arts (3) 

The aim of this course is to help students develop a greater aesthetic awareness through 

direct exposure to the visual arts. Emphasis on visits to artists, studios, museums, and 

galleries. GS-IIIA 

*ART 10 Photography I (3) 

A laboratory and theory course that is concerned with a working understanding of a 35mm 

format camera, techniques of shooting, developing, and printing. Photo projects in this course 

will have an emphasis with issues dealing with contemporary society and social issues. This 

is a black and white course. The art department will loan 35mm cameras to students with a 

need. 

*ART 11 Printmaking I (Intaglio) (3) 

A laboratory course involving etching, monotype, relief printing processes and computer 

generated photo etching. Historical development and the aesthetic value of the print image 

will be considered. Creative experimentation with materials and technique is emphasized. 

*ART 12 Ceramics I (3) 

Beginning course with emphasis on gaining skills through manipulation and facility of the 

material clay. Students will be introduced to beginning techniques of hand-building including 

coil and slab construction with an emphasis toward the ability to create complex volumetric 

forms. Personal development of visual concepts through given projects will be encouraged. 

*ART 15 Computer Graphics (3) 

This course will introduce various graphics programs such as Quark Xpress, Adobe 

Illustrator, and Adobe Photoshop while exploring a range of design issues. The computer will 

serve as a tool for learning and expressing ideas through visual means. This course is taught 

both on a PC and Mac platform. 



98 ART 

*ART 22/122 Watercolor (1-3) 

Watercolor is a perfect medium for sketching and on-the-scene record. It has been the 

preferred medium of travelers since the time of Albecht Durer in the sixteenth century 

Germany. It is a favorite medium for illustration. Due to its interpretive qualities, it is often 

considered a poetic medium capable of conveying delicate emotion. Beginning with line and 

wash, the student will be guided through the basic techniques and subjects most suitable to 

this extraordinary painting medium. Color mixing, value, glazes, brush techniques and wet 

into wet painting will be covered through a series of exercises and demonstrations. More 

advanced students will be encouraged to inventive uses of combined techniques and subject. 

*ART 23/123 Introduction to Bookmaking (1-3) 

This class will teach basic binding techniques as well as open possibilities for creating 

personal books with content. Students will be introduced to different structures while 

learning folding, cutting, stitching, adhesive, and non-adhesive binding techniques. 

*ART 24 Wood (1-3) 

This class will explore the nature of wood and how the material can be shaped and formed. 

Students will be introduced to techniques such as sawing, planing, joinery, and finish work 

with both hand and power tools. 

ART 94 Study/Travel (1-6) 

*ART 99 Special Experience (3) 

An individually designed course combining field experience with studio projects. May be 

repeated for credit. 

*ART 102 Design II (3) 

This course further investigates the application of elements and principles of design. Included 

are graphic processes and techniques. Topics include an introduction to typography, layout, 

advanced color theory and an introduction to 3-D Design. Prerequisite: ART 2 

* ART 1 1 5 Computer Graphics II (3) 

Advanced skill using Quark Xpress, Adobe Illustrator, and Adobe Photoshop for both print 
and the web. Emphasis will be on development of successful design concepts, combining text 
and images, along with solid production skills. Prerequisite: ART 15 

* ART 1 1 6 Design for the World Wide Web (3) 

What it takes to make a successful web site from start to finish. Creation of a web site 
through the writing of HTML code. Course work will include class discussion and work on 
advanced Adobe Photoshop file creation techniques, integrating forms, layout options, 
JavaScript, animation, and FTP. Prerequisites: Art 15 

*ART 130AB Graphic Communication (3,3) 

The development of visual language for the purpose of communicating social, industrial and 
institutional concerns. Using pictogram, symbol, and logo design, students create visual 
identity for organizations, business, and personal concerns. Students learn the language of 
design as they develop the skills to communicate as a designer with a client and to put into 
visual language the needs of the client. A variety of techniques and graphic processes will be 
explored. Prerequisite: ART 2 

*ART 131 Graphic Production (3) 

Advanced studies in professional print production. Continued work in Adobe Photoshop, 
Adobe Illustrator, and Quark Xpress. Students will learn the inside and outside of what it 
takes to prepare files and successfully work with professional image setters and printers. 
Prerequisite: Art 15 



ART 99 

*ART 133AB Illustration (3,3) 

The study of contemporary illustrators and their work for both content and style in 
publications and media. Emphasis is placed on developing skills applicable to illustrations and 
communicating your ideas with a convincing message and technique. Assignments may cover 
material such as CD covers, book jackets, stories or magazine articles. Prerequisites: ART 1 
and ART 164. 

ART 35/135 Graphic Art/Media/Film Internship (1-3) 

Development of skills in the graphic arts as used in contemporary electronic printing, or 
other modes of printing as interest dictates. Emphasis will be on design, layout, and copy 
production and the step-by-step preparation of artwork from design to press. Prerequisite: 
ART 2. (Same as FLM 197.) 

*ART 136 Visual Thinking II (3) 

The further development of skills and understanding pertaining to the use of visual thinking as 
a method of creative problem solving. Emphasis will be placed on conceptual development, 
presentation and verbal analysis. The application of the visual elements and principles of all 
art will continue. Prerequisite: ART 3. 

*ART 139ABC Documentary Production I (3) 

Both a lab and field work class. This course introduces all aspects of beginning filmmaking 
including screenwriting, shooting, editing, and sound. Students use digital cameras. {Same as 
SOC 139 and FLM 139.) 

ART 140 ABC Documentary Production (3) 

Advanced production class. Perfecting of all aspects of production encountered in 
Documentary I with the addition of lighting skills. Students use both digital cameras and 
professional feature quality cameras in conjunction with edition program Final Cut Pro. 
Expected outcome is feature quality documentary films. {Same as FLM 140.) J*- 

ART 141 Documentary Production Lab Assistant (3) 

The purpose of this course is to give students a chance to hone understandings of production 
and content with regard to editing and story through helping other students in the editing lab. 
Assistant will work with an instructor in researching equipment, trouble-shooting and 
advanced research. Prerequisite: ART 139 with a grade of A. (Same as FLM 141.) 

*ART 145 Arts and Crafts in the Classroom (1-3) 

A variety of skills for the elementary and secondary grades to demonstrate arts or crafts 
activities to the group. Students become acquainted with classroom methods. They will use 
art education processes as a method to enhance reading, writing, arithmetic, and social 
studies. Students investigate problems such as group and individual motivation, self- 
motivation, and attitudes of self expression typical of different ages and temperaments. 
*ART 146 Three-Dimensional Design (3) 

An introduction into basic design vocabulary and concepts through the use of exciting use of 
basic materials to explore three-dimensional form and space. A variety of materials will be 
explored that are directly applicable to this exploration. 

*ART 149 Sculpture I (3) 

An introduction into basic sculpture processes and techniques. Emphasis on the creative 
development of three-dimensional form in space. A variety of materials, including industrial 
and alternative, will be explored. 



100 ART 

*ART 150 ABC Photography II (3,3,3) 

The further development of camera and dark-room techniques. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study and creative use of controlled lighting. Advanced students will explore 
contemporary photo processes. Understanding of photography in a historical perspective will 
be a component of this course. Personal direction and development of photography as an art 
form will be emphasized. Prerequisite: ART 10. 

*ART 151 ABC Printmaking II (3,3,3) 

Further development of printmaking skills including etching, computer/photo cimage one 
intaglio, and multiple plate color printing and monotype. Personal direction will be 
encouraged. Prerequisite: ART 11. 

ART 159 ABC Sculpture II (3,3,3) 

Advanced problems which encourage conceptual development and technical control. 
Individual direction and choice of materials are encouraged. Prerequisite: ART 12. 
*ART 162 ABC Ceramics II (3,3,3) 

Development of personal vocabulary will be emphasized. Sequential addition of new skills 
coupled with refinement of existing skills. Emphasis will be on learning the potteres wheel. 
Glaze formulation and kiln operation will be introduced. Individual direction through 
selective problems will be encouraged. Prerequisite: ART 12. 

*ART 164 ABC Drawing II (Figure) (3,3,3) 

Drawing from life in various media, preceded by introductory anatomical studies. The 
accurate and creative use of the figure in composition will be an objective of the course. 
Advanced students will concentrate on composition and individual development using the 
figure. Prerequisite: ART 4. 

*ART 166 ABC Painting II (3,3,3) 

Contemporary modes of painting will be explored and traditional approaches re-examined. 
Emphasis will be on the further development of skills and techniques. Various painting 
materials will be investigated. Individual problems in painting will be coordinated. 
Prerequisite: ART 4. 

ART 170 History of Art: Ancient through Medieval (3) 

Illustrated lecture. Art from the prehistorical period to 1400 A.D., including Egypt, Greece, 

Rome, and the late middle ages. Relationships of painting, sculpture, and architecture to the 

social and cultural environment. GS-IIIA 

ART 171 History of Art: Renaissance through Romanticism (3) 

Illustrated lecture. The arts in Europe from 1400 to 1850. Study of major styles and artists 

including Michelangelo, Rubens, Rembrandt, Delacroix, and their relationship to their culture 

GS-IIIA 

Art 172 History of Art: Modern World (3) 

Illustrated lecture. Major art movements and personalities from 1850 to the present, including 

Impressionism, Cubism, Surrealism, the Mexican muralists, Abstract Expressionism, and 

current trends. Emphasis on the cultural trends which provide the visual and theoretical 

background of contemporary art. GS-IIIA 

ART 173 Multiculturalism and the Visual Arts (3) 

Illustrated lecture and discussion. A study of art from the diverse cultures which make up the 

pluralistic character of the United States. African American, Asian American, Hispanic 

American and Native American art will be examined along with the contemporary social and 

cultural implications. GS-IIIA, VI 



ART 101 

ART 174 Women in Contemporary Art (3) 

Illustrated lecture and discussion. An art history course that will include women as artists and 
the position of the female vis-J-vis the art world. A study of women in the arts considers the 
history of women artists in a social, political and economic context. This course can fulfill a 
Womenes Studies minor requirement. GS-IIIA 

ART 175 Critical Theories in the Visual Arts: Seminar (3) 

A systematic approach to art theory, criticism, and evaluation. Includes visits to museums, 
galleries, and exhibits. Lecture and discussion. Prerequisite: Major or minor in art. 

*ART 90/190 Workshop (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

ART 191 Directed Readings (1-3) 

ART 192 Special Studies in Art (1-3) 

A series of courses designed to provide breadth to the course offerings within areas of art. 

May be repeated for credit. 

ART 193 Senior Project and Exhibition (3) 

Open to all graduating seniors majoring in art. Students will complete and coordinate a body 
of work to be exhibited and documented for use in an exit portfolio. The course includes the 
installation and all organizational aspects of the exhibition to be held in Jose Drudis-Biada Art 
Gallery. Prerequisite: Senior with an art major. 

ART 195 Internship (1-3) 

ART 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

*ART 199 Independent Study (1-3) 

Advanced individual problems. May be repeated for credit. 



102 BIOCHEMISTRY 



Biochemistry 



Departmental Affiliation: Physical Sciences and Mathematics 

The major in biochemistry offers the student an interdisciplinary study of chemistry, biology, 
mathematics and physics. It provides excellent preparation for all graduate work/research in 
biochemistry and the molecular sciences, and professional areas leading into the health 
sciences. 

Courses Required for a B.S. Degree in Biochemistry 

Lower Division: 



BIO 1AB 


Biological Dynamics 


(4,4) 


CHE 1AB 


General Chemistry 


(4,4) 


CHE 1AL/1BL 


General Chemistry Laboratory 


(1,1) 


CHE 6AB 


Organic Chemistry 


(4,4) 


CHE 6AL/6BL 


Organic Chemistry Laboratory 


(1,1) 


MTH 5AB 


Calculus I/II 


(4,4) 


PHY11AB 


Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism and Optics 




orPHYlAB 


Introductory Physics IA/IB 


(4,3) 


PHY 1BL 


Physics Laboratory 


(1) 


Recommended Courses: 




MTH 38 


Probability and Statistics 


(3) 


CIS 2 


Intro to Computer Programming 


(2) 


Upper Division: 




BIO 130 


Genetics 


(4) 


BIO 135 


Techniques in Molecular Biology 


(4) 


Or BIO 152 


Cell and Molecular Physiology 


(4) 


CHE 107 


Biochemistry 


(3) 


CHE 107L 


Biochemistry Laboratory 


(1) 


CHE 109 


Advanced Biochemistry 


(3) 


CHE110AB 


Physical Chemistry 


(4,3) 


CHE 111 


Physical Chemistry Laboratory 


(2) 


CHE 120 


Instrumental Methods 


(3) 


or CHE 130 


Biochemical Methods 


(31 


CHE 199 


Research 


(3) 


Plus one course 


from the following: 




BIO 105, BIO 125, BIO 135, BIO 151, BIO 152, BIO 180. 


(3) 



Total units in chemistry, biology, mathematics, and physics: 77 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units. An overall grad 
point average of 2.0 in major courses is required for the degree. Courses are described in th 
respective department listings. 



BIOCHEMISTRY 103 



Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental Preparation 
Biochemistry Major with a B.S. Degree 

Medical Schools accept students from any degree program. A strong background in science, 
including chemistry, biology and mathematics, is recommended for successful performance 
on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) and for admission to medical programs. 
Successful completion of the B.S. degree with a major in biochemistry provides excellent 
preparation for medical, dental or pharmaceutical studies. 




104 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 



Biological Sciences 

The major in Biological Sciences is designed to provide students with a broad background in 
biology and exposure to related fields such as chemistry, physics and mathematics. The 
program offers a strong science foundation balanced with a well rounded Liberal Arts 
education required for successful entrance into Schools of Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, 
and doctoral degree programs in the biological sciences. 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Biological Sciences 
Core Required Courses: 



BIO 1AB 


Biological Dynamics 


(4,4) 


CHE 1AB 


General Chemistry 


(5,5) 


CHE 6AB 


Organic Chemistry 


(5,5) 


MTH38 






or PSY 40 


Statistics 


(3) 


MTH5A 


Calculus I 


(4) 


PHY1A 


Physics 


(4) 


CHE 107 


Biochemistry 


(4) 


BIO 130 


Genetics 


(4) 


BIO 135 


Molecular Biology 


(4) 


BIO 195 


Senior Seminar in New Biology 


(3) 



Plus four additional Upper Division Biology courses, at least two must have labs. 

Total units required for B.A. in Biological Sciences: 68 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units 
including Modern Language requirement. 

Courses Required for a B.S. Degree in Biological Sciences 
Core Courses: 



BIO 1AB 


Biological Dynamics 


(4,4) 


CHE 1AB 


General Chemistry 


(5,5) 


CHE 6AB 


Organic Chemistry 


(5,5) 


MTH38 






or PSY 40 


Statistics 


(3) 


MTH 5AB 


Calculus I/II 


(4,4) 


PHY 1AB 


Physics 


(4,4) 


CHE 107 


Biochemistry 


(4) 


BIO 111 


Ecology 


(4) 


BIO 130 


Genetics 


(4) 


BIO 135 


Molecular Biology 


(4) 


BIO 152 


Cell Biology 


(4) 


BIO 195 


Senior Seminar in Biology 


(3) 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 105 



Pius two additional Upper Division Biology courses, one of which must have a lab, selected 

from the following: 

Bio 103 Microbiology (4) 

Bio 105 Immunology (3) 

Bio 125 Developmental Bio (4) 

Bio 151 Medical Physiology (4) 

Bio 160 Neurobiology (4) 

Bio 180 Endocrinology (3) 

Research Requirements: 

BIO 197 Research Methods (2) - must be completed prior to senior year 

BIO 198 Biological Research (2) - must be completed prior to senior year 

Total units required for B.S. in Biological Sciences: 81 



PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY EMPHASIS 

The Pre-Physical Therapy Program will meet the needs of MSMC undergraduate students 
interested in pursuing post-Baccalaureate professional education in Physical Therapy or other 
health-science related fields. 

Students selecting this major will complete the required general education coursework (45 
units), as well as a core of major requirements (55 units) as outlined below. Grades of C or 
above must be received in core courses. 

Core Required Courses: 

BIO 1AB Biological Dynamics (4,4) 



CHE 1AB 


General Chemistry 


(5,5) 


CHE 6AB 


Organic Chemistry 


(5) 


CIS 1 
MTH38 
or PSY 40 


Computer Processes 


and Applications (3) 


Statistics 


(3) 


MTH5A 


Calculus I 


(4) 


PHY 1AB 


Physics 


(4,4) 


BIO 50A 


Human Anatomy 


(4) 


BIO 115 A, B 


Research 


(2) 


BIO 151 


Medical Physiology 


(4) 


BIO 135 


Molecular Biology 


(4) 



Total 55 units 

Students will have three core-required courses in both psychology and sociology/gerontology. 
An additional two courses will be chosen from either a psychology or a gerontology 
emphasis. 



106 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 




Psychology core requirements: 




PSY 1 General Psychology 


(3) 


PSY 12 Developmental Psychology 


(3) 


PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology 


(3) 


Gerontology core requirements: 


i 


SOC 160 Diversity in Society 


(3) 


GER 189 Gerontology 


(3) 



and/or PSY 128 Adulthood and Aging (3) 

GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptation for Elders (3) 



emphasis: (Choose any 2 courses) 



Psychology 

PSY 110 Gender Issues in Psychology (3) 

PSY 129 Motivation (3) 

PSY 132 Personality (3) 

PSY 134 Learning and Memory (3) 

PSY 139 Child Abuse/ Family Violence (3) 

PSY 144 Psychology of Prejudice (3) 

PSY 145 Social Psychology (3) 

PSY 165 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (3) 

PSY 186 Violence Against Women (3) 

PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3) 



i 



Gerontology emphasis: (Choose any 2 courses) 

SOC 104 The Family (3) 

SOC 1 12 Medical Sociology (3) 

SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority /Minority Relations 

PHI 168B Bioethics 

orRST149 Biomedical Issues/Christian Ethics (3) 



(3) 



The Minor in Biological Sciences 

A minimum of 24 units in the biological sciences including: 

BIO 1AB Biological Dynamics (4,4) 

BIO 135 Molecular Biology (4) 

BIO 130 Genetics (4) 

Plus two additional upper division courses in the Biological Sciences. 



BIO 1A Biological Dynamics (4) 

This course is an introduction to the biological sciences at the cellular and subcellular level. 
Topics include the biochemistry and energetics of life, anatomy of the cell, metabolism, cell 
cycle, and molecular mechanisms of inheritance. Historical perspective and current findings 
are incorporated into these units of study. The laboratory allows students to become 
proficient in the scientific methods of investigation for each major topic. Lecture 3 hrs. 
Laboratory 3 hrs. GS-III, VIIA 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 107 



BIO IB Biological Dynamics (4) 

This course is an introduction to the study of biology and the variety of organisms at the 
organismic, population, and environmental levels. Included are topics dealing with the 
structures and coordination of functions of complex multicellular organisms, biological 
factors that support community life systems, ecological interrelationships of plants and 
animals, and human impact upon the environment. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 firs. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofC- or above in BIO I A. GS-IIID 

BIO 1AH Freshman Honors Biology (1) 

Emphasis on application of concepts learned in biological dynamics course. Students will be 

required to use quantitative reasoning, and problem solving skills. Student must be eligible for 

honors courses. Departmental approval required. Offered every Fall semester. 

Lecture/discussion 1 hr. GS-VIIA 

BIO 1BH Freshman Honors Biology (1) 

Exploration of the scientific research enterprise with reflection on ethics in research and 

misconduct in science. Critical thinking and problem solving will be emphasized throughout 

the course. Students must be eligible for honors courses or be recommended by the 

department. Offered every Spring semester. Lecture/discussion lhr. 

BIO 3/103 General Microbiology (4) 

Basic principles of microbial growth and metabolism, morphology, taxonomy, pathogenicity, 
immunity, and control. Microorganisms as agents of disease and normal inhabitants of our 
environment. Techniques of isolation, cultivation and identification of these organisms. 
Offered every semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. May be taken for upper division 
credit if approved by instructor. GS - HID 

BIO 5 Life Sciences (3) 

This is a one-semester introduction to biology for the non-biology major. Fundamentals of 
biology are covered in the context of real-life situations, emphasizing the relevance of 
biological principals to personal, social and civic issues. Topics include evolution of the 
kingdoms of life, their similarities and distinctions, structure-function relationships within the 
human body as they pertain to daily living, a survey of the macromolecules required for life, 
cell structure and function, energy production, the genetic basis for inheritance and 
photosynthesis. The laboratory will illuminate these topics and provide opportunities for 
hands-on experiences. Offered every semester. Lecture: 2 hrs. Laboratory: 2 hrs. GS-IIID 
BIO 10 Health Science (3) 

An introductory course designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of the 
functioning of the human body as it relates to health problems. Included are such topics as 
nutrition, infectious disease, cancer, cardiovascular disease, reproduction, and the effects of 
alcohol, drugs, and tobacco. Offered every semester. Lecture 3 hrs. GS-IIID 
BIO 40A Human Anatomy (4) 

The study of the structure of the human body. A systemic approach is used beginning with the 
molecular level and progressing to the organism as a whole to demonstrate the 
interrelationships at each level of organization, Emphasis is placed on the skeletal, muscular, 
nervous, and cardiovascular systems. Laboratory exercises are used to expand and clarify the 
concepts presented in lecture. These include microscopic reviews, dissections and other 
multiple teaching/ learning media. Offered every Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 
hrs. Prerequisite: Successful completion of a high school General Biology course. GS-IIID 



108 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 



BIO 50A Human Anatomy (4) 

The study of the structure of the human body. A systemic approach is used beginning with the 
molecular level and progressing to the organism as a whole to demonstrate the 
interrelationships at each level of organization. Laboratory exercises are used to expand and 
clarify the concepts presented in lecture. These include microscopic reviews, dissections and 
other multiple teaching/learning media. Offered every Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. 
Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: Successful completion of a high school General Biology 
course. GS-IIID 

BIO 50B Human Physiology (4) 

An introduction to physiological principles with emphasis on organ systems. An integrative 

approach is used beginning with the molecular and progressing to the organism as a whole to 

demonstrate the interrelationships at each level of organization. Laboratory exercises include 

measurements of physiological activities from the molecular level to the whole organism. 

Offered every Spring semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade of 

C- or above in BIO 50 A or BIO 40 A. GS-IIID 

BIO 87 Fundamental Concepts (1-3) 

An acyclic series of basic concepts in the field of biological sciences which present an 

introductory understanding of living systems. GS-IIID 

BIO 105 Immunology (3) 

Exploration of fundamental concepts of immunology. Topics include basic mechanisms of 

innate and adaptive immunity, host:pathogen interactions, regulation of immune responses, 

antibody and T-cell receptor structure and function, autoimmunity, immunodeficiency and 

vaccines. Emphasis is placed on biochemical and molecular approaches to studying the 

immune system and applications in medicine and research. Offered every other year. Lecture 

3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or above in Bio 1A/B and Chem 1A/B 

BIO 111 Ecology (3) 

This course provides an introduction to the study of interrelationships among plants, animals 
and their respective environments. Topics include single species population biology, 
competition, predation and mutualism, community and organization, behavioral ecology and 
evolutionary ecology. Offered every fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. 
Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or above in BIO 1A/B. 

BIO 112 Human Nutrition (3) 

A study of different nutrients with emphasis on nutritional requirements for health and 
prevention of chronic diseases which are major causes of death in the United States today. 
Topics include healthy lifestyle including daily meal planning, weight control and exercise, 
harmful effects of alcohol and drugs. Special needs during pregnancy and lactation, infancy 
and childhood, adulthood, and old age will also be considered. Offered every semester. 
Lecture 3 hrs. 

BIO 115AB Research Methods (1,1) 

Introduction to the philosophy and principles of scientific methods of inquiry used in research 
and problem solving. Includes identification of problems, construction of hypotheses and 
initial development of research questions and proposal. Second semester emphasizes oral 
presentation of published literature. 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 109 



BIO 125 Developmental Biology (4) 

This course focuses on the patterns, processes and mechanisms by which a single cell changes 
and is transformed into a fully organized individual. We will explore - at the cellular and 
molecular levels — the mechanisms involved in fertilization, morphogenesis, organogenesis, 
and sex determination, emphasizing the experimental bases for generalizations whenever 
appropriate. In the laboratory, students will use several model systems including sea urchin, 
frog, and chick to investigate aspects of developmental mechanisms. Offered every other 
year. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or above in BIO IA/B. 

BIO 130 Genetics (4) 

This course conducts a discussion of genes, their organization, maintenance, function and 
inheritance. The course covers such topics as Mendelian inheritance, bacterial and viral 
genetics, mutation, gene replication, expression, and regulation, as well as population 
genetics. In addition, the course includes discussions of genetic disorders, the relationship of 
genetics to environmental influences, and an introduction to both current and historical 
techniques in used in the field. Offered every Spring semester. GS-VIIA 
Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or above in BIO IA/B and 
BIO 135. 

BIO 135 Molecular Biology (4) 

An overview of the techniques used in genetic engineering. Emphasis will be placed on the 
structure, handling and manipulation of nucleic acids. Current topics in genetic engineering 
such as transgenic animals and human gene therapy will be discussed. Laboratory studies 
include isolation and analysis of DNA, cloning genes, preparation and screening of genomic 
libraries, and hybridization techniques such as Southern and Northern blotting. Offered every 
Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or above in 
BIO IA/B. 

BIO 151 Medical Physiology (4) 

This lecture portion of this course will cover the physiology of cells, organs and organ 
systems with an emphasis on biophysical and biochemical principles and how they contribute 
to homeostasis. The laboratory component will involve performing experimental 
investigations of physiological phenomena using both animal and human model systems. 
Offered every Fall semester. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC - 
or above in BIOIA/B and CHE IA/B. GS-II. VIIA 

BIO 152 Cellular Biology (4) 

A detailed analysis of eukaryotic cell structure and function. This course aims to give students 
an in-depth understanding of protein structure and function, translational mechanisms, 
membrane dynamics, cell communication, and cell cycle regulation. An emphasis is placed on 
historic and current research findings in each topic. Laboratory techniques cover current 
methods in cell biology and include cell fractionation, electrophoresis, immunoassays, 
histology and microscopy. Lecture 3 hrs. Laboratory 3 hrs. Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or 
above in BIO IA/B and BIO 135. 

BIO 160 Neurobiology (3) 

An introduction to fundamental concepts in neurobiology. An emphasis is placed on the 
molecular organization, biochemistry and physiology of nerve cells and how the organization 
of these cells underlies the functional properties of the brain and behavior. Lecture 3 hrs. 
Prerequisites: A grade of C- or above in BIO IA/B; CHE IA/B; PHY 1A and completion or 
concurrent enrollment in PHY IB. Recommended: BIO 152; BIO 151; CHE 107. 



110 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 



BIO 180 Endocrinology (3) 

A study of the molecular synthesis and physiological functions of hormones in living systems 
especially as they are understood in humans. The course will cover neuroendocrine controls, 
genetics of hormone synthesis, mechanisms of hormone action, reproductive physiology, 
somatic growth and development, thyroid and adrenal gland physiology, glucose and calcium 
homeostasis, and the integration and assessment of endocrine functions with the use of 
clinical examples throughout the course. Offered every other year. Lecture 3 hrs. 
Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or better in BIO 135, 151, CHE 6A/B. 

BIO 187 Selected Topics in Biology (1-3) 

An acyclic series of topics of current interest in the biological sciences which presents receni 

developments in the field. 

BIO 195 Senior Seminar in Biology (3) 

In depth literature search on an approved topic of current research significance. The research 
study should culminate in a class presentation, discussion and research paper. Topics will 
focus on the most recent research and discoveries in the biological sciences. Offered every 
Spring semester. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

BIO 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted into the Honors Program. 

BIO 197 Research Readings (2) 

A seminar style course that will use current literature in a biological topic to teach students 

how to read and critically evaluate scientific manuscripts. An emphasis is placed on analyzing 

research design and methodology, data presentation and developing conclusions. Topics will 

be chosen by the instructor. Must be completed by the end of the junior year. Offered every 

semester. 

BIO 198 Biological Research (1-2) 

Directed research project. Must be taken under the guidance of a faculty member presently 

engaged in laboratory research. Two semesters of research are required and must be 

completed by the end of the junior year. Students are encouraged to continue research until 

graduation. 

BIO 199 Independent Study (1-3) 

The initiation or continuation of a project under departmental faculty direction. 

Work should culminate in a research paper or report. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 111 



Business Administration 

The Business Administration Department at Mount St. Mary's College is committed to 
developing leaders who are capable of making complex business decisions and appreciate the 
significance of their responsibilities to the companies and communities they serve. 

Consistent with the liberal arts tradition of the College, the Department emphasizes a broad- 
based, interdisciplinary curriculum that provides the knowledge, skills and values necessary to 
accomplish these goals. Four key themes are infused through all department course offerings 
that nurture a continuing curiosity and a receptivity to new ideas: 

• Global Business 

• Management Communication 

• Business Ethics 

• Innovative Management 

Hallmarks of the program include a high level of interaction with faculty and peers, academic 
rigor and the translation of theory into practice. The Business Administration Department 
offers the following degrees: 

• Bachelor of Arts (in the traditional day program) 

• Bachelor of Science (in the Weekend College program) 

• Associate of Arts 

• Minor in Business 



The Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration 

The Bachelor of Arts program in Business Administration prepares students for professional 
careers by stimulating rigorous, imaginative, analytical, and inquisitive attitudes. An emphasis 
on teamwork and problem solving is evident at all levels of education in the Business 
Administration major. The department offers four areas of emphases. Each emphasis is 
described below: 

Accounting 

The emphasis in Accounting qualifies students to enter private, public and governmental 
accounting. Students are prepared in the practical areas of tax accounting, cost accounting and 
auditing as well as the application of computer techniques to corporate accounting systems. 
Graduates will be qualified for professional employment in corporate accounting departments, 
public accounting firms, and governmental agencies. 

International Business 

The emphasis in International Business prepares students for the many opportunities available 
in the fields of international management and government service. The International Business 



112 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



emphasis is designed for individuals with an interest in business on a global scale. The 
program concentrates on the social, political, and economic aspects of the international 
marketplace. 

Management 

The emphasis in Management offers a curriculum based on practical, applied courses that 
qualify students to enter administrative positions immediately after graduation. Courses cover 
the broad spectrum of business activity and allow students to choose from a variety of 
possible career opportunities in large, midsize and small organizations. 

Marketing 

The emphasis in Marketing provides students with a "strategic orientation" in the areas of 
advertising, public relations, designs, sales, research and marketing management. The 
program is designed to prepare students for marketing related careers in the public and private 
sectors. 

The requirements for the B.A. Degree with a Major in Business Administration include the 
completion of all Lower Division Core Requirements (33-35 units), all Upper Division Core 
Requirements (21 units), and an emphasis (18-20 units). (Some Accounting courses are four- 
unit courses.) Students are required to declare the emphasis of choice in writing by the end of 
the sophomore year. Students completing a double major are not required to complete an 
emphasis but may elect to do so. (See Double Major Program, page 67) An emphasis is 
required for all other Business Administration majors in the B.A. Degree program. 

! 

The B.A. Degree in Business Administration 



Lower Division Core Requirements: 

BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3) 

BUS 5 Business Law I (3) 

BUS 15 A/BUS 16A Accounting Principles I (3,4) 

BUS 15B/BUS 16B Accounting Principles II (3,4) 

ECO 1 Microeconomics (3) 

ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3) 

MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3) 

PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3) 

SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2) 

SPR 1 8 Career Planning Seminar ( 1 ) 

Total: 33-35 lower division units 

Upper Division Core Requirements: 

BUS 122 Managerial Communications (3) 

(Required for Management Emphasis) 
or 

BUS 106 Business Law II (3) 

(Cannot double count in core and emphasis) 

BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3) 

BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3) 

BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3) 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



113 



BUS 185 Principles of Management 

BUS 190 Business Administration Internship 

BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy 

Accounting Emphasis 

BUS 137 Intermediate Accounting I 

BUS 138 Intermediate Accounting II 

BUS 131 Managerial Accounting 

BUS 1 86 Tax Accounting 

BUS 188 Auditing 

BUS 198 Advanced Accounting 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



(4) 
(4) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



Total: 41 upper division units 

International Business Emphasis 

BUS 1 89 International Management 

BUS 195 International Marketing 

ECO 195 International Economics 

(Plus three courses from the following:) 

ECO/HIS 1 1 2 World Economic History 

SOC 125 

POL 125 

POL 134 

or 

POL 135 

POL 138 

BUS 183 



Comparative Social Structures 
Foreign Relations of the United States 
International Organizations 



Selected Problems in International Organization 
International Law 
Management Seminar 
Total: 39 upper division units 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3) 

(3) 
(3) 



Management Emphasis 



BUS 106 


Business Law II 


BUS 170 • 


Real Estate 


or 
BUS 171 


Real Estate Law and Management 


BUS 157 


Human Resource Development 


BUS 176 


Small Business Management 


BUS 184 


Organizational Behavior 


BUS 183 


Management Seminar 



(3) 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



Total: 39 upper division units 



Marketing Emphasis 

BUS 161 Principles of Advertising 

BUS 163 Marketing Research 

BUS 175 Sales Management 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



114 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



BUS 183 Management Seminar 

BUS 194 Consumer Behavior 

BUS 195 International Marketing 

Total: 39 upper division units 



(3) 
(3) 

(3) 



For students transferring in business courses upon admission to Mount St. Mary's College, at 
least 21 units of the upper division business courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's 
College. BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be 
completed at the College. 

Suggested Sequence of Courses: Bachelor of Arts 

The following is a model for completing the Business Administration major in four years. 
Only Business Administration courses are listed. 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester 

BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis 

BUS 15A Accounting Principles I 

CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications 

MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3) 



Spring Semester 



BUS 15B 
MTH/BUS 38 


Accounting Principles II 

Elements of Probability and Statistics 


ECO 2 
SPE 10 
SPR18 


SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester 

Macroeconomics 
Introduction to Communication 
Career Planning 


ECO 1 
BUS 5 
PHI 92/192 


Spring Semester 

Microeconomics 
Business Law I 
Business Ethics 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester 

BUS 1 60 Principles of Marketing 

BUS 185 Principles of Management 

Upper Division Emphasis Course 

Spring Semester 

BUS 122 Managerial Communications 

BUS 1 77 Management Information Systems 

Upper Division Emphasis Course 



(3) 

(3) 



(3) 
(2) 
(1) 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



(3) 

(3) 
(3) 



(3) 
(3) 

(3) 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 115 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester 

BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3) 

BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (3) 

Upper Division Emphasis Course (3) 

Upper Division Emphasis Course (3) 

Spring Semester 

BUS 192 Business Policy & Strategy (3) 

Upper Division Emphasis Course (3) 

Upper Division Emphasis Course (3) 

Double Major Program 

The Department of Business Administration offers a program for students who desire to major 
in both Business Administration and another discipline at the College. 

Lower Division Core Requirements: 

BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3) 

BUS 5 Business Law I (3) 

BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3) 

BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3) 

ECO 1 Microeconomics (3) 

ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3) 

MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3) 

PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3) 

SPR 1 8 Career Planning Seminar ( 1 ) 
Total: 31 lower division units 

Upper Division Core Requirements: 

BUS 122 Managerial Communications 

or (3) 

BUS 106 Business Law II (3) 

BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3) 

BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3) 

BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3) 

BUS 185 Principles of Management (3) 

BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (3) 

BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3) 
Total: 21 upper division units 

Students in the Double Major who wish an emphasis within the Business Administration 
major must complete all courses in the emphasis. 

For students transferring in business courses upon admission to Mount St. Mary's College, at 
least 21 units of the upper division business courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's 
College. BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College. 



116 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be 
completed at the College. 

B.A. Degree with a Major in English and Business Administration: 

(A cooperative program offered through the Departments of English and Business 
Administration) 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in English and Business 
Administration 

English Preparation: 

ENG1AB/C Freshman English (3,3) 

HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3) 

SPR 1 8 Career Planning Seminar ( 1 ) 

Requirements: 

24 additional units in English, at least 18 of which are upper division, including: 

ENG 1 8 1 Theory and Criticism (3) 

ENG 195 English Seminar (3) 

Recommended: 

One course in American literature (3) 

Business Administration Preparation: 
Lower Division Core Requirements: 

BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3) 

BUS 5 Business Law I (3) 

BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3) 

BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3) 

ECO 1 Microeconomics (3) 

ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3) 

MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3) 

PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3) 

SPE 1 Introduction to Communication (2) 
Total: 32 lower division units 

Strongly Recommended: 

PSY 1 General Psychology (3) 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3) 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 117 



Upper Division Core Requirements: 

BUS 122 Managerial Communications 

or (3) 

BUS 106 Business Law II 

BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3) 

BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3) 

BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3) 

BUS 185 Principles of Management (3) 

BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (3) 

BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3) 

Total: 21 upper division units in Business Administration 

Total units in English and Business: 90 

At least 12 upper division units must be completed in the MSMC English Program. 

For students transferring in business courses upon admission to Mount St. Mary's College, at 
least 21 units of the upper division business courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's 
College. BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be 
completed at the College. 

B.A. Degree with a Major in Spanish and Business Administration: 

(A cooperative program offered through the Departments of Modern Languages and Cultures 
and Business Administration) 

Courses required for a B.A. in Spanish and Business Administration 
Spanish Preparation: 

Elementary Spanish I and II (or equivalent) (4,4) 

Intermediate Spanish III and IV (or equivalent) (3,3) 



Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

Spanish Writing Lab (3) 

Translation/Interpretation (3) 

Business Communication and Culture (3) 

Culture and Civilization of Latin America (3) 

Culture and Civilization of Spain (3) 

Internship (3) 

Choose one course from the following: 

BUS 189 International Management (3) 

BUS 195 International Marketing (3) 

ECO 195 International Economics (3) 

POL 1 3 1 International Relations (3) 



SPA 1 and 2 


SPA 3 and 4 


Requirements: 


SPA 107 • 


SPA 109 


SPA 114 


SPA 149 


SPA 144 


SPA 112 


SPA 190 



118 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Lower Division Core Requirements 






BUS 5 


Business Law I 


(3) 




BUS 15A 


Accounting Principles I 


(3) 




BUS 15B 


Accounting Principles II 


(3) 




ECO 1 


Microeconomics 


(3) 




ECO 2 


Macroeconomics 


(3) 




MTH/BUS 28 


Mathematical Analysis for Business 


(3) 




MTH/BUS 38 


Elements of Probability and Statistics 


(3) 




CIS1 


Computer Processes and Applications 


(3) 




PHI 92/192 


Business Ethics 


(3) 




Total: 


27 lower division units in Business Administration 






Upper Division Core Requirements: 






BUS 122 


Managerial Communications 


(3) 




BUS 130 


Principles of Finance 


(3) 




BUS 160 


Principles of Marketing 


(3) 




BUS 177 


Management Information Systems 


(3) 




BUS 185 


Principles of Management 


(3) 




BUS 192 


Business Policy and Strategy 


(3) 





Total: 18 upper division units in Business Administration 

Students with a major in Spanish and Business Administration are strongly encouraged to do 
a junior semester in Europe or Latin America. 

For students transferring in business courses, at least 2 1 units of the upper division business 
courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's College. BUS 192 Business Policy and 
Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be 
completed at the College. 

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration 
(Weekend College) 

The Bachelor of Science Program in Business Administration, offered in the Weekend 
College, is designed for adult professionals who wish to advance and solidify their 
careers in business. Built on the strong liberal arts foundation provided through General 
Studies requirements, the Business Administration major is generalist in scope and covers key 
functional areas in business-management information systems, organizational behavior, 
business law, accounting, marketing and finance. Courses emphasize discussion, case studies, 
group projects and communication exercises. The program has been structured to incorporate 
workplace experience into the fabric of the classroom. 

For students transferring in business courses, at least 21 units of the upper division business 
courses must be completed at Mount St. Mary's College. BUS 192 Business Policy and 
Strategy must be taken at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be 
completed at the College. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 119 



B.S. Degree in Business Administration 

Lower Division Core Requirements: 

BUS 5 Business Law I (3) 

BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3) 

BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3) 

ECO 1 Microeconomics (3) 

ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3) 

MTH/BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

MTH/BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3)* 

PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3) 
Total: 27 lower division units in Business Administration 

* Students may waive the CIS 1 requirement by passing a standardized exam, such as CLEP, 
that demonstrates proficiency in course content. 

Upper Division Core Requirements: 

Managerial Communications (3) 
(Required for Management Emphasis) 

Business Law II (3) 
(Cannot double count in core and emphasis) 

Principles of Finance (3) 

Principles of Marketing (3) 

Management Information Systems (3) 

Organizational Behavior (3) 

Principles of Management (3) 

Business Policy and Strategy (3) 
Total: 21 upper division units in Business Administration 

In addition to core requirements, eighteen (18) upper division business units are required for 
the major in Business Administration. 

Students who wish to pursue a specific business area concentration may do so by completing 
twelve (12) of these eighteen (18) units as follows: 

Accounting Concentration 

BUS 137 Intermediate Accounting I (3) 

BUS 138 Intermediate Accounting II (3) 

BUS 131 Managerial Accounting (3) 

BUS 186 Tax Accounting (3) 

BUS 188 Auditing (3) 

BUS 198 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Marketing Concentration 

BUS 161 Principles of Advertising (3) 

BUS 163 Marketing Research (3) 

BUS 175 Sales Management (3) 



BUS 122 


or 


BUS 106 


BUS 130 


BUS 160 


BUS 177 


BUS 184 


BUS 185 


BUS 192 



120 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



BUS 194 Consumer Behavior (3) 

BUS 195 International Marketing (3) 

Management Concentration 

BUS 157 Human Resources Development (3) 

BUS 187 Management Seminar (3) 

BUS 189 International Management (3) 

And any one of the following courses: 

BUS 133 Money, Politics and Business (3) 

BUS 170 Real Estate (3) 

BUS 171 Real Estate Law and Management (3) 

BUS 176 Small Business Management (3) 

International Business Concentration 

BUS 189 International Management (3) 

BUS 195 International Marketing (3) 

ECO 195 International Economics (3) 

And three units from the following: 

ECO/HIS 1 12 World Economic History (3) 

BUS 193 Special Studies in Economic Development (1) 

(One unit in each of the following areas: China, European Union, Eastern Europe, 

Mercusor, Africa and the Four Tigers) 

BUS 1 93 Managing Diversity ( 1 ) 

The Associate in Arts in Business Administration 

The Associate in Arts degree in Business Administration is a two-year program that provides 
students with a strong business background invaluable in the modern work environment. In 
addition, the Business Administration Program prepares students with the foundation 
necessary to successfully transfer to a four-year business program. The courses in the A.A. 
Business Administration program focus on business fundamentals commensurate with lower 
division instruction while also stressing the communication and critical thinking skills 
necessary to succeed and advance in a business career. General Studies courses contribute to 
the broad-based education of students which not only makes them more attractive to 
employers but exposes them to the spectrum of knowledge and ideas that are the hallmark of a 
liberal arts education. 

Upon completion of an A.A. Degree, students may wish to pursue a B.A. degree in Business 
Administration, or they can choose to terminate their education. Given the current business 
environment, students are strongly encouraged to continue their studies for a four-year degree. 
Many students who complete the two-year A.A. program in Business Administration choose 
to transfer to the four-year B.A. program at Mount St. Mary's College. 

To be accepted into the A.A. Business Administration Program, students must have a 
cumulative high school GPA of at least 2.5 in all college preparatory courses. SAT or ACT 
scores are required and will be considered during the application process. Students who have 
at least 12 units of previous college course work must have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in order 
to be considered for admission into the program. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 121 



The A.A. Degree in Business Administration 
Business Administration Requirements: 



BUS 4 


Business Foundations and Analysis 


(3) 


BUS 5 


Business Law I 


(3) 


BUS 16A 


Accounting Principles I 


(4) 


BUS 16B 


Accounting Principles II 


(4) 


ECO 1 


Microeconomics 


(3) 


ECO 2 


Macroeconomics 


(3) 


MTH/BUS 28 


Mathematical Analysis for Business 


or 


MTH/BUS 38 


Elements of Probability and Statistics 


(3) 


CIS 1 


Computer Processes and Applications 


(3) 


PHI 92/192 


Business Ethics 


(3) 



Suggested Sequence of Courses 

Only Business Administration courses are listed. 



First Year 

Fall 



Business Foundations and Analysis 


(3) 


Computer Processes and Applications 


(3) 


Spring 




Macroeconomics 


(3) 


Mathematical Analysis for Business 


(3)* 


Second Year 




Fall 




Microeconomics 


(3) 


Accounting Principles I 


(4) 


Elements of Probability and Statistics 


(3)* 



BUS 4 
CIS 1 



ECO 2 
MTH/BUS 28 



ECO 1 
BUS 16A 
MTH/BUS 38 

Spring 

BUS 5 Business Law I (3) 

BUS 16B Accounting Principles II (4) 

PHI 92/192 Business Ethics (3) 

Total units to graduate: 60 

Overall G.P.A. needed to graduate: 2.0 

Overall G.P.A. needed to transfer to Chalon: 2.40 

The Minor in Business Administration 

The Minor in Business Administration has been specially designed for liberal arts, science, 
health science and other non-business majors. 

A minimum of 21 units selected from Business Administration offerings is required for a 
minor. A minimum of 12 units must be completed in the Business Administration Department 
at Mount St. Mary's College. 



122 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Once enrolled at Mount St. Mary's College, all upper division business courses must be 
completed at the College. 



All minors are required to complete the following courses: 



4 


Business Foundations and Analysis 


2 


Macroeconomics 


5 


Business Law I 


15A 


Accounting Principles I 


160 


Principles of Marketing 


185 


Principles of Management 




Business Elective 


Total: 


21 units 



(3)* 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 



*Note: To achieve the 21 unit minor requirement, those matriculated in the Weekend College 
Program may replace BUS 4 with another course within the area of Business Administration. 

Entrepreneurship Certificate Program 

A total of 12 semester units in qualified courses must be successfully completed by the 
student to qualify for the Entrepreneurship Certificate. These courses are identified below: 

Section One Courses 

One of the following is required: 

I 
BUS 145 Entrepreneurship (3) 

BUS 176 Small Business Management (3) 

Students are required to take three courses from Section Two, or two courses from Section 2 
and three one-unit courses from Section Three 

Section Two Courses 

*BUS 106 Business Law II (3) 

*BUS 195 International Marketing (3) 

BUS 157 Human Resources Development (3) 

*BUS 175 Sales Management (3) 

Section Three Courses 

Accounting and Finance for Small Business 

Accounting Systems for Small Business 

Managing Diversity 

Leadership 

Negotiation Skills 

Personal Finance 

*These courses have a prerequisite. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 123 



BUS 4 Business Foundations and Analysis (3) 

An analytical survey of the principles and skills necessary for accounting, economics, 
marketing, finance, human resources, management, and government policies as they apply to 
business in the United States and globally. Through the course students develop a framework 
for analyzing business issues and develop critical thinking skills to solve organizational 
problems. This course will include an introduction of the case method. 

BUS 5/POL 5 Business Law I (3) 

An introduction to the development of legal principles for business activity, as found in 
common law, statutory laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Use of case studies for 
practical applications. Introduction to legal reasoning and legal writing; concentration on 
contracts and their use throughout all business negotiations; introduction to issues of 
commercial liability and sales transactions. GS-IIIG (Same as POL 5) 
BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3) 

Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation, and the accumulation of accounting data. 

Topics include the accounting cycle through financial statements, accounting for 

merchandise, internal control, notes, bad debts, inventories and accounting for tangible and 

intangible assets. Focus is on the sole proprietorship. GS-VIIA 

BUS 15B Accounting Principles II (3) 

Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation and the accumulation of accounting data. 

Topics include accounting for partnerships, corporations, bonds, cash flow statements, present 

value, annuities, financial statement and analysis and an introduction to managerial 

accounting. Prerequisite: BUS 15 A. GS-VIIA 

BUS 16A Accounting Principles I (4) 

Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation, and the accumulation of accounting data. 
Topics include the accounting cycle through financial statements, accounting for 
merchandise, internal control, notes, bad debts, inventories and accounting for lived tangible 
and intangible assets. Focus is on the sole proprietorship. Faculty-guided lab experiences are 
provided for additional reinforcement of course concepts. GS-VIIA 
BUS 16B Accounting Principles II (4) 

Course emphasis is on the measurement, valuation and the accumulation of accounting data. 
Topics include accounting for partnerships, corporations, bonds, cash flow statements, present 
value, annuities and financial statement analysis. Faculty guided experiences are provided for 
additional reinforcement of course concepts. Prerequisite: BUS 16A. GS-VIIA 

BUS 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

Topics in algebra including solutions of systems of equations and inequalities; exponential 
and logarithmic functions; linear programming and mathematics of finance. Emphasis is 
placed on the application of mathematics to problems in business. (See MTH 28.) 
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Exam. GS-IHE, VIIB 

BUS 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

Elementary probability theory, properties of distributions, sampling, hypothesis testing, 
correlation. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Exam. 
(See MTH 38.) GS HIE, VIIB 



124 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



BUS 92/PHI 92 Business Ethics (3) 

A case study approach to business ethics, taking into consideration the perspectives of 
management, labor, consumer or public, governmental agencies, and environmental or other 
special interest groups. Using a basis in ethical theory, the course will cover areas such as 
public welfare, issues in hiring (affirmative action, quotas) and business practices (product 
liability, honesty, business bluffing, advertising, sexual harassment, racism), environmental 
concerns, global issues (apartheid, social injustice, exploitation of the third world), corporate 
decision-making and responsibility. Students who take this course may not take PHI 21 for 
credit. Honors students should take PHI 21H, not PHI 92. GS-VB2, VI 
BUS 93 Special Topics (1-3) 

Course or seminar in current issues in business administration. Topics change each semester. 
BUS 97 Independent Study (1-6) 

Lower division course, independent study or directed readings on business-related topics. 
Prerequisite: Consent of faculty member and approval of department chairperson. 

BUS 104 Investment Analysis and Management (3) 

Survey of investments including corporate and government securities, real property and 

financial intermediaries. Study of financial investments with emphasis on security analysis, 

valuation and portfolio management. Prerequisite: BUS ISO. 

BUS 106/POL 105 Business Law II (3) 

Upper level study of business law. Applications to areas of agency, partnerships, corporate 

law, sales, criminal and civil liability, product liability and insurance. Prerequisite: BUS 5. 

BUS 122 Management Communications (3) 

This course develops both oral and written business communications skills through the study 

of communications theory in conjunction with practical communication assignments. Specific 

content areas include management and decision-making case studies, internal and external 

written communications, business proposals, group dynamics, interviews and business 

presentations. 

BUS 123 Travel and Study Abroad (3) 

This course is designed to acquaint participants with the business, historical, cultural, and 

social environments of the countries visited. Visits will be arranged to business organizations 

as well as with government officials connected with economic and business development. 

Areas visited may include South America, China or East Asia. The class can be repeated for 

credit. 

BUS 125 E-Commerce/E-Business (3) 

This course will cover the current status of electronic public transactions (E-Commerce) and 

business to business (E-Business). Topics will include the internet, intranet, extranet, security 

and the impact of the World Wide Web on marketing, business relationships, and changing 

supplier, customer relationships. 

BUS 127 Accounting and Finance for Small Business (1) 

This course will focus on the selection and formation of various business entity types. We 

will explore diverse sources of business capitalization including, but not limited to, venture 

capitalists, corporate angels, and assistance available through the Small Business 

Administration. We will analyze financial statements and study government reporting 

requirements for the most frequently selected business entity types. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 125 



BUS 128 Accounting Systems for Small Business (1) 

Students are introduced to the latest versions of various automated accounting systems used 

today in small business. They are subsequently immersed in a thorough hands-on application 

of commonly used software such as Quick Books or Peachtree. Students will enter 

transactions, prepare general ledgers, process payroll, and prepare and analyze financial 

statements. 

BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3) 

This course is designed to provide students with a broad-based understanding of financial 

concepts and their applications. The course will explore (a) the financial system: - 

components, institutions, and functions; (b) business finance and management application of 

financial principles on a micro and macro level; (c) financial policy: the methods and effects 

of government debt and fiscal policy. Prerequisites: BUS 4 (except for Weekend College), 

ECO 1, ECO 2, BUS 15 A, BUS 15B, MTH 38. 

BUS 131 Managerial Accounting (3) 

The application of accounting analysis to business decision, planning and control. Integrating 

information systems with specific emphasis on cost concepts and applications, budget, cost 

volume profit relationships and decision making from the capital investment and pricing 

viewpoints. Prerequisites: BUS 15 A and BUS 15B. 

BUS 133 Money, Politics, and Business (3) 

This course explores the relationship between business and government in the United States— 
the influence of environmental forces on business institutions and the impact of corporations 
on their environment. Through this course, students develop an analytic framework for 
exploring political institutions and practices, social and ethical responsibilities, regulation and 
the policy making process, environmental issues, consumer concerns, workplace 
multiculturalism and diversity, global issues, and institutional reform. GS-IIIG 
BUS 137 Intermediate Accounting I (3-4) 

The beginning of the in-depth study of financial accounting. Topics include the conceptual 
framework, financial statement preparation, concept of future and present value, revenue and 
expense recognition, accounting for cash and receivables, inventory and fixed asset 
accounting. Prerequisites: BUS 15 A, BUS 15B. 

BUS 138 Intermediate Accounting II (3-4) 

The conceptual and procedural aspects of some of the more complex topics of financial 

accounting are studied. Topics include long-term debt, leases, pensions, error corrections and 

the statement of cash flows. Prerequisite: BUS 137. 

BUS 139 Managing Non-Profit Organizations (3) 

This course will introduce managerial theories to lead non-profit organizations. The learning 

experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active sponsorship of service 

organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory with practice, requiring team 

cooperation, planning, and accountability. Also, EDU 138C, GER 138, PSY 138 and 

SOC 138. 

BUS 140/BUS 140H Women's Issues in Business and Economics (3) 

Survey of issues that affect women in business and review of the feminist critique of classical 

economic theory. Topics surveyed may include women's labor history, Marxist feminism, 

socialist feminism, feminist organizational theory, women in management, the wage gap, the 

glass ceiling, gendered economic roles, women's issues in business law, affirmative action, 

and sexual harassment. GS-IIIG, VI 



126 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



BUS 144 Legal Issues in Entrepreneurship (3) 

This course will discuss legal issues which an entrepreneur encounters while forming and 
running a start-up enterprise, including real estate purchases, leasing, employment law, human 
relations procedures, franchising, supply contracts and governmental administrative 
regulations. 

BUS 145 Entrepreneurship (3) 

Introduction to the basic concepts and skills required of entrepreneurs. This course uses an 
applied approachNteaching students to recognize opportunity; screen ideas and develop a 
business concept, test that concept and create a new venture. Topics include entry strategies, 
business forms, franchising, entrepreneurial mindsets, management, marketing, capital 
requirements, financing sources and site analysis. An entrepreneurial internship is required. 
Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College). 

BUS 148/PSY 148 Industrial Organization and Consumer Psychology (3) 

Study of the psychological principles and techniques used in a business setting. Topics 
include the psychology of work, personnel selection, appraisal, job analysis, placement 
training, production efficiency, and consumer behavior. 
BUS 150 Strategic Management of Nonprofit Organizations (3) 

This course is designed to study, discuss, and debate issues facing managers of nonprofit 
organizations. The goal of this course is to integrate skills in organizational behavior, 
marketing, finance, and analytical disciplines into strategic decision making in the nonprofit 
context. Topics explored include mission definition, competing internal and external 
demands, resource scarcity and uncertainty, governance systems, and managing strategic 
change. While the principal thrust of the course is on nonprofit organizations, there will be 
opportunities to examine areas where public, for-profit, and nonprofit organizations interact. 
Prerequisite: BUS 185. 

BUS 154 Cost Accounting (3) 

Budgeting responsibility accounting; inventory planning; performance measurement; costing 

methods; job order and standard costs; direct vs. full costing; cost allocation; cost-volume 

profit analysis; analytic cost reports. Prerequisites: BUS 15A and 15B. 

BUS 155/POL 185 Public Personnel Administration (3) 

The process of formulating and administering public personnel policies; concepts and 

principles utilized in selected governmental personnel systems. Special emphasis on 

collective bargaining in public employment. 

BUS 156/POL 186 Introduction to Public Administration (3) 

The executive function in government, principles of administrative organization, personnel 

management, financial administration, administrative law, and problems and trends in 

government as a career. 

BUS 157 Human Resources Development (3) 

This course explores the contributions made by the modern human resource department to the 

success of business organizations. Particular areas of focus include job analysis, recruitment, 

training, compensation analysis, performance analysis, legal issues and workforce diversity. 

The course content weaves the underlying theories of human behavior in organizations with 

the practical applications of these theories pertinent for future managers or human resource 

professionals. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 127 



BUS 158/POL 187 Organizational Theory and Governmental 
Management (3) 

Organizational structure, human factors in organization, dynamics of organizational change, 
internal adaptability to external environment, problems, limitations, and trends in 
governmental organization and management. 

BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3) 

This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of marketing. Through this 
course, (a) the foundations of marketing will be explored—product issues, pricing decisions, 
distribution channels and promotional strategies; (b) the users of marketing will be identified; 
(c) the role of marketing in the organization and society will be examined; (d) marketing 
objectives, tools and resources will be assessed; and (e) components of strong marketing 
strategy will be evaluated. Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College). 

BUS 161 Principles of Advertising (3) 

This course examines the major components of modern advertising and promotion. Key areas 
explored include the social and economic role of advertising; controls over advertising; 
planning of the campaign; the role of research; media strategy and coordination with other 
elements of the marketing communication mix. Prerequisite: BUS 160. 

BUS 163 Marketing Research (3) 

Fundamentals of marketing and industrial research as an approach to problem solving. 
Business cases are used to develop the student's analytical ability and to demonstrate the 
application of business research fundamentals. Prerequisites: BUS 38, BUS 160. 

BUS 164 Accounting, Taxes and Finance for the Small Business (3) 

This course aims to prepare the new entrepreneur with a thorough, real world understanding 
of the accounting requirements for external and governmental reporting. This will involve 
making decisions in entity formation, establishing appropriate records and controls, and 
hands-on experience in preparing required financial statements, tax reporting documents and 
financial analysis. Students will be introduced to state-of-the-art accounting software in this 
endeavor and will learn how to research and find sources of business financing. Upon 
completion of this course, the student should have a strong understanding of the required 
administrative aspects of business formation, reporting requirements and business financing. 
BUS 168 Marketing Seminar: Selected Topics (3) 

An in-depth seminar in marketing. Primary activities include the exploration of advanced and 
specialized topics and issues in the field. Weekend College only. May be repeated once. 

BUS 169 Issues of Corporate Responsibility (3) 

Application of theories developed in Business Ethics to issues arising in the practice of 
modern business. Topics will vary by semester but the course will focus on newsworthy items 
that reflect the state of corporate business ethics. These issues may include marketing ethics, 
product liability, socially responsible investing, employee welfare and concerns of race and 
gender. Extensive case analysis is utilized to apply critical thinking skills to real business 
dilemmas. Introduction to Business Ethics (PHI 92) highly recommended. 
BUS 170 Real Estate (3) 

Introduction to economics of land ownership and use; fundamentals of ownership; financing; 
appraisal; management and transfer of residential and other real property, including an 
introduction to real estate investment issues. Prerequisite: BUS 5. 



128 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



BUS 171/POL 106 Real Estate Law and Management (3) 

This course develops those skills necessary to purchase, sell or lease real estate in commercial 
transactions: Business and legal aspects, purchase and sales contracts, conveyances, mortgage 
and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant law, wills and inheritance, and 
estates in land. Prerequisite: BUS 5. 

BUS 173 Real Estate Investment (3) 

Emphasizes problems and methodology for making the real estate investment decisions. 

Includes real estate versus other investments; real estate user and investor requirements; 

decision models; tax factors and syndication. 

BUS 175 Sales Management (3) 

This course explores the function of sales and the relationship to the overall marketing 

program. Topics considered include setting sales objectives, formulation of sales strategy, 

development of a sales organization, selecting and working with distributors and dealers, 

measurement of salesmen's performance, evaluation of sales management performance, 

control of sales operations, and integration of sales and other marketing activities. 

Prerequisite: BUS 160. 

BUS 176 Small Business Management (3) 

This course comprehensively covers all activities required for the formation of new 
enterprises and certain aspects of managing growing organizations. The course explores the 
new venture creation process: business idea generation and evaluation, resource acquisition, 
customer identification and selling, developing a business plan, organization building, 
networking, and the technical issues entrepreneurs face in tax, legal, and accounting areas. 
BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3) 

This course is designed to familiarize the student with the fundamentals of information system 
development and use—giving students the competitive edge in the workplace of tomorrow. 
The course explores (a) conceptual foundations; (b) information systems applications; (c) 
systems technology—processing, software, programming; (d) systems analysis; (e) 
management and societal issues. Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College). 
BUS 180AB Advanced Advertising Seminar (3,3) 

An advanced seminar covering selected topics in copywriting, graphics, media and buying, 
advertising, budgeting, planning and management. Prerequisites: BUS 160 and BUS 161. 
BUS 181 Global Business (3) 

Global Business will explore the reasons trade takes place and the role of international 
organizations in the promotion of trade. The geographical, cultural, technological, economic 
and political factors influencing multinational business are discussed in detail. International 
management, finance, marketing, accounting, human resources and law are part of the 
curriculum. 

BUS 182 Advanced Finance (3) 

Case studies in financial management and capital budgeting. Strategies in debt and equity 

financing. Portfolio management. Prerequisite: BUS 130. 

BUS 183 Management Seminar (3) 

This course is an in-depth seminar in areas of management and organization. Primary 
activities include the exploration of advanced and specialized issues in the field. 
Prerequisite: BUS 185. 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 129 



BUS 184 Organizational Behavior (3) 

This course brings the insights into human behavior in organizations brought forth by 

psychology and sociology and centers them on their implications for business organizations. 

Issues pursued in this course include group dynamics, communications, motivation, 

leadership, and decision making as well as organizational design, culture, development and 

change. The discipline of organizational behavior is unique in its combined goals of seeking 

organizational success while advocating employee empowerment. 

BUS 185 Principles of Management (3) 

This course discusses the four principal functions of management: planning, organization, 

leadership and control, including quality control, managing cultural diversity, motivation and 

other leadership issues, decision making, group communication and organization. Case 

studies explore these topics within the context of business ethics and corporate responsibility 

to the community. Prerequisite: BUS 4 (except Weekend College). 

BUS 186 Tax Accounting (3) 

Statutes, regulations, administrative rulings, and court decisions relating to federal and 

California income taxes. Audit procedures; partnership and corporate tax returns. 

Prerequisites: BUS 15 A, BUS 15B. 

BUS 187 Management Seminar: Selected Topics (3) 

An in-depth seminar in the area of management and organization. Primary activities include 
the exploration of advanced and specialized topics and issues in the field. Weekend College 
only. May be repeated once. 

BUS 188 Auditing (3) 

Audit functions of the CPA. Nature of audit evidence, audit procedures, audit work papers, 

audit reports, evaluation of internal controls and internal auditing, statistical sampling in 

auditing; problems of auditing computer-based accounting records. Prerequisites: BUS 15 A, 

BUS 15B. 

BUS 189 International Management (3) 

Application of modern management theory to the administration of international business. 

The course will study the impact of multi-governmental policies upon the management of 

international enterprises. Prerequisite: BUS 185. GS-VI 

BUS 190 Business Administration Internship (1-6) 

An intensive supervised work experience related to the student's major emphasis. Students 

are responsible for setting up the internship in conjunction with an appropriate faculty 

member and the Office of Career Planning and Placement. Internships must be approved by 

the Chair. Prerequisite: SPR 18. 

BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3) 

This course is the capstone course for Business Administration majors. It provides an 

opportunity to integrate previous studies in functional areas— marketing, finance, economics, 

accounting, and management. Organizations are analyzed with respect to the effectiveness 

and appropriateness of strategies and goals in each of the functional areas and the synergies of 

the functional areas for achieving optimal results consistent with their respective missions. 

The major topics covered include (a) competitive analysis, (b) the strategic management 

process, (c) the role of the chief executive officer, (d) strategy formulation and decision 

making, and (e) strategy implementation and control. Prerequisites: Lower Division and 

Upper Division Core Courses. 



130 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



BUS 193 Selected Topics (1-3) 

Course, independent study, seminar, or directed readings in current issues in business 

administration. 

BUS 194 Consumer Behavior (3) 

This course is designed to explore the complexities of consumer behavior. Through this 
course students will (a) develop an understanding of the key role of consumer needs and 
wants; (b) understand the role of marketing information systems, marketing research, buyer 
behavior and competitive forces; (c) explore target market selection, market positioning, and 
marketing strategies; and (d) examine the consumer perception in the market planning process 
of product, pricing, promotion and distribution. Prerequisites: BUS 160, BUS 185. 

BUS 195 International Marketing (3) 

The role of marketing in the global business environment will be studied from the viewpoint 
of both the small business enterprise and the multinational corporation. Special emphasis will 
be given to how small business can get information and assistance for its efforts to enter the 
global marketplace. Topics covered will include the political, legal, economic, and cultural 
factors that impact businesses going global as well as issues of product development, pricing, 
promotion and distribution. Prerequisite: BUS 160. 
BUS 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

BUS 197 Independent Study (1-3) 

Opportunity for independent study is available to qualified students. The student has 

responsibility for planning, implementing, and presenting the project; the faculty member 

approves the project, meets with the student several times during the term, and evaluates the 

final results. 

BUS 198 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Problems associated with preparation of consolidated financial statements, foreign currency 

translation, partnerships, and governmental fund accounting. Prerequisites: BUS 137, BUS 

138. 

BUS 199 Directed Study (1-3) 

Opportunity for directed reading is available to qualified students. The faculty member shares 

the responsibility with the student, generally planning the readings and/or projects and 

meeting with the student regularly. 



CHEMISTRY 131 



Chemistry 

Departmental Affiliation: Physical Sciences and Mathematics 

A student majoring in chemistry receives a comprehensive view of the principles of this 
science and participates in personalized laboratory instruction and individual research. 

A major in chemistry is excellent preparation for graduate studies, medical studies, health 
science careers, education, scientific writing, and careers in food, petroleum, and textiles. The 
B.A. degree in chemistry is designed for those interested in secondary science teaching, 
chemical technology, and other broadly-based careers requiring a science background. 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Chemistry 
Lower Division: 

CHE 1 AB General Chemistry (4,4) 

CHE 1 AL/ 1 BL General Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) 

CHE 6AB Organic Chemistry (4,4) 

CHE 6AL/6BL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) 

MTH5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4) 

CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3) 

PHY 1 AB Introductory Physics IA/IB (4,3) 

or PHY 1 1 AB Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (4,3) 

PHY 1BL Physics Laboratory (1) 

Upper Division: 

CHE 107 Biochemistry (3) 

CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1) 

CHE 1 10AB Physical Chemistry (4,3) 

Plus two additional upper division courses in Chemistry. An overall grade point average of 

2.0 in major courses is required for the degree. 

Total units in Chemistry: 37 

Total units in Mathematics and Physics: 19 
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including 
Modern Language requirement. 

Courses Required for a B.S. Degree in Chemistry 
Lower Division: 



CHE 1AB 


General Chemistry 


(4,4) 


CHE 1AL/1BL 


General Chemistry Laboratory 


(1,1) 


CHE 6AB 


Organic Chemistry 


(4,4) 


CHE 6AL/6BL 


Organic Chemistry Laboratory 


(1) 


MTH 5ABC 


Calculus I/II/III 


(4,4,4) 


CIS 2 


Introduction to Computer Programming 


(3) 


PHY 11AB 


Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics 


(4,3) 


PHY 1BL 


Physics Laboratory 


(1) 


Upper Division: 




CHE 107 


Biochemistry 


(3) 


CHE 107L 


Biochemistry Laboratory 


(1) 



132 CHEMISTRY 



CHE 1 1 OAB Physical Chemistry (4,3) 

CHE 1 1 1 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

CHE 199 Research in Chemistry (3) 

Three additional upper division courses in Chemistry (9) 

Total units in Chemistry: 46 

Total units in Mathematics and Physics: 25 
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units. An overall grade 
point average of 2.0 in major courses is required for the degree. 

Pre-Medical/Pre-Dental Preparation 
Chemistry Major 

Medical schools accept students from any degree program. A strong background in science, 
including chemistry, biology and mathematics, is recommended for successful performance 
on the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) and for admissions to medical programs. 
Successful completion of the B.S. or B.A. degree with a major in chemistry provides excellent 
preparation for medical, dental or pharmaceutical studies. 

The Minor in Chemistry 

CHE 1AB General Chemistry (4,4) 

CHE 1 AL/ 1 BL General Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) 

CHE 6AB Organic Chemistry (4,4) 

CHE 6AL/6BL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1) 

CHE 107 Biochemistry (3) 

CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1) 

Plus one additional upper division course in Chemistry selected from: CHE 1 10 A, 120 or 190 
An overall grade point average of 2.0 in requisite courses is required for the minor. 
Total units in Chemistry: 27 

CHE 1A General Chemistry (4) 

Atomic theory, atomic structure and the periodic table; molecular structure and bonding; 
structure and properties of solids, liquids, and gases; kinetic theory and colligative properties. 
Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Prerequisites: High school chemistry, three years 
of high school mathematics, and satisfactory score on Chemistry Placement Examination, or 
grade ofC or better in CHE 3 or PHS 1. GS-II, HID, VIIB 
CHE 1AL General Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Quantitative techniques including gravimetric and volumetric analyses; qualitative techniques 
including isolation of compounds and descriptive chemistry of inorganic compounds. 
Laboratory, four hours per week. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in CHE 1A 
(recommended) or completion of CHE 1A with a grade ofC or better. 

CHE IB General Chemistry (4) 

Equilibria, kinetics, thermodynamics, oxidation-reduction reactions and electrochemistry. 

Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Prerequisite: Grade ofC- or better in CHE 1A. 

GS-VIIB 

CHE 1BH General Chemistry: Honors Section (1) 

Acid-base behavior, thermodynamics concepts, transition metal complexes, and kinetics. 
Emphasis will be on research approaches to problem solving and data analysis. Laboratory, 
four hours per week. Prerequisite: CHE 1A with grade ofB or better or consent of instructor. 
Open only to students admitted to the Honors Programs. 



CHEMISTRY 133 



CHE 1BL General Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Calorimetry and thermodynamics experiments, instrumental methods, including 
spectrophotometers and pH meters; transition metal chemistry. Laboratory, four hours per 
week. Prerequisite: C- or better in CHE 1A and concurrent enrollment in CHE IB 
(recommended) or completion of CHE IB with a grade ofC- or better. 

CHE 3 Foundations of Chemistry (3) 

An introduction to the principles and laws of chemistry including atomic structure and the 
periodic table, bonding, nomenclature, stoichiometry, gases, solutions, and introductory 
organic chemistry. Lecture, three hours. Note: This course is a prerequisite to CHE 1A if the 
student fails to qualify for CHE 1A on the Chemistry Placement Examination. GS-IIID 

CHE 4 Foundations of Chemistry in the Laboratory (1) 

Application of fundamental concepts including measurements, empirical formulas, energy in 
reactions, physical states of matter, and solution behavior. Laboratory, 2 hours. Prerequisite: 
Past or concurrent enrollment in CHE 3. It is highly recommended that students take this 
course concurrently with CHE 3. 

CHE 6A Organic Chemistry (4) 

Nomenclature, bonding, structure, and stereochemistry of organic molecules. Introduction to 
reactions, reaction mechanisms, and organic synthesis. Lecture, three hours; discussion, one 
hour. Prerequisite: Grade of C - or better in CHE IB. 

CHE 6AL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Methods of separations, purification, and identification of organic compounds; introduction to 
synthesis, and fundamentals of scientific writing. Laboratory, four hours per week. 
Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in CHE 6 A (recommended) or completion of CHE 6 A 
with a grade of C - or better. 

CHE 6B Organic Chemistry (4) 

Continuation of Chemistry 6A. Reactions of functional groups and aromatic compounds; 
synthesis. NMR and IR spectroscopy. Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. 
Prerequisite: Grade of C - or better in CHE 6 A. 

CHE 6BL Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1) 

Synthesis and reactions of typical organic compounds; scientific writing; introduction to 
qualitative analysis, infrared spectroscopy and mass spectrometry. Laboratory, four hours per 
week. Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in CHE 6B (recommended) or completion of CHE 
6 A with a grade ofC- or better. 

Except where noted, a grade of C or better in prerequisite courses or consent of the 
department is required for any upper division Chemistry course. 

CHE 104 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) 

Microtechniques, separation of mixtures, derivatives, identification of unknown organic 
compounds, spectroscopic methods. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, eight hours. Prerequisite: 
CHE 6B. 
CHE 107 Biochemistry (3) 

The study of the molecular components of cells with emphasis on physical and chemical properties 
and biological functions. An introduction to enzyme kinetics, bioenergetics and the central 
pathways of carbohydrate metabolism. Lecture 3 hours. Prerequisite: CHE 6B. GS-VIIA 



134 CHEMISTRY 



CHE 107L Biochemistry Laboratory (1) 

Techniques in the isolation and characterization of biomolecules with an emphasis on 
proteins. Introduction to enzyme kinetics. Laboratory, four hours per week. Prerequisite: 
Concurrent enrollment in CHE 107 (recommended) or completion of CHE 107 with a grade 
of C- or better. GS-VIIB 

CHE 109 Advanced Biochemistry (3) 

Gluconeogenesis, photosynthesis, metabolism of fatty acids and cholesterol, biosynthesis of 
nucleic acids and proteins. Topics from among the following: biophysical spectroscopy, DNA 
damage and repair, neurochemistry, biochemistry of vision, metals in biochemistry. Lecture, 
three hours. Prerequisite: CHE 107 with a grade ofC- or better. 

CHE 110A Physical Chemistry: Thermodynamics (4) 

Laws of thermodynamics, chemical equilibria and cell emf. Lecture, four hours. 
Prerequisites: CHE IB, MTH SB, PHY 1 IB (or IB), CIS IB. GS-VIIB 

CHE HOB Physical Chemistry: Dynamics (3) 

Kinetic theory, transport processes, chemical kinetics and quantum mechanics. Use of the 

computer for the analysis of problems in the preceding areas. Lecture, three hours. 

Prerequisite: CHE 11 0A. GS-VIIB 

CHE 111 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Chemical and phase equilibria, electrochemistry, kinetics and transport processes, 

conductance, diffusion. Laboratory, six hours. Prerequisite: CHE 110 A. 

CHE 120 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3) 

Theory and applications of modern instrumental methods including gas chromatography, 

various spectroscopic methods and selected electrochemical methods. Lecture, one hour; 

laboratory, eight hours. Prerequisite: CHE 6B or consent of instructor. 

CHE 130 Biochemical Methods (3) 

Experimental techniques in biochemistry. Chromatography, electrophoresis, and 
spectroscopic methods applied to the preparation and measurement of biochemical 
substances. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, eight hours. Prerequisite: CHE 107 
CHE 190 Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Chemistry of inorganic systems with emphasis on reaction mechanisms, metal complexes, 
bonding and periodic relationships. Lecture, three hours. Prerequisite: CHE IB. 
CHE 195H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

CHE 196 Internship (1-3) 

An intensive work-study program for qualified upper division students. The student is 

responsible for setting up the internship in conjunction with the appropriate faculty and the 

office of Career Planning and Placement. The internship must be approved by the department 

chairperson. 

CHE 197 Seminar (1-3) 

CHE 98/198 Topics in Chemistry (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of chemistry staff. 

CHE 199 Research in Chemistry (1-3) 

Research problems to be arranged with individual faculty members. Prerequisite: Consent of 
chemistry staff. 



CHILD DEVELOPMENT 135 



Child Development 



Departmental Affiliation: Psychology 

The Child Development major provides an interdisciplinary approach to the understanding of 
young children as individuals and as members of society. Courses in this major are those 
specifically relevant to child development in the departments of psychology, education, 
sociology, art, music and English. The Child Development Major is recommended primarily 
for individuals who seek careers working with children and their families in child care, 
educational, or social service settings. Students who plan this major at the outset of their 
college careers may elect to take courses in their first two years through the Education 
Department at the Doheny Campus to qualify for the Child Development Teacher Permit. 
(See the Early Childhood Education Program under the Education Department listing.) 

Course Requirements for a B.A. Degree: 

I. Psychology (9 to 21 upper division units, including the following): 

PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSY12 Child/Human Development (3) 

PSY 1 12' Careers and Observations in Child Development Settings (3) 

PSY 113 Learning in Children & Adolescents Across Cultures (3) 

PSY 1 1 8 Intervention of Children with Multiple Impairments (3) 

PSY 1 39 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3) 

PSY 191 Child Development Practicum (3) 

II. Sociology (1 of the following courses required; 3 upper division units required): 

SOC 6 The Family, Child and Community (3) 

SOC 104 The Family (3) 

III. Art and/or Music (minimum 3 units, chosen from the following): 

ART 145 Art and Crafts in the Classroom (1-3) 

ART 5 Fundamentals of Art (3) 

ART 1 73 Diversity and the Visual Arts (3) 

MUS 130 Creative Music Experience (1) 

MUS 116 Music of World Culture (3) 

MUS 6/106 Varieties of Music (3) 

INT 194 A Introduction to the Visual and Performing Arts (3) 

IV. Education (minimum 3 units, chosen from the following): 

EDU 33/133 Visual and Performing Arts for the Young Child (3) 

EDU 36 Emergent Math and Science Experiences 

in the Preschool Classroom (3) 



136 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 



V. English (minimum 


6 units, chosen from the following): 




ENG 104 


Expository Writing 




orENG 105 


Advanced Composition 




or ENG 106 


Creative Writing 


(3) 


ENG 34 


Literature for the Young Child 




or ENG 134 


Children's Literature 


(3) 


VI. Biology (minimum 3 units, chosen from the following): 




BIO 10 


Health Science 


(3) 


BIO 112 


Human Nutrition 


(3) 



Needs approval of advisor 

VII. Additional upper division courses, chosen in consultation with an advisor, from the 
departments of Psychology, Sociology, Art, Music, Education, English, and Biology 
(Minimum 30 upper division units, including the required courses listed above). 

Recommended Courses: 

Especially for Students Interested in Pursuing Graduate Study: 

PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3) 

PS Y 106 Basic Research Methods (3) 

PSY 1 06L Basic Research Methods Lab ( 1 ) 

PSY 134 Learning and Memory Processes (3) 

Especially for Students Interested in Counseling and Social Services: 

PSY 125 Introduction to Counseling (3) 

PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

PSY 172 Developmental Pathopsychology (3) 

PSY 139 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3) 

PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3) 

SOC 1 1 5 Sociology of Violence (3) 

SOC 120 Case Management in Health & Human Services (3) 

SOC 180 Social Stratification (3) 

SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3) 

SOC 175 Urban Sociology (3) 

Especially for Students Interested in Working with Children with Special Needs: 

PSY 1 14 Psychological Aspects of Children with Chronic Impairments(3) 

PSY 116 Introduction to Children with Visual Handicaps (3) 

PSY 1 1 8 Intervention of Children with Multiple Impairments (3) 

Especially for Students Interested in Child Care and Education: 

EDU 3 1 Intro to Early Childhood Education: Profession and Programs (3) 

EDU 32 Early Childhood Education: Observation/Curriculum Planning (3) 

EDU 37 Infant and Toddler Development and Care (3) 

EDU 138C Organization and Administration of Early Childhood Education 

Programs: Managing Non-Profit Organizations (3) 



CHILD DEVELOPMENT 137 



Students may petition the Child Development Program Advisor to substitute 
other relevant courses in the program. 

Total units in the interdisciplinary major areas: 39 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units 
including the Modern Language requirement. 

All courses are described in the respective department listings. 

Requirements for the Child Development Minor 

18 units from the following (12 units must be upper division): 

Child/Human Development (3) 
Family, Child, and Community 

The Family (3) 

Child Development Practicum (3) 



PSY 12 


SOC6 


orSOC 104 


PSY 191 


Electives: 


PSY 112 


PSY 113 


PSY 139 


MUS 130 


ART 145 


INT 194 A 


ENG 134 



Careers and Observations in Child Development Settings (3) 
Learning in Children & Adolescents Across Cultures (3) 
Child Abuse and Family Violence (3) 

Creative Music Experience ( 1 ) 

Arts & Crafts in the Classroom (1-3) 

Introduction to the Visual & Performing Arts (3) 
Children's Literature (3) 

Other appropriate courses may be submitted with the permission of the Child Development 
Program Advisor. 



138 COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE 



Computer Information Science 

Department Affiliation: Mathematics 

The Minor in Computer Information Science 

The minor in Computer Information Science (CIS) is designed to complement any major by 
providing students with an understanding of computing, networking, multimedia, electronic 
information resources, systems and the Internet. Using the knowledge, skills and experience 
from these technologies, students will be able to solve problems in a variety of contexts. 

This minor will assist students in acquiring valuable skills to enable them to cope with the 
rapid changes in technology that are affecting, and will continue to affect, their personal and 
professional lives. Ever-changing hardware and software continue to permeate research 
laboratories and offices throughout the world. The growing need to understand and use the 
Internet in research and commerce further increases the importance of this course of study. 
This is a very dynamic minor and requirements will change as needed due to the ever- 
changing state of technology. 

Required Courses (22-24 units) 

CIS 1 Computer Process and Applications (3) 

CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3) 

CIS 87 Technology Internship (3) 

One course from the following list: 

PHI 169 Philosophy of Technology (3) 

PHI 192 Business Ethics (3) 

Three courses from the following list: 

MTH 20 Programming (3) 

MTH 25 The Linux/Unix Environment (3) 

MTH 135 Structure & Comparison of Computer Language (3) 

BUS 125 E-Commerce/E-Business (3) 

BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3) 

CIS 120 Communication Protocols (3) 

At least one course from the following list: 

ART 15 Computer Graphics I (3) 

ART 1 1 5 Computer Graphics II (3) 

BIO 1 1 5 AB Research Methods (1,1) 

BIO 1 1 5C Independent Study ( 1 ) 

BIO 1 1 5D Directed Research ( 1 ) 

BIO 1 97 Research Readings ( 1 ) 

BIO 198 Biological Research (3) 

CHE 198 Topics in Chemistry (1-3) 

CHE 199 Research in Chemistry (3) 

HIS 101 Historical Methods & Historiography (3) 



COMPUTER INFORMATION SCIENCE 139 



MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3) 

MTH 128 A Numerical Analysis (3) 

POL 101 Research Methodology (3) 

PSY 106 Basic Research Methods (3) 

PS Y 1 06L Basic Research Methods Lab ( 1 ) 

SOC 117 Research Methods and Social Statistics (3) 

CIS 1 Computer Processes and Applications (3) 

Description of the computer and its logical structure and functioning including hardware 
(processors, storage, and communications), networking, and levels of software. Introduction 
to BASIC programming languages and binary systems. Use of application programs for word 
processing, spreadsheets, databases, presentations, Internet, and e-mail. 
CIS 2 Introduction to Programming (3) 

An exploration of computer processes: data and file structure; databases and retrieval of 
information; programming using various languages (which may include BASIC, Fortran90, 
C++, Perl, Java, or Prologue). Prerequisite: Grade ofC or higher in CIS 1 or consent of 
instructor. 

CIS 87 Technology Internship (1) 

This course is a one-year experience during which a student participates by assisting faculty 
and various academic and administrative departments in using technology effectively and 
efficiently. (Taken at sophomore level or later.) 

CIS 120 Communication Protocols (3) 

This course will cover current communication protocols and will include TCP/IP, Routers, 
Data Packets and Security. Prerequisite: CIS 2. 



140 CULTURAL STUDIES MINOR 



Cultural Studies Minor 



Department Affiliation: Language and Culture 

Culture courses are primarily interdisciplinary and intended to complement language 
acquisition, as well as to inform about global cultural diversity. They are generally taught in 
English. 



Required courses: 26 units 

SPA 1 or FRE 1 or JPN 1 Elementary Spanish, French or Japanese (4) 
SPA 2 or FRE 2 or JPN 2 Elementary Spanish, French or Japanese (4) 

CUL 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

The course addresses the growing domestic and global necessity for understanding and 

communication across cultural boundaries. This is a theoretical and practical approach to 

understanding cultural differences as well as similarities. GS-VI 

CUL 110 Culture through Films (3) 

This course uses a thematic approach to analyze a selected number of cultures from different 

parts of the world through films. 

or PHI 162 Philosophy and Native Cultures (3) 

CUL 114 Faces of Spirituality (3) 

The focus of this course is to survey and gain an understanding of how different cultures 

approach spirituality. 

or RST 161 Introduction to World Religions (3) 

CUL 117 Women's Literature in Translation (3) 

In search of similarities and differences in women's conditions, aspirations and 

accomplishments as seen through literature written by women from around the globe. 

or ENG 123 Women's Voices in Literature (3) 

ART 173 Multiculturalism & the Visual Arts(3) 

MUS 106 Varieties of Music (3) 

or MUS 116 Music of World Cultures (3) 



ECONOMICS 141 



Economics 



Departmental Affiliation: Business Administration 

ECO 1 Microeconomics (3) 

An exploration of the economic affairs of industries and the individual business firm. This 

course introduces the price system, the law of supply and demand and economic analysis of 

individual markets such as labor or international trade. GS-IIIF 

ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3) 

An introductory analysis of the aggregate economic system. This course discusses methods of 

recording and determining gross national product, employment, price stability, fiscal and 

monetary policy. GS-IIIG 

ECO 44/144 Personal Finance (3) 

Emphasis on the principles underlying financial security and investment planning; the study 

of credit institutions, the stock market, and home buying through special projects and 

experiences in the field. Does not count as an upper level business requirement for Business 

students. 

ECO 112/112H World Economic History (3) 

This course will offer a unified explanation for the growth of Western Europe from AD 900 to 

1900, with particular emphasis on the evolution of economic institutions. These institutions 

include property rights, banking and credit, public finance, forms of business organizations 

and wage labor. Also HIS 1 12/1 12H. GS-IIIF. (Formerly Economic History of Europe) 

ECO 123 Travel and Study Abroad (3) 

This course is designed to acquaint participants with the business, historical, cultural, and 

social environments of the countries visited. Visits will be arranged to business organizations 

as well as with government officials connected with economic and business development. 

Areas visited may include South America, China or East Asia. The class can be repeated for 

credit. Also BUS 123. 

ECO 193 Selected Problems (1-3) 

Courses, workshops, seminars, or directed readings. May be repeated for credit. 

ECO 195 International Economics (3) 

The general principles of international regulations and trade; the problems of developing 

countries and theories of growth and development; progress toward economic integration and 

cooperation in Europe, Latin America and Africa. GS-IIIG 



142 EDUCATION 



Education 



The Education department offers undergraduate and graduate programs for the preparation of 
teachers: 

Undergraduate 

Early Childhood Education in conjunction with the Associate degree. 

Elementary Teacher Preparation Program in conjunction with a Baccalaureate degree and a 
Liberal Studies major. 

Secondary Teacher Preparation Program in conjunction with a Baccalaureate degree and an 
academic major. 

Graduate 

Preliminary Teacher Preparation (Credential) Program: 

Elementary (2042) 

Secondary (2042) 

Education Specialist Mild/Moderate Disabilities 

Professional Clear Teacher Preparation (Credential) Programs: 

Level II Professional Clear Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities 
Fifth Year Professional Clear Multiple and Single Subject Credentials 

Master of Science in Education with concentrations in: 

Elementary Education 

Secondary Education 

Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disabilities 

Instructional Leadership 



EDUCATION 143 



Early Childhood Education Program 

A.A. Degree with a Specialization in Early Childhood Education 

The Associate Degree Program with a specialization in Early Childhood Education is 
designed for the student who wishes to enter the field of preschool teaching directly upon 
graduation. At the completion of the two-year program, the student is qualified to teach in 
child development programs (pre-kindergarten) or to transfer to a four-year program to 
complete a Bachelor of Arts degree in Child Development, or to complete the requirements 
for a Bachelor of Arts degree in a related field and to apply for admission to the Preliminary 
Multiple Subject Teacher Preparation Program. 

Program Requirements 

Core Courses 

EDU 3 1 Intro to Early Childhood Education: Profession and Programs (3) 

EDU 32 E. C. E.: Observation and Curriculum Planning (3) 

EDU 33 The Visual and Performing Arts for the Young Child (3) 

EDU 36 Emergent Math and Science Experiences in Preschool Classroom (3) 

EDU 39 Supervised Field Work: Preschool (taken during last semester) (6) 

PSY 12 Child/Human Development (3) 

PSY 36 Language and Literacy Development in the Young Child (3) 

SOC 6 Family, Child, and Community (3) 

General Requirements 

PSY 1 General Psychology (3) 

BIO 10 Health Science (3) 

PHI 15 Challenges in Philosophy or 

PHI 10 Critical Thinking (3) 

A.A. Program Requirements 

SPR 85 Intro to College Studies ( 1 ) 

ENG 6AB Written and Oral Communication or 

ENG1AB Freshman English (3,3) 

Religious Studies course (3) 

Humanities course (3) 

Quantitative Literacy course (3) 

Recommended Electives 

Courses in Spanish and Physical Education 

The two-year program at the Doheny Campus fulfills coursework and fieldwork requirements 
for a Child Development Teacher Permit. 



144 EDUCATION 



The requirements as established by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing are 
the following: 

• Completion of an Associate of Arts degree or higher in early childhood education. 

• A supervised field experience (EDU 39) in an early childhood education setting. 

• The candidate must have earned a C or above in each course used for the permit. 
This permit is issued for five years and is renewable for successive five-year periods with the 
completion of 105 hours of professional growth. A Child Development Teacher Permit 
authorizes the holder to provide service in the care, development, and instruction of children 
in a child development program, and supervise a Child Development Permit Associate 
Teacher, a Child Development Permit Assistant, and an aide. 

As Title 5 California Administrative Code Regulations pertaining to revisions in the Child 
Development Permit are enacted, notification of such revisions are made to students who are 
enrolled in the program, as well as those who make inquiry regarding it. It is recommended 
that those reading this section for the first time inquire as to whether the regulations stated 
here have undergone revision by the state. 

Admission Requirements 

To be accepted as an Early Childhood Education major, a student entering Mount St. Mary's 
College must have a high school GPA of 2.5. SAT or ACT scores are also considered; an 
interview may be required. Transfer students applying for the Early Childhood Education 
program after college experience must have a GPA of 2.25 in college-level courses, grades of 
C or better in all Early Childhood Education courses accepted for transfer, and a grade of C or 
better in a college-level (non-remedial) English course. 

Specific Program Requirements 

The student must complete all Early Childhood courses with a grade of C or better. A grade of 
C or better must also be achieved in ENG 6AB or ENG 1 AB. Because of a demand in 
Southern California for preschool teachers who can demonstrate speaking and writing ability 
in the Spanish language, students are encouraged to take courses in Spanish in conjunction 
with the program. 

Students in the Early Childhood Education specialization must be able to establish rapport 
with very young children and their families. They must be able to create an environment 
where children can discover themselves; to do this, they need broad knowledge of children's 
physical, social/emotional and cognitive development. Coursework, including observation, 
participation, and supervised teaching of children, is designed to enable students to 
demonstrate expertise in these areas within the two-year period. 

Elementary Teacher Preparation Program in Conjunction 
with a B.A. Degree with a Liberal Studies Major 

Preparation for certification as an elementary teacher in California consists of two 
components, (1) academic preparation and (2) professional preparation. In addition, other 
state requirements must be met, as in (3) below. The Mount St. Mary's College Elementary 
Teacher Preparation Program is a California Commission on Teacher Credentialing approved 
program for the preparation of students for the Preliminary Multiple Subject Teaching 
Credential as defined by SB 2042. It is possible to complete both the academic and 
professional preparation as an undergraduate and graduate with a preliminary teaching 
credential. 



EDUCATION 145 



(1) Academic Preparation. The undergraduate student interested in elementary school 
teaching completes a Liberal Studies major as described on page 213. Students must satisfy 
the academic preparation requirement for a teaching credential b achieving a passing score on 
the state-required Multiple Subject CSET examinations. This requirement must be satisfied 
prior to enrollment in supervised teaching. 

(2) Professional Preparation. Simultaneously with the Liberal Studies major, undergraduate 
students complete the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program courses to satisfy 
professional requirements. Fieldwork in public schools affiliated with the Education Program 
is required in each professional preparation class. The student must be able to arrange for 
transportation to fieldwork sites. Contact with program advisors is especially important for 
students planning to complete preparation for a teaching credential as undergraduates. 

Refer to page 148-149 for the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program course list. Also see 
page 147 for teacher preparation program requirements and pages 151 and 152 for supervised 
teaching policies. Units taken in the Teacher Preparation Program may count toward the 
Baccalaureate degree but are not required for graduation. 

(3) Other Requirements. Students who wish to teach at the elementary level in California 
must also fulfill the requirement related to the United States Constitution and pass a state- 
required examination on the teaching of reading (RICA), Political Science I, American 
Government and Institutions, currently meets the U.S. Constitution requirement. If a student 
wishes to fulfill this requirement by taking a course off-campus, she must submit for approval 
an equivalency petition to the Education Department prior to enrollment. Education 156, 
Language and Literacy: Elementary Curriculum, will prepare students for the RICA exam. 
This exam is taken at the end of the program, prior to filing for the credential. Students must 
be officially admitted to the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program with a passing score on 
the CBEST examination to enroll in advanced professional preparation coursework: EDU 155 
Social Studies and the Arts and EDU 156 Language and Literacy. Finally, all teacher 
credential candidates must pass the state-required Teacher Performance Assessment (TPA) 
administered during the supervised teaching experience. 

For additional information about the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program requirements, 
contact the Education Department. It is particularly important to obtain individual advisement 
because the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CCTC) regulations are subject 
to change. " 

Secondary Teacher Preparation Program in Conjunction with 
a B.A. Degree with an Academic Subject Matter Preparation 
Program 

Preparation for certification as a secondary school teacher in California consists of two 
components: (1) academic preparation and (2) professional preparation. In addition, other 
state requirements must be met, as in (3) below. The Mount St. Mary's College Secondary 
Teacher Preparation Program is a California Commission on Teacher Credentialing approved 
program for the preparation of students for the Preliminary Single Subject Teaching credential 
as defined by SB 2042. It is possible to complete both the academic and professional 
preparation as an undergraduate and graduate with a preliminary teaching credential. 



146 EDUCATION 



(1) Academic Preparation. The undergraduate student interested in secondary school teaching 
majors in the academic subject she plans to teach. Students must satisfy the academic 
preparation requirement for a teaching credential by achieving a passing score on the state- 
required CSET examination in the academic subject they intend to teach. This requirement 
must be satisfied prior to enrollment in supervised teaching. 

(2) Professional Preparation. Simultaneously with the academic studies, undergraduate 
students complete the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program courses to satisfy professional 
requirements. Fieldwork in public schools affiliated with the Education Program is required 
in each professional preparation class. The student must be able to arrange for transportation 
to fieldwork sites. 

Refer to page 149 for the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program course list. Also see page 
147 for teacher preparation program requirements and pages 151 and 152 for supervised 
teaching policies. Units taken in the Teacher Preparation Program may count toward the 
Bachelors degree but are not required for graduation. 

(3) Other Requirements. Students who wish to teach in California must also fulfill the 
requirement related to the United States Constitution. Political Science 1, American 
Government and Institutions, currently meets this state requirement. If a student wishes to 
fulfill this requirement by taking a course off-campus, she must submit for approval an 
equivalency petition to the Director of Secondary Education prior to enrollment. Students 
must be officially admitted to the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program with a passing 
score on the CBEST examination to enroll in advanced professional preparation coursework: 
EDU 1 66 Principles of Secondary Education, EDU 1 67 Principles of Secondary Curriculum 
and EDU 168 Content-Based Reading Instruction. Finally, all teacher credential candidates 
must pass the state-required Teacher Performance Assessment (TPA) administered during the 
supervised teaching experience. 

Students interested in the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program are urged to contact the 
Education Department as early as possible to obtain individual advisement. 



EDUCATION 147 



Preliminary Teacher Preparation Programs 

The Teacher Preparation Programs at Mount St. Mary's College offer coursework and 
fieldwork leading to a California Preliminary Teaching Credential for elementary, secondary, 
or special education: mild/moderated disabilities. Students may already be teaching in their 
own classrooms in public or private schools, or be completing the program prior to 
employment as a teacher. Coursework is grounded in the California Standards for the 
Teaching Profession and emphasizes a cycle of planning, teaching, and reflecting that 
provides students with an ever-deepening understanding of how to provide all students with 
rigorous academic learning. The programs prepare teachers who are committed to working 
with diverse student population in urban settings. Theory and practice are infused throughout 
the coursework with discussion and readings augmenting early fieldwork experiences in 
exemplary teacherse classroom in Mount St. Mary's College associated schools. Courses and 
fieldwork provide essential knowledge and skills that students need to pass the California 
Teacher Performance Assessment and qualify for a Preliminary Teaching Credential. Other 
state and program requirements apply, and students are urged to maintain regular contact with 
their program advisor. Students may complete a Master of Science degree in Education in 
conjunction with the teacher preparation coursework. 

Admission to Teacher Preparation Programs 

Undergraduate applicants for a Teacher Preparation Program apply directly to the Education 
Department for admission. Graduate applicants apply through the Graduate Division (See 
Graduate Degree Admissions Policies, p. 81.). Ongoing contact with program directors and 
advisors is important, as teacher preparation requirements are subject to change. 

Requirements for admission include: 

• completion of the appropriate application form and payment of fee 

• an application essay 

• completion of statements affirming the moral character of the candidate according to 
guidelines provided by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing 

• a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on a four-point scale, documented by official 
transcripts 

• two letters of recommendation indicating suitability for teaching and potential for 
success in the Teacher Preparation Program 

• interview with an Education department advisor related to professional attitude, 
goals, and personal qualifications 

• a passing score on the California Basic Skills Test (CBEST) 

• verification of medical clearance for tuberculosis 

• for graduate students, an official score report from at least one subtest of the 
appropriate CSET examination 

• for graduate students, a Baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or 
university. Degrees earned outside the United States must be evaluated for 
equivalency by an agency approved by the California Commission on Teacher 
Credentialing. The Graduate Division provides a list of approved agencies. 

• for students applying to a Professional Clear program, verification of employment as 
a full-time teacher in a setting appropriate to the credential, a copy of a valid 
Preliminary teaching credential, and documentation that an approved induction 
program is not available to them. 



148 EDUCATION 



Applications are accepted at any time. Students may enroll in one course as a non- 
matriculating student prior to program acceptance. 

Admission to a teacher preparation program does not guarantee that a credential will be 
granted. The Committee on Admissions reserves the right to dismiss from a teacher 
preparation program a student who does not meet program requirements. 

Elementary Teacher Preparation Program 

The Elementary Teacher Preparation Program at Mount St. Mary's College has been 
approved by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing under the 2001 SB 2042 
Standards for Professional Preparation. This program prepares teachers to work with students 
in elementary (typically K-6) classrooms. Students begin the program with prerequisite 
courses in foundational areas such as development, culture, and language acquisition. They 
complete four professional preparation courses that include early fieldwork in exemplary 
teacherse classroom in Mount St. Mary's College associated schools. Students finish the 
program with supervised teaching and a culminating seminar. Coursework and fieldwork 
provide the essential knowledge and skills students need to pass the state-mandated California 
Teacher Performance Assessment and the Reading Instruction Competence Assessment 
(RICA). Upon successful completion of all requirements, students apply for the Preliminary 
Multiple Subject Teaching Credential. Other state and program requirements apply; students 
are urged to maintain regular contact with their program advisor. Graduate students may 
complete a Master of Science degree in Education in conjunction with the preliminary teacher 
preparation coursework. 

Prerequisite Coursework (15-17 units)* 

EDU 106-206 School and Society (3) 

PSY 113 /EDU 251 Development and Learning Across Cultures (3) 

SOC 161 Majority/Minority Relations (3) 

or EDU 252 Diversity and Schools (3) 

ENG 1 02 Structure of Modern English (3) 

or EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3) 

EDU 170 A/2 70 A Intro to the Education of Exceptional Learners (1) 

BIO 10 Health Science (3) 

or EDU 2 1 3 Health Related Issues in Education ( 1 ) 

PED 1 00/EDU 2 1 2 Physical Education: Elementary Curriculum ( 1 ) 

Preliminary Professional Preparation Coursework (12 units)* 

EDU 150/250 Elementary Instruction: Theory & Practice (3) 

EDU 154/254 Mathematics and Science: Elementary Curriculum (3) 

EDU 155/255 Social Studies and the Arts: Elementary Curriculum (3) 

EDU 156/256 Language and Literacy: Elementary Curriculum (3) 

Supervised Teaching (8-14 units)* 

EDU 116/316 Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6- 1 2) 

EDU 3 1 6L Intensive Fieldwork: Elementary (0) 

EDU 123/323 Supervised Teaching Seminar (2) 

*Undergraduate program includes 100 level courses; Graduate program includes 200/300 
level courses. 



EDUCATION 149 



Secondary Teacher Preparation Program 

The Secondary Teacher Preparation Program at Mount St. Mary's College has been approved 
by the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing under the 2001 SB 2042 Standards 
for Professional Preparation. This program prepares teachers to work with students in middle 
and high school classrooms. Students begin the program with prerequisite courses in 
foundational areas such as development, culture, and language acquisition. Content area 
coaches are assigned to work with students in each of the three professional preparation 
courses. This experience includes fieldwork in Content Area Coaches' secondary classrooms. 
Students finish the program with supervised and teaching and a culminating seminar. 
Coursework and fieldwork provide the essential knowledge and skills students need to pass 
the California Teacher Performance Assessment and qualify for the Preliminary Single 
Subject Teaching Credential. Other state and program requirements apply, and students are 
urged to maintain regular contact with their program advisor. Graduate students may complete 
a Master of Science degree in Education in conjunction with the preliminary teacher 
preparation coursework. 

Prerequisite Coursework (15-17 units)* 

EDU 106-206 School and Society (3) 

PSY 113 /EDU 251 Development and Learning Across Cultures (3) 

SOC 161 Majority/Minority Relations (3) 

or EDU 252 Diversity and Schools (3) 

ENG 1 02 Structure of Modern English (3) 

or EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3) 

EDU 170A/270A Intro to the Education of Exceptional Learners (1) 

BIO 10 Health Science (3) 

or EDU 2 1 3 Health Related Issues in Education ( 1 ) 

Preliminary Professional Preparation Coursework (12 units)* 

EDU 166/266 Principles of Secondary Education & Content Area Modules (4) 

EDU 167/267 Principles of Secondary Curriculum & Content Area Modules (4) 

EDU 168/268 Content-Based Reading Instruction & Content Area Modules (4) 

Supervised Teaching (8-14 units)* 

EDU 164/364 Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (6-12) 

EDU 123/323 Supervised Teaching Seminar (2) 

* Undergraduate program includes 100 level courses; Graduate program includes 200/300 
level courses. 



150 EDUCATION 



Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Teacher 
Preparation Program 

The Education Specialist Credential program at Mount St. Mary's College prepares teachers 
to work with K-12 students with mild/moderate disabilities which includes students with 
learning disabilities, mental retardation, serious emotional disturbance, and health 
impairments. These teachers may be employed in their own classroom, in a resource specialist 
position, or in an inclusion specialist position serving special education students in general 
education settings. The Preliminary Education Specialist program is open to graduate students 
only. 

Students begin their preparation in the Preliminary Level I program with general and special 
education course-work and field experiences, and conclude the program with supervised 
teaching. For the general education requirements, students select an elementary or a 
secondary emphasis. Courses include fieldwork experiences in general and special education 
classrooms. The fieldwork requirements may be completed in the student's own classroom or 
in exemplary teachers' classroom in Mount St. Mary's College associated schools. Prior to 
applying for a credential, students must pass the state-mandated Reading Instruction 
Competence Assessment (RICA). 

General Education Requirements (9-10 units) 

EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3) 

EDU 250 Elementary Instruction: Theory & Practice (3) 

or 

EDU 266 Principles of Secondary Education & Content Area Modules (4) 

EDU 256 Language & Literacy: Elementary Curriculum (3) 

Special Education Requirements ( 15 units) 

EDU 270B Education of Exceptional Learners (3) 

EDU 271 Educational Assessment-Student with Disabilities (3) 

EDU 272 Classroom Management for Student 

w/ Learning & Behavior Problems (3) 

EDU 275 Literacy Instruction for Struggling Readers and Writers (3) 

EDU 276 Content Area Instruction for Student with Special Needs (3) 

Supervised Teaching Requirements (13 units) 

EDU 378 Supervised Teaching: Special Education (6-12) 

EDU316L/364L Intensive Fieldwork: General Education (0) 

EDU 320 Supervised Teaching Seminar (1) 

Upon completion of all requirements, students apply for either a Certificate of Eligibility for a 
Preliminary Education Specialist Credential or, if employed in a special education setting, a 
Preliminary Education Specialist Credential. When students complete the Preliminary 
Education Specialist program and obtain a special education teaching position, they must 
begin the Professional Level II Education Specialist Credential program. 



EDUCATION 151 



Supervised Teaching Policies 

The supervised teaching experience in the Teacher Preparation Programs is structured to 
address candidates' diverse levels of teaching experience of the credential candidates. An 
important part of candidates' initial advisement is the determination of how they will fulfill 
the supervised teaching requirement based on their previous experience and present situation. 

Those planning to register for supervised teaching must meet with their advisor at least one 
semester before the beginning of the semester in which they plan to register for this 
experience and complete an Application for Supervised Teaching. 

Prerequisites for Supervised Teaching 

1. Official admission to the Teacher Preparation Program (includes passage of the CBEST). 

2. Official passing score report on the appropriate CSET examination 

3. Successful completion of the appropriate prerequisite coursework and professional 
preparation coursework with at least a 3.0 GPA. 

4. Application for a Certificate of Clearance. 

5. In-Service Teachers: Approved Equivalency Petition forms for waiver of 6 units of 
supervised teaching. 

Options to Meet Equivalency for Supervised Teaching 

Option I: Supervised Teaching for Pre-Service Candidates 

Pre-Service candidates are required to complete a full-time supervised teaching experience of 
12 units over one semester (See EDU 1 16A/316A, EDU164A/364A, or EDU/378A below.). 
Students are placed in Mount St. Mary's College Teacher Centers (Mount St. Mary's- 
affiliated local public schools) with cooperating teachers for two six-to-seven week 
assignments. Students do not make their own arrangements for the supervised teaching 
placement. Students are guided in teaching techniques by the cooperating teacher and the 
college supervisor through two assignments at varying grade levels and with culturally and 
linguistically diverse student populations. A bi-weekly seminar supports the supervised 
teaching experience. 

Option II: Supervised Teaching for In-Service Teachers/Individualized Intern Certificate 
Candidates 

Option II is available only to candidates whose schools are located in Los Angeles County. 
Candidates who are full-time, contracted teachers may fulfill the supervised teaching 
component in their own classroom (See EDU 316C/D, EDU 364C/D, or EDU 378C/D.). 
In-service candidates must complete 12 units of supervised teaching, 6 units a semester for 
two semesters. Multiple Subject candidates must be teaching multiple subjects in a self- 
contained classroom in grades K-8. Single Subject candidates must be teaching in a 
departmentalized setting, in the subject area in which they are pursuing a credential, typically 
in grades 6-12. Education Specialist candidates must be teaching in a Special Day Class, 
Full Inclusion Program or Resource Specialist Program for students with mild/moderate 
disabilities. A bi-weekly seminar supports the supervised teaching experience. 



152 EDUCATION 



Teachers who have taught successfully on a full-time, contracted basis in the appropriate 
subject area and level for at least two years prior to the supervised teaching semester may 
petition to have six of the required 12 units of supervised teaching waived. For those who 
successfully waive six units of supervised teaching, the remaining six units may be fulfilled in 
their own classroom in one semester. (If waived, units are not awarded.) Students must 
submit documentation that their teaching assignment has been, and continues to be, a full- 
time, paid teaching position and that the subject matter and level are congruent with the 
credential sought. For secondary credential candidates, other requirements apply; please see 
the Program Director. Equivalency petitions are available from the education advisor and 
must be approved by the program director prior to enrollment in supervised teaching. 

Intensives: Private school teachers are required to complete fieldwork in a public school 
classroom. Secondary candidates satisfy this requirement during the early fieldwork 
assignments in the methods courses (EDU 266, 267, 268). Elementary candidates satisfy this 
requirement during a two-week intensive in a public school classroom (See EDU 316L.). 
Education Specialist candidates are required to complete field work in a general education 
classroom. This requirement is satisfied by completing a two-week intensive in an elementary 
or secondary classroom (See EDU 316L.). 

Option HI: Private School Teachers with Three or More Years of Experience 
State regulations under SB 57 allow private school teachers with three or more years of 
appropriate experience to waive all of the supervised teaching requirement for the Preliminary 
Multiple Subject or Single Subject Credential. State guidelines and procedures are available 
from the program advisors. 

Professional Clear Credential Programs 

Professional Clear Multiple Subject and Single Subject Teacher 
Credential Programs 

New regulations and guidelines for the Professional Clear Multiple Subject and Single 
Subject Credentials have been developed by the California Commission on Teacher 
Credentialing. There are now several options for completion of the professional clear 
requirements. Students should see a program advisor to determine the most appropriate 
program for them to pursue. The Education Department has a California Commission of 
Teacher Credentialing approved fifth year program of study for the Multiple and Single 
Subject Professional Clear Credential. This program requires 30 semester units of post- 
Baccalaureate coursework including the following advanced courses. A total of 15 units of 
coursework must be taken in residence at Mount St. Mary's College to be eligible for a 
college recommendation for a professional clear credential. The "fifth year" option for a 
professional clear credential is only available to candidates working in school settings that do 
not have a CCTC approved induction program. 

Advanced Courses 

EDU 270B Education of Exceptional Learners (3) 

EDU 205 Technologies for Educators (3) 

EDU 289 English Learners: Supporting Educational Equity and Access (3) 

EDU213B Healthy Environments for Student Learning (3) 



EDUCATION 153 



Professional Level II Education Specialist: 
Mild/Moderate Disabilities Credential Program 

Students are eligible to begin the Professional Education Specialist program when they 
complete the Preliminary Education Specialist program and obtain a special education 
teaching position working with students with mild/moderate disabilities. This must be a full- 
time, long-term position. Teachers in day-to-day substitute or long-term substitute positions 
are not eligible for this program. 

In the Professional Education Specialist program, students work with a district support 
provider and a college advisor to develop a Professional Induction Plan that includes 
advanced coursework, professional experiences, and a one-year mentorship under an assigned 
support provider. The program is designed to meet the studentes individual needs and 
professional development goals. The plan must be developed within the first 120 days of 
employment. Students may complete a CLAD certificate, a Masters degree, a multiple or 
single subject credential, or non-college professional development activities as a part of their 
Professional Education Specialist program. The program, including 30 post-Baccalaureate 
degree units, must be completed within five years of the issuance date of the preliminary 
credential. 

The Professional Education Specialist Program is offered in collaboration with Loyola 
Marymount University. 

Core Special Education Requirements (10 units) 

EDU 321 Professional Induction Planning Seminar (0.5) 

EDU 281 Advanced Issues in Assessment and Instruction of Students with Special 

Needs (3) 

EDU 282 Consultation and Collaboration for Students w/ Special Needs (3) 

EDU 283 Supportive Environments for Students with Behavioral and Emotional 

Needs (3) 

EDU 322 Professional Educator Evaluation Seminar (0.5) 

Elective (3 units) or Non-University Option (45 hours) 

Depending on their individual needs and professional goals, students may elect to complete 
their Level II special education requirements by taking a three-unit elective course or by 
completing 45 hours of approved professional development activities. Students who choose 
to take a three-unit elective are encouraged to select a course that will enable them to pursue 
a, CLAD certificate, Multiple Subject Credential, Single Subject Credential, or Masters 
degree in conjunction with the Level II program. 

Additional Professional Clear Requirements (5 units) 

EDU 205 Technologies for Teachers (3) 

EDU 2 1 3 A Health-Related Issues in Education ( 1 ) 

and CPR 



154 EDUCATION 



Teacher Preparation Course Equivalency 

Candidates who have had previous courses/experience which are equivalent to the Mount St. 
Mary's College teacher preparation requirements may petition through the program advisor to 
have such courses/experience accepted in lieu of the prescribed coursework for a teaching 
credential. Courses for which equivalency is granted must have been completed no more than 
seven years previous to the date of petition, with a grade of B- or better. Courses must have 
been taken for a letter grade. Narrative assessment will be considered. Pass/Fail or Credit/No 
Credit courses are not accepted for course equivalency. It is the candidate's responsibility to 
obtain, complete, and submit the required petition forms and supporting documents to the 
program director. The program director makes a recommendation in consultation with the 
instructor who is responsible for the course for which the candidate is seeking equivalency. 
The department chair reviews this recommendation. No grades or unit credits are granted or 
indicated on the candidate's transcript as a result of this process. However, completion of the 
equivalency is indicated in the candidate's advisement file. No more than six units may be 
fulfilled in this manner to qualify for the Mount St. Mary's College recommendation for the 
credential. 



EDUCATION 155 



Master of Science in Education 

Master of Science in Conjunction with a Preliminary Teacher 
Preparation Program 

Programs leading to the degree of Master of Science in Education in conjunction with a 
preliminary teaching credential are available with the following areas of concentration: 

Elementary Education 

Secondary Education 

Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disabilities 

Master of Science in Conjunction with a Professional Clear 
Credential Program 

Candidates may pursue a Master of Science in Education in conjunction with a professional 
clear credential in the above areas of concentration. 

Master of Science in Education with a Concentration in 
Instructional Leadership 

This advanced Masters degree program is designed for candidates with teaching experience 
who wish to obtain the skills and knowledge that will prepare them to assume instructional 
leadership roles. Program options are available for candidates who wish to also prepare for 
National Board Certification. 

Application Requirements 

The same application requirements for a Teacher Preparation Program apply to the Master of 
Science in Education in conjunction with a preliminary teaching credential. For the 
Instructional Leadership Program, candidates must hold a valid NCLB compliant teaching 
credential and be employed in an educational setting. Candidates apply through the Graduate 
Division and must meet all admission requirements within the first semester of enrollment 
(See Graduate Degree Admission Policies, p. 81, for application requirements.). 

Program Requirements 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Education must complete 30 units of 
graduate coursework including six semester units of core course requirements and other 
coursework required for the area of concentration. 

Core Course Requirements (6 units) 

EDU 200 Research Methods (3) 

EDU296A Masters Project Proposal Seminar (1) 

EDU 296B Masters Project Seminar (2) 



156 EDUCATION 



Elementary Education Concentration Requirements 

In addition to the core course requirements, candidates complete the coursework required for 
the Multiple Subject Teacher Preparation Program. (See pp. 147, 152.) 

Secondary Education Concentration Requirements 

In addition to the core course requirements, candidates complete the coursework required for 
the Single Subject Teacher Preparation Program. (See pp. 147, 152.) 

Special Education: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Concentration 
Requirements 

In addition to the core course requirements, candidates complete the coursework required for 
the Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Teacher Preparation Program. (See 
pp. 150, 153.) 

Instructional Leadership Concentration Requirements 

The Masters in Education with a concentration in Instructional Leadership is designed to 
prepare experienced teachers to assume leadership roles in curriculum and instruction. In 
addition to the 6 units of core masters courses (EDU 200, 296), candidates complete 24 units 
of graduate coursework. Several options are available that will allow teachers to combine 
their graduate degree work with preparation for a Professional Clear Credential or National 
Board Certification. This new program will be available beginning Fall 2006. Program and 
course descriptions are available from the Education Department as a supplement to the 2006- 
2008 catalog. 

Masters Project 

The Masters Project is a classroom-based project designed to improve the candidate's 
teaching practice through the implementation of research-based practice. Qualitative and 
quantitative research methodologies are acceptable. An emphasis is placed on reflective, 
evidence-based practice. The project must be grounded in current research in education. 

To enroll in EDU 296 A and begin work on the Masters project, students must have passed all 
subtests of the appropriate CSET examination, have a grade of B or better in EDU 200 and 
have no more than three units of required coursework outstanding. Candidates are required to 
prepare and obtain approval of the masters project proposal before enrolling in EDU 296B, 
Masters Project Seminar. Candidates who have completed the first three chapters of their 
project, collected and analyzed their data and presented their project findings at the Masters' 
Sharing event will be permitted to walk in the graduation ceremony, but they will not receive 
their degree until all requirements, including the approval of the final project, have been met. 
Candidates who are not able to complete their project during the semester in which they 
reenrolled in EDU 297B will be required to enroll in a one-unit project continuation course 
(EDU 297 A,B, C) for the subsequent semesters (excluding the summer session), until the 
project is complete. Once three project continuation courses are completed, no other options 
for completing the Masters degree are available. 

NOTE: 

All post-Baccalaureate programs of study offered by the Education Department are graduate 
level programs, whether leading to a Masters degree or not (e.g., Elementary and Secondary 
Teacher Preparation Programs). As such, these programs are governed by policies and 
procedures for graduate degree programs in all applicable areas. Since credential regulations 
and legislation are subject to change, it is important to contact the Education Department for 
up-to-date information. 



EDUCATION 157 



Grading Policies 

All education program courses, liberal studies courses, and subject matter preparation courses 
must be taken on a letter grade basis, except EDU 39, 100, 101, 102 and supervised teaching 
which are Credit/No Credit courses. 

Undergraduate students must maintain an overall grade point average of 2.5. Failure to 
maintain the 2.5 GPA places a student on probation. (See p. 79 for the College probation 
policy). 

Students must maintain a GPA of 3.0 in education program courses, including prerequisites. If 
a student's GPA in education classes drops below 3.0 in any semester, the student is placed on 
probation for the next semester. If the student does not attain a GPA of a 3.0 in the program, 
including prerequisites, within two semesters on probation, the student will be disqualified 
from the program. Students may repeat education courses in which a grade of C- was earned 
to raise the GPA to 3.0. 

Course credit is not granted for a grade of D or F in an education course. A student may 
repeat the first course in which a grade of D or F is received. Receiving a second D or F, 
either in the repeated course or in another course in the program, results in disqualification 
from the program. This policy includes the courses required for the professional clear 
teaching credential. For supervised teaching, students will be assigned credit (CR) for the 
experience if their performance in the Supervised Teaching course is evaluated as C quality or 
better. If a student's work is evaluated as work of below C quality, no credit (NC) will be 
awarded. Students receiving a grade of NC may petition to re-register for 6 to 12 units of 
supervised teaching. 



EDU 31 Introduction to Early Childhood Education: Profession and 

Programs (3) 

A study of the history, scope, and current philosophies of programs for young children. 
Observations in a variety of local early childhood programs, and exploration of the education 
and licensing requirements for such programs. Ethical and value issues in working with 
children and their families, as well as the importance of becoming an advocate for upgrading 
the profession and improving the quality of children's services, are stressed. 
EDU 32 Early Childhood Education: Observation and Curriculum 

Planning (3) 

Introduction and use of alternative formats for recording observations of children. Use of 
observational data and portfolios to diagnose children's interests, developmental levels, and 
learning needs. Review of basic principles of child development and their application in the 
early childhood setting by means of observation and curriculum planning. Opportunities to 
create environments that enhance cultural pluralism. Includes opportunity for observation and 
participation in an early childhood setting. Prerequisite: Departmental approval. 

EDU 33/133 The Visual and Performing Arts for the Young Child (3) 

A study of the visual arts (basic concepts, theories, and techniques); dance (basic concepts, 
and improvisations including philosophical and practical differences among the various 
disciplines of dance); music (singing, listening and improvisational activities); theatre arts 
(creative drama, role playing, improvisation and story enactment). Lab fee of $20.00 required. 



158 EDUCATION 



EDU 36 Emergent Math and Science Experiences in the Preschool 

Classroom (3) 

An exploration of ways to enhance children's natural interest in mathematics and their 

disposition to use it to make sense of their physical and social worlds. Students will also learn 

to create preschool science programs based on the premise that young children develop 

science knowledge as they observe and act on the world, ask questions, make predictions, test 

those predictions, and reflect on their experience. Piaget's theory of cognitive development 

will be studied in detail. 

EDU 37 Infant and Toddler Development and Care (3) 

This course presents an in-depth study of infant and toddler development. The principles of 

infant and toddler care-giving with an emphasis on the environment and appropriate learning 

activities will be explored. Health, safety, nutrition, and parent relations will also be 

discussed. Observation of infants and toddlers and programs for them is required. 

EDU 39 Supervised Field Work: Preschool (6) 

Instruction of children in an early childhood setting under the direction of a master teacher. 

Conferences with teachers and supervisors accompany this work. Weekly seminars include 

methods of curriculum planning and child guidance, as well as content related to children's 

health, safety, and nutrition. Prerequisite: Departmental approval. This course is taken for 

CR/NC. 

EDU 99 Special Studies (.5-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

EDU 100 Introduction to Liberal Studies and the Concurrent 

Program of Undergraduate Teacher Preparation (1) 

Introduction to the study of the liberal arts and sciences and to the concurrent program of 

teacher preparation. Students are introduced to the interrelationships among subject matter 

areas and to the essential connection between subject matter preparation and pedagogy 

(methods of teaching and assessment of learning). Integrating themes of diversity and 

technology are introduced. Other topics include the philosophy of the liberal studies major 

and the goals of the concurrent program of teacher preparation and the California Content 

Specifications included in the program of study. The MSMC Liberal Studies Portfolio and the 

California Subject Matter Examination for Teachers (CSET), as components of the final 

assessment of the major and the subject matter preparation program, are introduced and 

explained. 

EDU 101 Introduction to the Concentration: Liberal Studies Major (.5) 

This seminar provides: (1) an introduction to the concentration selected as part of the Liberal 

Studies Major and (2) a continuing focus on the program in relation to topics introduced in 

EDU 100. Students focus on: a) the coherent relationship among the courses, b) the role of 

technology in society and of ethical issues surrounding the impact of technology on society, c) 

an understanding of the diverse ethnic, gender, cultural, and disability perspectives, and d) 

organization of knowledge in the major and the various teaching strategies experienced in the 

areas of study. Prerequisite: Successful completion of EDU 100. 



EDUCATION 159 



EDU 102 Integrative Seminar in Liberal Studies (1) 

Culminating course required to complete the Liberal Studies Major. Students examine the 
relationships among the disciplines included in their program of study, synthesize the major 
themes, and compare the forms of inquiry. Requirements for the Liberal Studies Portfolio are 
reviewed and selected requirements discussed and submitted as class assignments. Course 
includes review of application procedures for supervised teaching, including the California 
Subject Matter Examination for Teachers (CSET) as a required component. 

EDU 106/206 School & Society (3) 

The course explores major concepts and principles regarding the historical and contemporary 
purposes, roles and functions of formal education in American society. Three primary areas 
are examined: (1) the social and cultural conditions of K-12 schooling, especially as it relates 
to persistent inequalities in schools and the role of teachers in the creation of equitable 
classrooms; (2) the underlying principles, values, and history of the content areas taught in K- 
12 schools in the U.S.; and (3) legal and ethical obligations of teachers and schools in todayes 
society. 
EDU 116A/316A Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6, 12) 

(Additional fieldwork fee of $300) Fall or Spring in Teacher Center. 

EDU 116B/316B Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6) 

(Additional fieldwork fee of $150) Fall or Spring in Teacher Center. 

EDU 316C Supervised Teaching: Elementary Fieldwork (6) 

Fall or Spring in candidatees own classroom. 

EDU 316L Intensive Fieldwork: Elementary (0) 

Fall, Spring or Summer in Teacher Center (Additional fieldwork fee of $150.) 
Supervised teaching is designed as the culminating experience in the teacher preparation 
program and provides opportunities for the candidate to integrate and refine the many 
competencies acquired throughout the program. The goal of supervised teaching is to ensure 
that the candidate is prepared to assume the full-time responsibilities of a classroom. 

In EDU 116A/316A, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and 
is under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college 
supervisor. The supervised teaching involves two assignments, each spanning one-half of the 
semester in two schools, and at two grade levels (primary and intermediate). Full-time 
teaching is required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 23/323) [See 
Option I, p. 151.]. The candidate must have access to daily transportation to the fieldwork site. 

In EDU116B/316B, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is 
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor. 
The supervised teaching involves one assignment over one semester in one school and at one 
grade level (primary or intermediate). Full-time teaching is required along with participation 
in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323) [See Option I, p. 151.]. The candidate must have 
access to daily transportation to the fieldwork site. 



160 EDUCATION 



In EDU 316C, candidates teach in their own classrooms over one or two 
semesters (6 units per semester) and are supervised by an on-site supervisor 
and a college supervisor. Full-time teaching is required along with 
participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See Option II, p. 
151]. 

In EDU 316L, Intensive Fieldwork, provides private school teachers and special education 
candidates with the opportunity to observe and participate in a general education, elementary 
public school setting. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all program courses with a 
3.0 GPA, completion of an Application for Supervised Teaching one semester before 
supervised teaching, verification of passing scores on CBEST and CSET Multiple Subject 
examinations, application for a Certificate of Clearance 



Seminar (2) 

This course is the final seminar in the Teacher Preparation Program. Taken concurrently with 
the supervised teaching fieldwork, if required, it provides a culminating forum for discussion, 
reflection, and goal-setting toward developing professionalism as a teacher. Course activities 
will extend candidates' understanding of key concepts and principles in the California 
Standards for the Teaching Profession and allow candidates to demonstrate competence on 
the Teaching Performance Assessment. 

EDU 138A Organization and Administration of Early Childhood 
Education Programs: Program Development and Curriculum (3) 

Various program structures and curricula will be examined together with administrative styles 
relevant to the operation of early childhood education programs. Development and 
implementation of appropriate curricula will be stressed as will environmental planning. 
Course will partially fulfill administrative requirement for Child Development Director 
Permit. 

EDU 138B Organization and Administration of Early Childhood 
Education Programs: Financial and Legal Aspects (3) 

Examination of various funding and legal requirements in the operation of early childhood 
programs with special focus on budgeting, staffing, licensing and compliance with Federal 
and State requirements. Course will partially fulfill administrative requirement for Child 
Development Director Permit. 

EDU 138C Organization and Administration of Early Childhood 
Education Programs: Management of Non-Profit Programs (3) 
This course will introduce non-business majors to managerial theories to lead non-profit 
organizations. The learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and 
active sponsorship of service organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory 
with practice, requiring team cooperation, planning and accountability. 
(Also BUS 139, GER 138, PSY 128 and SOC 138) 



EDUCATION 161 



EDU 150/250 Elementary Instruction: Theory and Practice (3) 

This course is designed to develop effective instructional and management methods within the 
context of a multilingual society and is the introductory professional preparation course for 
the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program. Students develop effective educational 
practices through observation and participation in an elementary school classroom, inquiry- 
based research carried out by the teacher candidates themselves, the use of technology tools 
and curriculum resources, and the study of educational and language learning theories. Course 
content includes classroom management, standards-based lesson planning, and an emphasis 
on content instruction for students learning English as a new language. GS-VI 
Note: On-site school observations require a minimum commitment of several hours a week 
during the teaching day, as well as travel time to and from Teacher Centers. Candidates must 
have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. 

EDU 252 Culture and Cultural Diversity (3) 

This course is designed for teacher candidates to explore the role that culture plays and has 
played in our lives, classrooms, city and country. Students analyze the nature and 
manifestations of culture, the concepts of cultural contact, and the history of cultural diversity 
in the United States and California. The dynamics of prejudice are studied, and emphasis is 
placed on delineating curriculum and practices that honor, motivate, and empower all 
students. Examination of personal biases and identification of areas of deficient knowledge is 
encouraged. Use of the Los Angeles community as a powerful resource will be explored. 
EDU 154/254 Mathematics and Science: Elementary Curriculum (3) 
This course examines mathematics and science concepts and theories and their application in 
teaching. A major focus is on constructivist learning and inquiry and related instructional 
methods and assessment procedures. Concrete, manipulative materials critical to the learning 
of mathematics and science are used throughout the course. Emphasis is placed on both 
individual and group participation. Note: Observation and participation in exemplary- 
mathematics and science elementary school classrooms plus travel time is required. 
Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site Prerequisite: 
EDU 150/250. 

EDU 155/255 Social Science and The Arts: Elementary Curriculum (3) 

This course introduces curriculum and instructional methods for teaching social studies and 
the arts in elementary school. Course content addresses the scope and sequence of the social 
science and arts curricula; thematic teaching and the integration of the social science and arts 
disciplines in relation to California Content Standards and Frameworks; the use of technology 
resources; and support for English language learners. Candidates use backwards design to 
create an original curriculum unit. Note: Observation and participation in community 
instructional settings plus travel time is required- Candidates must hare access to 
transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisites: EDU 150/250 and, for undergraduates, 
official acceptance in the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program with a passing CBEST 
score. 

EDU 156/256 Language and Literacy: Elementary Curriculum (3) 

This course encompasses language and literacy learning in the elementary grades and 
methods for teaching a balanced literacy program to multiethnic, multilingual student 
populations. Current theoretical and practical aspects of the reading, writing, and related 
language arts curriculum will be learned. These include explicit instruction and strategies for 
developing a balanced literacy program for native English speakers and English language 
learners; observational skills necessary for helping individual students; and exploring 
appropriate materials. Methods and principles for developing proficient readers and writers 



162 EDUCATION 



and for analyzing students" strengths and areas of needed growth will be studied and 
practiced, including use of technological tools and resources. Note: Fifteen hours of focused 
observations and participation (plus travel time) are required in an exemplary elementary 
school classroom during language arts instruction. Candidates must have access to 
transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisites: ENG 102/EDU 253 and EDU 150/250 
and, for undergraduates, official acceptance in the Elementary Teacher Preparation Program 
with a passing CBEST score. 



EDU 164/364-A Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (12) 

Fall or Spring in Teacher Center 
(Additional fieldwork fee of $300) 

EDU 164/364-B Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (6) 

Fall or Spring in Teacher Center 
(Additional fieldwork fee of $150) 

EDU 164/364-C Supervised Teaching: Secondary Fieldwork (6) 

Fall or Spring in candidate's own classroom 

EDU 364L Intensive Fieldwork: Secondary (0) 

For Education Specialist candidates only. 

Fall, Spring or Summer in Teacher Center (Additional fieldwork fee of $150) 

Supervised teaching is designed as the culminating experience in the teacher preparation 
program and provides opportunities for the candidate to integrate and refine the many 
competencies acquired throughout the program. The goal of supervised teaching is to prepare 
the candidate to assume the full-time responsibilities of a classroom. 

In EDU 164/364A, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is 
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor. 
The supervised teaching involves two assignments, each spanning one-half of the semester in 
two schools, and at two grade levels (middle school and high school). Full-time teaching is 
required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See Option I, 
p. 151.]. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. 

In EDU164B/364B, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is 
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor. 
The supervised teaching involves one assignment over one semester in one school and at one 
grade level (middle school or high school). Full-time teaching is required along with 
participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See Option I, p. 151.] Candidates 
must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. 

In EDU 364C, candidates teach in their own classrooms over one or two semesters (6 units 
per semester) and are supervised by an on-site supervisor and a college supervisor. Full-time 
teaching is required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 123/323). [See 
Option II, p. 151] 



EDUCATION 163 



EDU 166/266 Principles of Secondary Education and Content Area 
Modules (4) 

Principles of Secondary Education is the initial professional preparation course in the 
Secondary Teacher Preparation Program. This course provides opportunities to assess student 
development and to design and deliver instruction informed by contemporary learning theory 
and research, practical experience, and inquiry. The role of the teacher is examined as one 
who assists student performance, with special attention to the needs of adolescents, English 
learners, and urban populations and settings. Content Area Modules for each of the content 
areas are integrated into this course. These modules address content-specific instructional and 
curricular strategies. Each candidates is enrolled in his/her specific content area module and 
works with a Content Area Coach, a current expert teacher in that discipline. Note: 
Approximately 15 hours offieldwork in the Content Area Coach's classroom is required. 
Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisite: For 
undergraduates, official acceptance in the Secondary Teacher Preparation Program with a 
passing CBEST score. 

EDU 167/267 Principles of Secondary Curriculum and Content Area 
Modules (4) 

Principles of Secondary Curriculum is a continuation of EDU 166/266 and focuses on the 
teacher as curricular decision-maker and instructional designers. Students deepen their 
knowledge of assessment of student development, design and delivery of instruction, and 
educational equity. Students use backwards design to create units of instruction and develop 
performance assessments anchored in the California content standards for their discipline. 
Content Area Modules for each of the content areas are integrated into this course. These 
modules address content-specific instructional and curricular strategies. Each candidate is 
enrolled in his/her specific content area module and works with a Content Area Coach, a 
current expert teacher in that discipline. 

Note: Approximately 15 hours offieldwork in the Content Area Coach's classroom is 
required. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisite: 
EDU 166/266. 

EDU 168/268 Content-Based Reading Instruction and Content Area 
Modules (4) 

Content-Based Reading Instruction encompasses language and literacy development in 
secondary curricula and methods for enhancing that development with multiethnic, 
multilingual student populations. The interwoven nature of speaking, reading, writing, and 
listening in content area instruction will be explored, with emphasis on the importance of 
content-based discourse in the development of disciplinary understanding and critical 
thinking. Course content includes instructional and assessment strategies for students learning 
English. Content Area Modules for each of the content areas are integrated into this course. 
These modules address content-specific instructional and curricular strategies. Each 
candidate is enrolled in his/her specific content area module and works with a Content Area 
Coach, a current expert teacher in that discipline 

Note: Approximately 15 hours offieldwork in the Content Area Coach's classroom is 
required. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. Prerequisite: 
ENG 102/EDU253, EDU 166/277, and EDU 167/267. 



164 EDUCATION 



EDU 170/270A Introduction to the Education of Exceptional Learners (1) 

This course is designed to introduce teacher preparation candidates to the general educators' 
role and responsibilities in the education of exceptional learners in the general education 
classroom. Characteristic of students with disabilities and gifted and talented students are 
explored as candidates visit programs for exceptional learners. Candidates develop basic 
skills in the assessment of the learning and language abilities of exceptional learners and 
apply their knowledge of the state and federal laws pertaining to the education of the students 
with disabilities during a class simulation of an Individualized Education Plan (IEP) meeting. 
Special attention is given to modifying instruction to meet the needs of exceptional learners. 
Fulfills the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level I special education 
requirement for the Preliminary and Professional Clear Credential. 

EDU 270B Education of Exceptional Learners (3) 

This course reviews the historical and philosophical significance of special education and the 
education of gifted and talented students. The legal and administrative framework for 
education of exceptional learners in California is addressed with an emphasis on the policies 
and procedures in the candidates' school district for identifying and providing services for 
these students. Coursework will emphasize the development of positive, inclusive classrooms 
with differentiated instruction designed to enable all students to achieve at high performance 
levels. All course requirements will be applied in the teachers' current teaching assignment. 
Fulfills the California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II special education 
requirement for the Professional Clear Credential. Prerequisite: Acceptance in a 
Professional Clear Credential Program and a current teaching position. 

EDU 271 Educational Assessment of Students with Disabilities (3) 

This course examines the educational assessment of students with disabilities including 
statistical concepts in measuring abilities, principles of assessment, methods of administration 
and interpretation, and the relationship of assessment results to the determination of eligibility 
for special education services and the development of an Individualized Educational Plan. 
Standardized educational assessment instruments and informal curriculum-based 
measurements are examined. Particular emphasis is placed on the appropriateness of 
standardized and informal assessment instruments and procedures for culturally and 
linguistically diverse students. 

Fieldwork Requirements: 10 hours assessing a K-12 student experiencing significant 
academic difficulty. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. 
Prerequisites: General Education Requirements and EDU 27 OB. 

EDU 272 Classroom Management for Students with Learning and 
Behavior Problems (3) 

This course provides an overview of behavioral disturbances in the classroom. Medical, 
behavioral and socio-cultural interventions will be explored with an emphasis on creating 
positive classroom environments that enable students with learning and behavior problems to 
participate productively in the classroom learning community. The historical, theoretical and 
legal bases for identification and treatment of students with behavior disorders, serious 
emotional disturbances, and attention deficit disorders will be addressed. 
Fieldwork Requirements: 10 hours in a classroom for students with learning and behavior 
problems. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site 
Prerequisites: General Education Requirements and EDU 27 OB. 



EDUCATION 165 



ECU 275 Literacy Instruction for Struggling Readers and Writers (3) 

This course is designed to meet the competencies required for language arts instruction for the 
Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities Credential and to prepare general educators 
to meet the language arts instructional needs of general education students who experience 
literacy development problems. Assessment and instructional strategies drawn from diverse 
perspectives (e.g., behavioral, cognitive, social-interaction) are presented and examined 
relative to their effectiveness. Reading and writing difficulties are examined across the K-12 
continuum. Emphasis is on application of literacy assessment and instructional strategies in 
actual teaching settings with students experiencing reading delays. 

Fieldwork Requirements: 10 hours assessing and instructing a K-12 student experiencing 
significant reading delay. Candidates must have access to transportation to the fieldwork site. 
Prerequisites: General Education requirements and ECU 27 OB. 

ECU 276 Content Area Instruction for Students with Special Needs (3) 

In this course the candidate draws upon the knowledge and skills requisite for effective 
content area instruction in the general education classroom with necessary adaptations to 
make the curriculum accessible to students with special needs. Emphasis is placed on the 
creation of curriculum units that incorporate learning strategies approaches to the instruction 
of students with mild/moderate disabilities and instructional modifications for students with 
limited English proficiency. Content area instruction in math, science and social studies for 
students with mild to moderate disabilities in grades kindergarten through twelve is addressed. 
Fieldwork requirements: Ten hours in a special education setting for students with 
mild/moderate disabilities at the intermediate to high school levels Candidates must have 
access to transportation to the fieldwork site, Prerequisites: General Education 
Requirements and ECU 270 A/B. 

ECU 378A Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (12) 

Fall or Spring in Teacher Center. Candidates must have access to transportation to the 
fieldwork site. (A dditional fieldwork fee of $3 00) . 

ECU 378B Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (6) 

Fall or Spring in Teacher Center. Candidates must have access to transportation to the 
fieldwork site. (Additional fieldwork fee of $150) 

ECU 378C Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (6) 

Fall or Spring in candidates own classroom 

ECU 378D Supervised Teaching: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (2,3) 

Fall or Spring in candidates own classroom 
Individualized Intern Certificates candidates only 

Supervised teaching is designed as the culminating experience in the credential program and 
provide opportunities for the candidate to integrate and refine the many competencies 
acquired throughout the program. The goal of supervised teaching is to prepare the candidate 
to assume the full-time responsibilities of a classroom. Supervised teaching provides 
experiences in the major aspects of teaching students with mild/moderate disabilities: 
assessment, programming, instruction, management, record maintenance, evaluation of 
progress, and collaboration with general educators, families and community resources. The 
candidate refines and synthesizes the skills and knowledge acquired in previous course work 
to demonstrate competency as a teacher of culturally diverse students with mild/moderate 
disabilities. General Education field experience is also required (ECU 316L, 364L). 
Concurrent registration in the Supervised Teaching Seminar, ECU 320, is required. 



166 EDUCATION 



Students who have no teaching experience complete two seven-week assignments in a 
special education setting for students with mild/moderate disabilities in one of the MSMC 
affiliated schools (EDU 3 78 A, 12 units) and a two-week intensive in a general education 
classroom (EDU 316L, 364L). 

Students who have a general education teaching credential or two years or more of 
general education teaching experience may petition to waive the 6 units of the supervised 
teaching requirement on the basis of their experience. These students complete a seven-week 
assignment in a special education classroom in one of the MSMC affiliated schools (EDU 
378B, 6 units) or one semester of supervision in their own special education classroom (EDU 
378C, 6 units) if they have a mild/moderate special education teaching assignment. 

In EDU 378A, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher and is 
under the direct supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor. 
The supervised teaching involves two assignments, each spanning one-half of the semester in 
two schools, and at two grade levels. Full-time teaching is required along with participation 
in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 200) [See Option 1, p. 151.]. 

In EDU 378B, the candidate assumes the responsibilities of the classroom teacher for a seven 
week assignment in a classroom for students with mild/moderate disabilities under the direct 
supervision of an experienced and effective teacher and a college supervisor. Full-time 
teaching is required along with participation in the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 320) [See Option 
I.p.151]. 

In EDU 378B, the candidate teaches in his/her own classroom for students with 
mild/moderate disabilities over one semester. The candidate is supervised by an on-site 
supervisor and a college supervisor. Full-time teaching is required along with participation in 
the bi-weekly seminar (EDU 320) [See Option II, p. 151]. 

Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion (3. GPA) of coursework required for the Preliminary 
Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities credential, verification of a passing score 
on CB EST and the CSET Multiple Subject Examination, application for a Certificate of 
Clearance, and approval of the Program Director. An Application for Supervised Teaching 
must be filled with the Program Director one semester before supervised teaching experience. 



EDU 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

EDU 199 AB Special Studies (0.5-3; 0.5-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing or consent of department. 

EDU 200 Research Methods (3) 

A study of the various approaches to educational research including historical, qualitative, and 
quantitative. Intended to develop facility in reading research articles and applying knowledge 
gained through research to one's own teaching practice and to issues of importance in 
education. Candidates prepare a review of the literature in an area of interest. 



EDUCATION 167 



EDU 205 Technologies for Educators (3) 

This course is an advanced seminar in which students study the pedagogical implications of 
technology in education and gain practical experience in integrating technology into 
classroom instruction. In addition to applying common software (word processing, 
spreadsheets, database, multi-media) to educational objectives, students will be engaged in 
projects utilizing collaborative dialogue tools (email, discussion groups), teleconferencing, 
internet research, electronic portfolios and distance learning. The course meets the California 
Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II technology requirements for the Professional 
Clear Credential. Prerequisites: Demonstration of general technological knowledge and skill, 
acceptance in a Professional Clear Credential Program and a current teaching position. 

EDU 212 Physical Education: Elementary Curriculum (1) 

This course is designed to introduce elementary teacher preparation candidates to the 
California Physical Education Framework and specific teaching strategies for the 
development of students' motor skills, a healthy lifestyle, student knowledge of rules and 
strategies of games and sports, and student self-confidence and self-worth in relation to 
physical education and recreation. 

EDU 2 13 A Health-Related Issues in Education (1) 

The course addresses major laws, concepts and principles related to creating a supportive, 
healthy environment for K-12 student learning. Credential candidates will study the effects of 
student health and safety on learning, teachers' legal responsibilities, and how to access 
school and community resources to meet individual student needs. They will practice means 
for working constructively with students, families, and community members on health and 
safety issues. 

EDU 213B Healthy Environments for Student Learning (3) 
This advanced course for teachers is designed to build upon the preliminary preparation for 
creating a supportive and healthy environment for student learning. Teachers will identify 
health and safety factors that influence student well-being and become knowledgeable about 
school and community resources that support health and safety including accident prevention 
strategies, violence prevention, the school's crisis response plan, the adopted health 
curriculum, and school and community health and mental health resources. Major state and 
federal laws and local policies and procedures related to student health and safety will be 
reviewed to ensure that teachers will be able to act in compliance with these guidelines. All 
course assignments will be applied to the teaching assignment. Fulfills California 
Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II health requirement for the Professional Clear 
Credential. Prerequisite: Acceptance in a Professional Clear Credential Program, and a 
current teaching position. 

EDU 251 Child and Adolescent Development and Learning Across 
Cultures (3) 

Analyzes learning and development in children and adolescents across cultures and explores 
the complementary and interdependent relationships of biology and culture. Historical and 
global comparisons will be made to contemporary Angelino children as well as to the 
educator's personal experience. Emphasis is placed on developing a personal philosophy of 
how we, as a society and as individuals, can work to give children healthy foundations that 
support growth and learning. 



168 EDUCATION 



EDU 253 Language Competence and Education (3) 

This course is designed to provide general and special educators with a foundational 
background in applied linguistics as it relates to K-12 instruction with applications for 
students with limited English proficiency and students with language learning disabilities. 
Topics to be covered include the structure of English; linguistic variation; language 
development in first- and second-language learners; disorders of language development, and 
implications for creating classroom environments that promote language development. 
EDU 270B Special Populations: Supporting Educational Equity and 
Access (2) 

This course reviews the historical and philosophical significance of special education and the 
education of gifted and talented students. The legal and administrative framework for the 
education of exceptional learners in California is addressed with an emphasis on the policies 
and procedures in the candidate's school district for identifying and providing services for 
these students. Coursework will emphasize the development of positive, inclusive classrooms 
with differentiated instruction designed to enable all students to achieve at high performance 
levels. All course requirements will be applied in the teacher's current teaching assignment. 
Fulfills California Commission on Teacher Credentialing Level II special education 
requirement for the Professional Clear Credential. Prerequisite: Acceptance in a 
Professional Clear Credential Program and a current teaching position. 

EDU 281 Advanced Issues in Assessment & Instruction of Students 
with Special Needs (3) 

In this advanced course, candidates acquire knowledge and skills to appropriately assess and 
instruct students with Mild/Moderate Disabilities. Course content includes selecting and 
administering a variety of formal and informal assessment procedures in order to be able to 
teach, adapt and integrate curriculum appropriate to the educational needs of students. 
Prerequisite: Preliminary Level I Education Specialist: Mild/Moderate Disabilities 
Credential 

EDU 282 Consultation and Collaboration for Students with Special 
Needs (3) 

This course will provide opportunities for candidates to develop skills in communication, 
collaboration and consultation with teachers and other school personnel, community 
professionals and parents. A specific area of emphasis will be on the communication of 
relevant social, academic, and behavioral information in the areas of assessment, curriculum, 
behavior management, social adjustment and legal requirements. At the completion of the 
course, candidates will be prepared to coordinate the process involved in special 
education placements. Prerequisite: Preliminary teaching credential. 



EDUCATION 169 



EDU 283 Supportive Environments for Students with Behavioral and 
Emotional Needs (3) 

In this advanced course, candidates develop systems for academic and social skills instruction 
for students with complex behavioral and emotional needs including attention disorders, 
conduct disorders, depression and suicidal behavior, psychotic behavior, anxiety and related 
disorders, and delinquency and substance abuse. Course content includes advanced study of 
behavioral supports, social skills instruction, crisis management, and positive learning 
environments. Collaborative work with other professionals and community agencies is 
emphasized in the development of comprehensive support programs for these students. 
Prerequisite: Preliminary teaching credential and EDU 272 

EDU 289 English Learners: Supporting Educational Equity and 
Access (3) 

This advanced course for teachers focuses on the delivery of specialized instruction for 
English learners that will support equity in access to the core curriculum. Teachers will 
become knowledgeable about instructional programs, school organizational structures, and 
resources designed to meet the needs of English learners, particularly those in their own 
district. They will develop skills in designing, implementing and evaluating instructional 
programs to support English language development and access to the core academic 
curriculum for English learners. Teachers will use assessments of English learners, including 
the English Language Development Test, to diagnose students' language abilities relative to 
the core academic curriculum and plan appropriate instruction. Course assignments require 
application of principles in the teacher's current teaching context. Prerequisite: Preliminary 
teaching credential Fulfills California Professional Clear Level II requirements for teaching 
English language learners. 

EDU 295 Independent Study (1-3) 

A student-designed course of study. See Guidelines for Independent Study. Student must 
complete an Independent Study Approval and Application Form. 

EDU 296A Masters Project Proposal (1) 

Students work with their project advisor in this course to design a proposal for an action 
research project to be completed in their classroom. The masters project provides an 
opportunity for the candidate to develop competency in researching an issue relevant to their 
teaching practice, designing and implementing a project focused on this issues that will 
improve their practice, and preparing and presenting a report of the research findings. 
Prerequisite: Official score report with a passing score on all subtests of the required CSET 
subject matter examination and employment as a teacher. 

EDU 296B Masters Project (2-3) 

Students work with their project advisor in this course to implement their Masters project 
proposal and write the final project report. 

Prerequisites: EDU 200 and satisfactory and completion of EDU 29 6 A as evidenced by an 
approved Masters project proposal. 

EDU 297A,B,C Thesis/Project Continuation (1,1,1) 

Continuation of Master's Project or Thesis under the direction of the faculty advisor. 
EDU 299 Special Studies in Education: (3) 

Courses on special topics in education. May be repeated for credit. 



170 EDUCATION 



EDU 320 Supervised Teaching Culminating Seminar: 

Special Education (1) 

This course is the final seminar in the Education Specialist Teacher Preparation Program. 
Taken concurrently with supervised teaching fieldwork, it provides a culminating forum for 
discussion, reflection, and goal-setting toward developing professionalism as a teacher. 
Candidates develop a professional portfolio that documents their competence on the 
professional standards for Education Specialists. 

EDU 321 Professional Induction Planning Seminar (.5) 

Candidates for the Professional Level II Education Specialist credential are required to take 
this course at the beginning of their Level II program. During this individualized seminar, the 
candidate develops a Professional Induction Plan with an assigned district support provider 
and a college advisor. 

EDU 322 Professional Educator Evaluation Seminar (.5) 

This seminar is the culminating experience for the Professional Education Specialist 
credential program. Students reevaluate their professional competency to assess and teach 
culturally diverse students with learning and behavior problems. They compile a Professional 
Educator Portfolio, which includes artifacts documenting their professional competence and a 
plan for their continuing professional growth. The district support provider and the college 
advisor continue to support the student in this process. 



Education Extension Units 

These extension courses are offered in conjunction with the Santa Monica/Malibu Unified 
School District Induction Program and are only available to teachers participating in that 
program. 



EDUX 700XL Supporting Educational Equity and Access for English 
Learners (2 extension units) 

This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon 
candidates' preliminary preparation for delivery of specialized instruction for English learners 
that will support equity in access to the core curriculum. Teachers will become 
knowledgeable about district adopted instructional programs, school organizational structures, 
and resources designed to meet the needs of English learners. They will develop skills in 
designing, implementing and evaluating instructional programs to support English language 
development and access to the core academic curriculum for English learners. Teachers will 
use assessments of English learners, including the English Language Development Test, to 
diagnose students' language abilities relative to the core academic curriculum and plan 
appropriate instruction. Course requirement requires application of principles in the teacher's 
current teaching context. Induction teachers in BTSA programs should take this course in the 
Fall of year 2 as the course requirements are coordinated with CFASST events 7-9. 



EDUCATION 171 



EDUX 701XL Health Environments for Student Learning 
(1 extension unit) 

This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon the 
preliminary preparation for creating a supportive and healthy environment for student learning. 
Teachers will identify health and safety factors that influence student well-being and become 
knowledgeable about school and community resources that support health and safety including 
accident prevention strategies, the school's crisis response plan, the adopted health curriculum, and 
school and community health and mental health resources. Major state and federal laws and local 
policies and procedures related to student health and safety will be reviewed to ensure that teachers 
will be able to act in compliance with these guidelines. All course assignments will be applied to 
the teaching guidelines. All course assignments will be applied to the teaching assignment. 
Induction candidates in BTSA programs should take this course in the Fall of year 2 as 
assignments are coordinated with CFASST event 7. 

EDUX 702XL Supporting Educational Equity and Access for Special 
Populations (2 extension units) 

This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon the 
preliminary preparation for teaching students with disabilities and students who are gifted and 
talented. Teachers will extend their knowledge of the legislative provisions for the education of 
students with disabilities (IDEA) and students who are gifted and talented and the policies and 
procedures in their local district for identifying and providing services for these students. 
Coursework will emphasize the development of positive, inclusive classrooms with differentiated 
instruction designed to enable all students to achieve at high performance levels. All course 
requirements will be applied in the teacher's current teaching assignment. Induction candidates in 
BTSA programs should take this course in the Spring of year 2 as course requirements are 
coordinated with CFASST event 1 1 . 

EDUX 703XL Applied Technologies for Educators (1 extension unit) 

This advanced professional development course for teachers is designed to build upon the 
preliminary preparation for the specialized use of appropriate computer-based technologies to 
facilitate the teaching and learning processes. Teachers will acquire advanced skills in the 
development, implementation and evaluation of 1) technology-enhanced lessons aligned with 
the adopted curriculum for their students, 2) curricula to develop students' information 
processing and problem solving skills, and 3) computer applications for recording and 
analyzing student assessment data and providing feedback to students and their parents. 
Teachers will use various forms of electronic media to communicate during the course and 
will establish on-going electronic communication channels with other professionals. Course 
assignments require application of principles in the teaching context. Induction teachers in 
BTSA programs should take this course in the Spring of year 2 as assignments are 
coordinated with CFASST events 10-12. 



172 ENGLISH 



English 



The English major explores the way people communicate and how they reflect on their 
existence. It gives sustained training in critical thinking and writing, creative self-expression, 
and the perceptive reading of literature. Working from a foundation in theory and criticism of 
literature, students select courses in writing and literature, and may design their own 
independent study and directed reading courses in areas of special interest. Because English 
majors get extensive experience in analyzing, solving problems, researching, organizing, 
studying human behavior, and above all writing and speaking with clarity and self- 
confidence, they have the background for a wide variety of careers. These include law, 
business management, journalism, public relations, teaching, public administration, and many 
areas of writing. Internships in the field of the student's career interest are highly 
recommended. Students are encouraged to combine their English major with a second major 
or minor, in order to combine the liberal arts emphasis with a professional preparation. 
English and Business offer a combined major (see below). Students interested in law are 
encouraged to select a second major in American Studies, Philosophy, or Political Science, 
and to complete the Pre-Law Minor. Other desirable minor programs include Business and the 
sequence of core courses in Public Administration (POL 185, 186, and 187). 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in English 

Preparation: 

ENG 1 AB/C Freshman English (3,3) or 

ENG 5H Freshman Honors English (3) and 

HIS 1 AB Western Civilization (3,3) 



Requirements: 

30 additional units in English, at least 24 of which are upper division, including: 
One course in advanced writing (ENG 106, 107, or 109 etc.) (3) 

One upper-division course in American literature (ENG 126, 145, or 146) (3) 
One course in English literature before 1700 (ENG 143, 144, or 172) (3) 
One course in English literature after 1700 (ENG 147, 148, or 156H) (3) 
One genre course (ENG 161,162, or 163) (3) 

One Shakespeare course (ENG 73, 1 73, or 1 74) (3) 

Theory and Criticism (ENG 181) (3) 

English Seminar (ENG 195) (3) 

Two electives chosen from English offerings (3,3) 

Strongly Recommended: 

ENG 70/1 70 Western Literary Heritage (3) 

Total units in English: 36 

Any English course completed with a grade of D or below is not acceptable toward a major 

in English. 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 1 24 semester units, including 

Modern Language requirement. 

At least 1 5 upper division units must be completed in the MSMC English Program. 



ENGLISH 173 



Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in English and Business 
Administration 

(A cooperative program offered through the departments of English and Business 
Administration) 

English Preparation: 

ENG 1AB/C Freshman English (3,3) 

HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3) 

SPR 18 Career Planning Seminar (1) 

Requirements: 

24 additional units in English, at least 18 of which are upper division, including: 
ENG 1 8 1 Theory and Criticism (3) 

ENG 195 English Seminar (3) 

Recommended: 

One course in American literature (3) 



Business Administration 

Lower Division Core Requirements: 



BUS 4 


Business Foundations & Analysis 


(3) 


BUS 5 


Business Law I 


(3) 


BUS 15A 


Accounting Principles I 


(3) 


BUS 15B 


Accounting Principles II 


(3) 


CIS 1 


Computer Process and Applications 


(3) 


ECOl 


Microeconomics 


(3) 


ECO 2 


Macroeconomics 


(3) 


MTH28 


Mathematical Analysis for Business 


(3) 


MTH 38 


Elements of Probability & Statistics 


(3) 


PHI 92/192 


Business Ethics 


(3) 


SPE 10 


Introduction to Communication 


(2) 


Courses Strongly Recommended: 




PSY 1 


General Psychology 


(3) 


SOC5 


Sociological Perspectives 


(3) 


PHI 5 


Introduction to Logic 


(3) 


Upper Division Core Requirements: 




BUS 122 


Management Communications 


(3) 


BUS 130 


Principles of Finance 


(3) 


BUS 160 


Principles of Marketing 


(3) 


BUS 177 


Management Information Systems 


(3) 


BUS 185 


Principles of Management 


(3) 


BUS 192 


Business Policy and Strategy 


(3) 



Total units in English and Business: 61 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including 
Modern Language requirement. 

At least 12 upper division units must be completed in the MSMC English Program. 



174 ENGLISH 



The Minor in English 

Requirements: 

Satisfactory completion of ENG 1 AB or equivalent. Eighteen additional units in English, at 
least twelve of which are upper-division MSMC units. 

Strongly Recommended: 

ENG 126 The American Experience (3) 

or ENG 146 American Literature: 1914 to Present (3) 

ENG 17 Shakespeare (3) 

Students interested in an English minor plan their program with a departmental advisor. 

Because of the variety of careers to which an English program may lead, the choice of courses 

is flexible. Any course completed with a D or below is not acceptable toward a minor in 

English. 

Prerequisites for Literature Courses 

Lower-division literature courses: ENG 1 A or 6AB or permission of instructor. 
Upper-division literature courses: ENG 1 AB/C or permission of instructor. 

ENG 1AB Freshman English (3) 

Completion with a grade of C (2.0) or better and a score of 4 or better on the Writing Exit test 

fulfills Communication Skills requirement in writing for both the Associate and Baccalaureate 

degrees. GS-IA 

ENG 1C Freshman English (3) 

Completion with a grade of C (2.0) or better and a score of 4 or better on the Writing Exit test 

fulfills Communication Skills requirement in writing for both the Associate and Baccalaureate 

degrees. GS-IA, II Prerequisite: ENG J A. Completion with a grade ofC or better. 

ENG 3X Basic Writing (3) 

A study of basic elements of writing including sentence structure, paragraph development, 

and mechanics. Does not fulfill the Communication Skills requirement in writing, nor does 

credit apply to the Baccalaureate degree. 

ENG 5H Freshman Honors English (3) 

College writing for students who are accepted for Honors at entrance, and who earn a grade of 

5 or 6 on the Writing placement test or who are admitted by the instructor. A study of selected 

masterpieces of world literature with emphasis on written analysis. Includes introduction to 

college-level library and research skills. Completion with a grade of B or better fulfills 

Communications Skills requirements in writing. GS-IA 

ENG 6AB Written Communication and Analytical Reading (3,3) 

A two-semester course focusing on standard written English. Includes expository and 

analytical writing; library and research skills; analytical reading. Prerequisite: Placement is 

dependent on scores received in entrance testing. Completion with a grade ofC or better in 

both ENG 6A and 6B and a score of 4 or better on the Writing Exit test fulfills the 

Communication Skills requirement in writing for the Associate degree. 



ENGLISH 175 



ENG 7 Writing for College (3) 

Preparation for college-level English, with a focus on standard written English, expository 
writing, and analytical reading. Prerequisite: Score of 3 or better on Writing Placement test, 
plus satisfactory scores on the English entrance exams in grammar and reading. 

ENG 11 College Writing (1-3) 

Intensive experience in expository writing with special emphasis on continued 
development of essay skills. Prerequisite: C- or better in ENG 1AB, 6AB, or equivalent. 
Strongly recommended for students preparing for CBEST and/or transferring to a 
Baccalaureate program. 

ENG 12/112 Literary Analysis (3) 

Introduction to college-level literary analysis as applied to drama, poetry, 
and fiction. GS-IIIB 

ENG 15 Literature and Society (3) 

Examination of society's accomplishments and vexations in selected literary works that 

portray human striving in family, nation, and technological world. May be repeated for 

credit. GS-IIIB 

ENG 16 Literature and the Human Experience (3) 

Studies in the stages of human development as portrayed in classic works of Western 

literature with particular focus on the growth of the self and on the individual's relationship to 

others and to God. Themes include adolescence, the female experience, love, the family, 

moral choice, faith, death and dying. May be repeated for credit. GS-IIIB 

ENG 17 Literary Focus (3) 

In-depth study of works selected by author, theme, or genre. May be repeated for credit. 

GS-IIIB 

ENG 18/118 Great Works in World Literature (3) 

Study of major works in world literature, representing a variety of periods, themes, and 

genres. GS-IIIB 

ENG 19/119 Great Works in British Literature (3) 

Study of major works in British literature, representing a variety of periods and genres. 

GS-IIIB 

ENG 20/120 Great Works in American Literature (3) 

Study of major works in American literature, representing a variety of periods and genres. 

GS-IIIB 

ENG 21/121 Classical Epic and Drama (3) 

Reading of the Iliad, Odyssey, Aeneid, and several Greek tragedies. Study of their origins, 
development, meaning to the ancient world and to the contemporary reader. GS-IIIB 
ENG 25/125 Mythmaking: the Quest for Meaning (3) 

An exploration of mythmaking in literature as a reflection and interpretation of human 
experience. Major mythic themes are traced and compared in the arts, as well as in literature. 
GS-IIIB 

ENG 26 Literature of the American West (3) 

Study of values and themes in American fiction and nonfiction from the perspective of a 
variety of cultures. GS-IIIB, VI 



176 ENGLISH 



ENG 27/127 Women in Quest (3) 

Study of women's lives and choices in fiction and nonfiction. Emphasis on current literature 

from diverse ethnic groups. GS-IIIB, VI 

ENG 28/128 Contemporary Issues in World Literature (3) 

A sampling of contemporary literature from various cultures around the world with emphasis 

on women authors and their concerns. Students will encounter issues and problems from 

racism and poverty to domestic violence, rape, prostitution, and war. Course includes relation 

of students' lives to global issues. GS-IIIB, VI 

ENG 32/132 Literature of Los Angeles (3) 

An interdisciplinary exploration of the literature and history of Los Angeles. Emphasis on the 

ways national, geographic, cultural, moral, legal, and ethnic boundaries are blurred in the 

city's history, mythology, texts, people, and communities. GS-IIIB 

ENG 34 Literature for the Young Child (3) 

A survey of children's literature for lower division students interested in working with young 

children and primary grade children. Students have experiences in sharing stories or poems 

with children (includes use of reading, storytelling, flannel board activities, and puppets). 

Analysis of books based on literary characteristics. Includes study of artist illustrators. 

ENG 70/170 Western Literary Heritage (3) 

Selected readings in Greek mythology and literature, the Bible, and Dante's Divine Comedy. 

Designed to provide the serious reader with literary and cultural background to better 

understand and appreciate the range of Western literature. Strongly recommended for English 

majors. GS-IIIB 

ENG 73 Shakespeare (3) 

A study of selected Shakespearean plays and poetry. Because readings vary each semester, 

course may be repeated for credit. GS-IIIB 

ENG 90 Internship (1-6) 

Students are placed, supervised and evaluated in a position that makes use of the 

communication skills developed in college English classes. May be repeated for credit up to 

six units. 

ENG 91 Directed Study (1-3) 

Study in a field of special interest, under the direction of a department member. May be 

repeated for credit. 

ENG 92 Special Studies (3) 

Exploration of special interest areas in the study of language and literature. May be repeated 

for credit. Prerequisite: ENG 1A/6AB, equivalent, or permission of instructor. 

ENG 94/194 Special Studies in Writing (1-3) 

Study of a selected mode of writing with focus on technique and practice. May be repeated 
for credit. Prerequisite: Completion of ENG 1AB/C or 6AB, equivalent, or permission of 
instructor. 

ENG 96 Workshop (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 



ENGLISH 177 



ENG 101 History of the English Language (3) 

Analysis of the prehistoric antecedents of the English language and traces the growth of 
English from its earliest documentation to modern times, paying attention to structural 
changes in phonology, morphology and syntax and to the enrichment of the lexicon. Students 
are introduced to the principles of linguistic evolution. Special emphasis is also placed on the 
changes in social institutions that affect language and the many ethnic sources that have 
enriched the resources of English, especially in the United States. 

ENG 102 Structure of Modern English (3) 

Introduction to varieties of contemporary linguistic theories and their application to modern 
American English. Includes study of the structure of the English language and the 
conventions of standard English, basic principles of first and second language acquisition and 
development, theories of language acquisition in relation to the social context, and 
implications of speaking a primary language other than the mainstream language. 
ENG 104 Expository Writing (3) 

Intensive review of standard English grammar and punctuation for students wishing to 
improve their writing proficiency. Advanced analytical reading and critical thinking. May be 
repeated for credit. 
ENG 105 Advanced Composition (3) 

Designed to meet the particular needs of the Liberal Studies major. Assignments include 
academic, professional, and personal writing that enables the student to increase writing 
confidence and competency by exploring the English language, reviewing basic skills, and 
discovering one's style. Prerequisite: Completion of ENG 1AB or equivalent, and score of 4 
or better on the Writing Placement test. 

ENG 106 Creative Writing (3) 

Students write fiction, poetry, and personal essays from their experiences and observations. 
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

ENG 107 Professional Writing (3) 

An examination of the kinds of writing used in the communications media, with practice in 
developing newspaper, magazine, television, or radio material. May be repeated for credit. 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

ENG 108 The News Media (3) 

A critical examination of the news media, showing how print and broadcast news 
organizations operate and giving extensive practice in evaluating media reporting of current 
stories. GS-II 
ENG 109 Writing: Voice and View (3) 

Nonfiction writing as a literary art. Designed for good writers and anyone who enjoys the 
challenge of responding to life through the written word. An opportunity to develop one's 
personal style and voice while examining the work of great essayists, past and present. May 
be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

ENG 122 Love in World Literature (3) 

The idea of love studied in historical perspective through the analysis of literary works. Focus 

on critical enjoyment. GS-IIIB 

ENG 123 Women's Voices in Literature (3) 

Major contemporary works by women studied in the context of current critical theory. Impact 
of women's voices from diverse ethnic groups. GS-IIIB, VI 



178 ENGLISH 



ENG 124 Fiction to Film (3) 

Examination of how works of fiction become motion pictures. The component elements of 

both fiction and film are applied to representative novels to assess their adaptation from the 

medium of fiction to the medium of film. GS-IIIB 

ENG 126 The American Experience (3) 

Study of works of American literature from various periods of history and representative of 

the cultures and ethnic identities that make up the American heritage. GS-IIIB, VI 

ENG 1 29 Ethnic Literatures of America (3) 

Comparative study including two or more of the following groups: African American, Asian 

American , Latino/a, Native American, Jewish. Interdisciplinary approach using historical 

and sociopolitical context to address issues of race, class, and gender. GS-IIIB, VI 

ENG 130 Faith and Fiction (3) 

A study of Christian poets, dramatists, and novelists in historical perspective. Focus on both 

the changing and the unchanging aspects of Christian faith. GS-IIIB 

ENG 131 Russian Literature (3) 

Major Russian authors examined in their cultural and historical contexts. Writers include 

Pushkin, Gogol, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, and Solzhenitsyn. GS-IIIB 

ENG 134 Children's Literature (3) 

Wide reading of children's books, including Caldecott and Newbery awards and honor books. 

Multicultural emphasis spans all genres covered. Focus on appreciation of literature, as well 

as on literary analysis of the selections. Includes study of critics in the field and of illustrators. 

ENG 143 English Literature: Beowulf to 1500 (3) 

Major works of the medieval period studied in their historical and cultural contexts. 

Prerequisite: HIS I A in addition to regular literature prerequisites.. 

ENG 144 English Literature: 1500 to 1700 (3) 

Major works of the Renaissance and Restoration studied in their historical and cultural 
contexts. Prerequisite: HIS 1A in addition to regular literature prerequisites. 

ENG 145 American Literature: Beginnings to 1914 (3) 

Major works of colonial, early federal, and nineteenth-century America studied in the light of 

their historical contexts. 

ENG 146 American Literature: 1914 to Present (3) 

Study of major works of modern America; consideration of how the literature reflects the 

condition of society after World War I. 

ENG 147 English Literature: 1700 to 1900 (3) 

Major works of the 18th Century, Romantic and Victorian periods studied in their historical 

and cultural contexts. 

ENG 148 Twentieth Century English and European 

Literature (3) 

Major contemporary works studied in their historical and cultural contexts. 

ENG 156H The Modern Temper (3) 

Recommended for upper division. An exploration of the concept of the modern, through a 

study of nineteenth and twentieth-century literature, with particular attention to the interfacing 

of literature with history, philosophy, religion, or the behavioral sciences. Recommended for 

honor students. GS-IIIB 



ENGLISH 179 



ENG 161 Study of the Novel (3) 

Chronological reading and study of representative novels from the 18th to the 20th centuries. 
Emphasis on critical enjoyment and awareness of the novel's changing form. 

ENG 1 62 Study of Poetry (3) 

Study of the development of poetry from its beginnings to the twentieth century with 
emphasis on critical enjoyment. 

ENG 163 Study of Drama (3) 

Analysis of representative plays from major periods of theater history with emphasis on works 

of classical, European, English, and American playwrights; theories of interpretation are 

applied. 

ENG 164 American Drama (3) 

In-depth study of American drama. Plays ranging from Eugene OeNeill to the present 

selected to reflect the rich cultural diversity that gives American drama its distinctive voice. 

GS-IIIB, VI 

ENG 165 Novels of the Americas: Latino Voices (3) 

Major contemporary Latin American and U.S. Latino novelists examined in cultural, 

historical, and political contexts. Multicultural emphasis shows how the two groups influence 

each other while also showing their unique traits. Writers include Isabel Allende, Gabriel 

Garcia Marquez, Cristina Garcia. GS-IIIB, VI 

ENG 172 Chaucer (3) 

Readings in the poetry of Chaucer, principally the Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde, with reference to the minor works. 

ENG 173 Shakespeare (3) 

Appreciation of Shakespeare's range and art as a playwright through study of works from 

different periods of his development; combination of in-depth and background study. 

May be repeated for credit. GS-IIIB 

ENG 174 Shakespeare Seminar (3) 

Advanced study and research in the works of Shakespeare, with attention to Renaissance 

culture and thought. Culminates in a written project. Designed for upper-division English 

majors, but other upper-division students may be admitted with permission of instructor. 

ENG 175 Exploring World Theatre (3) 

This course develops an understanding and appreciation for the theatre as an art form and as a 

collaborative creative process. Students learn to appreciate the many styles of theatre from 

ancient forms to the Musical Theatre, from Medea through Shakespeare and Ibsen to West 

Side Story. Students develop a command of the basic vocabulary of working professionals on 

the stage by enacting and directing scenes from the works studied. Emphasis is placed on the 

power of different forms of theatre to influence and affect the community. GS-IIIB 

ENG 181 Theory and Criticism (3) 

Advanced study in methods of examining and discussing literature. Practice in literary 

analysis. Consideration of selected major critical theories and documents. 

ENG 184 Studies in British and American Literature (3) 

Study of selected authors, literary periods, or genres. May be repeated for credit. Designed for 

upper-division English majors, but other upper-division students may be admitted with 

permission of instructor. 



180 



ENGLISH 



ENG 190 Internship (1-6) 

Students are placed and supervised in business or administrative positions that make use of 
the skills developed in the major study. May be repeated for credit up to 6 units. 
Prerequisites vary and are determined in consultation with the coordinator. 

ENG 191 Directed Study (1-3) 

Study in a field of special interest under the direction of a department member. May be 
repeated for credit. 

ENG 192 Special Studies (1-3) 

Exploration of special interest areas in the study of language and literature. May be repeated 
for credit. Prerequisite: ENG 1AB, equivalent, or permission of instructor. 

ENG 193 Special Studies in Language and Literature (3) 

Advanced reading and research in selected areas of language and literature. May be repeated 
for credit. Designed for upper-division English majors, but other upper-division students may 
be admitted with permission of instructor. 

ENG 195 English Seminar (3) 

Designed to provide upper-division English majors with an opportunity for in-depth 
investigation into literature and ideas; culminates in a written project. English minors and 
other upper-division students admitted with permission of instructor. 
ENG 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 




FILM 181 

Documentary Film and Social Justice 

Department Affiliation: Art and Sociology 

The medium of film has become a universal means of communication. Today, with the 
advancement of digital technologies, film production capability has dramatically increased, 
creating tremendous opportunities for engagement in the filmmaking enterprise. A Mount St. 
Maryes College education, with a strong foundation in the liberal arts, is an ideal setting for 
the artistic exploration of the social conditions of our time, with a focus on social justice. This 
is the central goal of our film program. 

The program is dedicated to educating students in the applied art of documentary filmmaking, 
including a conceptual understanding of the nature and influence of film in society, and 
providing a social justice lens through which they may express their perception and 
understanding of the social world. 

Unique aspects of our documentary film program include its emphasis on social justice, its 
interdisciplinary nature (principally in art, sociology and philosophy), and the intimate 
classroom setting, with a low instructor to student ratio. In addition, students can gain hands- 
on filmmaking experience early on in the program. The required internship experience in the 
senior year allows Mount students the chance to enter the real world of film production, 
positioning them for job options upon graduation. State-of-the-art cameras, software, and 
hardware are available for studentse creative projects. A theater for public screening of 
student work and the programes yearly documentary film festival possesses excellent 
amenities and the latest projection technologies. 

Required courses are offered at both the Doheny and Chalon campuses and are open to both 
majors and non-majors. A student majoring in documentary film will be prepared to enter a 
vast array of careers related to the industry, including film production for non-profit 
organizations or for-profit companies. 

B.A. Degree in Documentary Film 

ART 2 • Design (3) 

ART 10 Photography (3) 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

FLM 33 or 133 Culture, Music, and Broadcasting (3) 

FLM 35/135 Internship (3) 

FLM 127 Alternative & Independent Media (3-6) 

FLM 129 History, Theory & Ethics of Documentary Film (3) 

FLM 131 The Documentary and Social Justice (3) 

FLM 132 Film and Television (3) 

FLM 135 Mass Media (3) 

FLM 137 Documentary Film and Storytelling (3) 

FLM 139 Documentary Production I (3) 

FLM 140 ABC Documentary Production II (3) 

Plus two social justice courses offered by the Sociology Department, selected with the 
approval of the Film Program Director 

Total Units: 45 



182 FILM 



Recommended: 






CUL 107 


Theory and Practice of Culture 


(3) 


CUL 110 


Culture Through Film 


(3) 


PHI 167 


Ethics and Film 


(3) 


PHI 174 


Philosophy of Art 


(3) 


PHI 175 


Philosophy of Film 


(3) 


RST45 


Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics 


(3) 


Minor in Documentary Film 




ART 2 


Design I 


(3) 


ART 10 


Photography I 


(3) 


FLM 139 


Documentary Production 1 


(3) 


FLM33orl33 


Culture, Music and Broadcasting 


(3) 


FLM 131 


The Documentary and Social Justice 


(3) 



Plus one social justice course offered by the Sociology Department, selected with 
approval of the Film Program Director. 
Total units: 18 



ART 2 Design I (3) 

An investigation of the elements and principles of design through specific visual problems. 

Color theories are explored and subsequent interaction of color is studied through application. 

GS-IIIA 

ART 10 Photography I (3) 

A laboratory and theory course that is concerned with a working understanding of a 35mm 
format camera, techniques of shooting, developing, and printing. Photo projects in this course 
will have an emphasis in issues dealing with contemporary society and social issues. This 
course investigates content and form through the use of black and white film. The Art 
department will loan 35mm camera to students with a need. 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

An introduction to the scientific study of human social behavior, including the foundational 
theories and the basic elements of social research. Viewing human life as inherently social, 
the social and environmental forces that influence and are influenced by personal experience, 
culture, and social arrangements, are examined. GS-IIIF, VI 

FLM 127 Alternative & Independent Media (3-6) 

A practical study of the various forms of alternatives to mainstream corporate media, focusing 
especially on its potential for advocating and effecting social change. As a practical 
application of principles studied, members of the class will work together to produce and 
promote three screenings of the MSMC Human Rights Film Festival as well as a radio 
program intended for broadcast on a local independent radio station. (Same as SOC 167) 



FILM 183_ 

FLM 129 History, Theory & Ethics of Documentary Film (3) 

A history of the documentary form from the beginnings of file to the present. The course will 
also include components exploring basic theoretical concepts and ethical considerations 
relevant to filmmakers working in the documentary form. 

FLM 131 The Documentary and Social Justice (3) 

The elements, style, research, and production methods of the documentary as a 
communication medium is examined. Introductory-level student projects will be developed, 
informed by genealogical, anthropological, and psychosocial theory and methods. (Same as 
SOC 131.) 

FLM 132 Film and Television (3) 

The purpose of the course is to examine and critically analyze contemporary film and 
television as a communication medium of culture, social trends, values and sentiments. The 
organizational, political, economic, and strategic dynamics involved in this medium of 
creative expression and the production demands and constraints associated with it are also 
studied. (Same as SOC 132.) 

FLM 133 Culture, Music and Broadcasting (3) 

A study of the intersection of mass culture, subculture, personal identity, musical expression, 
production and distribution. Studio processes, technical aspects, the economics and politics of 
production, icon development, social networking, opportunity structures, and presentation of 
self are also addressed. (Same as SOC 133) 

FLM 135 Mass Media (3) 

An examination of the popular mass media as a reflection, characterization, and interpretation 
of culture and society. In addition, the use of the mass media, with an emphasis on television 
and film, in politics, economics, and religion will be explored. Critical analysis of ongoing 
and emerging trends in television and film will also be conducted. (Same as SOC 135) 
FLM 139 Documentary Production I (3) 

Both a lab and field work class. This course introduces all aspects of beginning filmmaking 
including screenwriting, shooting, editing, and sound. (Same as ART 139 and SOC 139.) 

FLM 140ABC Documentary Production (3) 

Advanced production class. Perfecting of all aspects of production encountered in 
Documentary I with the addition of lighting skills. Expected outcome is feature quality 
documentary films. (Same as ART 140.) 

FLM 141 Documentary Production Lab Assistant (3) 

Student must have taken Art 139 with a grade of A. The purpose of this course is to give 
students a chance to hone understandings of production and content with regard to editing and 
story through helping other students in the editing lab. Assistant will work with an instructor 
in researching equipment, trouble-shooting, and advanced research. (Same as ART 141.) 
FLM 197 Internship (3) 

Application of major program study in an internship setting. Minimum of 100 hours of on- 
site experience enhanced by a running log of activities, learning experience, and journal 
entries. Development of professional portfolio is also required. Internship site is to be 
selected and agreed upon by both student and department advisor. (Same as ART 35/135.) 



184 FILM 

PHI 167 Ethics and Film (3) 

This course examines the ways in which film can raise ethical issues that challenge us to 
reflect upon our lives and the society in which we live. There are two approaches that we will 
take: (1) case study approach—going from the film itself (the characters, the story, etc.) to 
examining the sorts of ethical issues that arise, the ethical decision-making, and ways in 
which we might evaluate the decisions and actions shown in the film; (2) theoretical 
approach— going from major ethical theories to specific films (e.g, Fargo, Do The Right 
Thing, The Insider, What About Bob? , Shawshank Redemption, Quiz Show). Prerequisite: Any 
other ethics class or any two Philosophy classes. 

PHI 174 Philosophy of Art (3) 

A study of the philosophical concerns around the creative process, the work of art, and 
aesthetic evaluation. This includes a study of the classical thinkers of aesthetics (e.g., 
Aristotle, Plato, Croce, Langer, Tolstoy), as well as contemporary theories. As part of this 
study, we examine multicultural perspectives (e.g., Chicano murals, African American film 
directors, women in film). Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. 
GS-VBI, VI 

PHI 1 75 Philosophy of Film (3) 

A study of philosophical ideas and theories about film, film theory and various schools of film 
criticism. In a particular semester, we may focus on a particular theme, such as the hero in 
American film, or authenticity and personal integrity, or visions of society. In addition, we 
will be interested in looking at film as an expression of cultural values and an instrument for 
change. As part of that goal, we will examine the role of race, class, and gender in assessing 
film. Prerequisite: one philosophy course. GS-VBI, VI 

CUL 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

The course addresses the growing domestic and global necessity for understanding and 

communication across cultural boundaries. This is a theoretical and practical approach to 

understanding cultural differences as well as similarities. 

CUL 110 Culture through Films (3) 

This course uses a thematic approach to analyze a selected number of cultures from different 

parts of the world through films. 

RST 45/145 Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics (3) 

A consideration of the positions and views of Christian ethicists on selected contemporary 
issues. Topics may vary, Prerequisite for RST 145: A lower division course in this area. 
GS-VA3 



FRENCH STUDIES 185 



French Studies 

Department Affiliation: Language and Culture 

French remains the most widely spoken European language outside of English. It remains the 
language of refinement and culture, and through Francophone literature reflects a uniquely 
global diversity of cultures based solely on language. 

The department has programs for both majors and minors in French Studies. These are 
comprehensive programs leading to a proficiency in the four basic language skills: listening, 
speaking, reading and writing. Incorporated into the programs are the culture and civilization 
of France, and a focus on French and Francophone literature. 

Major: 38 units 
Minor: 26 units 

Core Courses required for Majors and Minors 

FRE 1 & 2 Elementary French I & II (or equivalent) (4,4) 

FRE 3 & 4 Intermediate French III & IV (3,3) 

CUL 1 07 Theory & Practice of Culture (3) 

Minors must complete 26 units, combining core courses with 3 upper division courses. 

Upper division courses required for Majors 

FRE 1 1 French Writing Lab (3) 

FRE 112 History and Civilization of France (3) 

FRE 126 Modern Classics (3) 

FRE 191 Senior Thesis (3) 

Three additional upper division courses are required. 
Majors must complete 24 upper division units. 

FRE 4 is prerequisite for all upper division French courses. 

Any course completed with a grade of D or below is not acceptable toward a Major or 
Minor in French Studies and must be repeated. 

All students are strongly encouraged to do a double Major or combine a Major with a 
Minor. Students are also strongly encouraged to do a Junior Semester Abroad, for a 
maximum of 12 transferable units. 

Majors must take a minimum of 15 upper division units in the department. Minors must 
take a minimum of 1 2 units in the department. 



FRE 1 Elementary French I (4) 

Develops fundamental skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Emphasis on speaking 

and writing. GS-IV 

FRE 2 Elementary French II (4) 

Further improves all four language skills stressing reading and writing, and vocabulary 
building. GS-IV 



186 FRENCH STUDIES 



FRE 3 Intermediate French III (3) 

Emphasis on conversation and oral comprehension. Emphasis on vocabulary building and the 

acquisition of idiomatic speech patterns. GS-IV 

FRE 4 Intermediate French IV (3) 

Introduction to French and Francophone literature. A variety of literary texts will be read and 

discussed to improve reading and oral communication. GS-IV,VI 

FRE 33A/B French Culture and Civilization (3,3) 

A comprehensive approach, both historical and thematic, to a better understanding of French 

culture today. Highlights of major social and historical developments and of literary and 

artistic movements. These courses are given in English only through the Weekend College. 

GS-IV 

FRE 101 French Writing Lab (3) 

Intensive training in writing, with emphasis on vocabulary, idiom, structural patterns and 

style. Exercises in rhetoric, in creative and other forms of writing. 

FRE 112 History and Civilization of France (3) 

This course will cover the major trends and expressions of French civilization, including the 

Age of Cathedrals, the French Renaissance, the glory of Versailles, and the French 

Revolution. 

FRE 114 The Belle Epoque: Before and After (3) 

This post Revolutionary period starts with Napoleon and ends with the second World War. 

From Romanticism and Surrealism in literature, from Impressionism to Cubism in painting, it 

is the vibrant evolution of modern France. 

FRE 116 Contemporary Culture and Politics (3) 

The economic recovery of France under the leadership of Charles de Gaulle, its place and role 

in the European Community, as well as the new trends in art, philosophy, literature and films 

are some of the topics included in this course. 

FRE 124 Literary Masterpieces (3) 

Poetry, tragedies, comedies and philosophical essays, from the Middle Ages to the end of the 

eighteenth century: the best of French literature before the Revolution. 

FRE 126 Modern Classics (3) 

The nineteenth century has been called the Golden Age of French literature and includes 

Balzac, Victor Hugo, Beaudelaire, Flaubert, Emile Zola and many other remarkable writers. 

FRE 128 Twentieth Century Literary Trends (3) 

From the Surrealists to the Roman Nouveau, this course will focus on some of the great 

French writers of this century, with special emphasis on Albert Camus, Andre Malraux, 

Marcel Pagnol, and Natalie Sarraute. Selected texts from various Francophone cultures will 

be evaluated in terms of cultural variances and their impact on mainstream French literature. 

GS-VI 

FRE 190A/B Internship (3,3) 

Internship/cooperative experience programs in areas related to French culture or international 

business. 



FRENCH STUDIES 187 



FRE 191 Senior Thesis (3) 

A two-semester directed research project required for majors under the direction of a 
department faculty member. The topic of the thesis must be approved by the department 
chairperson. Students must enroll in their thesis course no later than the first semester of their 
senior year. 

FRE 194 Study/Travel (1-6) 

Pre-travel lectures and readings, as well as guided tours in the country, serve as basis for a 

study/travel program, with each participant developing a project highlighting the travel 

experiences. 

FRE 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

FRE 198AB Directed Readings (3,3) 

Directed readings selected from authors representative of significant literary periods. 

FRE 199 AB Independent Studies (1-3,1-3) 

Directed research. For qualified students with the approval of the department. 



188 GERONTOLOGY 



GERONTOLOGY 



Department Affiliation: Sociology 

The Gerontology major is interdisciplinary and grounded in the excellent liberal arts tradition 
of Mount St. Mary's College. All required courses for the major, minor and certificate are 
available in an online format. This means the program core requirements (as listed below) 
can be completed via distance learning. 

Gerontology consists of an exploration of the biopsychosocial dimensions of life course 
development, with a focus on the rapidly expanding aging population of the United States. In 
the twenty-first century, careers in gerontology are projected to expand rapidly, with demand 
remaining high over the next several decades. 

As a gerontologist, career options include case management and care management, social 
work, non-profit or for-profit management, and more. The Gerontology major provides 
excellent preparation for graduate studies in social work, public policy, the law, and research. 

Along with the Major in Gerontology, a Minor and Certificate Program are also available. 

Core required courses for B.A. in Gerontology: 

GER 120 Case Management (3) 

GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3) 

GER 189 Gerontology (3) 

GER 192 Thanatology (3) 

GER 197 Gerontology Internship (3) 

SOC 1 3 or BIO 40A Anatomy for Social Services/Anatomy (3/4) 

SOC 104 The Family (3) 

SOC 1 12 Medical Sociology (3) 

SOC 1 1 7 or 1 1 8 Research Methods (3) 

SOC 1 2 1 Human Services Ethics (3) 

SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3) 
Plus one human rights course : 

SOC 162, 163 or 164 (3) 
Plus two additional courses from the following : 

BIO 1 1 2 Human Nutrition (3) 

BUS 185 Principles of Management (3) 

GER 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3) 

PSY 132 Personality (3) 

PSY 1 60 Cognition and Perception (3) 

PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3) 

SOC 103 Group Therapy: Theory and Practice (3) 

SOC 106 Introduction to Psychotherapy (3) 

Plus completion of General Studies requirements for a total of 124 units. If a student's first or 
primary major will culminate in a B.S. Degree, the Modern Language requirement is not 
applicable. 

Total units for Major in Gerontology: 36 



GERONTOLOGY 189 



The Minor in Gerontology 
Required courses: 

A minimum of six courses, which must include: 

BUS 4 Business Foundations 

Or 

BUS 185 Principles of Management (3) 

Or 

GER 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3) 

GER 120 Case Management (3) 

GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3) 

GER 189 Gerontology (3) 

GER 192 Thanatology (3) 

PS Y 168 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Plus two additional courses from the Gerontology major or recommended list (shown above). 
Total units for the Minor in Gerontology: 18 



Certificate in Gerontology 

A Certificate in Gerontology is available to those who have previously earned a Bachelor 
degree, but now wish to receive training in gerontology in order to prepare for a career in the 
field. 

Required Courses: 

GER 120 Case Management (3) 

GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3) 

GER 189 Gerontology (3) 

GER 192 Thanatology (3) 

SOC 104 The Family (3) 

SOC 112" Medical Sociology (3) 

SOC 121 Human Services Ethics (3) 
Total units in Gerontology: 21 



GER 120 Case Management (3) 

A study of the methods and practices utilized by health and human services case managers 
working in a variety of social service resource settings, such as hospitals, daycare centers, 
senior centers, non-profit outreach programs, and convalescent facilities. Fundamental 
business, management and social interaction skills will be highlighted. 



190 GERONTOLOGY 



GER 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3) 

This course will introduce managerial theories on leading non-profit organizations. The 

learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active sponsorship of 

service organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory with practice, requiring 

team cooperation, planning, and accountability. 

GER 188 Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders (3) 

This course addresses the multiple challenges caregivers must address in serving the needs of 

elders. Caregiving, service modalities, and care options are examined. In addition, 

environmental adaptations that provide optimal conditions for sustained independent living 

are presented. 

GER 189 Gerontology (3) 

A cross-cultural exploration of aging as experienced in the United States. Ageism, societal 

attitudes regarding the elderly, and responses to the aging process, both from the individual 

and social perspective, are examined. Cultural variation and responses to aging and the 

social, political, and economic implications of a rapidly expanding aging population in the 

U.S. and in many regions of the world, will be analyzed. Resource and service availability for 

the elderly-locally, regionally, and nationally~will also be assessed. 

GER 192 Thanatology (3) 

A multi-disciplinary and comparative approach to death and dying. The course focus will 

consist of historical and literary themes, along with cultural responses which have provided 

understanding, coping, and meaning for the death and dying process. 

GER196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

GER 197 Gerontology Internship (3-6) 

The application of the major's program of study through an internship experience. A 
minimum of 1 20 hours of on-site experience is required, along with practicum attendance and 
participation. Internship site to be selected and mutually agreed upon by student and advisor. 
Open to majors only and to be taken in senior year of study. Prerequisite: GER 189. 

GER 198 Readings in Gerontology (1-6) 

Intensive and independent study in a field of special interest at the culmination of one's 

gerontology studies. 

GER 199 Special Studies (1-6) 

A more advanced or specialized treatment of an area covered in the regular course list. 



HUMAN SERVICES 191 



Health and Human Services 

Departmental Affiliation: Sociology 

A.A. Degree 

Within the Department of Sociology, an Associate in Arts degree in Health and Human 
Services is available on the Doheny Campus. This program prepares students for entry level 
careers in the social services (e.g., health services, law enforcement, probation, family 
services and youth services), and for advanced studies in the Baccalaureate program on the 
Chalon Campus. In addition to completion of all General Studies courses for the Associate in 
Arts degree, the following are required: 

Courses Required for A.A. Degree in Health and Human Services: 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

SOC 6 The Family, Child, and Community (3) 

SOC 7 Introduction to Human Services (3) 

SOCIO Deviance and Youth (3) 

SOC 13 Anatomy for the Social Services (3) 

SOC 25 Internship: Human Services (3) 

SOC 30 Human Communication (3) 

SOC 49 Multicultural Issues for Health Care Professionals (3) 

PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

BIO 10 or Health Science (3) 

BIO 5 Life Sciences (3) 

BUS 4 Business Foundations (3) 
One Ethics course: 

PHI 2 1 , RST 4 1 , RST 45, RST 49, or RST 50 (3) 

Students may select an emphasis in Bilingual Settings by the addition of the 
following courses: 

SPA 1 * Elementary Spanish I (4) 

SPA 2 or Elementary Spanish II (4) 

SPA 3A* Accelerated Spanish III (3) 

SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish IV (3) 

* Requirements may be met through examination 

Plus all other General Studies requirements for the A.A. Degree. 



192 HISTORY 



History 



Department Affiliation: History and Political Science 

The student who majors in History examines and analyzes the heritage of the recorded past in 
an effort to better understand and evaluate events and developments of the present. Emphasis 
is placed on American, European, and non- Western civilizations. 

Other options are offered in the closely-allied area majors offered in Social Science with 
emphasis in History, Political Science, and Public Administration. 

It is possible to have history and American Studies as a double major. See American Studies. 
Such a combination is highly desirable and very useful, combining as it does with the general 
major a specialized study of the character and developing trends of American society. 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in History 

Lower Division: 

HIS 1 AB Western Civilization (3,3) 

HIS 3 World History (3) 

Upper Division: 

Nine upper division courses including: 

HIS 101 Historical Methods and Historiography (3) 

Two courses in United States history (6) 

Two courses in non-European/non-United States history (6) 

Total units in History: 36 

The Minor in History 

A minimum of six courses including: 

HIS 1 A or IB Western Civilization (3) 

HIS 3 World History (3) 

Four upper division History courses, at least one of which is non-European/non-United States 

history. 

To declare a minor in History a student must take at least 5 approved courses from Mount St. 
Mary's College. 

Total units in History: 18 

HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3) 

An historical study of the major elements in human heritage designed to introduce the student 

to the ideas, attitudes, and institutions basic to western civilization. GS-IIIC 

HIS 3/103 World History (3) 

A global perspective on world history, focusing on the major civilizations and their 

interaction with the environment GS-IIIC 

HIS 4/104 History and Film (3) 

An exploration between film and the past that focuses on how film constructs history and how 

history can be approached through the study of history 



HISTORY 193 



HIS 5/5H European Leaders and Ideas in Ferment and Flux (3) 

A study of the major people and forces which shaped European culture and institutions from 

the mid- 19th century to the present. GS-IIIC 

HIS 6/106 American Cultural History (3) 

An historical perspective on American cultural practices, values, and patterns of 

representation, focusing not only on "highbrow" sources such as Emerson's essays, but also 

on movies, music, cartoons, advertising images, and other forms of expression taken from 

popular culture. Topics include American humor, gender relations, African-American 

culture, civil religion, the Emersonian tradition, and the West as symbol and myth. GS-IIIC 

HIS 7/107 History of Women in the Middle Ages: Finding a Voice (3) 

A survey, from the period of late Roman antiquity through the Christian Middle Ages, of Western 

perspectives about women written by men as well as "counter-perspectives" written by women 

themselves. The lives and writings of key women and their contributions to the history of women 

and modern feminist thought are highlighted, including Hroswitha, Hildegard, Heloise, Marie de 

France, Julian of Norwich, Margery of Kempe, Christine de Pisane. 

HIS 11/111 Native American History (3) 

An introduction to the varied historical experiences of the diverse nations native to North 

America from the pre-colonial period to the present. 

HIS 19/119 History of the American West (3) 

An examination of myth and reality concerning the American frontier experience. Emphasis 

is placed on the multicultural nature of the American West and on the role and experience of 

women in settling it. 

HIS 20/120 The Sixties (3) 

An examination of the foreign policy, domestic politics, and social and cultural developments 

of the 1960s. Topics include the Vietnam War; the student, civil rights and anti-war 

movements; the counterculture, second-wave feminism, and the New Right. 

HIS 23/123 American Revolutions (3) 

Focuses on periods that constituted major turning points in the history of the United States, 

including the Revolutionary period and early Republic, the Civil War and its aftermath, 

FDR's New Deal, and the sixties. 

HIS 25 Cultural and Historical Geography (3) 

A survey of the basic cultural elements of geography, of their correlation with the physical 

elements, and of the geographic factors basic to the study of history and the social sciences. 

GS-IIIC, VI 

HIS 45/145 Europe from the Renaissance to the Enlightenment, 1300-1789 (3) 

Students are invited to probe the intellectual and artistic flowering of the Renaissance as well 

as its political and economic foundations; further investigation will focus on the intellectual, 

social, religious and political complexities of the Reformation era as well as its major 

religious and political personalities. The European search for security and the effort to 

reconcile the Old Regime with the New Science of the Enlightenment. An examination of the 

attempts to maintain the political balance and growth of forces leading to the modern world. 

GS-IIIC 

HIS 46/146Europe:The Age of Revolution and Nationalism,1789-1871(3) 

A study of class conflicts, culture and nationalism in the period from the beginning of the 

French revolution to the unification of Italy and Germany and the Commune of Paris. The 

intellectual and artistic achievements of figures such as Goya, Beethoven, Stendhal, Darwin, 

Marx, and Wagner will be treated in relation to the political, social, and cultural trends of this 

period. GS-IIIC 



194 HISTORY 



HIS 47/147 Europe: The Age of Imperialism and Totalitarianism, 1871- 
1945 (3) 

The history of Europe in the German era from the establishment of the Second Reich to the 

collapse of the Third. A study of society and culture in nations preparing for and conducting 

total war. The intellectual and artistic achievement of figures such as Nietzsche, Freud, Mann, 

Nijinsky, Orwell, and Picasso will be treated in relation to the political and intellectual 

currents of the period. GS-IIIC 

HIS 50/150 An Introduction to Asian History (3) 

Introduction to the major themes in the social, cultural, religious, and political development of 

Asia; principally India, China, and Japan. Examines and compares the history of these 

civilizations from pre-history to the early twentieth century. GS-IIIC 

HIS 75 Contemporary America (3) 

American life since 1945; national and international problems, the place of the United States 

in world affairs, and the changing mores of American society. GS-IIIC, IIIG 

HIS 93ABCD Studies in Selected Historical Problems/Topics 

(3,3,3,3) 

The course will reflect special areas of research by various faculty members and visiting 
lecturers. The particular areas of study will be announced in the semester schedules. 
HIS 101 Historical Methods and Historiography (3) 

An examination of modern research and writing methods emphasizing needed skills in 
preparing research papers. Evaluation of the most significant historians and historical works. 
Required for history majors. 

HIS 112/112H Economic History of Europe (3) 

This course will offer a unified explanation for the growth of Western Europe from A. D. 900 

to 1900, with particular emphasis on the evolution of economic institutions. These institutions 

include property rights and wage labor. (See ECO 112H.) GS-IIIC 

HIS 113 History and Civilization of Spain (3) 

A study of the social, cultural and political history of Spain with an emphasis on the values 

and institutions which have created modern society in Spain. (See SPA 112.) 

HIS 114 Ancient Civilizations (3) 

A study of the history, society, literature and religion of the peoples of ancient Egypt, Israel 

and Mesopotamia. The course covers the dawn of civilization up to the coming of Alexander 

the Great with emphasis on the influence and contributions of the ancient Near East on the 

development of "Western" civilization. 

HIS 1 15AB History of Political Theory (3,3) 

(See POL 117AB.) GS-IIIC 

HIS 116 Classical Civilization (3) 

The development of ancient Greece from the Bronze Age through the Hellenistic Ages. The 

rise of Rome, its rule of the Mediterranean, and its role as transmitter of the Greek heritage. 

GS-IIIC 

HIS 1 18 The World of Medieval Europe, 500-1300 (3) 

An Exploration of the forces, institutions, and people of the late Roman Empire, the 
emerging Christian Church, and the Germanic tribes which fused together to create the 
foundations for Western European civilization. GS-IIIC 



HISTORY 195 



HIS 124 History of the Middle East (3) 

An examination of the development of major Islamic civilizations to the emergence of the 
contemporary nation states. Emphasis on the origins of the Turkish-Christian and Arab- 
Jewish conflicts. 

HIS 126 Department Seminar (3) 

This course is limited to juniors and seniors and provides an in-depth examination into an 
historical topic. Research and writing skills are emphasized; a major research paper is 
required. (Same as POL 153.) Prerequisite: His 101. 

HIS 130 Colonial Latin American (3) 

A survey of Latin America from the period of conquest and colonization through the 

nineteenth century movements for independence. 

HIS 131 History of Religion in North America (3) 

An historical survey of the North American religious experience from colonial times to the 

present. Topics include African- American religion, Puritanism, evangelical revivalism, 

religion and politics in antebellum reform, Mormonism, Spiritualism, and New Thought, 

religion's response to urbanization, industrialization, immigration, religion and science, 

religion and politics from the radicalism of the 1960s to the neoconservative evangelism of 

the contemporary period, New Age religion, and women and religion. Although the course 

emphasizes Christianity, it includes brief examinations of the historical experience of Native 

Americans, Jews, and Muslims. 

HIS 132 Civil Liberties (3) 

A critical study of the various efforts to suppress the rights of citizens defined by the 

Constitution from the period of the early Republic to the Patriotic Act. 

HIS 133 Political Biography (3) 

History approached through the biographies of major political, social, and cultural actors, 

American and non- American. (See POL 104.) 

HIS 151 Advanced Studies in the History of Modern Japan (3) 

An examination of the rapid transition of the feudal Japan of the Shogun to the modern 

technological state. This course will probe the events that brought changes in government, 

family, religion, education, industry and foreign relations from 1600 to 1952. (See POL 

152A.) GS-IIIC 

HIS 152 Advanced Studies in the History of Modern China (3) 

An emphasis on the development of Modern China through a biographical approach. 

Personalities such as the Empress Dowager, Sun Yat-Sen, Mao Tse Tung and others will 

provide insights into the evolution of the Chinese state. (See POL 152B.) GS-IIIC 

HIS 154 The History of Modern Mexico (3) 

This course on Modern Mexico examines the social, cultural, political and economic forces 

that have shaped contemporary Mexico. 

HIS 162 History and Civilization of Latin America (3) 

A survey of pre-Columbian and Latin American social and cultural history, with stress on the 

values and institutions which have created modern society in the Latin American world. (See 

SPA 44/144.) GS-VI 

HIS 165 History of the Spanish-Speaking Peoples of the United States (3) 

A study of the Spanish-speaking peoples in the United States today. The history, 

contemporary status, and emerging future of the Mexican Americans, with attention to the 

Puerto Ricans, Cubans, and other communities of importance to Southern California. (See 

SPA 145.) 



196 HISTORY 



HIS 171 The United States from Colony to Republic, 1607-1800 (3) 

The American Revolution, Confederation, and Union under the Constitution; the social, 

economic, and cultural development of the United States to 1800. GS-IIIC 

HIS 173 The United States in the 19 th Century (3) 

Social, economic, political development from the early national period through the Gilded 

Age, with special emphasis on the Civil War, including the underlying causes of the conflict 

and its consequences for American civilization. GS-IIIC 

HIS 175 The U.S. in the 20 th Century (3) 

United States social, economic, political and cultural development from the Progressive Era to 

the present, including World Wars I and II, Korea and Vietnam, the Great Depression, the 

Cold War, Women's suffrage, the Civil Rights Movement, and the globalization of American 

culture during 'The American Century." GS IIIC 

HIS 178 Diplomatic History of the United States (3) 

A survey of the factors entering into the formation and the carrying out of American foreign 

policy, with emphasis on twentieth century developments and post World War II problems. 

GS-IIIG 

HIS 179 Constitutional History of the United States (3) 

The evolution of the fundamental characteristics and trends in American constitutional 

development with emphasis on contemporary problems. Consent of instructor necessary for 

non-majors and non-minors. (See POL 108.) GS-IIIC, IIIG 

HIS 180 Current Constitutional History (3) 

Emphasis on the Bill of Rights as applied to both federal and state jurisdictions. Also includes 

examination of both substantive and procedural due process. (See POL 109.) GS-IIIC, IIIG 

HIS 181 Modern Presidential History (3) 

A study of 20th Century presidents and how their personalities and styles of leadership 

influenced political trends. A comparative analysis of crises and leaders will be the major 

emphasis. GS-IIIC 

HIS 184 Radicalism and Dissent (3) 

A look at American history and society through the eyes of those on the margins, including 

religious "come-outers," Wobblies, anarchists, sixties radicals and flower children, and 

contemporary eco-terrorists. GSIII-C 

HIS 185A African American History: American Slavery, 1619-1865 (3) 

Slavery as an economic and social institution from its introduction to the English colonies in 

1619 to its abolition following the Civil War in 1865. GS-IIIC 

HIS 185B African American History:Emancipation to the Modern Era(3) 

Social, political, economic, and cultural history of African Americans, with emphasis on how 
African Americans achieved legal and political equality with the American system. African 
American cultural expression, Black Nationalism, and changing race relations throughout the 
history of the United States. GS-IIIC 

HIS 185C/185CH Race and Racism in American Life and Thought (3) 
The evolution and role of race constructs in American social and intellectual history, 
including law and politics, art and the media, and evolving social mores from Colonial 
America to the late 20 th Century. GS-IIIC 



HISTORY 197 



HIS 186/186H Gender in American Life and Thought (3) 

The evolution and role of gender constructs in American social and intellectual history 
including law and politics, art and the media, and evolving social mores from Colonial 
America to the late 20 th Century. 

HIS 188 California History (3) 

Social, economic, cultural, and institutional development of California through the Spanish, 
Mexican, and American periods. (See POL 1 79.) GS-IIIG 

HIS 191 Major Issues in the United States Women's History (3) 

A topical study of women's struggle and evolving role in American life throughout American 

history. Among the areas considered are politics and public life, economics and business, art 

and culture, family relationships, gender roles and expectations, and the race/gender nexus. 

GS IIIC 

HIS 192ABC Women of Color in the U.S. (3) 

This course explores the experiences of women of color in the United States through history, 

literature, and film. Each semester the course focuses on a single group of women of color. 

The course may be repeated for credit. 

HIS 193ABCD Studies in Selected Historical Problems/Topics (3,3,3,3) 

Each course will reflect special areas of research or interest by various faculty members and 

visiting lecturers. The particular areas of study will be announced in the semester schedules. 

HIS 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

HIS 197ABC Readings in Historical-Literature (1-3) 

Individual programs of reading on significant historical topics or fields. Designed to acquaint 
the student with pertinent books of the past and present. Limited to majors in history. 
HIS 198 Internship in Public History (3) 

Students serve a supervised internship in a selected museum or public history site. 



198 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 



The Masters Degree in Humanities 

Department Affiliations: English, Cultural Studies, History, Political 
Science 

The Master of Arts Degree in the Humanities is an interdisciplinary degree, which 
includes courses from three separate disciplines— English, History /Political Science, and 
Cultural Studies. Students may spread their courses among all three or choose a concentration 
in one area. Whichever choice the student makes, he or she will take three interdisciplinary 
core courses that deal with an integration of ideas that go beyond the boundaries of a single 
discipline. Emphasis is placed on oral and written communication skills, on critical and 
analytical thinking, and on creative, interdisciplinary problem solving. 

Students will have the opportunity to nurture the habit of life-long learning through the study 
of works by the great thinkers and imaginative artists of the past and present who have 
reflected on the nature of God and the universe, on nature and time, and on what it means to 
be human. 

The Master of Arts Degree in the Humanities is a 30-unit program in which the final 
course constitutes an original contribution. This original work may take the form of a Masters 
thesis or a creative project. 

Admission Requirements 

• Completion of a Baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of 
higher education 

• Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale 

• Two letters of recommendation 

• Entrance interview with an advisor 

• No graduate admission tests are required 

Core Courses (9 units): At the heart of the program is a series of three required courses, one 
in each of these areas: Cultural Studies, English, and History /Political Science. Each of these 
interdisciplinary seminars features a research and writing component designed to help prepare 
students to work on their final thesis or project. Students may take these courses in any order 
as long as they complete one seminar in each of the three areas. With the guidance of a faculty 
advisor, a student may elect to earn a concentration by completing four courses (12 units) in 
one of these disciplines. 

Elective Courses (18 units): The remaining six courses may be chosen from a list of 
interdisciplinary courses created to offer students the opportunity to explore the 
interrelatedness of various disciplines of study. 



MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 199 



Culmination Course (3 units): To complete the Masters degree, each student submits an 
original, graduate-level project or thesis. This work is done under the supervision of a faculty 
advisor. If a student chooses to do a project in place of a traditional thesis, a written 
component is required that places the project in a context that reflects the student's 
cumulative experience in the program. Application forms and guidelines are available from 
the Program Director. 

Students are encouraged (but not required) to consider a project or thesis that draws upon the 
resources of the community surrounding the Doheny campus. Faculty as well are encouraged 
to draw upon this racially and culturally diverse neighborhood in designing the content and 
methodology of their courses. 

CORE COURSES: 
CULTURAL STUDIES 

People of Two Worlds 

HUM 270CS People of Two Worlds (3) 

Explores various perspectives on men and women who have left their homelands to live 
temporarily or permanently in new cultures. 

HUM 271CS Landscapes and Timelines: The Development of 

Social Units Around the Globe (3) 

Studies the chronological development of social units around the world from the beginning of 
time to the present with emphasis on the community and the individual. 

Sex and Gender 

HUM 272CS Sex and Gender (3) 

Using the perspective of gender as a social construct, this course explores how the roles of 
men and women differ with different societies, looking at rites of passage, attitudes and 
values around marriage, age-based and socio-economic perceptions of "other," as well as 
variance in attitudes toward sexual behavior. 

Faces of Spirituality 

HUM 273CS The Faces of Spirituality (3) 

This course looks at how various cultural groups conceptualize spirituality and worship, and 
how such ideas determine people's perception of, and relationship to, the cosmos. 

Theory and Practice of Culture 

HUM 274CS Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

This course examines a range of theoretical approaches to the study of culture and cultural 
practice. The course focuses on different aspects of cultural life, including symbols, language, 
ritual, religion, gender, politics, globalization, race, ethnicity, and memory. Theoretical and 
methodological approaches to interpreting and portraying culture will be explored, using the 
cross-disciplinary genres of ethnography, cultural studies, fiction, and film. 



200 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 



Culture through Film 

HUM 275CS Culture through Film (3) 

Films as visual literature afford direct access to the hidden world of culture. This course 
analyzes through film a selected number of cultures from different parts of the world. Using a 
comparative approach to understand these films as texts, we parallel the traditional study of 
literature, but with a more specific intent to study culture. 

Aesthetics and Taste 

HUM 276CS Aesthetics and Taste (3) 

The objective of this course is to understand the many different criteria for, and conceptions 
of, what is perceived to be "beautiful" and "good" across global cultures. A wide selection of 
topics will be explored, such as fashion and taste; inner and outer beauty; and creative 
representations of beauty in music, dance, architecture, and art. 

Culture of Time and Space 

HUM 277CS Culture of Time and Space (3) 

These two universal and all-encompassing dimensions are conceived of and understood with 
considerable variation in different societies. The issue of time as duration, of monochrome 
and polychronic time will be explored, as well as the field of proxemics which is the study of 
how people conceive and use space — social, visual, auditory, and architectural space among 
others. 

HUM 278CS The Silk Road: A Cultural Mosaic (3) 

This course will study the historic Silk Road, its historical evolution and the cultural 
geographical aspects of cultural regions along the road, cultural diffusion especially of art and 
religious ideas, cultural integration, human landscapes, and human ecology. 

HUM 284CS The Early Modern Experience. (3) 

This course will focus on the era that gave rise to Humanism, printing, the Renaissance, and 
the European encounter with the Americas. Particular emphasis on the interaction of cultures, 
languages, and religions. 

Biography, Autobiography and Anthology 

HUM 279CS Cervantes in the Twenty-First Century (3) 

Four hundred years after his death, why are people of all ages, from all over the world, still 
drawn to the works of this man? What is the universal appeal of his work that resonates in the 
modern world and inspires contemporary writers? Why do we still read his works today? 

HUM 280CS Contemporary Russian Women's Writing: Text 

and Context (3) 

Traces the ways in which Russian society's concept of womanhood changed and remained the 
same; explores the varied and dynamic literary production by Russian women authors in the 
aftermath of glasnost. Authors such as Ludmilla Petrushevskaya, Tatyana Tolstaya, and 
Ludmilla Ulitskaya shed light on the struggle for identity within a changing cultural and 
sociopolitical climate. Looks at issues like motherhood and work, marriage, sexuality and 
gender relations, and the importance of friendships between women in Russian culture. 



MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 201 



HUM 282CS Biography, Autobiography and Anthology (3) 

Personal accounts of men and women who have had a global impact across cultures and time. 

Myths across Cultures 

HUM 281CS Myths Across Cultures (3) 

Studies significant patterns of world myths and theories of mythology as both a reflection of 
culture and of universal human themes. The course also introduces the Masters candidate to 
graduate level research methods. 

Healing Body and Soul 

HUM 283CS Healing body and soul (3) 

The concern for healing is shared equally by all cultures, as it has a metaphysical dimension 
among certain people and less so in others. This course will focus on the philosophies that 
underlie the process of healing and their manifestations. 

HUM 289CS Special Topics in Cultural Studies: (3) 

May be repeated as topics vary. 

ENGLISH 

HUM 205E Shakespearean Subjects (3) 

Centers on the individual in selected works of William Shakespeare and his portrayal of the 
individual mind at work, the actor among events larger than the self: the fates of kings and 
nations, the agonies of lovers, the betrayal of friends and comrades. Will also include 
theoretical texts on the construction of "subject" in the early modern period and scholarship 
about Shakespeare the man. 

HUM 212E Epic, Community, and Identity (3) 

A culture studies-focused course that looks at the Homeric texts, Virgil, Beowulf, and 
Arthuriana, and their cultural progeny. Examines what these texts (including their retellings, 
especially through film) say about cultural and individual self-concepts and how those self- 
concepts connect to empire. 

HUM 230E The Gothic Tradition in Art and Literature (3) 

Explores the history of the Gothic ideal in painting, sculpture, and architecture from 1 2th 
century through the dawn of the Renaissance, including the exquisite cathedrals at Chartres, 
Rhiems, and Paris as well as Gothic art in England, Italy, Germany, and Spain and considers 
how the idea of "gothic" translates to narrative art. 
HUM 23 IE Dante (3) 

Interdisciplinary approach to Dante, viewing his literary achievement in light of other 
perspectives, especially theology, philosophy, art history, and politics. Readings include his 
Commedia and his political treatise, On Monarchy, as well as contemporary political and 
religious treatises. 



202 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 



HUM 232E Creative Writing (3) 

Through both reading and writing, this class delves into considerations of elements of "style," 
and "voice," exploring character development, plot, dialogue, time, place, stream of 
consciousness, and suspension of disbelief. Type of writing ranges from short pieces of 
fiction to chapters for novels, to poetry depending on the genre being offered. Method of 
instruction also varies with the instructor and may include "workshop" in which each 
student's writing is read by the rest of the class for constructive criticism. Class may be 
repeated for credit. 

HUM 233E Shakespeare and His World (3) 

Examines Shakespeare's drama in the social, political, and economic context of the 
Renaissance period. Questions whether plays such as Richard II and Henry /Fpose a 
challenge to the monarchy and social hierarchy, how comic conventions of cross-dressing and 
mistaken identity in such plays as Twelfth Night and The Merchant of Venice reflect conflicts 
between individual desire and social convention, and what his plays tell us about the 
Elizabethan age — and, by comparison, our own. Texts, journals, diaries, letters, etc., by other 
writers of the period will also be examined. 

HUM 234E Science & the Victorians (3) 

Looks at how literature of the Victorian Period responded to contemporary scientific theories, 
how it borrowed from and gave emotional substance to scientific concepts, and considers how 
Victorian scientists conveyed their theories in the language, metaphors, and analogies usually 
reserved for literature. In exploring the works of writers like Mary Shelley, Tennyson, 
Dickens, and Hardy, and scientists like Darwin, Koch, Pasteur, Doyle, and others, students 
will consider how these two seemingly antithetical disciplines are actually closely interrelated 
cultural practices that reflect the social, political, and economic hopes and fears of the period. 
HUM 235E Los Angeles Literature (4) 

This course will explore the way myths have ruled L.A. and its literature, including the 
numerous ways — for instance noir, realism, multiculturalism, postmodernism — that L.A. 
authors have responded to and deconstructed the so-called "sunshine mythology" of the city's 
"disneyfied " boosters. 

HUM 236E Southern Exposure: The Fiction of William Faulkner (3) 
Investigates Faulkner's exposure of the "Southern fagade" by focusing on the social and 
psychological themes of his fiction, including issues of gender, race, and class. Also examines 
the "fiction" of the author's own life. Includes selected short stories and novels by Faulkner 
and biographical works. 

HUM 237E The American Dream and its Literary Legacy (3) 

Much of American literature results from an attempt to deal with the problematic intersection 
between the promise of the American dream and the reality of America's historical legacy, 
which includes a good deal of individual failure as well as racism, the destruction of Native 
American cultures, and discrimination. Some recent American writers have tried to redefine 
the American dream in order to reaffirm its validity while others pursue alternative visions out 
of the past or into the future. This course examines 19 th and 20 th Century American literature 
with an eye towards this problematic dream. Includes authors such as Harriet Jacobs, 
Sojourner Truth, Emerson, Whitman, Melville, Kate Chopin, Fitzgerald, Silko, etc. 



MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 203 



HUM 238E World Literature: The Changing Face of Evil (3) 

Since the beginning of time, evil has worn many faces, and the concept of evil has found 
expression in many forms of creative thought — art, literature, philosophy. An investigation 
into the changing ideas about the nature of evil in Western literature raises questions like: 
How does "nature" figure into the definition of evil? Is there a connection between gender 
and evil? The inquiry takes students through a wide range of time and a number of cultures. 

HUM 239E The Romantic Heritage (3) 

Romanticism, as a literary movement in England, began at the dawn of the 1 9 th Century with 

the poetry of Samuel Taylor Coleridge and William Wordsworth and quickly found kindred 

spirits in Keats, Shelly, Byron, and others. The major proponents in America were Walt 

Whitman and the "Transcendentalists" — Emerson and Thoreau, etc. Students immerse 

themselves in the poetry and ideas of the English and American "Romantics" and trace the 

movement through the Victorian period and into "modernist" poets like Cummings and Eliot 

and even into the later 20 th Century. 

HUM 240E "Story Painters and Picture Writers": Poetry and 

the Visual Arts (3) 

Artists such as William Blake, Dante G. Rosetti, E. E. Cummings, and William Faulkner (yes, 

Faulkner) worked in more than one medium — written text and visual art. In some instances, 

poets were inspired by objects of art; in other cases, poems become the subject of visual art. 

This interdisciplinary course uses a variety perspectives and critical approaches to explore the 

relationships between these media. 

HUM 24 IE Sports in Literature (3) 

This course examines sport as subject, symbol, and motif in a variety of texts, including 

journalism, fiction, and autobiography. By looking at the intersection of text and sport, 

students examine what sports mean to our society and reveal about our culture. 

HUM 242E Nineteenth-Century Gothic Literature (3) 

The Gothic novel came into its own in the mid-eighteenth century but had its heyday in the 

nineteenth century. This course offers a variety of approaches to the topic, ranging from 

vampire literature to female Gothic, to race, gender and imperialism in Victorian Gothic 

and/or American Gothic, depending on the instructor. May be repeated for credit as topic 

changes. 

HUM 243E Voices From the Margins: A Search for Identity (3) 

Students have the opportunity to explore what gives voice to marginalized groups in such 

works as Toni Morrison's Song of Solomon, Maxine Hong Kingston's Woman Warrior, 

Leslie Marmon Silko's stories and novels, and plays by David Henry Hwang and August 

Wilson. Readings will be determined by instructor. 

HUM 244E Eco-Criticism:Literature and the Environment (3) 

Uses the most intriguing schools of contemporary literary criticism to examine the work of 

prosenature writers like Annie Dillard, Edward Abbey, and Henry David Thoreau; of poets 

like Mary Oliver, Wendell Berry, Joy Harjo, and W. S. Merwin; and of novelists like Zora 

Neale Hurston, Khemingway, DeLillo, and Cormac McCarthy. Includes reading from fields 

of biology, history, geography and philosophy. 

HUM 245E Chaucer (3) 

HUM 249E Special Topics in Literature: (3) 

May be repeated as topics vary. 



204 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 



HISTORY 

HUM 210H The Survival of Democracy in America: Alexis 

DeTocqueville & His Critics (3) 

This course examines the fragile nature of democracy, and the political and social institutions 

that can serve to strengthen it, through an examination of Alexis de Tocquevillees classic 

work, Democracy in America. Students will consider Tocqueville's critics, the relevance of 

Tocquevillees analysis under current political conditions, and assess his predictions for the 

survival of democracy in America. 

HUM 223H Roots of the Holocaust in Western Culture: Anti-Semitism 

from Antiquity to the Shoah (3) 

This course will study the origins of anti-Semitism in Western culture, from its pre-Christian 

roots through the interaction between the early Christian Church and its Jewish antecedents, 

and the unfolding anti-Semitism of the Middle Ages. The relationship between the cultural 

foundations and the development of political traditions in post-Enlightenment Europe that led 

to the Nazi Holocaust will be examined. 

HUM 250H Japan in Film (3) 

Japanese cinema has played a special role in global film history, influencing directors as 

diverse as George Lucas, Steven Spielberg and Quinten Tarentino. This course examines the 

history of Japanese film, and the history of Japan through film. It will include directors such 

as Kurosawa Akira, Ozu Yasujiro, Itami Juzo and Miyazaki Hayao. Comparisons will be 

made between Japanese film, the Western films they influenced, and vice versa. The course 

will include both live-action and animated film. 

HUM 251H Leadership and Personality (3) 

How do character and personality influence political leadership? Using a psychoanalytic 

approach, and focusing on American presidents, this course will illuminate the way in which 

character traits, personality patterns, and worldview have shaped the way leaders make 

decisions, respond to crises, and contribut to the political environment. 

HUM 253H America in the Sixties (3) 

This course examines conflicting concepts of community and personal identity in modern 

Americans most formative decade, the 1960s. Topics to be covered include the Civil Rights 

movement under Dr. Martin Luther King, Black Power, csecond-wavee feminism, and the 

Chicano movement. 

HUM 256H Racism in the Modern Age (3) 

The evolution and role of racial constructs in American social and intellectual history, 

including law and politics, art and the media, and evolving social mores from colonial 

America to the modern era. 

HUM 258H Political Theory and the Individual (3) 

Explores notions of the "individual" in society as developed by political theorist of the early 

modern era. The investigation includes studying The Leviathan, in which Thomas Hobbes 

theorizes that the reality of human nature requires the formation of contractual government if 

the individual is to escape a life that is "short, brutish and nasty." Students will also analyze 

J. S. Mill's On Liberty, and his theory of the free and independent individual and the 

relationship between passion and intellectual reason. Finally, students will examine Adam 

Smith's The Wealth of Nations and assess his theory that the power of individual rationality 

and "self-interest rightly understood" provide the best opportunity for a workable society. 



MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 205 



HUM 259H Natural Law (3) 

Natural Law theory posits that morality can and should play an important role in law and 

politics. Scholars in the natural law tradition argue that law informed by morality can 

preserve a cultural environment in which citizens refrain from self-corrupting actions, and are 

more likely to make morally upright choices. Critics of this theory argue that "morals laws" 

are more likely to be an affront to civil liberties and individual autonomy. This course 

explores Natural Law theory and its leading critics from the liberal tradition. 

HUM 261H African American History: Seeking Liberation (3) 

A series of thematic courses that explore the African-American experience from slavery 

through contemporary times, exploring such issues as legal, social, and political struggles for 

equality, civil rights, Black nationalism, and Black political movements. 

HUM 262H Special Topics: African American History: Building 

Community (3) 

A series of thematic courses that explore the African- American experience of community 

building in the United States in all its manifestations, including religious, social, professional, 

and Utopian communities. 

HUM 262H Special Topics: African American History: Building 

Community in the Promised Land: Black Los Angeles, 1900-1945 (3) 

Los Angeles's Black community, in the early years of the 20 th century, absorbed two great 

waves of migrants from the South, looking for new opportunities. This course examines how 

this culture interacted with the nativist elements it encountered and how it established an 

identity of its own that registered a wider influence in all spheres of American and African 

American culture. 

HUM 263H African American History: Culture and Image (3) 

A series of thematic courses that explore the Black image in American culture through time, 

including Black imagery in literature, film, advertising, music, and myth. The course will 

also explore what role the popular and cultural image had on the contemporary status of 

Blacks in society. 

HUM 264H Marx, Marxism, and History (3) 

Delves into the details of Marx's thought, examines how revolutionaries around the world 

attempted to apply these notions to their own societies, and studies the relationship between 

Marxism and intellectuals, looking at why Marx's ideas have failed to produce a communist 

world. The Soviet Union, China, and Cuba especially will be analyzed. 

HUM 265H Race and Slavery in America (3) 

An examination of the role of race in the development of slavery as a legal institution on the 

American continent, from the colonial era through the American Civil War. Will study the 

phenomenon of race as a social and legal construct as the underpinning of American slavery 

from 1619 to 1865. 

HUM 266H Politics and Religion in America (3) 

Explores the relationship between religion and politics in American history. Examines the 

Constitutional concept of the separation of church and state as well as landmark legal cases 

associated with it. Also looks at the nation's "civil religion," that unique conflation of 

Protestant and republican values that has informed American public life since the 

Revolutionary era. With this context in place, the course focuses on specific issues involving 

religion that are matters of public controversy today-abortion, gay marriage, stem cell 

research, intelligent design, and the problem of poverty. 



206 MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 



HUM 267H Kennedy: The Camelot Presidency in History and Myth (3) 

The presidency of John F. Kennedy (1961 - 1963) survives as both an historical and a 
mythological legacy. In contemporary America, it is often difficult to distinguish where one 
ends and the other begins. This course will examine the historical record of the Kennedy 
administration and its foreign and domestic policies, as well as the popular myths that have 
grown from that era, comparing the two while attempting to determine why myths emerge and 
what purpose they serve in a political and social context. 
HUM 268H Plays and Politics (3) 

HUM 269H Special Topics in History/Political Science: (3) 
May be repeated as topics vary. 

ELECTIVES 

HUM 201 The Role of Women in Western Christian Culture (3) 

Considers the role of women in the creation and continuation of Western Christian culture, 
and Christianity's ambivalence toward women throughout the centuries. Focuses on three 
historical periods: The First Thousand Years; Reformation Years to Modernity; Post-Modern 
Years. 

HUM 202 The Philosophy of Death (3) 

This course examines the significance of death over twenty-five centuries of thought and 
across several different disciplines, from ancient Greek philosophy, through the Hindu and 
Buddhist religious traditions, through Christianity, to modern and contemporary attempts to 
deal with the phenomenon of death in psychoanalysis, social anthropology, and philosophy. 
HUM 206 Native American Art and Philosophy (3) 
This course is a journey into the realm of Native American art and philosophy. Central to this 
study, we will look at art, film, and literature as vehicles of mythology, ideas, and values. Our 
goal is to see how (1) the images and symbols in art and film and (2) the ideas and stories in 
literature shape a worldview and a tribal philosophy. This will include the Inuit, Haida, 
Ojibwa, and the Huichol. 

HUM 207 Contemporary Political Philosophy (3) 

Does the political subject still exist, or are we merely the demographically determined targets 
of political campaigns? Do we still need the "state"? Or is this 19 th Century concept no 
longer valid in an era when global capital, trans-national corporations, NGOs and other "non- 
state actors" (e.g., "terrorists") all wield power? Does this complex concept articulate the 
relations between political subjects and the political community? Will investigate these 
questions in works by Derrida, Foucault, Zizek, and others. 
HUM 211 Explorations of Non- Western Ideas (3) 

Interdisciplinary exploration of non-Western ideas-expressions and perspectives of India, 
China, Japan, Africa, and Southeast Asia—focusing on the broad themes of individual, 
society, creativity, and cosmos. 

HUM 215 Blood on Our Hands: Crime, Violence and Fear in 
America (3) 

This course will examine crime and violence as part of America's past and present culture, 
and the dynamic role that fear plays as both a motivation for and a consequence of violence. 



MASTERS DEGREE IN HUMANITIES 207 



HUM 222 Charles Darwin: His Life and His Legacy (3) 

Biology, sociology, psychology, even theology, literature, and the arts have all been shaped 
by the Darwinian paradigm. Politicians struggle with the impact of his theories, which 
continue to drive the most fundamental questions: "Who are we, and where did we come 
from?" This course looks at the historical Darwin and the contemporary understanding of 
Darwinism on post-modern life. 

HUM 224 20th Century World Views (3) 

Surveys contemporary worldviews, including some that profoundly shaped the world in the 

20th Century, and now define the 21st Century. Includes such modes of thought as idealism, 

phenomenology, existentialism, hermeneutics, Marxism, critical theory, psychoanalysis, 

structuralism, post-structuralism, deconstruction, postmodernism, and feminism. 

Thematically, our interdisciplinary concern will be with such issues as the rise of Humanism 

and the reaction against it, the flirtation with Marxism, the rise of the women's movement, the 

loss of colonial empires, etc. 

HUM 225 Film and Sociology (3) 

HUM 229 Special Topics in Humanities: (3) 

May be repeated as topics vary. 

HUM 295 Directed Individual Study (3) 

May be repeated for credit. 



HUM 296A Capstone Project Proposal Workshop (1) 

Workshop prepares students for their final project. 

HUM 296B Capstone Project (2) 

Students may elect to do a Masters thesis or a creative project under the direction of a faculty 
advisor. Before registering for the project, students must complete HUM296A and must have 
their proposals approved by their advisors, the Humanities Committee, and the Director of the 
Program. Forms and guidelines are available from the Program Director. 

HUM 297ABC Capstone Project Continuation (1, 1, 1) 



208 JAPANESE 



Japanese 

Department Affiliation: Language and Culture 

As an institution of higher education on the Pacific Rim and with a student population praised 
for its diversity, the department of Language and Culture offers two semesters of Japanese to 
fulfill the language requirement. These courses can also be taken as electives. 



JPN 1 Elementary Japanese I (4) 

This course develops the student's four communication skills. The course reviews selected 

grammar, builds vocabulary and Kanji. The different levels of politeness in speech are 

introduced. The course also covers topics that enhance the student's awareness and 

understanding of Japanese culture. GS-IV 

JPN 2 Elementary Japanese II (4) 

This course continues perfecting the student's four communication skills. By extensive 

aural/oral and reading/writing exercises, the student achieves further proficiency in the target 

language. It focuses on building vocabulary, idiomatic expressions, and Kanji to help 

students discuss and write essays with enough ease on selected topics, including Japanese 

culture, literature, and history. GS-IV 






JOURNALISM 209 



Journalism 

Department Affiliation: English 

JRN 101 Basic News Writing (3) 

Introduction to the basic skills of reporting and news writing. Intensive writing practice. 

Overview of print and broadcast journalism. 

JRN 102 Advanced Reporting and News Writing (3) 

Reporting techniques and intensive experience in identifying news sources, interviewing, 
researching, and constructing the story. Practice in a variety of types of journalistic writing. 
Emphasis on journalism ethics and law. Prerequisite: JRN 101 or equivalent. 

JRN 90/190 Internship (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

JRN 96/196 Oracle Workshop (1-3) 

Guides students through the monthly production of the student newspaper. Addresses all 
aspects of production including reporting, writing, editing, layout and advertising. May be 
repeated for credit. 



210 LANGUAGE & CULTURE 



Language and Culture 

The Department of Language and Culture offers Spanish, French and Japanese programs 
carefully designed to provide students with the necessary tools to interact effectively in a 
multicultural social or professional environment. In order to sharpen their skills, students are 
encouraged to use the latest technology, do service learning, and study abroad. 

In this age of globalization, communicating with the rest of the world has never been more 
important. For communication to truly take place, we must understand not only the words but 
what is behind them; we must understand how people of different cultures think and act, and 
why. We must understand their culture. 

Culture is the set of beliefs, values, traditions and the history that has shaped the minds and 
rituals of any given group. Understanding cultures and having proficiency in their languages 
open a wide array of career opportunities, not only in the world of business, but also in any 
aspect of a service career such as health, education, law and order, and politics. For this 
reason, our department offers various interdisciplinary programs to combine Language and 
Culture with such departments as Business, Education, History and Political Science, Nursing, 
and Sociology. Students are encouraged to arrange double majors with these disciplines. 

In the Department of Language and Culture, the student can graduate with: 

1 . A Cultural Studies Minor (See p. 140.) 

2. A Minor or Major in French Studies (See p. 185.) 

3. Japanese classes (See p. 208.) 

4. A Minor or Major in Spanish Studies (See p. 347.) 

5. A Minor in Human Service for the Bilingual Settings 
(Interdepartmental collaboration with the Sociology Department) (See p. 191.) 

6. A Major in Spanish and Business 

(Interdepartmental collaboration with the Business Department) (see p. 117) 



LIBERAL ARTS 211 



Liberal Arts 



A.A. Degree 

The Associate in Arts degree with a specialization in Liberal Arts is designed for the student 
who wishes to explore various disciplines and have a wide variety of experiences. At the 
completion of the Associate in Arts program, the student may pursue a major leading to a 
Baccalaureate degree in her chosen field and/or she may enter a career which utilizes the 
benefits from her interdisciplinary program. For transfer to the Baccalaureate program on the 
Chalon campus, the student should consult her advisor regarding General Studies 
requirements. Requirements for admission into the Liberal Arts program are the same as those 
for admission into the Associate degree program. 

The Liberal Arts Program requirements include: 



English 6AB/1AB 


(3,3) 


Outreach 


(1) 


Intro to College Studies 


(1) 


Art or Music 


(3) 


Literature 


(6) 


Modern Language 


(8) 


Mathematics 


(3) 


Science 


(3) 


Psychology 


(3) 


Sociology 


(3) 


History/Political Science/Economics 


(3) 


Speech 


(2) 


Philosophy 


(3) 


P.E./Wellness 


(1) 



The student must complete all Liberal Arts requirements with a grade of C- or better (except 
for English classes where grades must be C or better). 

Total units in the Liberal Arts Program: 46 

Plus additional General Studies requirements and electives totaling 60 semester units. 

Students interested in pursuing the following majors on the Chalon campus can declare an 
emphasis and should take the following suggested courses when fulfilling their Liberal Arts 
requirements: 



nglish 


Liberal Studies 


Psychology 


HIS 1A& IB 


ART 2 


BIO 5 


PHI 5 or PHI 10 


BIO 5 and 10 


PHI 10 




MTH50&51 


PSY 1 


istory 


MUS6 


PSY 12 


HIS 1A& IB 


PHI 10 
POL 1 




olitical Science 


PSY 12 




POL2& 10 


RST61 





212 LIBERAL ARTS 



The B.A. Degree with a Major in 
Liberal Arts 

(Offered through Weekend College) 
Departmental Affiliation: English 

The Liberal Arts major involves the study of human beings and societies from the multiple 
perspectives of the humanities and the social sciences. By means of this interdisciplinary 
major, a student can explore and combine the varied insights into human art and activity that 
are revealed by the disciplines and methodology of psychology, literature, art, history, 
philosophy, religious studies, music, sociology, economics, and anthropology. 

Building on the base of the General Studies curriculum, students select courses for their major 
which will further their examination of human beings and societies through the lenses of at 
least two disciplines in the humanities and two in the social sciences. This focusing of 
perspectives allows the student to illuminate chosen themes such as the character of American 
culture or women's issues from a variety of intellectual angles, and to do so in depth and with 
rigor. 

The Liberal Arts major provides a solid background for graduate work in Law, Public 
Administration, and most fields in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Students who wish to 
develop a strong professional specialization are encouraged to combine the major with a 
minor, such as Business Administration. 

Requirements: 

A minimum of thirty units in Liberal Arts offerings, of which twenty-four must be upper 
division. A minimum of four of the upper-division courses must be in the humanities, 
representing at least two of the following disciplines: 

art music 

language philosophy 

literature religious studies 

A minimum of four upper-division courses must be in the social sciences, representing at least 
two of the following disciplines: 

anthropology political science 

economics psychology 

history sociology 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, 
including Modern Language requirement of two courses in Modern Language or 
Cultural Studies.. 

Total Units in Liberal Arts: 30 



LIBERAL STUDIES 213 



Liberal Studies 



Department Affiliation: Education 

The Liberal Studies major is an integrative program of study designed specifically for 
students seeking the Multiple Subject Credential authorizing them to teach in California 
elementary schools. This rigorous and intellectually stimulating major is designed to: 

• Prepare teachers who know subject matter in the liberal arts and sciences and who 
demonstrate understanding and appreciation of the diverse fields of human endeavor. 

• Enable future teachers to see relationships between subject matter content and the 
ways subject matter is developed, learned, and taught. 

• Assist future teachers in learning specified content in the major areas of study (see 
Major Requirements). 

• Help future teachers acquire the skills needed to transfer their knowledge to real-life 
applications in an elementary classroom. 

Students in the major explore areas of learning as active participants; they acquire a variety of 
skills and techniques, reflect on the learning process, and take responsibility for their role in 
it. 

Students may enroll in the Liberal Studies major elementary subject matter preparation 
program and, concurrently, be enrolled in the elementary teaching preparation program. (See 
Education.) 

To be eligible for acceptance into the Liberal Studies major, applicants must have achieved a 
minimum grade point average of 2.5 (C +) in high school and in any previous college 
coursework. Students pursuing the Liberal Studies major may be assigned course credit for 
Advanced Placement Scores of 3, 4, or 5 in subject areas that fulfill requirements for the 
major at the discretion of the program advisor. 

MSMC does not do equivalency evaluations of academic preparation programs or courses 
completed by candidates from other colleges or universities. MSMC does not evaluate 
academic preparation program equivalency for candidates who completed the Baccalaureate 
degree at Mount St. Mary's College unless the candidate completed the Diversified or Liberal 
Studies major. 

Contact the Coordinator of the Liberal Studies major with questions about this policy or about 
meeting requirements for the academic preparation for the Multiple Subject Credential. 
California legislation and regulations regarding credential requirements are subject to change 
and supercede MSMC catalog policies and department procedures regarding them. 

At Mount St. Mary's College the Liberal Studies major is offered through the Education 
Department. 

Liberal Studies Major Requirements 

All courses taken as part of the major must be approved by the Liberal Studies advisor during 
the official advisement period. 



214 LIBERAL STUDIES 



Language 

9 units in composition (e.g., ENG 1 A and IB or ENG 5H, and ENG 105) 

One course in speech (SPE 10) 

3 units in linguistics (ENG 102) 

Courses in language other than English to meet Mount St. Mary's College Modern Language 

requirements (See p. 62 in this catalog.) Spanish recommended. 

One course in children's literature 

3 upper division units in literature 

Mathematics and Science 

6 units in mathematics (e.g., MTH 50 and 51) 

3 units in biological science (must include a laboratory, e.g., BIO 5) 

4 units in physical science, including the study of physics, chemistry, space and earth science 
(e.g., PHS 2AB) 

3 units in health science (BIO 10) 

One course in computer processes and applications 

Social Science and History 

6 units in U.S. history and government, (e.g., HIS 106 and POL 1) 

(Candidates for the California teaching credential must complete 2 units of study of the U.S. 

Constitution.) 

3 units in world history (e.g., HIS 3 or HIS 1 12, or HIS 1 16) 

3 units in geography (HIS 25) 

3 units in sociology (SOC 161) 

3 units in California history (HIS 188) 

Humanities 

15 units are required to meet General Studies requirements at Mount St. Mary's College. 
RST 61 should be included as one of the courses. 

Fine Arts 

4 units in art (a course in art appreciation or history and ART 145) 
4 units in music (a course in music appreciation and MUS 130) 

1 unit in drama and dance (INT 194 A) 

Physical and Health Education 

4 units in physical and health education (BIO 10 and PED 100) 

Human Development 

6 units in human development (PSY 12 and PSY 1 13) 

Education 

The EDU 100, 101, and 102 courses provide opportunities for students to reflect on their 
integrative program of study. EDU 106 enables students to meet the field experience 
component of the program as required by the California Commission on Teacher 
Credentialing. 



LIBERAL STUDIES 



215 



EDU 100 Introduction to Liberal Studies (1 ) 

EDU 101 Seminar in the Concentration: Liberal Studies Major (.5) 

EDU 102 Integrative Seminar in Liberal Studies (1) 

EDU 106 School and Society (3) 

Students in the major complete a subject matter portfolio demonstrating their knowledge and 
skills in the areas of study included in the Liberal Studies major. According to State of 
California regulations, the California Subject Examination for Teachers (CSET) is a required 
component of the MSMC Liberal Studies major. 

Concentrations 

Candidates for the Liberal Studies major also complete a concentration in an area such as 
English, mathematics, social science, or Spanish. Concentrations are completed in subject 
areas commonly taught in elementary schools or related areas. The concentration consists of 
12 units of study which are coherently related to each other with an integrative theme and are 
ordinarily upper division units. Information about and examples of concentrations are 
discussed in EDU 100 and 101. 




216 MATHEMATICS 



Mathematics 



Departmental Affiliation: Physical Sciences and Mathematics 

While offering students an opportunity to study mathematics as part of a liberal education, the 
Mathematics major serves as excellent preparation for work in fields such as computer 
science, statistics, secondary teaching, business, or graduate study. Coupled with courses in 
chemistry and biology, a degree in mathematics also provides excellent preparation for 
entrance into schools of medicine, dentistry, or optometry. 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Mathematics 
Computer Science Emphasis 

Lower Division: 

MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4, 4) 

CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3) 

MTH 20 Programming (3) 

MTH 25 The LINUX/UNIX Environment (3) 

PHY 1 1 AB Mechanics/Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (4,3) 

PHY 1 BL Physics Laboratory ( 1 ) 

Students who can demonstrate their proficiency in any of the above courses may enroll in the 

next course in the sequence. Students who need further preparation in algebra and elementary 

functions should take MTH 1, College Algebra, before MTH 5 A. 



Upper Division: 






MTH 102 


Advanced Calculus 


(3) 


MTH 103 


Linear Algebra 


(3) 


MTH 1 1 1 


Abstract Algebra 


(3) 


MTH 113 


Probability and Statistics 


(3) 


MTH 119 


Differential Equations 


(3) 


MTH 128 A 


Numerical Analysis 


(3) 


Nine units from the following: 




MTH 101 


Topics in Geometry 


(3) 


MTH 120 


Discrete Mathematics 


(3) 


MTH 128B 


Numerical Analysis 


(3) 


MTH 135 


Structure of Programming Languages 


(3) 


MTH 140 


History of Mathematics 


(1) 



Total units in Mathematics: 48 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including 
Modern Language requirement. An overall GPA of 2.0 in major courses is required for the 
degree. 



MATHEMATICS 217 



The Minor in Computer Programming 

Lower Division: 

MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4) 

CIS 2 Introduction to Computer Programming (3) 

MTH 20 Programming (3) 

MTH 25 The LINUX/UNIX Environment (3) 

Upper Division: 

Two upper division courses chosen in consultation with the student's advisor from the 

following: 

MTH 1 1 3 Probability and Statistics (3) 

MTH 1 19 Differential Equations (3) 

MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3) 

MTH 128 AB Numerical Analysis (3,3) 

MTH 135 Structure and Comparison of Programming Languages (3) 

The Minor in Mathematics 

A minimum of eight courses including the following: 

MTH 5ABC Calculus I/II/III (4,4,4) 

MTH 1 1 9 Differential Equations (3) 

MTH 103 Linear Algebra (3) 

MTH 1 1 1 Abstract Algebra (3) 

Two additional upper division courses chosen in consultation with the department. (6) 



MTH OX Math Tutorial (1) 

This class is for students who need a review in a limited number of mathematical topics. The 
topics may include the numbers of arithmetic, an introduction to algebra, linear equations in 
one variable, word problems, polynomials, graphing and straight lines, systems of equations, 
rational expressions, radicals, quadratic equations, absolute value and inequalities. Students 
will meet one hour per week with a tutor. Credit does not apply to the Baccalaureate degree. 
MTH 1 College Algebra and Trigonometry (4) 

Set language and notation, real and complex numbers, fundamental operations, inequalities; 
polynomial, exponential, and trigonometric functions, and their graphs; De Moivre's theorem. 
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Examination or completion of 
MTH2X. GS-IHE,VIIB 

MTH 2X Fundamentals of Algebra (3) 

Real numbers and their properties, exponents and radicals, fundamental operations, 
polynomials, factoring, rational expressions, linear and quadratic equations and inequalities, 
systems of equations. Meets four hours per week. Successful completion of MTH 2X fulfills 
the AA Liberal Arts math requirement; credit does not apply to the Baccalaureate degree. 
MTH 5A Calculus I (4) 

Limits; continuity; derivatives of algebraic and transcendental functions with applications; 
antiderivatives; an introduction to the definite integral; the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. 
Prerequisite: Three to four years of high school mathematics including trigonometry and 
satisfactory score on Mathematics Placement Examination or grade ofC - or better in 
MTH 1. GS-IIIE,VIIB 



218 MATHEMATICS 






MTH 5B Calculus II (4) 

Techniques of integration (including substitution and parts); numerical methods of 
integration; applications of the integral (including areas, and volumes); improper integrals; 
infinite series; an introduction to parametric equations and polar coordinates. Prerequisite: 
Grade ofC - or better in MTH 5 A. GS-IIIE, VIIB 

MTH 5C Calculus III (4) 

Partial derivatives; multiple integrals; three-dimensional space; vectors in two- and three- 
dimensional space; vector calculus. Prerequisite: Grade ofC or higher in MTH 5B or consent 
of instructor. GS-VIIB 

MTH 10 Quantitative Reasoning and Mathematical Ideas (3) 

Ideas in mathematics chosen to emphasize problem-solving, decision-making, economic 

productivity and real-world applications. Recommended to fulfill GS HIE requirement absent 

other major requirements. Topics include critical thinking, inductive reasoning, problem 

solving, numbers, finances, statistics, probability, geometry, algebra and exponential 

functions. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on Mathematics Placement Examination or 

completion ofMTH2X. GS-IIIE, VIIB 

MTH 20 Programming (3) 

Intermediate level programming methods including vector and array manipulations, classes, 

functions, and subroutines. Applications in science, mathematics, and business. Prerequisite: 

CIS 2 and MTH 5 A or concurrent enrollment in MTH 5 A or consent of the instructor. 

GS-IIIE 

MTH 25 The LINUX/UNIX Environment (3) 

Basic LINUX and UNIX commands, the file systems, pipes, filters, shell procedures, reading 

of binary files and programming debugging aids. Prerequisite: CIS 2 and familiarity with a 

compiled programming language; MTH 5 A is highly recommended. 

MTH 28 Mathematical Analysis for Business (3) 

Topics in Algebra including solutions of systems of equations and inequalities; exponential 
and logarithmic functions; linear programming and mathematics of finance. Emphasis is 
placed on the application of mathematics to problems in business. Prerequisites: Satisfactory 
score on the Mathematics Placement Examination or completion of MTH 2X. GS-IIIE, VIIB 

MTH 30 Calculus for Business (3) 

Introduction to the differential and integral calculus of elementary functions and analytic 
geometry. Applications of the methods of calculus to business and economic problems. 
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on Mathematics Placement Examination or a grade ofC or 
better in MTH 1 or a grade ofB or better in MTH 28. 

MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

Elementary probability theory, properties of distributions, sampling, estimation, hypothesis 
testing, correlation. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement 
Examination or completion of MTH 2X. GS-IIIE, VIIB 

MTH 38H Elements of Probability and Statistics (3) 

Topics in probability and statistics including measures of central tendency and spread, 
elementary probability theory, properties of distributions, estimation, confidence intervals, 
hypothesis testing, linear correlations and regression. An algebra-based course intended 
primarily for nonmathematics majors. Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Mathematics 
Placement Examination or completion of MTH 2X. Open only to students admitted to the 
Honors Program. GS-IIIE 



MATHEMATICS 219 



MTH 50 Elementary Number Systems (3) 

Sets, numeration systems, properties of integers, rational and real numbers, elementary 
number theory, modular systems, problem-solving processes, ratio, proportion, percentage. 
This course receives General Studies credit and is required for Liberal Studies majors. Can be 
taken for professional credit. Prerequisite: High school algebra and geometry with a grade of 
C or better or satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. GS-IIIE, VI IB 

MTH 51 Elements of Geometry and Statistics (3) 

Intuitive geometry of lines, planes, and space; congruence, similarity, measurement, 
geometric constructions, elements of probability and statistics. This course is intended 
primarily for Liberal Studies majors. Can be taken for professional credit. Prerequisite: High 
school algebra and geometry with a grade ofC or higher or satisfactory score on the 
Mathematics Placement Examination. GS-IIIE, VIIA 

MTH 99/199 Special Studies in Mathematics (1-3) 

Independent or group studies in mathematics. Course may be repeated for credit. 

Prerequisite: Approval of the department and consent of the instructor. 

Any upper division mathematics course will require a minimum grade ofC in prerequisite 

courses. 

MTH 101 Topics in Geometry (3) 

A brief treatment of the axiomatic foundations of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. An 
introduction to differential geometry. Prerequisite: MTH 5C, 103 concurrent. 

MTH 102 Advanced Calculus (3) 

Set theory, real numbers and their topology, limits, continuity, differentiation and integration 
theory. Prerequisite: MTH 5C. 

MTH 103 Linear Algebra (3) 

Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. Prerequisite: MTH 5B. 

MTH 104 Number Theory (3) 

The division algorithm, different bases, g.c.d. and 1 .cm., the equation ax + by = n, the 
fundameatal theorem of arithmetic; properties of congruence, reduced residue systems, Euler 
phi-function, simultaneous congruences; polynomial congruences, primitive roots, indices, the 
law of quadratic reciprocity, finite and infinite continued fractions, some computer 
applications in elementary number theory. Prerequisite: MTH 5C or consent of instructor . 

MTH 105 Complex Analysis (3) 

Complex numbers and functions, analytic functions, integration, conformal mapping. 
Prerequisite: MTH 5C. 

MTH 1 1 1 Abstract Algebra (3) 

Numbers and number systems, groups, rings; fields; homomorphism and isomorphism 
theorems. Prerequisite: MTH 5C; MTH 120 strongly recommended or consent of instructor. 

MTH 113 Probability and Statistics (3) 

Probability as a mathematical system, random variables and their distributions, limit 
theorems, statistical applications, hypotheses testing. Prerequisite: MTH 5C or consent of 
instructor. 

MTH 119 Differential Equations (3) 

Linear equations, series solutions, Laplace transforms, numerical methods, existence and 
uniqueness of solutions. Prerequisite: MTH 5B. 



220 MATHEMATICS 



MTH 120 Discrete Mathematics (3) 

Logic, proof writing (including induction), set theory, functions and relations, algorithms and 
recursion, elementary number theory, combinatories probability, graph theory, and trees. 
Prerequisite: MTH 5B. GS-VIIB 

MTH 128AB Numerical Analysis (3,3) 

Solutions of large systems of linear algebraic equations. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of 
matrices. Interpolation: Lagrange and Newton polynomials. Fourier series and orthogonal 
polynomials. Introduction to the theory of ordinary differential equations. Heun and Runge- 
Kutta numerical techniques. Numerical determination of real and complex roots of 
polynomials; cubic splines; numerical treatment of partial differential equations, techniques of 
numerical integration. Prerequisites: MTH 5C, MTH 20. 

MTH 135 Structure and Comparison of Programming 

Languages (3) 

Basic concepts of syntax and semantics. Comparison of syntax and semantics of selected 
programming languages. Language design. How to evaluate a computer programming 
language. Prerequisites: MTH 5 A, MTH 20, or consent of instructor. 

MTH 140 History of Mathematics (1) 

History of mathematics from antiquity to the mid 20th Century. Prerequisites: MTH 5C, MTH 
103, and demonstrated mathematical maturity. 

MTH 190 Internship (1-3) 

An intensive work-study program for qualified upper division students. The student is 

responsible for setting up the internship in conjunction with the appropriate faculty and the 

office of Career Planning and Placement. This must be approved by the department 

chairperson. 

MTH 195H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 



MUSIC 221 



Music 



The Music major is a program carefully designed to provide a rich and wide range of musical 
learning and experience. It combines classroom study, discussions and lectures enhanced by 
technology with individual instruction, solo and ensemble performance, concert attendance 
and internships. Students select an emphasis in performance or music history. 

The B.A. degree offers preparation in music for students desiring a broad knowledge of music 
for teaching, research, performance, personal enjoyment, cultural development, or advanced 
degrees. The total curriculum includes two-thirds of the studies in the Liberal Arts and one- 
third in Music. 

The Music Department offers a Music Ministry Certificate program for persons wishing to 
pursue music leadership roles in parishes. Essentially a two-year program, it can serve as the 
basis for a Baccalaureate degree. 

The Music minor is available to interested students by completing at least 2 1 units as 
indicated. Students interested in music as an elective may participate in various offerings of 
the Music Department including performance classes, individual instruction, or in the study of 
music as an art. 

In addition the Music Department presents varieties of musical concerts, workshops, and 
other activities which enrich the quality of the educational and cultural life of the College and 
the community. 

Mount students have the opportunity to cross-register at UCLA for courses not offered at 
MSMC. 

The Music Department is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 

Requirements for Admission as a Music Major or Minor: 

1. Audition showing potential in the field of performance 

2. Theory examination for placement purposes 

3. Interview with designated department personnel 

4. Recommendations which indicate potential for music 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Music 
Performance Emphasis 



Core courses : 






MUS 1AB 


Musicianship I 


(3,1) 


MUS 1CD 


Musicianship I 


(3,1) 


MUS 2AB 


Musicianship II 


(3,1) 


MUS 5 


Music Practicum 


(.5,-5) 


MUS 11 


Functional Keyboard Skills 


(1) 



Required of all but keyboard majors. Every student must pass the piano 
proficiency examination before graduation. Only three units may be taken 
for credit. 



222 MUSIC 






MUS 15 
MUS 24AB 
MUS 105 
MUS 133 A 

MUS 139 
or MUS 140 


Applied Music (1-2) (4 semesters — Total 6 units) 
Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3) 
Music Practicum (.5,. 5) 
Music Analysis (2) 
Instrumental Conducting (2) 
Choral Techniques (2) 


Requirements: 

MUS 115 


Applied Music 


(2) (4 semesters, 2 units each term) 



MUS 151 
And choice of the 
MUS16/116 
MUS 17/117 

MUS 25/125 
MUS 142 
MUS 146 
Senior Recital 



Pedagogy 

following to total 4 units: 
Music of World Cultures 
Women in Music 
Music Masterpieces 
American Musical Theater 
Special Projects in Music 



(2) 

(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(3) 
(1-3) 



For the special needs of the individual, the department may substitute other courses for these 
music requirements. See also additional requirements for the B.A. degree. 

Total Units in Music: 43 
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 units, including Modem 
Language requirement. 



Music History Emphasis 



Core Courses: 

MUS 1AB 
MUS 1CD 
MUS 2AB 

MUS 5 
MUS 11 



MUS 15 
MUS 24AB 
MUS 105 
MUS 133 A 
MUS 139 
MUS 140 



Musicianship I 
Musicianship I 
Musicianship II 
Music Practicum 



(3,1) 
(3,1) 
(3,1) 
(0.5,0.5) 



Functional Keyboard Skills (1) Required of all but keyboard majors. 

Every student must pass the piano proficiency examination before 

graduation. Only three units may be taken for credit. 

Applied Music (At least one unit each term) 

Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3) 

Music Practicum (0.5, 0.5) 

Music Analysis (2) 

Instrumental Conducting (2) or 

Choral Techniques (2) 



Requirements: 

MUS 115 Applied Music 

MUS 125 Music Masterpieces 
And choice of the following to total 4 units: 

MUS 1 1 6 Music of World Cultures 

MUS 1 1 7 Women in Music 

MUS 142 American Musical Theater 

MUS 146 Special Projects in Music 



(Total 6 units) 
(3) 

(1) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1-3) 



MUSIC 223 



For the special needs of the individual, the department may substitute other courses for these 
music requirements. See also additional requirements for the B.A. degree. 

Total Units in Music: Approximately 43 
Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 units, including Modern 
Language requirement. 

Additional requirements for the B.A. degree: 

1. Evidence of academic and musical maturity prior to admission to junior standing. 

2. Performance in student recitals, and jury examinations in major instrument. 

3. Participation in an ensemble every semester. 

4. Satisfactory completion of Piano Proficiency Examination. 

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN MUSIC MINISTRY 

MUS 1/101AB Musicianship I (3,1) 

MUS 1/101CD Musicianship I (3,1) 

MUS2/102AB Musicianship II (3,1) 

MUS 10 Music and Worship (1-2) 

MUS 13 Applied Music - (Secondary Instrument) - two semesters 

MUS 15 Applied Music - (Primary Instrument) - four semesters 

MUS 24/1 24 AB Surveys of Music History and Literature (3,3) 

MUS 1 12 Music Ministry (2) 

MUS 140 Choral Techniques (2) 

MUS 146E Special Projects in Music: Theory and Composition (3) 

Ensemble: four semesters 

Electives in Church Music (2-8) 

RST 1 90T Foundations of Liturgy (3 ) 

THE MINOR IN MUSIC 

Requirements: 

A minimum of 21 units including: 

MUS 1/101AB Musicianship I (3,1) 

[Prerequisite MUS 3 or consent of the instructor] 
MUS 1/101 CD Musicianship I (3,1) 

MUS 3 Discovering Music Fundamentals (optional) (1-3) 

MUS 6/106 Varieties of Music (3) 

or 
MUS 24A/B or 124A/B Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3) 
MUS 13/113 Applied Music (4 semesters) (1-2) 

Ensemble 
Electives in Music 

MUS 1/101 AB; CD Musicianship I (3,1;3,1) 

(Harmony - 3, Solfege - 1 Lecture, three hours, and laboratory, two hours each week.) A 
functional study of the theoretical elements of music including the quantitative and aesthetic 
aspects of rhythm, intervals, scales, triads, two- and three-part counterpoint, and problem- 
solving chord connection up to the chord of the seventh. Development of aural, visual, 
singing, writing, playing, improvisatory, and compositional skills in notation, scales, modes, 
rhythm, and melodic and harmonic intervals. Prerequisite: MUS 3 or consent of instructor. 
GS-VIIA 



224 MUSIC 



MUS 2/102 AB Musicianship II (3,1) 

(Harmony - 3, Solfege - 1 Lecture, three hours, and laboratory two hours each week.) 

Continuation of Musicianship I, including ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth chords, chromatic 

harmony and modulation. Contemporary techniques in harmony, rhythm, melody, 

counterpoint and form, including the 12-tone technique, chance and electronic music. 

Development of aural, visual, singing, writing, playing, improvisatory, and compositional 

skills in compound intervals, chromatic and atonal melodies, chromatic harmonies, 

modulation, and more complex meters and rhythms to include twentieth century techniques. 

MUS 3 Discovering Music Fundamentals (1-3) 

A functional approach to the theoretical aspects of music for personal enjoyment, teaching, or 

access to more advanced theory courses. Emphasis on experiencing the melodic, rhythmic, 

harmonic and formal aspects of music. 

MUS 4 Guitar Class (1) 

Class instruction in the basic technique and performance of the guitar, development of music 

reading skills and appropriate repertoire. Students must provide their own instruments. 

MUS 5 Music Practicum (.5) 

Study of music literature of varied times, styles, and cultures through performance, concert 

attendance, lectures and reports. Discussion and study of selected issues and trends impacting 

the music profession. 

MUS 6/1 06M Varieties of Music (3) 

Beginning with an introduction to the world and language of music, this course explores the 

richness of the art of sound from varieties of avenues in order to heighten awareness, 

understanding and appreciation of this art. Emphasis on the diversity and stylistic 

development of music as it reflects the times and world cultures. Both MUS 6/106 may be 

taken for Honors Credit. Designed for non-music majors. GS - IIIA, VI 

MUS 7 Voice Class (1) 

Study of fundamental techniques of breath control, tone production, diction, and 

interpretation. Development of appropriate repertoire. Open to both music (other than voice 

major) and non-music majors. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 8A Elementary Piano I (1) 

Orientation to the piano, introduction to rudiments of music including note reading, basic 

chords and five finger scales. Simple pieces played with both hands in several major keys. 

MUS 8B Elementary Piano II (1) 

Instruction includes scale structures of major keys and primary chord harmonizations in 

simple major and minor keys. Easy pieces making use of extended hand positions, and played 

with attention to good rhythm, tone and dynamics. Prerequisite: MUS 8A or consent of 

instructor. 

MUS 8C Intermediate Piano (1) 

The course includes technical studies, major and minor scales, hand over hand arpeggios and 
chord progressions. Pieces from easy classic repertoire played with attention to basic concepts 
of piano technique, style and interpretation. Prerequisite: MUS 8B or consent of instructor. 

MUS 10 Music and Worship (1-2) 

A survey of the history of ritual, and the role music has played in the major liturgies 
throughout the centuries, with emphasis on the present. 



MUSIC 225 



MUS 1 1 Functional Keyboard Skills (1) 

A keyboard class to develop practical knowledge of chords, chord progressions, cadences, 

simple accompaniment of melodies, transposition and modulation. Includes program for 

progressive development of sight-reading, technical skills, and improvisation. Often taken as 

Directed Study. 

*MUS 13/113 Applied Music (1-3) 

Private instruction - instrumental or vocal. For non-music majors. May be repeated for credit. 

*MUS 15/115 Applied Music (1-3) 

Private instruction - instrumental or vocal. For music majors. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 16/116 Music of World Cultures (1) 

Introduction to the richness and variety of musical expression found in selected world 

cultures. Emphasis on the music of cultures well represented in California. Selected cultures 

may vary with each offering. 

MUS 17/117 Women in Music (1) 

A study of the contribution of women to the world of music both as composers and 

performers. 

*MUS 19/119 Mount Chorus (1) 

Study and performance of masterpieces of choral literature from all periods for women. Open 

to all college students, members of the community, and to qualified high school students with 

senior standing. May be repeated for credit. 

*MUS 21/121 Mount Singers (1) 

Study and performance of masterpieces of choral literature for women from all periods. Open 

to men and women, members of the community, and to qualified high school students with 

senior standing by audition. May be repeated for credit. Women participating students must 

enroll in MUS 19/119 concurrently. 

*MUS 23/123 Chamber Music (1) 

Study and performance of chamber music for various instrumental and/or vocal combinations. 

May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor. 

MUS 24/124 AB Surveys of the History and Literature of Music (3,3) 

Development of compositional forms and styles viewed from the historical perspective. A. 

Antiquity to the year 1750. B. 1750 to the present. Prerequisite: MUS 6 or equivalent. 

MUS 25/125 Music Masterpieces (3) 

Study of selected masterpieces of music in historic context. Open to all students. Areas of 
emphasis may vary and will be advertised prior to its scheduled offering. Prerequisite: MUS 
6/106 or consent of instructor. GS-IIIA 

MUS 105 Music Practicum (.5) 

Study of music literature of varied times, styles and cultures through performance, concert 
attendance, lectures, and reports. Discussion and study of selected issues and trends 
impacting the music profession. (Continuation of Music 5.) 

MUS 112 Music Ministry (2) 

An examination of the role and responsibility of the music minister within the parish 
structure. Study of legislation governing the use of music in the church as well as 
administrative practices conducive to a successful music program. Often taken as Directed 
Study. 



226 MUSIC 



MUS 122 Performance Practices (2) 

Study and performance of significant instrumental and vocal literature for solo and ensembles. 
MUS 130 Creative Music Experience (1) 

An introduction to music and its use in the education and development of children. Emphasis 

is placed on rhythm, melody, harmony, form, style, notation, and creativity. It includes 

instruction on melodic, percussion, and fretted instruments, classroom observation and 

participation. This course serves as basic preparation for the elementary and intermediate 

school instructor, and for those working in various areas of child development. 

MUS 133AB Music Analysis (2,2) 

A. A study of the forms found in Classical period music: motive, phrase, period, song form, 

rondo, theme and variation, and sonata. Principles of understanding musical structures as they 

apply to folk, pop and music of world cultures. B. A study of the forms found in the music of 

the Renaissance, Baroque, Romantic, and Contemporary periods. 

MUS 135 Composition (2) 

Analysis, improvisation and composition of music in various styles, forms, and instrumental 

and/or vocal combinations, and electronic sound sources. May be repeated for credit. Often 

taken as Directed Study. 

MUS 139 Instrumental Conducting (2) 

Study of baton technique, score reading, and interpretation of orchestral literature. 

MUS 140 Choral Techniques (2) 

Study of baton technique, score reading, and interpretation of choral literature of various 

styles. 

MUS 142 American Musical Theater (3) 

A history of the American Musical from its origins to the present day. The class will include 

in-depth analysis of varied musicals to further the understanding of how plot, musical 

structure and interpretation combine to define the genre. 

MUS 146 

Special Projects in Music (1-3) (Independent Study) 



A. 


Vocal Literature 


B. 


Instrumental Literature 


C. 


Music History and Literature 


D. 


Church Music 


E. 


Theory and Composition 


F. 


Music Education 


(j. 


Musicianship 


H. 


Chamber Music 


I. 


Choral Music 


J. 


Music Therapy 


K. 


Conducting 


L. 


Electronic Media 


M. 


Women in Music 


N. 


Special Topic 



MUSIC 227 



MUS 147 Seminar in Music Education (2) 

Overview of the organization of music in the schools. Scheduling, length, and content of 
music offerings. Consideration of general music classes, chorus, glee clubs, orchestras, band, 
ensembles, theory and music literature. Review of technology available for music education. 
Observation and some supervised teaching. 

MUS 151ABC Pedagogy: Principles and Methods (2) 

Analysis and comparison of various procedures for beginning and intermediate instruction. 
Review of various approaches to the art of teaching and appropriate literature. Guided 
teaching incorporated. 

A. Keyboard 

B. Vocal 

C. Instrumental 

MUS 190 Workshop (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 



228 NURSING 



Nursing 

The college offers Associate, Baccalaureate, and Masters degree programs with majors in 
nursing that provide options for career mobility. 

Philosophy 

Mount St. Mary's College is an academic community committed to continuing exploration of 
our relationship to God, to other persons, and to nature. This exploration takes the form of 
programs devoted to excellence in the liberal arts and career preparation with a special focus 
on educating women for participation and leadership in our society and our time. The Catholic 
tradition of the College offers a value orientation for the student's personal and professional 
life, giving the motivation for a Christian commitment that views professional life as service. 
Nursing is a service to humanity. It is a profession committed to: the promotion and 
restoration of health; the prevention of illness of individuals, families, groups, and 
communities; and support for a dignified death. It is the science whose main concern involves 
the life processes that positively affect the health status and integrity of persons, families, and 
groups. These life processes involve physiological, sociological, and spiritual life 
components. A focus on the interaction of these components delineates nursing science. 

The Department of Nursing functions within the philosophy of the College and has developed 
a curriculum on the Roy Adaptation Model of Nursing. The Adaptation Model recognizes that 
a person is a bio-psycho-social-spiritual being in constant interaction with a dynamic and 
complex world. Humans possess both innate and acquired mechanisms which, in health, 
enable coping with the complex internal and external environment. In times of stress, these 
coping mechanisms may be disrupted. The ability to adapt to the internal and external 
environment at this time affects the person's position on the health-illness continuum. The 
promotion of adaptation in the direction of health depends upon an educational program 
which prepares the student to understand the person as a total being, to recognize and respect 
human values, and to utilize a scientific process within the framework of the adaptation 
model. 

The goal of nursing is directing, maintaining, and reinforcing the adaptation of person, 
families, and groups toward optimal health. 

The process involves: 

• Assessing the factors that influence the position on the illness continuum, the factors 
that influence the position, and the effectiveness of the coping mechanisms. 

• Determining the actual or potential health problem(s). 

• Establishing mutually acceptable goals. 

• Intervening by promoting adaptation through the modification of influencing factors 
and/or increasing the response in the coping potential. 

• Evaluating the position on the health-illness continuum to reaffirm and/or modify 
interventions. 

Each student enters the nursing program with a unique background for potential growth. 
Students are active learners. Learning progresses from novice to beginning level practitioner 
in a variety of settings from simple to complex. Because each student is unique with different 



NURSING 229 



learning potentials and different critical thinking skills, the expectation is that the student will 
seek assistance and demonstrate growth at all stages of learning. The extent to which this 
distinct potential is achieved is determined by behavioral changes which are observed and 
evaluated in the context of the expected outcomes of the learning process. 

The faculty believe the program has different levels of competencies for students to achieve 
their distinct potential. Options to select entry levels to promote career mobility are offered. 

The faculty believe providing a supportive environment enhances learning at each level of the 
program. The faculty act as role models and therefore must be clinically competent and 
professionally active. In addition, they assume responsibility for individual advisement of 
nursing majors and provide opportunities for assistance in the event of academic difficulties. 

Policy on Admission/Progression in the Nursing Major: 
Essential Performance Standards 

Background: 

The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 was instituted by Congress to prohibit 
discrimination against qualified individuals with disabilities. Schools of nursing and state 
university systems, like other state and federally funded entities, are required to comply with 
the stipulations of the ADA. The ADA defines a qualified individual with a disability as an 
individual with a disability who, with or without reasonable accommodation, can perform the 
essential functions of the employment position that such individual holds or desires. In 
addition, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 prohibits discrimination in admissions of a qualified 
person with disabilities. 

ADA and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 eligibility requirements vary depending on the type 
of services, activities, and functions needed in particular areas. The practice of nursing is an 
applied discipline with cognitive, sensory, affective, and motor components. Hence, students 
must be able to perform the functions which are necessary for the safe practice of nursing and 
essential to the licensing standards with or without reasonable accommodations in order to be 
admitted to or progress in the nursing program at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Core Performance Standards: 

1 . Ability to think critically, such that the student can begin to make clinical decisions, 
identify cause-and-effect relationships with clinical date, and develop nursing care plans. 

2. Ability to demonstrate interpersonal abilities such that the student can appropriately 
interact with individuals, families, and groups from a variety of social, emotional, 
cultural, and intellectual backgrounds. 

3. Ability to clearly communicate in verbal and written forms such that students can 
communicate nursing actions, interpret client responses, initiate health teaching, 
document and understand nursing activities, and interact with clients, staff and faculty 
supervisors. 



230 NURSING 



4. Ability to maneuver in small spaces and move from one place to another such that the 
student can move around in clients' rooms and bathrooms, into and out of work spaces, 
access treatment areas, and procure needed emergency materials when indicated. While 
health care agencies must meet ADA physical access standards, potential clients with 
equipment may limit the amount of available space in which to move. 

5. Ability to demonstrate gross and fine motor skills sufficient to provide safe and effective 
nursing care such that the student can move and position clients in and out of bed, 
ambulate and transport patients, calibrate and use equipment, and perform 
cardiopulmonary resuscitation. 

6. Ability to hear well enough to monitor and assess clients' health needs such that the 
student can hear cries for help, alarms on equipment, emergency signals, breath and heart 
sounds on auscultation, and various overhead codes. 

7. Ability to see well enough to observe and assess clients' health status and changes in 
condition such that the student could see grimacing, movement, changes in skin color, 
rashes, and other observed client changes or responses. 

8. Ability to have tactile capabilities sufficient for physical assessment such that the student 
could successfully perform palpation, note changes in skin temperature, perform skills 
related to therapeutic activities and identify by touch other changes in client condition. 

Credit for policy given to Point Loma Nazarene College 
Printed with permission from Point Loma Nazarene College 

Department of Nursing Policies 

(Policies apply to each nursing program) 

Nursing focuses on prevention and promotion of health. Students admitted to and progressing 
through Mount St. Mary's College Nursing Program are strongly encouraged to engage in 
health practices which model those they are teaching to patients. Prior to enrollment in the 
first nursing course, students will be informed of the nursing department health policies. 

Every student admitted to the nursing courses must have completed the following health data. 
Clinical agencies will not accept a student who has not met all of the following health 
requirements: 

• Past medical history on which the student attests that physical and emotional health 
are such as to allow for full participation in both clinical and theoretical components 
of the nursing curriculum. 

• Physical examination, including a visual screening, urinalysis, and complete blood 
count, must be completed by a licensed physician, certified nurse practitioner, or 
physician's assistant annually. 

• A two-step PPD/Mantoux skin test for Tuberculosis is required on admission to the 
nursing program. Then annual testing is required. If the student tests positive or has 
previously tested positive, a chest x-ray is required every year. 

IMMUNIZATIONS 

• Polio - Series of three doses for those under 18 years of age. 



NURSING 231 



• Measles/Mumps/Rubella (MMR) - If born in 1957 or later, the student must have 
two doses, with at least one since 1980. Students born prior to 1957 may either have 
one dose or demonstrate proof of immunity through titers or have two doses. 

• Tetanus and Diptheria (TD) - Every 10 years. 

• Hepatitis B - Unless the student can demonstrate immunity through a titer, all 
nursing majors must have completed at least two of three shots prior to beginning 
clinical. The second shot is given one month after the first, and the third shot is due 
six months after the first. 

TITERS: 

• Measles: demonstrate immunity through serological testing or be immunized for 
rubella, rubeola, mumps 

• Varicella (chicken pox) Titer: If the result is negative, two doses of a varicella 
vaccine are required one month apart. 

• Hepatitis B Titer: After the third shot of the hepatitis B series is completed, the 
student must demonstrate proof of immunity. A Hepatitis IGG AB titer is drawn a 
minimum of 30 days after the 3rd shot is received. If the titer is negative, a fourth 
vaccine may be required with a repeat titer after 30 days. If the titer continues to be 
negative it is recommended for the student to have a medical evaluation to determine 
the efficacy of further Hepatitis B immunization. 

If a student is not able to comply with these health requirements, the student must obtain a 
written statement to this effect from her/his physician and submit it to the Nursing 
Department. 

Students have the responsibility of disclosing any temporary medical condition which may 
hamper their ability to perform the essential performance standards. A written medical release 
from their health care practitioner must be submitted to the Nursing Department prior to 
returning to the clinical area. 

Clinical agencies may have requirements other than those above. If so, students will be 
instructed to obtain the necessary tests. The student is not allowed to participate in clinical 
experiences if the medical processing is not completed prior to the start of the clinical 
rotation. 

A student with a health condition (i.e., pregnancy, seizure disorder, HIV positive, diabetes, 
infectious disease, emotional problems, etc.) that may have a safety consideration must 
immediately notify the clinical instructor so that assignment modification can be made as 
necessary. The Department of Nursing has the responsibility to determine those health issues 
that may interfere with the student's progress in the clinical area. 

To ensure success in the program, all students with documented disabilities must inform each 
nursing instructor at the beginning of each course, so that reasonable accommodations can be 
made. 

Criminal Background Checks for Clinical Placement Policy: 

To comply with clinical agency requirements, nursing students are required to have a clear 
criminal background check to participate in placement(s) at clinical facilities. Background 
checks are required for registration in clinical nursing courses. The initial background check 
satisfies this requirement during continuous enrollment in the program. Should your 
educational process be interrupted, a new background check will be required. Students under 
18 years of age are exempt from this requirement. 



232 NURSING 



Objectives: Associate in Arts Degree - Major in Nursing 
(ADN Program) 

Upon completion of the program, the student will have met the following objectives: 

I. Provider of Care 

A. Utilize Roy Adaptation Model to: 

1 . Recognize, assess and define the factors influencing the person's/family's 

adaptive level, adaptive response, and consequent position of the health- 
illness continuum; 

2. Identify, assess and validate the person's/family's adaptive level and 

response; 

3. Define patient/client goals based upon a clear analysis and synthesis of data 

in collaboration with patient, nursing and other disciplines; 

4. Define and perform those nursing interventions which affect the 

patient/client goals; 

5. Evaluate the consequences of nursing interventions in terms of the 

person's/family's behavioral change and the achievement of both 
patient/client and nursing goals, and modify those nursing actions, if 
desired adaptive outcomes are not achieved. 

B. Utilize the nursing process as a scientific method. 

C. Utilize knowledge of health-illness (normal/disruption) as it pertains to 

patient/client care. 

D. Demonstrate competency in common nursing procedures. 

II. Communicator 

A. Utilize effective communication skills with clients and peers. 

B. Use communication skills as a method of data collection, nursing intervention 

and evaluation of care. 

C. Communicate and record assessments, nursing care plans, interventions and 

evaluations within the protocol of the institution. 

III. Client Teacher 

A. Apply principles of the teaching/learning process. 

B. Develop short-range teaching plans based on the learning process. 

IV. Manager of Client Care 

A. Function effectively as a member of health care team. 

B. Utilize basic leadership skills in practice, based on small group patient care 

management and primary nursing. 

V. Membership within the profession of Nursing 

A. Make judgments based on moral, ethical, and legal principles. 

B. Continue to evaluate and enhance personal and professional behavior. 

C. Assume responsibility for self-development and use resources for continued 

learning. 

D. Maintain the role of the nurse as a patient advocate. 

Upon completion of the program, the student is eligible to take the California State Board 
examination for registered nurses (R.N.) licensure. 



NURSING 233 



Associate in Arts Degree: The Major in Nursing 
Admission Policy 

Admission of adult women and men students is based upon consideration of the completed 
application form, the student's academic achievement, personal statement and two satisfactory 
recommendations from individuals. 

In addition to meeting the general college admission requirements, a candidate must meet a 
cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all transferable college work, a GPA of 2.25 in all transferable 
science courses, and have completed prerequisite college level chemistry, general psychology 
and English 1 A, or equivalent courses, with a grade of C or better. 

Candidates who have 30 units of general studies requirements completed (except RST 41) 
prior to admission may be admitted into the second year of the program. 

LVNs who have met the admission requirements for the ADN program must give written 
notification to the director of the program of their intent to pursue the Mobility Option upon 
admission in the program. In the Mobility Option, LVNs are awarded 15 units of nursing 
course credits (NUR 23-27, 30) upon satisfactory completion of the NLN Mobility Exam at a 
score of 75% or above and satisfactory demonstration of skills competency. There is a fee 
associated with this test option. Completion of NUR 20 is required for continuation in the 
LVN Mobility Option. 

A non-degree option is available for LVNs who meet the college entrance requirements. The 
student is eligible to take the NCLEX-RN examination for the registered nurse licensure after 
completing 29 units of prescribed courses. The student is not awarded a degree from Mount 
St. Mary's College. Entrance interview with the Program Director is required for this option. 

Candidates with previous Registered Nursing education may be given transfer credit for 
previous nursing courses equivalent to the Nursing Department courses. Admission of these 
candidates will be on a probationary status. The student must have a cumulative GPA of 2.5 
or better in the nursing courses for admission consideration. A minimum of 1 8 units of 
nursing courses must be completed during the last two semesters at Mount St. Mary's College. 

Candidates who have taken courses related to nursing with a theoretical foundation and are 
currently practicing in the healthcare setting (i.e., CNA, Respiratory Tech, Hemodialysis 
Tech, LPT) may challenge specific courses. The student must make an appointment with the 
Program Director to discuss this option and his/her qualifications. Eligible candidates will be 
given the challenge process for specific courses. The college policy for challenge exams will 
be followed. 

Academic Policy: ADN 

The faculty of the Department of Nursing has the right and the responsibility forjudging and 
evaluating the quality of the student's achievement, both in the mastery of theoretical content 
and in clinical competence. 

Notice of academic difficulty, probation, or dismissal is used when deemed necessary. A 
grade below C (2.0) in a course (Nursing or General Education) is considered a failed course 
and must be repeated. A student may have only one failed course during the entire nursing 



234 NURSING 



program. A student may repeat only one failed course in the entire program. A second failed 
course or a failed repeated course results in dismissal from the program. A failure of more 
than one course in a series of courses (e.g., NUR 24, 24A, 24L, 25) taken concurrently, counts 
as one failed course. If a student's level of clinical practice is unsatisfactory or unsafe, the 
student may fail before the end of the semester. 

■ 

Readmission may be granted by special action of the Admission Committee of the ADN 
Department. Readmission of a student who was dismissed from the nursing program due to 
unsafe practice is not permitted. 

Upon admission to the ADN program, a proficiency examination in English and math is 
administered. A math score of 84% is necessary to participate in nursing courses. Students 
who score below the passing score are required to attend a "Bridges" class offered by the 
College. This is a tutorial course offered through the Learning Resource Center with a lab fee 
charged. 

Students are re-tested at the completion of the course. A student may retest only once. An 
unsuccessful score of less than 84% on the second math test results in dismissal from the 
nursing program. The purpose of this examination is to determine the student's ability to 



correctly calculate medication dosages in the clinical setting. All students (regardless of entry 
level status), even if they have previously successfully completed a college mathematics 
course, are to complete this requirement. Students who fail the English proficiency test are 
encouraged to work with the Learning Center staff to improve English skills. These students 
are retested at the end of the first semester. 

During the clinical portion of the program, students must carry malpractice insurance, have a 
current CPR card (Health Care Provider or BCLS/Professional Rescuer CPR), and an LA City 
fire safety card. 

AA Degree Curriculum Requirements ADN Program 

First Year 

BIO 40A Human Anatomy (4) 

BIO 50B Human Physiology (4) 

BIO 3 General Microbiology (4) 

ENG 1A Written and Oral Communication (3) 

SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2) 

PSY 1 General Psychology (3) 

PSY 12 Developmental Psychology (3) 

PHIL 10 Critical Thinking (3) 

RST 4 1 Christian Ethics (3) 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 
General Studies Elective III A (3) 
Total units: 35 



NURSING 235 



Second Year 

NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2) 

NUR 23, 23L Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (2, 1 ) 

NUR 24, 26 Adult Adaptation Nursing I, II (2, 2) 

NUR 24A, 24L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills I (0.5, 0.5) 

NUR 26A, 26L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills II (0.5, 0.5) 

NUR 25, 27 Medical-Surgical Practicum I, II (2, 2) 

NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2) 

NUR 28 A Principles and Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1) 

NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2) 

NUR 30 Pharmacology (2) 

NUR 3 1 Children: Adaptation (2) 

NUR 32A Community focused care: Children (1) 

NUR 32 Children: Practicum (2) 

NUR 34 Community Health Nursing (1) 

Total units: 27 

Third Year 

NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2) 

NUR 35 Childbearing: Adaptation (2) 

NUR 36A Community focused care: Childbearing (1) 

NUR 36 Childbearing: Practicum (2) 

NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing (2) 

NUR38A Community focused care: Gerontology (1) 

NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing Practicum (2) 

NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (2) 

NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Practicum III (2) 

NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (2) 

Total units: 18 

Total units for Associate of Arts Degree in Nursing: 80 

Prerequisites to beginning nursing courses are completion of Anatomy, Physiology, 
Microbiology, Written and Oral Communication, General Psychology, Developmental 
Psychology, Philosophy, and a GS III course. 

LVN Mobility Option Curriculum Requirement ADN Program 

First Year 

Same as AA Degree curriculum requirement. 
Total units: 35 

Second Year 

NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2) 

NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2) 

NUR 28 A Principles and Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1) 

NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2) 

NUR 3 1 Children: Adaptation (2) 

NUR32A Community focused care: Children (1) 

NUR 32 Children: Practicum (2) 

NUR 34 Community Nursing (1) 

Total units: 13 



236 NURSING 



Third Year 

NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2) 

NUR 35 Childbearing: Adaptation (2) 

NUR36A Community focused care: Childbearing (1) 

NUR 36 Childbearing: Practicum (2) 

NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing (2) 

NUR 38 A Community focused care: Gerontology (1) 

NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing Practicum (2) 

NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (2) 

NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Practicum III (2) 

NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (2) 

Total units: 18 

Total units for Associate of Arts Degree in Nursing: 66 

LVN 30 Units Non-Degree Option Curriculum Requirement 

First Year 

BIO 50B Human Physiology (4) 

BIO 3 General Microbiology (4) 

NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2) 

NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2) 

NUR 28 A Principles / Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1) 

NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2) 

Total units: 15 
Second Year 

NUR 34 Community Nursing (1) 

NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2) 

NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing (2) 

NUR38A Community focused care: Gerontology (1) 

NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing Practicum (2) 

NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (2) 

NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Practicum III (2) 

*NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (2) 

*Highly recommended 

Total units: 14 

Total units required for California RN Licensure Exam: 29 



NUR 20 Adaptation Model Nursing Theory (2) 

Introduction of the Roy Adaptation Model as a theoretical framework for nursing practice. 
Emphasis is on nursing process according to adaptation theory, with integration of 
physiological and psychosocial modes of adaptation in the adult population. GS-VIIA 
NUR 23/23L Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (2,1) 

This course introduces theoretical foundation for basic assessment skills including 
interviewing (beginning communication skills), observation, basic physical assessment, vital 
signs measurement. The course also introduces basic nursing skills and interventions 
necessary for safe patient care, including sterile techniques, concepts of infection control, and 
basic hygiene care. The concurrent clinical component in the Skills Lab focuses on 
development of associated psychomotor skills introduced in NUR 23. Prerequisite: NUR 20 
or concurrent enrollment with NUR 20. 



NURSING 237 



NUR 24 Adult Adaptation Nursing I (2) 

This course involves an Adaptation Process approach focusing on the Physiologic Mode of 
adult population. The course focuses on beginning adaptation problems of oxygenation, 
nutrition, activity /rest, elimination and protection needs of the patient. The impact of 
physiological processes of fluid and electrolytes, neurological, endocrine, sensory system in 
adaptation is discussed. Prerequisite: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, or concurrent enrollment with 
NUR 30. 

NUR 24A/24L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills I (.5, .5) 

Introduction of skills for nursing interventions related to medication administration, 
management of mobility problems, management of nutritional problems, management of 
elimination problems, and fluid management. Prerequisite: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30 or 
concurrent enrollment with NUR 30. 

NUR 25 Medical-Surgical Practicum I (2) 

This first medical-surgical practicum introduces the student to the care of the adult 
hospitalized patient with common medical-surgical problems. Experience is provided in a 
variety of hospital settings and with patients who are at various points along the health-illness 
continuum. The focus of this course is the application of concepts from Adult Adaptation I 
(NUR 24) and Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (NUR 24A/24L). 
Prerequisite: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, or concurrent enrollment with NUR 30. NUR 24, 
24A/24L, 25 are taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before progressing. 

NUR 26 Adult Adaptation Nursing II (2) 

The second medical-surgical course focuses on advanced adaptation problems of oxygenation, 
nutrition, activity /rest, elimination and protection needs of the patient and incorporates the 
psychosocial modes in applying the Adaptation Model. The impact of physiological 
processes of fluid and electrolytes, neurological, endocrine, sensory system in adaptation is 
discussed. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25. 
NUR 26A/26L Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Skills II(.5, .5) 
Introduction of skills for nursing interventions related to IV insertion and central line 
management; blood therapies; airway and oxygenation management. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 
23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25. 

NUR 27 Medical-Surgical Nursing Practicum II (2) 

This second medical-surgical practicum provides the student with experience in the care of 
the adult hospitalized patient with common medical-surgical problems. Experience is 
provided in a variety of hospital settings and with patients who are at various points along the 
health-illness continuum. The focus of this course is the application of concepts from Adult 
Adaptation II (NUR 26) and Medical-Surgical Principles and Practice of Nursing Skills (NUR 
26A/26L). Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25. NUR 26, 26A/26L, 27 are 
taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before progressing. 

NUR 28 Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (2) 

This course introduces the student to an array of mental health problems of adolescent, adult, 
and geriatric population. The focus of the course is the psychosocial impact of health-illness 
problems and its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of the 
mentally ill and provides students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites: 
NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25. 

NUR 28A Principles and Practice of Advanced Interpersonal Skills (1) 
This course introduces the students to basic and advanced therapeutic communications skills. 
Dynamics of interpersonal relationships and assertiveness principles are addressed. 
Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25. 






238 NURSING 



NUR 29 Mental Health Practicum (2) 

This course provides the student with experiences interacting with adolescent, adult, and 
geriatric population with mental health illness. The focus of the course is the psychosocial 
impact of health-illness problems and its adaptation process and application of concepts from 
Adult and Adolescent Mental Health Adaptation (NUR 28) and Principles and Practice of 
Advanced Interpersonal Skills (NUR 28A). Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 
25. NUR 28, 28A, 29 are taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before 
progressing. 

NUR 30 Pharmacology (2) 

This course presents pharmacology as related to treatment of pathological processes. Major 
drug classes and mechanisms of drug actions as well as nursing implications are covered. 
NUR 20 or concurrent enrollment with NUR 20, or concurrent enrollment with NUR 24, 24A, 
24L, 25. GS-VIIA 

NUR 31 Children: Adaptation (2) 

This course introduces the student to health problems of children and the impact on the family 
unit. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems and 
its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of children and provides 
students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 
24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29. 

NUR 32A Community focused care: Children (1) 

The course provides community care experience of the children, focusing on bio-psycho- 
social impact of health related problems. Experience is provided in a variety of non-hospital 
settings, such as ambulatory mobile unit. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 
25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29. 

NUR 32 Children: Practicum (2) 

The course provides clinical experience of children, focusing on bio-psycho-social impact of 
health related problems in an acute care setting. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 
24A/24L, 25,26, 26A.26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29. NUR 31, 32, 32A are taken concurrently and must 
be passed successfully before progressing. 

NUR 33 Professional and Management Issues in Nursing (2) 

The course examines issues faced by professional nurses in providing health care, focusing on 
the roles of the professional nurse. It also addresses beginning concepts of leadership role in 
discussing principles of leadership and management. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 
24A/24L, 25, 28, 28A, 29, 31, 32A, 32, 35, 36A, 36, 37, 38A, 38, 46, 47. 
NUR 34 Community Health Nursing (1) 

This course provides students with theoretical foundation of Community Health Nursing principles 
focusing on bio-psycho-social impact of health related problems in the community setting. 
Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29. 
NUR 35 Childbearing: Adaptation (2) 

This course introduces the student to health problems of the childbearing adult and the impact 
on the family unit. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness 
problems and its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of 
childbearing and provides students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites: 
NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29. 
NUR 36A Community focused care: Childbearing (1) 
The course provides community care experience of the childbearing adult, focusing on bio- 
psycho-social impact of health related problems. Experience is provided in a variety of non- 
hospital settings, such as ambulatory setting. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 
24A/24L, 25 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29. 



NURSING 239 



NUR 36 Childbearing: Practicum (2) 

The course provides clinical experience of the childbearing adult, focusing on bio-psycho- 
social impact of health related problems in an acute care setting. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 
23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 28, 28A, 29. NUR 35, 36, 36A are taken concurrently and must 
be passed successfully before progressing. 

NUR 37 Gerontological Nursing: Adaptation (2) 

This course introduces the student to multiple and chronic health problems of the geriatric 
population. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems and 
its adaptation process. The course addresses legal and social issues of the older adults and 
provides students with available resources for interventions. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 
24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28 A, 29. 
NUR 38A Community focused care: Gerontology (1) 

The course provides community-care experience of the older adults, focusing on bio-psycho-social 
impact of aging and health related problems. Experience is provided in a variety of non-hospital 
settings, such as Meals-on- Wheels program and residential settings. 
Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29. 

NUR 38 Gerontological Nursing: Practicum (2) 

The course provides clinical experience of older adults, focusing on bio-psycho-social impact 
of health related problems in a long-term setting. The course also will experience the manager 
role of the RN. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 
28 A, 29. NUR 37, 38, 38 A are taken concurrently and must be passed successfully before 
advancing. 

NUR 46 Adult Adaptation Nursing III (3) 

This course introduces the student to health problems of acute, complex, multi-system health 
problems of adults. The focus of the course is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness 
problems and its adaptation process. Nursing interventions focus on acute medical and 
nursing management of adults. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 
26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29, 31, 32, 32A, 35, 36, 36A, 37, 38, 38A. 
NUR 47 Medical-Surgical Nursing Practicum III (2) 

The course provides clinical experience of acute, complex, multi-system management of 
adults in an acute care setting. Focus of care is on bio-psycho-social impact of acute health 
problems on an individual and the family. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 
25,26, 26A/26L, 27, 28, 28A, 29, 31, 32, 32A, 35, 36, 36A, 37, 38, 38A. NUR 46, 47 are taken 
concurrently and must be passed successfully before progressing. 

NUR 48 Professional Nursing Practicum (3) 

The course provides an internship experience in applying leadership and management principles in 
an acute care settings. Focus of care is on developing clinical and leadership skills of a beginning 
professional nurse. A group of students is assigned to a preceptor/mentor of the assigned unit 
during the experience. Prerequisites: NUR 20, 23/23L, 30, 24, 24A/24L, 25, 26, 26A/26L, 27, 
28, 28A, 29, 31, 32, 32A, 35, 36, 36A, 37, 38, 38A, 46, 47. 
NUR 98 Independent Studies (1-3) 

Independent investigation of significant problems in nursing. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

NUR 99 Special Studies in Nursing (1-3) 

Selected problems; offered as a course or seminar on current issues in nursing. Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. 



I 

240 NURSING 

Objectives: Bachelor of Science Degree - Major in Nursing 
(BSN) Program 

At the completion of the Baccalaureate nursing program, the graduate will have met the 
following objectives and will: 

1 . Utilize the Roy Adaptation Model as a scientific method to deliver nursing care to 
persons, families, and groups. 

2. Utilize knowledge of health/illness continuum to advocate for and maximize health 
of persons, families and groups. 

3. Use critical thinking, knowledge, and skills obtained from nursing and liberal arts 
courses to provide professional nursing care in a variety of settings. 

4. Utilize and apply complex, effective communication skills to persons, families, and 
groups. 

5. Develop and implement individualized teaching/learning plans for persons, families, 
and groups. 

6. Utilize leadership skills based on the principles of management, delegation, change 
process, group process, and systems theory in health care settings. 

7. Utilize research findings to guide practice in health care delivery. 

8. Critically examine and integrate the principles of moral, ethical, and legal issues 
which influence health care. 

9. Create interventions that consider a variety of influencing factors: e.g., culture, 
religion, race, ethnicity, and socioeconomic status. 

10. Establish independent and interdependent roles which will enhance professional 
growth. 

Upon the completion of the Bachelor of Science Degree: Major in Nursing, the student is 
eligible to take the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX- 
RN) and is also qualified to apply for the Public Health Nursing Certificate issued by the 
Board of Registered Nursing. 

Bachelor of Science Degree: Major in Nursing 
Admission Policy 

In addition to meeting the general admission requirements, acceptance into the Department of 
Nursing is determined by the Admission Committee of the department. Admission is based 
upon a consideration of the student's academic achievement. There is a formal review of the 
student's high school achievement record, grade point average, College Entrance Examination 
scores, previous college experience (if any). Students who intend to major in nursing are 
advised to take high school chemistry. 

In order to be eligible for review, applicants must be admitted to the College and then fulfill 
the nursing admission requirements. Admission to the Sophomore nursing courses is 
considered for the fall semester only and is based on: 

Cumulative GPA 

Science GPA 

Successful demonstration of English competency 

Written essay 

Letters of reference 

Personal interviews may be scheduled for qualified applicants once admission 

documents are received. 



NURSING 241 



Priority is given to students who: 

• Meet the required criteria and who have completed two semesters at Mount St. 
Mary's College. 

• Have a cumulative GPA of 2.7 for all transferable college work attempted. 

• A science GPA of 2.50 is required for admission to the nursing program. The science 
-GPA will consist of grades received from chemistry /physics, anatomy, physiology, 
and microbiology. 

• A student may repeat a course required for the nursing major no more than once. 
Failure (C- and below) of any two required science or pre-requisite courses results in 
non-admission. 

LVNs that have been accepted by the College and have completed the general studies 
requirements of the first two years may challenge Sophomore nursing courses and move 
directly into Junior nursing courses. NUR 41 and NUR 52 must be satisfactorily completed 
prior to acceptance into Junior nursing courses. A non-degree program is available for LVNs 
who meet the College entrance requirements. After completing 30 units of prescribed courses, 
the student is eligible to take the NCLEX-RN exams for licensure as a Registered Nurse but is 
not considered a graduate of Mount St. Mary's College. California registered nurses accepted 
by the College may be given transfer credit for previous nursing courses equivalent to the 
Nursing Department lower division courses. NUR 41 and NUR 52 are to be satisfactorily 
completed prior to acceptance into Senior nursing courses. 

The BSN program is approved by the California Board of Registered Nursing and accredited 
by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education. 

Bachelor of Science Degree: Major in Nursing 
Academic Policies 

The faculty of the Department of Nursing has the right and the responsibility forjudging and 
evaluating the quality of the student's achievement, both in the mastery of theoretical content 
and in clinical competence. Mid-term warning, probation, or dismissal is used when deemed 
necessary.. 

• A grade of C- or below in a required course or a nursing theory course is not 
accepted. If the grade of C-or below is in a nursing theory course, non-progression in 
the program occurs. 

• A student may repeat a nursing theory course required for the nursing major no more 
than once. 

• A grade of C- or below in a nursing clinical course or failure of any two required 
nursing courses results in dismissal from the nursing program. 

If a student's level of clinical practice is unsatisfactory or unsafe, the student may fail before 
the end of the semester. Readmission may be granted by special action of the Admission 
Committee of the Department of Nursing. 

Before admission to nursing courses: 

1. A departmental examination in mathematics must be successfully completed (84%). 
The purpose of this examination is twofold: 1) to earn credit for the mathematics 
requirement General Studies HIE; and 2) to determine the student's ability to 
correctly calculate medication dosages in the clinical setting. All students, regardless 
of entry level status, even if they have previously successfully completed a college 
mathematics course are to complete this requirement. Should the applicant not pass 
the exam, score below 84%: 



242 NURSING 



• 20 hours of documented tutoring or a remedial math course passed with a 
minimum grade of C is required. 

• The exam may then be retaken only one more time and must be passed in 
order to be considered for admission. 

2. A critical thinking exam is also required to assist in academic advisement. 

Once admitted and enrolled in the College, all BSN nursing students will be required to 
successfully complete PHI 168 A or B or RST 149 at MSMC. In order to meet the nursing 
department requirements for bioethics, any bioethics course transferred in prior to admission 
must be an upper division course. 

Departmental policy statements regarding grading, mathematical competence, clinical 
progression, incomplete grades, probation, absences, dismissal, and readmission to the 
program are provided to the student at the beginning of the nursing major. During the clinical 
portion of the program, students must: 

Ordinarily be enrolled full-time (see Tuition and Fees). 

Carry malpractice insurance. 

Have a current CPR card (AHA Health Care Provider BLS). 

Have a fire safety card. 

Complete a criminal background as outlined in clinical policies. 

Complete a First Aid Course prior to beginning senior level coursework. 

Have membership in the National Student Nurse Association, highly recommended. 

Nursing classes are held at multiple sites and transportation for these classes is 

essential. Senior year students are required to have a current driver's license and 

auto insurance. Information on all policies and procedures can be obtained from the 

Department of Nursing's Coordinator of Advisement and Testing. 

Certain health requirements must be met prior to clinical experience. In addition to the 
College Baccalaureate degree requirements, students who step back into the MSMC BSN 
program after an absence of seven (7) years or more must complete all requirements of the 
Department of Nursing and the level to which they are re-enrolling. 

Clinical Agencies/Scheduling 

Multiple agencies are used for clinical practice and include the following: private and public 
acute care facilities, skilled nursing facilities, Los Angeles County public health sites, home 
health agencies, schools, and other community health care facilities. 

Transportation for clinical classes is the responsibility of each student. Students in their 
senior session are required to have a current driver's license and auto insurance. 

Schedules for clinical and class times are subject to change. Clinical classes may include 
weekends. 

Baccalaureate Degree Curriculum Requirements 

Freshman Year 

**CHE 3/PHS 1 Chemistry/Scientific Concepts (3) 

**BIO 50A Human Anatomy (4) 

**BIO 50B Human Physiology (4) 

**BIO 3 General Microbiology (4) 



NURSING 



243 



*PSY 1 
*S0C5 



General Psychology 
Sociological Perspectives 
*ENG 1A and IB or 1C Freshman English 
*SPE 10 Public Speaking 

*PSY 12 Developmental Lifespan Psychology 

***SPR 85 Intro to College Studies 

* * * SPR 7 1 X Preparation for Nursing 
Total units: 32-34 



(3) 
(3) 
(6) 

(2) 
(3) 

(1) 
(1) 



Sophomore Year 

*NUR51 
*NUR 53A 
*NUR 53B/C 
*NUR 54 
*NUR60 
*NUR61 
*NUR 65 
*BIO 112 
*PHI21/RST41 
GSIVA 
GS-IIIA: 



Practicum: Adult Medical/Surgical 
Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory 
Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills 
Introduction to Pathophysiology 
Adaptation Nursing Theory 
Practicum: Adult Medical Surgical 
Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical 
Human Nutrition 

Moral Values and Ethical Decisions 
Religious Studies Requirement 
Art or Music 



(4) 

(2) 

(1.5, 

(3) 

(3) 

(4) 

(31 

(3) 

(3) 

O) 

O) 



I) 



Total units: 33.5 



Junior Year 

*NUR 135 
*NUR 160 
*NUR 161 
*NUR 162 
*NUR 163 
*NUR 164 
*NUR 165 
*NUR 166 
*NUR 167 
*PHI 168 A or 
GS-IIIB: 
GS-IIIC: 

Total 



Pharmacology in Nursing (2) 

Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5) 

Practicum: Childbearing Family (2.5) 

Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5) 

Practicum: Children (2.5) 

Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5) 

Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing (2.5) 

Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5) 

Practicum: Mental Health (2.5) 

PHI 168B or RST 149 (upper division) Bioethics (3) 

Literature (3) 

History (3) 

units: 31 



Senior Year 

*NUR 134 
*NUR 136 
*NUR 138 
*NUR 178 
*NUR 179 
*NUR180 
*NUR 181 
*NUR182 
*NUR183 



Issues in Professional Nursing (2) 

Abuse: Child to Elder (1) 

Nursing Research (3) 

Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (1.5) 

Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (2.5) 

Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5) 

Practicum: Community Health Nursing (2.5) 

Adaptation Nursing: Leadership and Management (1 .5) 

Practicum: Nursing Leadership and Management (2.5) 



244 NURSING 



*NUR 1 90 Adaptation Nursing: Older Adult (1.5) 

*NUR 1 9 1 Practicum: Older Adult (2.5) 

GS-VA/B Philosophy or Religious Studies (3) 

GS-IIIG: Econ/ Politics (3) 

See Catalog Philosophical Ideas (3) 

Total units: 31 

Total units for Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing: 127.5 
*Courses required by the Department of Nursing 
**Must have been completed within five years prior to admission 
***Not required for students entering MSMC with over 24 transferable units 



Accelerated Bachelor of Science - Major in Nursing 

The Accelerated Bachelor of Science Degree - Major in Nursing (AccBSN) Program is the 
same curriculum design as the Bachelor of Science - Major in Nursing program (BSN), 
follows the stated philosophy, and students meet the terminal objectives as delineated for the 
BSN program. The AccBSN program offers the BSN program within a one year (May to 
May) time frame and is a rigorous program of study. The Accelerated student completes a 
three semester course of study, beginning with the first Summer session, followed by a Fall 
semester, and ending with a final Spring semester. At the completion of the final semester, 
graduates are eligible to take the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered 
Nurses (NCLEX-RN) and to qualify for the California Public Health Nursing Certificate. The 
AccBSN program is approved by the California Board of Registered Nursing and accredited 
by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education. 

AccBSN Application Procedure 

AccBSN applicants must submit the following documents: 

■ Completed admissions application 

■ Personal statement of intent 

■ Official transcripts of all college work 

■ Two recommendations by those acquainted with the applicant's ability to succeed in 
an accelerated curriculum. 

■ Personal interviews may be scheduled. 

AccBSN Program Admission Requirements 

The AccBSN program is open to persons who have previously completed a Baccalaureate 
degree and who meet specific admission requirements. Admission to the program is open only 
once a year. The application deadline is November 1, and decisions are mailed in mid 
December. 

To be considered for admission, students must be graduates of an accredited four-year college 
or university with an earned cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0. 

An eligible applicant must have also completed the following requirements prior to beginning 
the program. 



NURSING 245 



Transfer Articulation for the Accelerated Bachelor of Science - Major in 
Nursing 

Mount Saint Mary's College accepts completed Baccalaureate degrees from accredited 
colleges and universities as evidence of fulfillment of MSMC General Studies requirements 
with the exception of philosophy and religious studies. To fulfill these requirements, students 
must complete two courses in each discipline. 

Nursing Core Requirements 

*Chemistry or Physics (3-4 units) 

*Human Anatomy with Lab (3-4 units) 

*Human Physiology with lab (3-4 units) 

* Microbiology with Lab (4 units) 

Human Nutrition (3 units) 

General Psychology (3 units) 

Life-span Developmental Psychology (Infant through Older Adult ) ( 3 units) 

Introduction to Sociology or Cultural Anthropology ( 3 units) 

Written and Oral Communication (6 units) 
*Must have been completed within five years prior to admission 

General Studies Requirements 

Philosophy (3 units) 

Philosophy (3 upper division units, must be Bioethics) 

Religious Studies Courses (6 units) 

Entrance Requirements (AccBSN) 

Before admitted students begin the program in May, they must: 

• Complete the Department of Nursing Math Test with a minimum score of 84%. 

• Complete the necessary health forms and immunizations (See Health Policies, 
Department of Nursing.). 

• Be current in CPR (Healthcare Provider BCLS/Professional Rescuer CPR). 

• Garry malpractice insurance. 

• Complete a First Aid Course. 

• Submit a successful completion of Criminal Background as outlined in clinical 
policies 

Costs/Financial Aid/Registration 

Tuition for the AccBSN program is the same as the standard Mount St. Mary's College 
undergraduate tuition and fees for three semesters. There is a nursing fee for each of the three 
accelerated sessions. Please refer to the Fees and Expenses for exact figures and guidelines. 

While AccBSN students are not eligible for Mount St. Mary's grants or scholarships, students 
may be eligible for federal, state, or private grants or loans. In order to qualify, students must 
send the FAFSA forms to the processor no later than January 15. Information on financial aid 
eligibility will be sent prior to the deposit deadline. A non-refundable deposit fee of $300.00 
is due on the date specified in the acceptance letter. 



246 NURSING 



AccBSN Degree Curriculum Requirements 

The AccBSN program requires 124 units which includes 56 Nursing department units 
and 3 units of Bioethics. Admitted students must complete their total curriculum plan at 
Mount St. Mary's College. They may not take required nursing courses at other institutions. 
A sample program is listed below. 

Summer 

NUR 4 1 Adaptation Nursing Theory (3) 

NUR42A Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory (2) 

NUR 42B Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills (1) 

NUR 44 A Introduction to Pathophysiology (3) 

NUR 44B Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical Nursing (3) 

NUR 45 AB Practicum: Adult Medical/Surgical Nursing (4,4) 

Total units: 20 
Fall 

NUR 135 Pharmacology in Nursing (2) 

NUR 140 Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5) 

NUR 141 Practicum: Childbearing Family (1.5) 

NUR 142 Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5) 

NUR 143 Practicum: Children (1.5) 

NUR 144 Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5) 

NUR 145 Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing (1.5) 

NUR 146 Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5) 

NUR 147 Practicum: Mental Health (1.5) 

Total units: 18 
Spring 

NUR 134 Issues in Professional Nursing (2) 

NUR 136 Abuse: Child to Elder Adult (1) 

NUR 1 3 8 Nursing Research (3) 

NUR 150 Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5) 

NUR 151 Practicum: Community Health Nursing (1.5) 

NUR 152 Adaptation Nursing: Leadership and Management (1.5) 

NUR 153 Practicum: Nursing Leadership and Management (1.5) 

NUR 1 56 Adaptation Nursing: Older Adult (1 .5) 

NUR 157 Practicum: Older Adult (1.5) 

NUR 158 Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (1.5) 

NUR 159 Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (1.5) 

Total units: 18 

Total units for an Accelerated B.S. in Nursing: 124 

Note: Prerequisites for courses in the NUR 140 and 160 Series: Successful 
completion of the NUR 41, 42AB, 44AB, 45 AB or 51, 53ABC, 54, 60, 61, 65, and 
Nutrition. The NUR 140 and 160 courses involve the continued use of the Roy 
Adaptation Model as a basis for prevention, rehabilitation, and teaching. 



NURSING 247 



NUR 41 Adaptation Nursing Theory (3) 

Introduces the Roy Adaptation Model of Nursing with emphasis on the physiological and 
psychosocial modes as related to adult and older adult behaviors. Introduces concepts of 
cultural diversity, aging, and sexuality. 

NUR 42A Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory (2) 

Covers basic nursing measures necessary for safe patient care. The focus is to provide the 
theoretical foundation for selected nursing skills. 

NUR 42B Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills (1) 

Practice and development of the student's psychomotor ability in the performance of basic 
nursing skills taught in NUR 42A. Designed to integrate computer assisted learning for an 
independent approach to learning. 

NUR 44A Introduction to Pathophysiology (3) 

Basic pathophysiological mechanisms of disease and selected medical-surgical disruptions of 
protection and oxygenation that are common to adults are presented for discussion. Patient 
care management is included. Sophomore standing. 

NUR 44B Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical (3) 

Common disruptions in the body's structure, function and regulatory mechanisms are 

presented which include immune response, inflammation, and temperature control. Nursing 

and Medical Management will be discussed. 

NUR 45A Practicum: Adult (4) 

Clinical practice of nursing with application of concepts related to basic nursing knowledge, 

fundamentals, and skills. The focus is on the care of the adult hospitalized patient with 

common medical/surgical problems. Sophomore standing. 

NUR 45B Practicum: Adult (4) 

Clinical practice of nursing process and skills with application of concepts related to basic 
nursing skills and to common disruptions in body systems. Focus on common medical- 
surgical problems affecting adults and older adults, stimuli for illness, nursing diagnoses, 
nursing interventions, prevention, and teaching in an in-patient setting. 
NUR 51 Practicum: Adult (4) 

Clinical practice of nursing process and skills with application of concepts related to basic 
nursing skills and to common disruptions in body systems. Focus on common medical- 
surgical problems affecting adults and older adults, stimuli for illness, nursing diagnoses, 
nursing interventions, prevention, and teaching in an in-patient setting. 
NUR 53 A Fundamentals of Nursing: Theory (2) 

Introductory course that covers the theories, concepts, principles and procedures that are 
fundamental to current nursing practice. Provides a knowledge base to understand the 
practice of professional nursing with a focus on the adult hospitalized patient. 
NUR 53B/C Fundamentals of Nursing: Skills (1.5/1.0) 

Covers basic nursing measures necessary for safe patient care. The focus is to provide the 
theoretical basis for selected nursing skills and to develop the student's psychomotor ability in 
the performance of these skills. Designed to integrate computer assisted learning for an 
independent approach to learning. 
NUR 54 Introduction to Pathophysiology (3) 

Basic pathophysiological mechanisms of disease and selected medical-surgical disruptions of 
protection and oxygenation that are common to adults are presented for discussion. Patient 
care management is included. Sophomore standing. 



248 NURSING 



NUR 60 Adaptation Nursing Theory (3) 

Introduces the Roy Adaptation Model of Nursing with emphasis on the physiological and 

psychosocial modes as related to adult and older adult behaviors. Introduces concepts of 

cultural diversity, aging, and sexuality. 

NUR 61 Practicum: Adult (4) 

Continuation of the Nursing Skills and Process with application of concepts related to the 

physiologic and psychosocial mode of adaptation. 

NUR 65 Adaptation Nursing: Adult Medical/Surgical (3) 

Common disruptions in the body's structure, function and regulatory mechanisms are 

presented which include immune response, inflammation, and temperature control. Nursing 

and Medical Management will be discussed. 

NUR 98 Independent Studies (1-3) 

Independent investigation of significant problems in nursing. Prerequisite: 

Consent of instructor. 

NUR 99 Special Studies in Nursing (1-3) 

Selected problems; offered as a course or seminar on current issues in nursing. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 

NUR 134 Issues in Professional Nursing (2) 

The focus is on the profession of Nursing. Content includes the history of nursing, the 
Nursing Practice Act, legal aspects, liability, and other current issues affecting the nursing 
profession. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the NUR 160/140 series. 
NUR 135 Pharmacology in Nursing (2) 

Pharmacology as related to pathological processes and various groups of clients is presented, 
major drug classes and mechanisms of drug actions as well as nursing implications are 
detailed. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the NUR 40, 50, 60 series. 

NUR 136 Abuse: Child to Elder Adult (1) 

Child, elder and women's abuse will be covered. Included will be prevention, early detection, 

and intervention techniques. California reporting requirements for child abuse will be 

covered. 

NUR 138 Research (3) 

Principles of scientific methods, research designs appropriate to nursing, ethical conduct in 

human subject research, and components of theoretical frameworks are presented. Emphasis 

on understanding, critiquing, and applying published research findings to clinical practice. 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 160/140 series. Student must be in Senior 

standing. GS-II, VIIA (Satisfies one QL unit.) 

NUR 140 Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to 

childbearing families. Prerequisite: Junior standing. 

NUR 141 Practicum: Childbearing Family (1.5) 

Clinical practice in prenatal, delivery and postnatal care. Includes the study of parenting roles 

and health needs of emerging family groups. 

NUR 142 Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to 
children. 



NURSING 249 



NUR 143 Practicum: Children (1.5) 

Clinical practice in the health-illness problems encountered in the care of children, from 
infancy through adolescence, and their families. 

NUR 144 Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to 
complex episodic medical and surgical disruptions in the adult. Patient care management is 
included. Junior standing. 

NUR 145 Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing (1.5) 

Clinical practice in the health-illness problems encountered in the care of complex episodic 
medical and surgical disruptions in the adult. Patient care management is included. Junior 
standing. 

NUR 146 Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus of the bio-psycho-social impact of health and illness problems related to 
the mental health of individuals and groups. Junior standing. 

NUR 147 Practicum: Mental Health (1.5) 

Clinical practice in the application of the principles and concepts related to psycho-social 
problems in psychiatric settings. Junior standing. 

NUR 150 Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5) 

Lecture. Theories and concepts from nursing and public health are presented from a bio- 
psycho-social perspective. The focus is on the health of the population, as well as on 
individuals, families and groups living in the community. The Roy Adaptation Model is 
threaded throughout the broad topics, which include community oriented practice, family, 
community assessment, epidemiology and communicable disease. Senior standing. 
NUR 151 Practicum: Community Health Nursing (1.5) 

Provides a clinical experience for the senior level student to use the Roy Adaptation Model to 
improve the health of individuals, families, groups and the community as a whole. An 
epidemiological approach is utilized to identify and assess problems within aggregates in the 
community. A variety of populations and settings are used in order to provide the student 
with the opportunity to apply the theories and concepts from NUR 180/150. Senior standing. 

NUR 152 Adaptation Nursing: Leadership and Management (1.5) 

Lecture. Theory in this senior level course is designed to analyze leadership and management 
principles and illustrate how these concepts reflect professional nursing practice. The health 
care delivery environment will be discussed with an emphasis on the current and future trends 
in the management of nursing resources and personnel. The Roy Adaptation Model and 
systems theory is threaded through each topic and will be used to evaluate individuals, groups 
and organizations on how they work together. Senior standing. 

NUR 153 Practicum: Nursing Leadership and Management (1.5) 

This clinical course provides the senior level student the opportunity to assess and practice 
under supervision the principles of leadership and management with a variety of populations 
in various settings. In addition, a conference will be utilized to simulate situations to enhance 
student's learning of theories and concepts from NUR 182/152. The Roy Adaptation Nursing 
Model and management principles will be utilized to guide assessment of a group identified in 
the clinical setting. Students may identify additional objectives to meet their personal 
learning needs with the approval of the instructor. Senior standing. 



250 NURSING 



NUR 156 Adaptation Nursing: Older Adult ( 1.5) 

Lecture. This gerontology course provides the student with the principles of the Functional 
Consequences Theory as it relates to the Roy Adaptation Model. The student will apply both 
models to the psychological and physiological functions of the older adult. Topics also 
include functional assessment, characteristics of today's older adults in the United States and 
issues regarding long-term care. Additionally, the student will carry out in-depth research in a 
gerontology related subject. This research will be presented in a formal paper. Senior 
standing. 

NUR 157 Practicum: Older Adult (1.5) 

Clinical practice with older adult clients in various settings enabling the student to apply the 
concepts and principles in NUR 156. Senior standing. 

NUR 158 Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (1.5) 

Lecture: Theory in this senior level course is applicable to any area of nursing specialty. Bio- 
psycho-social and spiritual approaches will be used to present concepts that the Baccalaureate 
prepared nurse can apply to promote adaptation in individuals, families, and groups. Broad 
topics include cultural aspects, palliative care, chronic illness, disabilities and management of 
health regimens. Professional role aspects of quality improvement, accreditation, 
environmental health and disaster management are included. Senior standing. 
NUR 159 Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (1.5) 

The senior level student will continue to develop and practice the role of the Baccalaureate 
prepared nurse in this practicum. The student will have the opportunity to demonstrate the 
ability to apply the theory content from NUR 178/158 and the MSMC Nursing Baccalaureate 
Program Objectives. A variety of clinical agencies and nursing specialties will be used. The 
Roy Adaptation Model will be used as the foundation for professional nursing practice. 
Taken as Credit/No Credit. Senior standing. 

NUR 160 Adaptation Nursing: Childbearing Family (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to 
childbearing families. Taken concurrently with NUR 161. Junior standing. GS-VI 

NUR 161 Practicum: Childbearing Family (2.5) 

Provides clinical experience in prenatal, delivery, and postnatal care, study of the parenting 
roles, and the health needs of the emerging family groups. Taken concurrently with NUR 160. 
Junior standing. 

NUR 162 Adaptation Nursing: Children (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to 

children. Taken concurrently with NUR 163. Junior standing. GS- VIIA (Satisfies one QL 

unit.) 

NUR 163 Practicum: Children (2.5) 

Provides clinical experience in the health-illness problems encountered in the care of children 

and their families. Growth and development from infancy through adolescence in terms of the 

Adaptation Theory of Nursing. Taken concurrently with NUR 162. Junior standing. 

NUR 164 Adaptation Nursing: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to 

complex episodic medical or surgical disruptions in the adult. Leadership and patient care 

management included. Taken concurrently with NUR 165. 



NURSING 251 



NUR 165 Practicum: Advanced Medical/Surgical (2.5) 

Provides clinical experience in the health-illness problems of adult patients with more 
complex medical or surgical disruptions. Leadership and patient care management included. 
Taken concurrently with NUR 164. Junior standing. 

NUR 166 Adaptation Nursing: Mental Health (2.5) 

Lecture. The focus is the bio-psycho-social impact of health-illness problems related to 
mental health of individuals and groups. Taken concurrently with NUR 167. 

NUR 167 Practicum: Mental Health (2.5) 

Provides clinical experience in the application of the principles and concepts related to 
psycho-social problems in psychiatric settings. Taken concurrently with NUR 166. Junior 
standing. 

NUR 178 Adaptation Nursing: Senior Preceptorship (2.5) 

Lecture. Theory in this senior level course is applicable to any areas of nursing specialty. 
Bio-psycho-social and spiritual approaches will be used to present concepts that the 
Baccalaureate prepared nurse can apply to promote adaptation in individuals, families, and 
groups. Broad topics include cultural aspects, palliative care, chronic illness, disabilities, and 
management of health regimens. Professional role aspect of quality improvement, 
accreditation, environmental health and disaster management are included. Senior standing. 

NUR 179 Practicum: Senior Preceptorship (2.5) 

The senior level student will continue to develop and practice the role of the Baccalaureate 
prepared nurse in this practicum. The student will have the opportunity to demonstrate the 
ability to apply the theory content from NUR 178/158 and the MSMC Nursing Baccalaureate 
Program Objectives. A variety of clinical agencies and nursing specialties will be used. The 
Roy Adaptation Model will be used as the foundation of professional nursing practice. Taken 
as Credit/No Credit. Senior standing. 

NUR 180 Adaptation Nursing: Community Health (1.5) 

Lecture. Theories and concepts from nursing and public health are presented from a bio- 
psycho-social perspective. The focus is on the health of the population, as well as on 
individuals, families and groups living in the community. The Roy Adaptation Model is 
threaded throughout the broad topics, which include community oriented practice, family, 
community assessment, epidemiology and communicable disease. Taken concurrently with 
NUR 181. Senior standing. 

NUR 181 Practicum: Community Health Nursing (2.5) 

Provides a clinical experience for the senior level student to use the Roy Adaptation Model to 
improve the health of individuals, families, groups and the community as a whole. An 
epidemiological approach is utilized to identify and assess problems within aggregates in the 
community. A variety of populations and settings are used in order to provide the student 
with the opportunity to apply the theories and concepts from NUR 180/150. Taken 
concurrently with NUR 1 80. Senior standing. 

NUR 182 Adaptation Nursing: Leadership/Management (1.5) 

Theory in this senior level 1.5 unit course is designed to analyze leadership and management 
principles and illustrate how these concepts reflect professional nursing practice. The health 
care delivery environment will be discussed with an emphasis on the current and future trends 
in the management of nursing resources and personnel. The Roy Adaptation Model and 
systems theory is threaded through each topic and will be used to evaluate individuals, groups 
and organizations on how they work together. Taken concurrently with NUR 183. 
Senior standing. 



252 NURSING 



NUR 183 Practicum: Nursing Leadership/Management (2.5) 

This clinical course provides the senior level student the opportunity to assess and practice 
under supervision the principles of leadership and management with a variety of populations 
in various settings. In addition, a conference will be utilized to simulate situations to enhance 
students' learning of theories and concepts from NUR 182/152. The Roy Adaptation Nursing 
Model and management principles will be utilized to guide objectives to meet their personal 
learning needs with the approval of the instructor. Taken concurrently with NUR 182. Senior 
Standing. 

NUR 190 Adaptation Nursing : Older Adult ( 1.5) 

Lecture. This gerontology course provides the student with the principles of the Functional 
Consequences Theory as it relates to the Roy Adaptation Model. The student will apply both 
models to the psychological and physiological functions of the older adult. Topics also 
include functional assessment, characteristics of today's older adults in the United States and 
issues regarding long term care. Additionally, the student will carry out in depth research in a 
gerontology related subject. This research will be presented in a formal paper. Senior 
standing. 

NUR 191 Practicum: Older Adult (2.5) 

Clinical practice with older adult clients in various settings enabling the student to apply the 

concepts and principles in NUR 190. Taken concurrently with NUR 190. Senior standing. 

NUR 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

NUR 198 Independent Studies (1-3) 



NURSING 253 



MASTER OF SCIENCE IN 
NURSING EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Nursing Education 

This program requires the successful completion of 37 semester units of both nursing and 
education courses with a grade of B (3.0) or better and the completion of an approved Nursing 
Education Project. This program encompasses both nursing and education classes in order to 
assist the graduate in developing the necessary skills to assume responsibilities as a nursing 
educator in health care agencies, schools of nursing and colleges. 

The MSN program is accredited by the Commission of Collegiate Nursing Education. 

The nursing courses cannot be waived or taken as independent study regardless of the 
student's professional experiences. The MSN student is encouraged to grow in her/his role as 
a nurse educator both in depth and breadth thus maximizing the benefits of receiving a Master 
of Science in Nursing Education degree from Mount St. Mary's College 

NUR 243 Theoretical Foundations of Leadership and Community Health is a required bridge 
course for MSN students who do not have a BSN degree. The credit received can be used 
towards meeting the elective unit requirement. 

Health Data: During the application process, students must verify the following health 
screening/immunization data: 

• Tuberculosis 

• MMR immunity 

• Varicella Titer 

• Hepatitis-B testing 

A criminal background check and malpractice insurance are prerequisites for the practicum 
courses: NUR 295 and NUR 297. 

Course Units (37 units) 

A. Core Units (13 units) 

NUR 200 Advanced Health Assessment (4) 

NUR 201 Theoretical /Conceptual Foundations of Nursing (3) 

NUR 202 Current Health Care Issues & Nursing Roles (3) 

NUR 290 Nursing Research and Methodologies (3) 

B. Emphasis (20 units) 

NUR 206 Educational Theories, Principles, & Methods in Nursing (3) 

NUR 208 Curriculum Development & Evaluation in Nursing (3) 

NUR 295 Nursing Education Practicum I (3 lab./ 1 seminar) (4) 

NUR 296 Nursing Education Project Seminar (3) 

NUR 297 Nursing Education Practicum II (4 lab./ 1 seminar) (5) 



C. Electives (6 units) 



254 NURSING 



NUR 200 Advanced Health Assessment (4) 

This course provides an introduction to comprehensive health care assessment of the child and' 
adult client/ patient. Emphasis is placed on physiology, pathophysiology, psychopathology, 
physical, psychosocial, ethnic and cultural needs of clients. Upon this foundation, the student 
will develop a client-centered management plan. Prerequisites: Admission into the MSN 
program. 

NUR 201 Theoretical / Conceptual Foundations of Nursing (3 

This seminar explores the relationships between theory, research, practice and philosophical 
dimensions in nursing. There is a scholarly exploration of the theoretical and conceptual 
models that influence the discipline of nursing. A historical view of the nursing profession 
will be presented and analyzed. Prerequisites: Admission into the MSN program. 

NUR 202 Current Health Care Issues and Nursing Roles (3) 

This course provides an opportunity for students to explore and analyze major health, federal 
and worldwide issues that effect the nursing profession and its communities of interest. In 
addition, this seminar provides discussion regarding the economical, historical, political, 
ethical and legal issues that require consideration and potential resolutions. In addition, 
students will discuss and analyze developing, advanced roles in nursing. Prerequisite: 
Admission into the MSN program 

NUR 206 Educational Theories, Principles and Methods (3) 

This course is designed to prepare students for the advanced practice role as nursing educator. 
The focus of this course is on the use of various teaching techniques and strategies to assist in 
the education of staff, students, health care professionals, clients and communities of interest. 
In the role of nursing educator, students will learn how to influence changes in how the client 
perceives health and his/her ability to seek information to reach optimal health. Prerequisite: 
Successful completion of NUR 201. 

NUR 208 Curriculum Development and Evaluation (3) 

This course is designed so that the student can explore curriculum theories, design and 
evaluation as they apply to nursing. The course is geared toward an examination of 
philosophical bases for the development of curriculum. The students design and critique a 
model curriculum and include outcome criteria to evaluate educational goal attainment. 
Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201 and NUR 206. 

NUR 240 Organizational Management and Economics in 

Nursing (3). Elective 

This course is designed for graduate students in the MSN Program. The course will provide a 
forum for discussion and analysis of current economic conditions that affect health care and 
health care systems. Course content will provide information that will assist the student to 
understand and plan cost-effective methods to increase quality care in various systems for 
diverse aggregates. The content will also enhance the understanding of strategic and fiscal 
planning. In addition, the course will afford opportunities to learn and analyze management 
and leadership theories and styles related to problem-solving in the work environment. There 
will also be opportunities to analyze work climates, interpersonal and group dynamics, 
communications, quality management, and the improvement of the work environment. 



NURSING 255 



NUR 241 Marketing Through the Art of Negotiation (3). Elective 

This course is designed for graduate students who are interested in the art of negotiation. The 
course will provide a forum for discussion and analysis of negotiating techniques used to 
promote desired changes in a variety of settings including health care. Students will learn how 
to market their programs and ideas through the art of negotiation. Course content also 
provides skills that will assist students in developing their own strategies in the negotiation 
process with diverse aggregates. 

NUR 242 Health Care Epidemiology/Infection Control (3). Elective 

This course is designed for graduate students in the MSN program. The course will provide a 
forum for discussion and analysis of epidemiology and infection control in the healthcare 
setting. Course content will provide information that will assist the students in the appraisal of 
various methodologies and approaches to infection control. The content will also enhance the 
understanding of the administrative and educational aspects. In addition, the course will 
afford opportunities to evaluate specific infectious diseases such as tuberculosis, ventilator- 
associated pneumonia, multiple-resistant organisms, emerging pathogens, etc. 
NUR 243 Theoretical Foundations of Community Health and Leadership 
in Nursing (1) 

(Required bridge course for non-BSN degree holders). This course may also be taken for 
graduate level credit by those MSN students who are BSN prepared. 
This course is considered as a graduate level bridge course specifically designed for graduates 
from non-BSN nursing programs. This course constitutes an exploration of concepts and 
theories related to nursing leadership roles and the community health specialty. Discussion 
will surround the roles, responsibilities, ethics and legal aspects of managing and leading in 
nursing positions. A secondary portion of the class is an introduction to community health 
nursing based on the components and domains of the Clinical Prevention and Population 
Health recommendations. 

NUR 244 Technology of Professional (TOP) Presentations (1). Elective 
This course is designed for graduate students who are interested in integrating multimedia into 
their professional presentations. Recognizing that technological advancement serves as a 
catalyst for innovative methods of communication, this course will equip students with the 
skills necessary to create presentations using various multimedia resources to complement 
their chosen discipline. Course content also provides skills that will assist students in 
developing their presentation techniques and computer literacy. 
NUR 245 Community Health Care Systems and Influence of Public 
Policies (2). Elective 

This course is considered a graduate level elective in nursing. The focus of the course is on 
community health care systems, preventive services, community aspects of practice, as well 
as the link to evidenced based practice. In addition, this class will provide knowledge about 
the importance of public health advocacy and the tools necessary to affect public policy. The 
course is highly interactive and is presented in a seminar format. This requires that the 
student be prepared for discussion during each session. 
NUR 290 Nursing Research (3) 

This course constitutes an in-depth exploration of the research process and strategies. 
Discussion will surround both quantitative as well as qualitative designs. It also provides an 
opportunity for students to prepare the first three chapters of their project proposal. 
Prerequisite: Successful completion of a mathematical statistics course and NUR 201. 



256 NURSING 



NUR 295 Nursing Education Practicum I (4 - 3 lab. / 1 seminar) 

This course is designed to provide teaching experiences for the graduate student with staff/ 
patient educators. The experience will provide an opportunity to participate in the 
development or revision of education plans. Students will design a learning opportunity and 
will include a course description, learning objectives, and methods of evaluating both the 
learning and the education offering. Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201, 206, and 
208. (NUR 208 may be taken concurrently with NUR 295.) 

NUR 296 Nursing Education Project (3) 

The student will assess the need for the nursing project, design and implement it and finally 
evaluate its effectiveness. The project needs to be aimed at solving a practical or clinical 
problem, or meeting an educational or administrative need in a service or academic setting. 
The project may include a nursing intervention program, a change project or an educational 
program that is designed in the form of a class, instructional module, computer program, 
videotape, nursing education evaluation tool. A written report describing the project is the 
final assignment in this course. The project must first be approved by the course faculty. This 
seminar will provide the student with the opportunity to meet with the faculty during the 
semester to discuss the progress of the graduate project and to obtain guidance from the 
course faculty member. Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201,206,208, and 290. 

NUR 297 Nursing Education Practicum II (5-4 lab. / 1 seminar) 

This course will serve as the culminating experience for the nursing graduate student. The 
course will prepare students to become educators in a college-level nursing education 
program. The student will choose an educational setting in which to complete a learning needs 
assessment, prepare coursework, syllabi, student faculty evaluations and course evaluations 
while being supervised by a master faculty member. In addition, the student will be 
responsible for presenting course content to the chosen nursing student group. 
Prerequisite: Successful completion of NUR 201,206,208, and 290. 



PHILOSOPHY 257 



Philosophy 



Philosophy is not just for those who love wisdom; it is also for those who want techniques to 
be able to think, speak, and write clearly and defensibly. Philosophy provides us with the 
tools to discover, examine, and evaluate our own and others' insights and ideas. It helps us 
look into the meaning of knowledge, notions of personal identity, and examine fundamental 
concepts about the universe and what we can and ought to be doing in the world. Philosophy 
helps us evaluate theoretical systems and how they are applied in our lives and institutions. 
Philosophy also helps us reflect on our values and beliefs, as well as take stock of the biases 
and prejudice within and around us. In short, Philosophy gives us the powerful tools to make 
a difference in how we live in the world and with one another. 

This major is an excellent preparation for graduate study or a career in college teaching, law, 
medicine, computer programming, culture studies, social sciences, or religious studies. 
Philosophy provides a strong foundation for careers in education, business, research, writing, 
or counseling. In addition to providing a foundation in the discipline, our Philosophy 
department brings ideas to life and helps students find ways to apply them to the world we 
live in. 

The Philosophy department encourages students to major in Philosophy. It is an excellent 
major for those who wish to go into bioethics, law, medicine, journalism, media studies, and 
interdisciplinary studies. We also help students arrange double majors such as with Art, 
Political Science, Business, English, Business, Psychology, and Religious Studies. A minor 
in Philosophy is also a possibility for students and works well with virtually all majors, as 
well as the Pre-Law minor. 

Courses Required for a BA. Degree in Philosophy 
Lower Division. One course from each of the following groups: 

A. Analytical Skills one of: 

Phi 5 Introduction to Logic 
Phi 10 Critical Thinking 

B. Introductory Ethics one of: 

Phi 21 Moral Values 
Phi 92 Business Ethics 

Upper Division. At least ten upper division courses in Philosophy are required for the 
major. Students will select one of the following programs: 

1 . Traditional Philosophy: A program of study primarily for those interested in pursuing 
graduate study in Philosophy or who desire a classical philosophical education. Students must 
take at least: 

a. Three courses (9 units) from area A (History of Philosophy) 

b. One course (3 units)) from area B (Value Theory) 

c. Three courses (9 units) from area C (Logic, Metaphysics, Epistemology) 

d. One course (3 units) from area D (Interdisciplinary Philosophy). 

e. Two elective courses (6 units) from any of areas A, B, C, and D. 



258 



PHILOSOPHY 



2. Applied Philosophy: A program of study primarily for those interested in fields where a 
background in Philosophy is particularly valuable, such as law, bioethics, business ethics, 
medicine, women's studies, or culture studies. Students must take at least: 

a. One course (3 units) from area A (History of Philosophy ) 

b. Three courses (9 units) from areas B (Value Theory) 

c. One course (3 units) from area C (Logic, Metaphysics, Epistemology) 

d. Three courses (9 units) from area D (Interdisciplinary Philosophy) 

e. Two elective courses (6 units) from any of areas A, B, C, and D. 



History of Philosophy: 

Phi 124 Socrates, Plato, & Aristotle 

Phi 126 Descartes to Kant 

Phi 130 Existentialism 

Phi 134 American Philosophy 

Phi 172 Marxism 

Phi 1 80 Chinese Philosophy 



B. Value Theory: 

Phi 167 
Phi 168 A 
Phi 168B 
Phi 170 
Phi 174 
Phi 179 
Phi 192 



Ethics and Film 

Contemporary Moral Problems 

Bioethics 

Social and Political Philosophy 

Philosophy of Art 

Women and Values 

Business Ethics 



C. Logic, Metaphysics, and Epistemology: 

Phi 150 Metaphysics 

Phi 152 Theory of Knowledge 

Phi 155 Symbolic Logic 

Phi 158 Scientific Method 

Phi 160 Philosophy of Religion 

D. Interdisciplinary Philosophy: 

Phi 162 Philosophy and Native Cultures 

Phi 1 65 Philosophy of Law 

Phi 169 Philosophy of Technology 

Phi 175 Philosophy of Film 

Phi 1 76 Philosophy of Literature 

Phi 178 Philosophy of Women 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



Total Units in Philosophy: 36 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including 
Modern Language requirement. 

The Minor in Philosophy 

A minimum of 21 units in Philosophy, 15 of which must be upper division and approved by 
the Philosophy department. At least one course should be from Category A, above (History of 
Philosophy). 



PHILOSOPHY 259 



Independent Study Policy: Independent studies are open to Philosophy majors and 
minors who wish to explore an area of philosophy for advanced or specialized work. Any 
non-major wishing to do an Independent Study in Philosophy must have a clearly defined 
goal and must confer with both the faculty member and the chair of the department to see if it 
is appropriate. Independent studies require independent research. Students are expected to 
meet the faculty member at least one hour per week, undertaking an equivalent amount of 
work that would be expected in a three credit course. Normally, independent studies are not 
intended to replace a course taught in the department. For details on what must be included in 
your petition for an Independent Study, please contact the Chair of the Philosophy 
department. 

PHI 5 Introduction to Logic (3) 

An introduction to argument structure, including inductive and deductive arguments, the rules 

of inference and replacement, fallacies of reasoning, validity and soundness, syllogisms, the 

use of language, diverse frames of reference, analysis, decision-making and problem-solving, 

and evaluating arguments. GS-II, VB3, VIIA (Satisfies one QL unit.) 

PHI 10 Critical Thinking (3) 

Students taking this course will learn reasoning techniques so they develop their skills at 

argumentation, spotting fallacious reasoning, examining uses of language, evaluating 

reasoning, examining assumptions, weighing evidence, determining credibility of witnesses, 

problem solving, decision-making, and applying critical thinking skills to moral reasoning, 

advertising, the media, and legal reasoning. This course carries credit equivalent to PHI 5. 

GS-II, VB3 

PHI 15 Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

An introduction to the nature of philosophy and why philosophy is considered the love of 

wisdom. Included are philosophical questions, major thinkers, and the methodology involved 

in a philosophical inquiry. Topics covered include free will and determinism, the existence of 

God, the problem of evil, mind and body, the theory of knowledge, and personal identity. 

Traditional views, as well as contemporary ones from diverse perspectives (such as women 

and people of color) will be included. Prerequisite: Eligible for ENG 1A. 

GS-VBI, VI 

PHI 21 Moral Values and Ethical Decisions (3) 

This course is an introduction to moral reasoning and ethical decision-making, with a focus on 

fundamental ethical theories. Using the different theories, we examine some major moral 

dilemmas we face (such as the death penalty, world hunger, environmental ethics, abortion, 

sexual morality, censorship). GS-VB2, VI 

PHI 24 Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle (3) 

An introduction to the origins of philosophical traditions in the West through study of the 

lives and major works of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. Philosophy majors and minors only 

are to take this course for upper division credit as PHI 124. They will be assigned an 

additional critical assignment appropriate to a more advanced level of study. This may be in 

either written or oral form. GS-VBI 

PHI 92 Introduction to Business Ethics (3) 

A case study approach to business ethics and information technology. Using ethical theories, 

we will cover such moral dilemmas as affirmative action, electronic privacy, censorship and 

the Internet, and business practices (product liability, whistle blowing, honesty, advertising) 

environmental concerns, global issues, corporate decision-making and responsibility. 

Students who take this course may not take PHI 2 1 for credit. Honors student should take 

PHI 21H, not PHI 92. GS-VB2, VI 



260 PHILOSOPHY 



PHI 126 Descartes to Kant (3) 

The development of modern views on the relationship of reality and knowledge; the tension 
of reason and experience in classical modern rationalists and empiricists and the synthesis of 
Kant. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI 
PHI 130 Existentialism (3) 

A study of existentialist thinking drawing from Nietzsche, Kierkegaard, Sartre, Heidegger, 
Camus, de Beauvoir. The emphasis is on the individual, free-will, choices, decision-making, 
authenticity vs. inauthenticity, and global considerations. Existentialist literature (Kafka, 
Beckett, Atwood, Shange, etc.) and challenges raised by women and people of color may be 
included. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI 

PHI 134 American Philosophy (3) 

A study of the major philosophical ideas that have influenced the development of American 

intellectual life, civilization, and culture: Transcendentalism, Idealism, and the Pragmatic 

movement. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI 

PHI 150 Metaphysics (3) 

A study of philosophical theories of being and the nature of reality. Among a cluster of 

metaphysical concepts to be considered are substance, matter, mind, causation, space and 

time, and the transcendent. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI 

PHI 152 Theory of Knowledge (3) 

An examination of the nature and possibility of human knowledge, objectivity, perception, 

truth, self-knowledge and the knowledge of other minds, the conditions of justified belief. 

Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI 

PHI 155 Symbolic Logic (3) 

This course provides the tools to do more advanced work in deductive reasoning and legal 
reasoning. This includes propositional logic, quantification logic, and examining complex 
argument forms. This course is highly recommended for Pre-Law students, as part of the 
course will look at analytical reasoning on LSAT exams. Also recommended for Computer 
Science majors. Prerequisite: PHI 5 or PHI 10, preferably Phi 5. GS-II,VB3, VIIB 
PHI 158 The Scientific Method (3) 

An historical introduction to the philosophy of science from Aristotle to the present. Topics 
will include Aristotle's inductive / deductive method; Copernican vs. Ptolemaic models of the 
universe; the Newtonian synthesis; Mach's sensationalism; twentieth century positivism. 
Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VB3 

PHI 160 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

A study of the philosophical concerns raised in religion, including the existence of God, faith, 
images and concepts of God, the problem of evil, along with multi-cultural and feminist 
considerations of religion and mythology. Prerequisite: One lower division course in 
philosophy and one in religious studies. (See RST 198.) GS-VA4, VBI, VI 

PHI 162 Philosophy and Native Cultures (3) 

In this course we explore the philosophy, mythology and world views of four major groups of 
Native Americans. The focus is usually on the tribes of the Southwest, Northwest, Far North, 
and Mexico (especially Huichol). Examination of the philosophical issues, myths, language, 
literature of these tribes; as well as contemporary issues (such as casinos and gambling, 
nuclear waste storage on reservations, and cultural authenticity). Prerequisite: One lower 
division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VI 



PHILOSOPHY 261 



PHI 165 Philosophy of Law (3) 

This course examines philosophical issues and concerns in law and in the application of laws. 
This includes notions of personhood, freedom of speech, freedom of religion, pornography 
and obscene speech, major Supreme Court decisions affecting a particular field (e.g., 
bioethics, medicine, research, biotechnology, business, the media). In any given semester, we 
will examine a particular theme (such as terrorism, international justice, laws regarding the 
workplace, environmental law, the media, or philosophical issues in international law). 
Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VIIA 
PHI 167 Ethics and Film (3) 

This course examines the ways in which film can raise ethical issues that challenge us to 
reflect upon our lives and the society in which we live. There are two approaches that we will 
take: (1) case study approach—going from the film itself (the characters, the story, etc.) and 
examine the sorts of ethical issues that arise, the ethical decision-making, and ways in which 
we might evaluate the decisions and actions shown in the film; (2) theoretical approach- 
going from major ethical theories to specific films (e.g, Fargo, Do The Right Thing, The 
Insider, What About Bob? , Shawshank Redemption, Quiz Show). Pre-requisite: Any other 
ethics class or any two Philosophy classes. GS-VB1, 3. 
PHI 168A Contemporary Moral Problems (3) 

A study of contemporary moral and social problems; including the death penalty, public 
policy issues, corporate responsibility, environmental ethics, world hunger, animal 
experimentation, advertising and media ethics, and individual vs. societal rights. At least one 
third of the course covers bioethical issues (such as surrogacy, euthanasia, abortion, medical 
experimentation, justice and health care). Prerequisite: One lower division ethics course. 
GS-VB2, VI 

PHI 168B Bioethics (3) 

An examination of moral problems regarding the moral issues, decision-making processes and 
procedures facing the medical profession, presented within a historical context. This includes 
informed consent, honesty, patient rights v. paternalism, physician assisted death, abortion, 
surrogate parenting, pregnant substance abusers, cloning, medical experimentation, 
biotechnology, and justice issues such as the allocation of scarce resources. Prerequisite: One 
lower division ethics course. GS-VB2 

PHI 1 69 Philosophy of Technology (3) 

In this course we consider philosophical perspectives on ways reality, knowledge, and the 
relation between individuals and society are part of technological development. We also 
investigate how information technologies like the computer, the Internet, and communications 
media help shape our lives. Pre-requisite: One lower division course in Philosophy. PHI 150 
are 152 are helpful but not required. GS-VBI 

PHI 170 Social and Political Philosophy (3) 

This section of Social and Political Philosophy will examine the tradition of social and 
political theories from the perspective of women and family. This will include conceptual 
analyses of traditional theories in order to understand why these theories have either excluded, 
marginalized, or placed restrictions on the participation of women. We will also study 
recommendations from various theoretical traditional perspectives as to how to fully 
incorporate women and families in ways that are fully inclusive. 
Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI 



262 PHILOSOPHY 



PHI 172 Marxism (3) 

An examination and comparison of some of the central works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, Mao, 
and other writers in the Marxist tradition with a focus on the criticisms of capitalism, the 
revolution to establish communism, the nature of communist society; and the relevance to the 
contemporary world and the future of Marxist/ socialist societies. Prerequisite: One lower 
division course in philosophy. GS-VB1 

PHI 174 Philosophy of Art (3) 

A study of the philosophical concerns around the creative process, the work of art, and 
aesthetic evaluation. This includes a study of the classical thinkers of aesthetics (e.g., 
Aristotle, Plato, Croce, Langer, Tolstoy), as well as contemporary theories. As part of this 
study, we examine multicultural perspectives (e.g., Chicano murals, African American film 
directors, women in film). Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. 
GS-VBI, VI 

PHI 1 75 Philosophy of Film (3) 

A study of philosophical ideas and theories about film, film theory, and various schools of 
film criticism. In a particular semester, we may focus on a particular theme, such as the hero 
in American film, or authenticity and personal integrity, or visions of society. In addition, we 
will be interested in looking at film as an expression of cultural values and an instrument for 
change. As part of that goal, we will examine the role of race, class, and gender in assessing 
film. Prerequisite: One philosophy course. GS-VBI, VI 

PHI 176 Philosophy of Literature (3) 

In this course we study the literary expression of philosophical concerns, such as authenticity, 
freedom and choice, good vs. evil, justice vs. injustice. This involves one or two philosophical 
works that investigate a philosophical issue (e.g., the ideal society) and then we look at 
various novels or plays to see how the issue is treated in literature. This course includes 
multicultural and non-traditional expressions and concerns. Prerequisite: One lower division 
course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VI 

PHI 178 Philosophy of Women (3) 

A critical study of traditional and contemporary conceptions of women and various 
manifestations of the oppression of women particularly in Western societies and the US, 
especially for women of color. Various strategies of addressing women's issues will be 
studied, including various forms of feminism and research on or by women and of the 
women's movement will be explored from diverse perspectives, especially those of women of I 
color. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI, VI 

PHI 179 Women and Values (3) 

An examination of women's perspectives in areas reflecting values, including ethics, 
aesthetics and art, political and social theory, the law, and religion. The course focuses on 
how women tend to perceive values differently than men and the contributions women make 
to value theory as well as the problems of interpretation and practice that these differences 
raise, e.g., regarding sexual harassment, pornography, or the value of attachment. Differences 
among women, especially cultural differences, will be explored throughout. Prerequisite: One 
lower division course in philosophy. GS-VBI or VB2, VI 



PHILOSOPHY 263 



PHI 180 Chinese Philosophy (3) 

This course will study the origins of Chinese philosophy in the classical writings of 
Confucius, Mozi, Menchius, Laozi, and others. The focus will be on understanding the basic 
conceptual framework of Confucianism and Daoism in the context of ancient Chinese history 
and also how these philosophies are understood today. We will also explore the place of 
women in Chinese philosophy; both what it was understood to be in the past and how it can 
be conceptualized today. Prerequisite: One lower division course in philosophy. GS-VB1 

PHI 192 Business Ethics (3) 

A case study approach to business ethics and information technology. Using ethical theories, 
we will cover such moral dilemmas as affirmative action, electronic privacy, censorship and 
the Internet, and business practices (product liability, whistle blowing, honesty, advertising) 
environmental concerns, global issues, corporate decision-making and responsibility. 
Prerequisite: Any ethics course or any two Philosophy classes. GS-VB2, VI 

PHI 198 Special Topics (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

PHI 199 Senior Thesis (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. Offered only on request. 

PHI 199H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 



264 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Physical Education courses are offered as electives, intended to enhance and balance the 
academic course load of students. All courses, with the exception of PED 100, are Credit/No 
Credit and may be repeated for credit; however, a maximum of six units of SPR and PED 
combined may be applied to requirements for the Baccalaureate degree. 

PED 1 Fitness for Freshmen (1) 

Fight off the Freshmen Fifteen with this interactive class that is designed to address the 
specific physical activity and nutrition needs of freshmen as they transition to life in college. 
Students will participate in aerobic and resistance training activities as well as meal planning 
and nutrition logs. Students will learn to make lifestyle changes that will enhance their 
mental and physical health with the support of classmates and instructors. 
PED 3B HARD CORE (1) 

Use the exercise ball (Swiss Ball, Stability Ball) to strengthen your CORE (abs, glutes, and 
low back). Your CORE is the foundation of strength for all other movement. If you have a 
strong CORE, you prevent injury, enhance your ability to perform any movement (exercise or 
everyday living), and improve your posture. This class will build your CORE first, and move 
on to more advanced stability ball moves to strengthen your entire body! You'll tone, trim 
excess body fat, and improve your health! 

Ancient Arts 

PED IS Women's Self Defense (1) 

An introduction to self defense techniques combining practical safety skills, physical 

conditioning, and martial art movements. 

PED IT Tai Chi (1) 

An introduction to the Yang style of Tai Chi Chuan, an ancient blend of mental concentration 

and physical movement, with applications to self-defense. 

PED 1Y Yoga (1) 

An introduction to yoga, an ancient blend of stretching, relaxation, and breathing techniques 

that increase flexibility and muscle strength and tone, improve circulation, and reduce stress. 

PED 2Y Power Yoga (1) 

Power Yoga is an energetic, strong practice, with yoga movements that flow from one posture 

to the next without the use of props or devices. Power Yoga is designed to heat the body 

internally to build strength, increase cardiovascular endurance, and calm the mind. Students 

begin at any level of expertise. 

PED 3Y Pilates/Yoga (1) 

Get the best of both worlds! This class is taught two days a week; work on Yoga one day: 

meditation/breathing, strengthening poses, and flexibility, and on the second day learn what 

your "Powerhouse" is by practicing some Pilates. Both classes will strengthen your body and 

increase your flexibility. 

Aerobic Conditioning 

PED 2A Aerobics Hi/Lo (1) 

A high intensity, low impact workout, designed for all levels, that improves cardiovascular 
endurance, muscle strength and endurance, body composition, and flexibility. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 265 



PED002C Boot Camp (1) 

ATTENTION RECRUITS! The eight-week session requires Boot Camp participants to 
follow an hour-long exercise regimen four days a week. Each day students will build on the 
previous day's practice. Students will not be asked to do more than is comfortable and safe, 
but will be challenged to improve their endurance, strength, and cardiovascular capacity. 
Every session begins with a warm-up, followed by the day's given exercise activities, which 
can include cardiovascular activities such as running up and down hills, walking, jumping 
rope, resistance and weight training; exercises to increase flexibility and tone, sit-ups and 
push-ups and fitness testing. The goal of this class is to challenge the mind and body and to 
gain a rejuvenated sense of health and fitness. 

PED 2K Kickboxing (1) 

High intensity, multi-level hi/lo workout incorporating moves from kickboxing and other 
martial arts techniques. This class emphasizes proper technique, mental discipline and self- 
awareness. Give bad health the boot! 

PED 2P Studio Cycling (1) 

A high energy workout utilizing stationary racing bikes to improve cardio-respiratory and 
muscular endurance. 

PED 2S Step Aerobics (1) 

A high intensity, primarily low impact cross training class, utilizing the aerobic step and 
exercise tubing, that improves cardiovascular endurance, muscle strength and endurance, 
body composition, and flexibility. 

PED 2W Water Aerobics (1) 

An aerobic conditioning class which utilizes the resistance of water to enhance cardiovascular 
endurance and reduce the risk for injury. 

PED 2E W.E.T. Workout (1) 

Water Earth Training. Learn the best of both water and earth (land-based) training! You'll 
work on basic swimming skills, water aerobics, weight training, & cardiovascular work. ALL 
levels are welcome, from beginning to advanced! 
PED 1W Ultimate Body Conditioning (1) 

A high intensity class that combines cardiovascular endurance with circuit weight training 
designed to burn optimal, maximum calories in the least amount of time. This course will 
also introduce various aspects of fitness and wellness including fitness assessments, lifestyle 
management and nutrition. 

Muscle Conditioning 

PED 3W Resistance Training (1) 

Weights are for EVERYONE! Many people think that weights and resistance training are for 
men or women who want the "bulky" look. This is NOT true! Resistance training is one of 
the best ways to decrease excess body fat and lose weight. If you want a sleek, toned body, 
you have got to try this class! This course will emphasize muscular strength and endurance 
using resistance equipment and free weights. Students will develop and implement a personal 
workout based on individual goals, fitness level, and ability. 

Dance 

PED 4A African and Latin Rhythms (1) 

A dance class which emphasizes basic African and Latin movements to improve 

cardiovascular endurance, muscle strength and tone. 

PED 4B Ballet (1) 

An introduction to the basic movements and choreography of ballet which will increase 

flexibility, muscle strength, endurance, and tone. 



266 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



PED 4C Cardio Dance (1) 

Get on the floor! A high energy class that works to improve overall fitness, as well as dance 
technique. Learning to pick up different types of choreography and understanding music will | 
also be included. Students will work on learning short dance combinations. Some strength, 
toning, and flexibility exercises will also be included. Styles and types of dance may vary 
with instructor, but may include Hip Hop, Salsa, Disco, Old School, Swing, and other 
varieties. All levels are welcome, from beginner to advanced. 
PED 4D Dance Workshop (1) 

Instruction and choreography of various dance forms including jazz, modern, and street dance 

with the opportunity for performance. 

PED 4H Hip Hop (1) 

A high intensity free-style street dance class that increases cardiovascular endurance, muscle 

strength and endurance, and improves body composition. 

PED 4J Jazz (1) 

A dance class which emphasizes basic jazz movements to improve cardiovascular endurance, 

muscle strength and tone. 

PED 4S Salsa (1) 

An introduction to the choreography of salsa, a dynamic dance class designed to increase 

cardiovascular endurance and improve body composition. 

Outdoor Recreation 

PED 5H Hiking and Wildflowers (1) 

An introduction to hiking with emphasis on wildflower identification. 

PED 5S Special Topics in Outdoor Recreation (1) 

Primarily off campus activities which could include mountain biking, roller blading/skating, 
beach volleyball, biking, hiking, snow and water skiing. 

Sports 

PED 6A Inside Sports (1) 

This course will explore the social, cultural, and historical components of sport and physical 

activity of today. Inside Sports will include lectures, films and videos, student presentations 

and field trips on historical, social, and cultural aspects of sport. What to do if you grew up 

not playing sports? Lack the knowledge of sports today? You want to join or learn but don't 

know where to start? All your co-workers enjoy games at the local pub and the office pool is 

circulating but you have no clue about what to do? How do you become a team player? 

Sports provide an important social setting and may be a critical asset for women trying to 

advance in today's business world. 

PED 6B Basketball (1) 

She shoots, she scores! An introduction to basic basketball skill techniques, scoring, rules and 

game strategy. 

PED 6C Court Sports (1) 

Get on the court! Instruction in the rules, techniques, and strategies of basketball and 

volleyball. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 267 



Ped 6F Field Sports and Games (1) 

Weekend Warrior! Instruction in the rules, techniques, and strategies of ultimate frisbee, 
softball, flag football, grass volleyball, new games, soccer and much more (dependent upon 
instructor, facilities and equipment). All levels are welcome, from beginner to advanced. 

PED 60 Softball (1) 

Catch it! An introduction to softball techniques, scoring, rules and game strategy. 

PED 6R Soccer (1) 

Kick it! An introduction to basic soccer skill techniques, scoring, rules and game strategy. 
PED 6S Swimming (1) 

Splash! A comprehensive course addressing both basic stroke technique and cardiovascular 
conditioning. 

PED 6T Tennis I/II (1) 

Ace it! An introduction to basic tennis skill techniques, scoring, rules, and game strategy. 

PED 6V Volleyball (1) 

Bump, Set, Spike! An introduction to basic volleyball skill techniques, scoring, rules, and 

game strategy. 

PED 6W Sports Conditioning (1) 

You say you have skills? Well whether you do or don't, this class is for the sports lover! 

Condition your body to play any sport! This class will work on cardiovascular endurance, 

muscular strength and power, and flexibility, with the intention of improving your body's 

health and fitness. Perfect for any athlete OR any wanna-be athlete! Even if you aren't into 

sports, this class provides great variety to your workout and will decrease excess body fat in 

those who are up to the challenge! 

Certification Courses 

PED 7B Lifeguarding (1) 

This course teaches rescue skills including equipment-based rescuers, spinal injury 

management, and post-rescue care and surveillance skills to help prevent or immediately 

recognize injuries. In addition, first aid training and "CPR for the Professional Rescuer" are 

included in the course content. At the conclusion of this course, testing for the American Red 

Cross Lifeguarding Certificate will be offered. This course is for the intermediate and above 

swimmer. 

PED 7C CPR/First Aid/AED (1) 

This course teaches basic CPR (for adult, child, and infant) and First Aid methods, the 

Automated External Defibrillator in preparation for passing the American Red Cross 

Certification. 

Education 

PED 100 Physical Education (1) 

Required course for Liberal Studies majors emphasizing the State Curriculum Framework, 

movement skill and movement knowledge, self-image and personal development, and social 

development of children K- 1 2 through the participation in rhythms, games, sports, and 

physical fitness activities. Letter graded course. 

PED 5W Lifetime Fitness (1) 

This course is an independent on-line study course designed to educate students to adopt and 

maintain the behaviors associated with an active and healthy lifestyle. Students will learn the 

facts about fitness, wellness, physical activity; become an informed fitness, wellness, and 

exercise consumer; and plan their own personal lifetime fitness and wellness program. 

Prerequisite: Junior and/or senior standing. 



268 PHYSICAL SCIENCE 



Physical Science 

Departmental Affiliation: Physical Science and Mathematics 

PHS 1 Scientific Concepts (3) 

A course in the basic principles of chemistry and physics with particular emphasis on the 

application of these principles to contemporary concerns. GS-IIID, VIIB 

PHS 2AB General Physical Science (2,2) 

This course for the non-science major surveys the four main fields of physical science: 

physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology. It explores how things work and how we find 

out. Elementary mathematical concepts are introduced as required. Recommended for 

students planning to become teachers. GS-IIID, VIIA 

PHS 2 Contemporary Physical Science (3) 

A survey of the four major physical sciences: physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology 

with a special emphasis on contemporary concerns. Offered in Weekend College format only. 

PHS 4 Elementary Environmental Studies (3) 

An introduction to the study of human's physical resources and environment leading to a 

consideration of the problems of conservation and pollution. Prerequisite: PHS 1 or PHS 2 A. 

GS-II,IIID 

PHS 5 Selected Topics in Physical Science (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the department. 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 269 



The Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree 

This post-Baccalaureate degree program offers professional education based on a foundation 
of liberal arts and sciences. It is a three-year (9 semester) program of academic rigor requiring 
full time study throughout the curriculum. Concentration on the basic and clinical sciences is 
integrated with physical therapy patient/client management principles and procedures. The 
total educational experience of the student involves life-long learning, and the physical 
therapy curriculum facilitates this value throughout the student's acquisition of knowledge and 
development of intellectual skills, professional behaviors, cognitive abilities, and practice 
competencies. The program design provides early and continual integration of clinical 
experiences that foster maximum development of the student's clinical thought processes, and 
provides opportunities for mastery of the personal and skill-based competencies requisite for 
entry-level practice. The Physical Therapy Department is committed to providing an 
education that enables graduates to be generalist practitioners of the highest quality. The 
learning environment nurtures students to become skilled professional practitioners, 
possessing the skills of clinical reasoning and effective communication education. Students 
experience and discover the person and service-oriented aspects of health care including: 

• An understanding of the holistic nature of health, integrating body, mind, spirit and 
emotion 

• An understanding of human beings and their inherent dignity, and their diverse 
cultures and ethnicity 

• A respect for the role of compassion and communication in health and healing 

• A respect for the role of mutual trust and responsibility in patient relationships 

• An ethical basis for decision making 

As integral members of the health care team, graduates impart their knowledge and skill 
through competent and compassionate patient care, enlightened education, scholarly activity 
and research, quality consultation and a commitment to life-long learning and professional 
development. 

The program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy 
Education, the official accrediting body for Physical Therapy Education Programs. Upon 
successful completion of all clinical and academic requirements, the degree of Doctor of 
Physical Therapy is awarded. Graduates are eligible for licensure in all fifty states, the District 
of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. 

Required Documents Include: 

• Transcripts: one official copy from each college attended 

• Three recommendations (academic, physical therapist, and interpersonal skills 
assessment) 

• Statement of Interest as well as evidence of physical therapy experience 

• Admission Interview required (scheduled upon preliminary review of the 
application) 

• Official GRE Score Report or TOEFL 



270 PHYSICAL THERAPY 



Admission Requirements: 

• Cumulative Grade Point Average (for the last 30 units of study) of 3.0 on a 4.0 
scale. 

• Science Grade Point Average for all science courses of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale. 

• Composite Score of 1000 on the Verbal and Quantitative sections of the 
Graduate Record Examination. 

• Knowledge of the profession attained preferably by paid or volunteer clinical 
experience including outpatient and inpatient settings. 

• Demonstration of satisfactory written and oral communication skill (essay and 
interview). 

• Completion of all prerequisites by the end of the Spring semester of the year of 
intended enrollment. (A maximum of three prerequisites may be outstanding at 
the time of application.) 

• For applicants whose first language is other than English, a TOEFL score of at 
least 550. 

• Acceptable recommendations: one from an academician with direct knowledge 
of the applicant's academic ability; one from a physical therapist who can 
address the applicant's clinical potential and communication skills; and one from 
an individual who can address the applicant's problem solving skills 

• Submission of completed application with all official transcripts, 
recommendation forms, Graduate Record Examination results, and the $75.00 
application fee. Admission decisions for Fall begin the previous October. For 
guaranteed consideration, documents must be received by December 1 . 

• Admission decisions are made within 2 weeks of application and interview. 

Prerequisite Coursework 

To be acceptable, letter grades of C or higher are required. All prerequisite courses must be 
taken on a graded basis. All science courses must have laboratories. The requirements 
presented are on the semester system. If the applicant has attended an institution which is on 
the quarter system, it must be recognized that three quarter units are equivalent to two 
semester units. Prerequisite science courses must have been taken within the last ten (10) 
years at an accredited college or university in the United States. Introductory courses are not 
accepted for credit toward prerequisite course work. All applicants must show evidence of 
satisfactory completion of the following courses: 

Biology (General) 2 semesters (8 units) 

Upper division science (3 units) 

Chemistry: 2 semesters (8 units) 

Communication: 1 semester written (3 units), 1 semester speech (3 units) 

Human Anatomy: 1 semester (4 units) 

Human Physiology: 1 semester (4 units) 

Physics: 2 semesters (8 units) 

Psychology: 3 semesters (9 units): general, two elective 

Statistics: 1 semester (3 units) 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 271 



Recommended (not required): 

Computer Science/Literacy 

Critical Thinking 

Ethics 

Gerontology 

Kinesiology 

Motor Learning/Development 

All courses must be completed by the summer prior to enrollment in the program. 

Admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis. To be considered for priority admission, 
applications must be submitted directly to the Department of Physical Therapy and must be 
postmarked by or before December 1 of the year of intended enrollment. Applications will be 
processed only when the application fee is paid and all transcripts, GRE scores, and letter of 
recommendation forms are received. 

The Physical Therapy Admission Committee retains discretionary authority in the application 
of all the criteria for admission and their decision is final. Applicants will be notified of their 
status within 2 weeks of application and interview. Applicants for admission are considered 
on the basis of the qualifications of each student without regard for race, religion, sex, age, 
national or state origin. Individuals who have received their Baccalaureate degree outside of 
the United States must have their credentials and transcripts evaluated by a recognized 
credential evaluation agency before the application for admission to the DPT degree program 
will be considered. 

Clinical facilities are utilized throughout California and the United States. 

Financial Arrangements 

Students are responsible for the financing of their education. Information and assistance is 
available and should be directly requested from the Office of Student Financing. For the 
tuition expenses for the DPT program, see the tuition expense section at the beginning of this 
catalog, or on the College website at http://www.msmc.la.edu. 

Requirements for the Professional Program 

The Doctor of Physical Therapy program offers the student an entry-level professional degree. 
As such, to remain in the program, the student must achieve grades of C or higher in all 
physical therapy course work. A grade point average of 2.5 is required in each semester for 
continuation in the program. The letter grade of C- in one course results in suspension from 
the program until the course is repeated and a letter grade of C or higher is achieved. One 
repeat of a course is permitted. Letter grades of two or more C-s or Ds or one F results in 
dismissal/disqualification from the program. The student must receive credit (CR) for each 
clinical affiliation. A student may not be advanced to the next component of the curriculum 
until a grade of CR is attained. More than one failed clinical affiliation results in dismissal 
from the program. A cumulative average of less than 2.5 in any given semester will result in 
academic probation. Two sequential semesters of academic probation will result in dismissal 
from the program. In order to remain in the program, the student must obtain a 2.5 
cumulative GPA by the end of the academic semester immediately following the semester that 
resulted in probation status. If student performance in a clinical setting is deemed 
unsatisfactory or unsafe according to the standards of the facility, the College, the accrediting 
agency, or the state, the student may be suspended or disqualified from the program. 



272 PHYSICAL THERAPY 



Before enrollment and at the beginning of the second and third years, students must submit 
written evidence of a chest x-ray, current immunization and a physical examination. Students) 
are responsible for their own housing and transportation. During all clinical aspects of the 
program, students are required to carry health insurance and malpractice insurance. 

DPT Curriculum: Design 

The curriculum is a sequential 3 -year, 9-semester design based on a foundation of hierarchical 
and adult learning theory. Bases on which the curriculum is designed incorporate values, 
content and process components. In the domain of values, six values serve as a core for the 
program and are based on the mission and philosophy of the College and department. These 
values are compassion, communication, collaboration, community, critical thinking and 
competence (including professionalism). 

Seven themes serve as the conceptual framework around which the curriculum is organized. 
They are Foundational and Basic Sciences, Medical Sciences, Critical Thinking/Research, 
Patient/Client Management, Practice Management, Integration Seminar, and Clinical 
Experiences. The program design incorporates the presentation of foundational sciences prior' 
to clinical application; the appreciation of "normal" prior to learning "pathological;" a 
hierarchical organization that progresses content and process presentation from simple 
material to more complex content and skill application, and from the cognitive processing 
domains of knowledge and comprehension to application, analysis, synthesis and evaluation. 
There is also an interweaving of progressively more complex clinical experiences with 
didactic learning within and outside of the classroom environment; and a consistent 
integration of learning (current and prior) through intentional learning activities and 
experiences. The program includes a total of 36 weeks of clinical experiences, culminating 
with a 10- and 12- week clinical affiliation. 

Foundational and Basic Sciences 

PT 401 Gross Anatomy (6) 

Integrated study of the gross, surface, and microscopic anatomy of the human body including 

the integumentary, nervous, musculoskeletal, circulatory, digestive, metabolic, respiratory, 

endocrine, and urogenital systems. 

PT 402 Biomechanics (3) 

This course provides a survey of various topics in the biomechanics of the human 

musculoskeletal system, with particular emphasis on understanding mechanics as applied to 

human movement and musculoskeletal tissue function, and the application of biomechanical 

principles to patient problems. The course covers three broad content areas: (1) basic 

biomechanical principles, (2) tissue mechanics, and (3) specific biomechanics for each of the 

major joints. 

PT 403 Applied Kinesiology (3) 

This course in applied kinesiology utilizes the principles of biomechanics and movement 

science to study clinically relevant examples of common human movements. The clinically 

oriented approach taken in this course includes consideration of both functional and 

dysfunctional movements using a lifespan perspective. Topics include the applied kinesiology 

of human posture, gait, and specific movements such as lifting, jumping, throwing, kicking. 

PT 404 Applied Exercise Science (2) 

The study of muscle, nerve, and cardio respiratory physiology as they relate to exercise 

performance, conditioning, deconditioning, and the rehabilitation of disorders involving the 

neuromuscular, cardiovascular, pulmonary, and endocrine systems. 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 273 



PT 406 Lifespan Development (2) 

This course examines normal growth and development across the human lifespan. All aspects 
of development are considered, including biological, cognitive, emotional, social, 
moral/ethical and spiritual. 

PT 407 Neuroscience (3) 

This course is designed to give an in-depth introduction and overview to neuroanatomy, 
neurodevelopment, neurological function, neuropharmacology, and neurophysiology. This 
course provides a basis for understanding clinical manifestations seen in neurological 
disorders. 

Medical Sciences 

PT 410 Pathology/Medical Science: General Systems (2) 

This course introduces concepts of tissue- and system-specific pathology and disease 

commonly encountered in patients/clients who receive physical therapy. Course content 

focuses on the mechanisms, types and processes of tissue injury and repair in major 

physiologic systems excluding musculoskeletal, cardiopulmonary, and neurological systems 

which will be addressed in later semesters. 

PT 411 A Pathology/Medical Science: Orthopedic (2) 

This course is focused on the study of regional, tissue specific and system-specific pathology 

and disease commonly encountered in patients/clients who receive physical therapy in an 

orthopedic setting. 

PT 41 IB Pharmacology /Diagnosis Technique: Orthopedic (1) 

The first component of this course focuses on pharmacology as it impacts the practice of 

orthopedic physical therapy. The second component of this course will serve as an 

introduction to a variety of diagnostic technologies commonly used in the diagnosis and 

medical management of patients with neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction. 

PT 412A Pathology/Medical Science: Neurologic (2) 

This course will focus on the pathological processes that result in neurological injury and 

impairment. The anatomy and physiology of the nervous system will be used first to 

demonstrate normal function and then to illustrate the physiological basis for loss of function 

occurring with trauma or disease. 

PT 412B Pharmacology/Diagnosis Technique: Neurologic (1) 

This course will focus on the use of pharmacology as it impacts the practice of neurologic 

physical therapy. Content will focus on specific pharmacological agents used in the medical 

management of neurological patient problems encountered by physical therapists. The second 

component of this course will focus on diagnostic technologies commonly used in the 

diagnosis and medical management of patients with nervous system pathology and 

dysfunction. 

PT 413A Pathology/Medical Science: Cardiopulmonary (1.5) 

Study of pathologies affecting the cardiac and pulmonary systems, their diagnosis, 

pathophysiological effects, and clinical manifestations. 

PT 413B Pharmacology/Diagnosis Technique: Cardiopulmonary (1.5) 

A study of the various diagnostic tests, and the significance of their results in the diagnosis 
and prognosis of cardiovascular and pulmonary disorders. Also includes the pharmacological 
treatment of these disorders, as well as the indications, contraindications, and potential drug 
interactions which the physical therapist should be aware of in the treatment of these patients. 



274 PHYSICAL THERAPY 



PT 415A Integumentary System (0.5) 

This course consists of lecture and laboratory components and is designed to prepare students 
to safely, legally, ethically, and appropriately evaluate and treat common wound types. 
Evaluation consists of evaluation of the wound itself, its etiology, the periwound, and the 
person as a whole. Treatment methods include dressings, debridement options, and 
therapeutic modalities. Course content includes lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory 
experiences designed to assist the student in applying concepts of evidence-based practice, 
clinical reasoning, phases of tissue healing, and evaluations, while making appropriate 
treatment intervention decisions. 

PT 415B Women's Health (0.5) 

This course consists of lecture and laboratory components dealing with women's health care 
in physical therapy. Course content includes review of female anatomy as it relates to 
obstetric and gynecologic concerns, pelvic floor muscle training, maternal physiology and 
responses to exercise, fetal response to exercise, disease/conditions of the urogenital region 
and the role of the physical therapist. There will also be discussion of pathological conditions 
pertaining to the pre/post partum patient, as well as medical and surgical interventions used to 
manage these conditions. The focus of the course will be identifying problems unique to the 
female patient throughout the lifecycle and demonstrating how physical therapists are 
perfectly suited for practice with this patient population. 

Practice Management 

PT 431 Health Systems I: Introduction to Physical Therapy (2) 

An introduction to physical therapy including history, professional issues and development, 
the Guide to PT practice and written documentation. 

PT 432 Health Systems II: Organizational Management (2) 

A review of organizational socialization, organizational learning and organizational behavior 
with an emphasis on the management of change in physical therapist practice. 
PT 433 Health Systems III: Payment Policy (1) 

An overview of the various methods of health care reimbursement in the United States. Also 
includes methods for determining an appropriate fee schedule, developing a fiscally sound 
budget, effective documentation techniques for optimum reimbursement, and a discussion of 
current legislation affecting health care reimbursement. 
PT 434 Health Systems IV: Law and Policy (2) 

An overview of health care policy in the United States, health policy legislation and the role 
of the physical therapist and a thorough exploration of physical therapist practice and the 
California rules and regulations. 

PT 435 Health Systems V: Medical Ethics (2) 

This course will explore ethical issues in health care with the focus on the development of 
skills for ethical decision making in physical therapist practice. 
PT 436 Health Systems VI: Entrepreneuralism (1) 

This final course in the Health Systems Series considers professional development as a life- 
long activity and addresses the entrepreneurial, marketing and service aspects of physical 
therapist practice. 

Integrative Seminar 

PT 441 Integrative Seminar I (1) 

PT 442 Integrative Seminar II (1) 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 275 



PT 443 Integrative Seminar III (1) 

PT 444 Integrative Seminar IV (1) 

PT 445 Integrative Seminar V (1) 

PT 446 Integrative Seminar VI (1) 

The Integrative Seminars are a series of six courses, designed to provide for students' situated 
or contextual learning experience within the academic curriculum, in which to develop 
clinical reasoning skills and prepare students for practice in the clinical environment before 
they get there. The Integrative Seminars promote application and integration of newly 
acquired knowledge (propositional and non-propositional) with previously learned 
knowledge/experience, within a clinical reasoning framework. Examples of the types of 
knowledge/skills that will be integrated are basic sciences, research and evidence-based 
practice principles, biomedical knowledge, clinical skills, kinesthetic/motor skills, and 
observation skills, communication skills, collaboration skills, and self-evaluative skills. 

Patient/Client Management 

PT 461 Physical Therapist as Educator (1) 

Introduction to learning theory and its application to physical therapist practice, including 

patient/client management, education and consultation. 

PT 462A Health Care Procedures I (1) 

Introduction to basic healthcare procedures and clinical reasoning utilized in patient care 

including inpatient physical therapy services. 

PT 462B Health Care Procedures II (2) 

Introduction to basic physical therapy procedures and clinical reasoning skills utilized in 

patient care. 

PT 463A Therapeutic Interactions I (2) 

This first of a series of three lecture/laboratory courses is an experiential opportunity for the 

student to develop, practice and apply techniques and principles of all phases of effective 

communication. The course is oriented toward learning about one's self and will provide 

opportunities for developing self-reflective skills and awareness of one's presentation, and 

communication strengths and areas for improvement, in the context of developing effective 

patient and peer relationships as a practicing physical therapist. 

PT 463B Therapeutic Interactions II (1) 

The second of the communications series concentrates on the relationship of self to and with 

others as revealed and experienced in everyday professional and personal encounters. It 

explores the role of team member and the interrelated responsibilities of team leadership and 

team participation. 

PT 463C Therapeutic Interactions III (2) 

This final course in the communications series explores the various roles of the physical 

therapist in the context of communication skills in the domains of both health (prevention and 

wellness) and illness (including chronic illnesses and disability). 

PT 465 Therapeutic Modalities (3) 

This course consists of lecture and laboratory components and is designed to prepare students 

to safely, legally, ethically, and appropriately apply physical agents and modalities such as 

heat, cold, light, sound, water, wrapping/taping, mechanical compression, and mechanical 

traction as components of physical therapy intervention. Also included are principles of 

electrophysiologic evaluation and electrotherapy, and soft-tissue assessment, massage, and 

soft-tissue mobilization. 



276 PHYSICAL THERAPY 



PT 466A Therapeutic Exercise (2) 

PT 466B Therapeutic Exercise (1.5) 

This series of two courses consists of lecture and laboratory components focused on the 

process of examination and evaluation of patients/clients and intervention with therapeutic 

exercise. Course content includes management of patients/clients with a variety of underlying 

neuro-musculoskeletal pathologies and/or disease presentations. The focus of the course is 

identification and intervention of impairments correlated with functional limitation by 

application of therapeutic exercise and related interventions. Students will learn to use these 

interventions to assist patients/clients in regaining optimal function. 

PT 467 Prosthetics/Orthotics (3) 

Part I-Introduction to upper extremity, lower extremity and spinal orthotics. Discussion of 

various orthotic components, devices, and their applications. Assessment for orthotic 

candidacy. Part 2 -Introduction to the principles and use of upper and lower extremity 

prosthetic devices, their components and application; the biomechanical analysis of normal 

vs. pathological gait; and therapeutic requirements for rehabilitation and reintegration of this 

unique patient population. 

PT 468 Complementary Health Practices (1) 

Provides the student with an understanding of the adjunctive and alternative health care 

practices in which patients may be participating and/or be appropriate for referral. 

PT 471A Patient/Client Management: Orthopedic I (3) 

This course is the first in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist for 

patients with orthopedic dysfunction for all body regions. Each element of patient/client 

management will be considered throughout the course, including examination, evaluation, 

diagnosis, prognosis, intervention, and outcomes. This first course consists of lecture and 

laboratory components and focuses on introduction to foundational concepts with application 

to lower quarter body regions. 

PT 471B Patient/Client Management: Orthopedic II (3) 

This course is the second in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist 

for patients with orthopedic dysfunction for all body regions. This second course consists of 

lecture and laboratory components and focuses on solidifying the knowledge of foundational 

concepts introduced during the first course (PT 471 A), with application to upper quarter body 

regions. As the course progresses, student performance expectations will demonstrate higher 

levels of application, analysis, and synthesis of course content. 

PT 471C Patient/Client Management: Orthopedic (Advanced) (3) 

A lecture and laboratory course designed to facilitate the student in the application and 

expansion of concepts and skills acquired previously within the orthopedic curriculum and 

within the other patient/client management components of the curriculum. Within a strong 

clinical reasoning framework, students will evaluate and plan intervention strategies for more 

complex orthopedic patient problems, as well as for patients with primary orthopedic 

problems complicated by involvement of multiple other factors/systems. 

PT 472A Patient/Client Management: Neurologic I (3) 

This course is the first in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist for 

patients with neurologic dysfunctions for the central and peripheral nervous systems. Each 

neurologic dysfunction presented will be considered in terms of examination, evaluation, 

diagnosis, prognosis, intervention and outcomes. The first course will focus on neurologic 

dysfunction resulting from lesions or pathology of the peripheral nervous system, spinal cord 

and brainstem. 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 277 



PT472B Patient/Client Management: Neuro II (3) 

This course is the second in a series of two courses on management by the physical therapist 
for patients with neurologic dysfunctions for the central and peripheral nervous systems. 
Each neurologic dysfunction presented will be considered in terms of examination, 
evaluation, diagnosis, prognosis, intervention and outcomes. This course will focus on 
neurologic dysfunction resulting from lesions or pathology of the central nervous system and 
cranial nerves. 

PT 472C Patient/Client Management: Neurologic (Advanced) (3) 

A lecture and laboratory course designed to facilitate the student in the application and 
expansion of concepts and skills acquired previously within the neuro curriculum and within 
the other Patient/Client Management components of the curriculum. Within a strong clinical 
reasoning framework, students will evaluate and plan intervention strategies for more 
complex neurologic patient problems, as well as for patients with primary neurologic 
problems complicated by involvement of multiple other factors/systems. 
PT 473 Patient/Client Management: Cardiopulmonary (4) 

A detailed class on the evaluation, treatment, and implementation of therapeutic procedures 
for cardiac and pulmonary patients and other critically ill patients. Includes primary and 
secondary preventative measures and rehabilitation concepts. 
PT 475 Patient/Client Management: Pediatric (2) 

A lecture/laboratory course designed to introduce the student to the foundations of assessment 
and management for the pediatric population. The course provides the requisite knowledge- 
base and analytical skills for preparation as an entry-level general practitioner of physical 
therapy. 

PT 476 Patient/Client Management: Geriatric (2) 

This course focuses on complex assessment and management of aging older adults. The 
student is exposed to advanced applied science of normal and pathological aging, clinical 
problems, implications for therapeutic interventions, and intrinsic and extrinsic risk factors 
impacting older adults' lifespan in order to promote optimal care, functional outcomes, and 
wellness prevention for older adults. 

PT 477 Patient/Client Management: Medical Screening (1) 

This course focuses on the roles and responsibilities of the physical therapist in screening for 
medical disease. Students will revisit and explore in greater depth the signs and symptoms 
associated with pathology of multiple systems, introduced in previous pathology courses 
within the curriculum (i.e., general systems, orthopedic, neurologic, cardiopulmonary). 

Clinical Experience 

PT 478A Patient/Client Management: Chronic Pain Management (0.5) 

This course focuses on chronic pain as a multidimensional experience. Students will examine 

the roles of physical therapists in the management of patients/clients with chronic pain 

conditions. 

PT 481 Clinical Practicum (0.5) 

This course introduces the students to the responsibilities of clinical practice. Students may 
find themselves in a variety of settings with the aim of developing basic patient handling 
skills, professional behaviors and socialization under the supervision of a licensed physical 
therapist. 



278 PHYSICAL THERAPY 



PT 482 Orthopedic Practicum (0.5) 

This course continues the student's increasing responsibilities in clinical practice in an 
outpatient orthopedic setting. The use of musculoskeletal interventions will be the primary 
focus along with the development of professional behaviors. The student will begin 
developing examination, evaluation and intervention skills while under the supervision of a 
licensed physical therapist. 

PT 483 Orthopedic Clinical (3) 

This course is the first of four long-term clinical affiliations designed to develop student 

clinical competencies in a variety of clinical settings with diverse patients. PT 483 focuses on 

settings where the primary pathologies, impairments and functional limitations experienced 

by patients are musculoskeletal. The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose and 

design/implement physical therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed 

physical therapist. PT 483 will provide students the opportunity to develop skills directly 

impacting patient outcomes and professional behaviors. 

PT 484 Neurological Practicum (0.5) 

This course is the third of four practicums introducing students to various aspects of physical 

therapy practice. The primary pathologies, impairments and functional limitations 

experienced by patients in this practicum will be neuromusculoskeletal. The student will 

examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose, and design/implement physical therapy interventions 

while under the direct supervision of a licensed physical therapist. PT 484 will provide 

students the opportunity to develop skills directly impacting patient outcomes and 

professional behaviors. 

PT 485 Neurological Clinical (3) 

This is the second of four long-term clinical affiliations designed to develop the clinical 

competence of students in a variety of clinical settings with diverse patients. PT 485 focuses 

on acute and/or out-patient rehabilitation. The primary pathologies, impairments and 

functional limitations experienced by patients will be neuromusculoskeletal. The student will 

examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose, and design/implement physical therapy interventions 

while under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist. In addition, students will 

experience multi-disciplinary interactions, administrative responsibilities and professional 

duties that are unique to this patient population. 

PT 486 Specialty Practicum (0.5) 

This course is the last of the four practicums introducing the student to various aspects of 

physical therapy clinical practice. The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose, 

and design/implement physical therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed 

physical therapist. Students will experience a variety of settings with the emphasis on 

exploration of specialty or non-traditional practice settings. 

PT487 Clinical Affiliation (5) 

This 10-week affiliation is designed to develop the clinical competence of the student for 

generalist physical therapist practice. The setting selected is coordinated with the setting of 

the final affiliation (PT 488) and the two prior full-time affiliations (PT 483 and 485) to 

ensure the student has the appropriate complement of clinical settings and patient diagnoses. 

The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose and design/implement physical 

therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist. The student 

will also develop skills in professional and practice management. 



PHYSICAL THERAPY 279 



PT 488 Final Affiliation (6) 

This 12-week affiliation is the final of four clinical affiliations designed to develop the 
clinical competence of the student for generalist physical therapist practice. The setting this 
semester will be chosen by the student to complement the previous assignments within the 
scope of physical therapy practice. The student will examine, evaluate, diagnose, prognose, 
and design/implement physical therapy interventions while under the supervision of a licensed 
physical therapist. The students will also develop skills in professional and practice 
management. 

PT 489 Repeat Affiliation 

Critical Thinking/Research 

PT 490 Research I: Quantitative Research Design and Statistics (1) 

The first course in this series of eight research courses focuses on the development of skills 
necessary to understand quantitative research design and analysis. Students will learn to 
recognize the application of quantitative research to studying issues related to physical 
therapy and gain perspective on the limitations and appropriate use of quantitative research 
methods. 

PT 491 Research II: Qualitative Research Design/Statistics and 

Case Reports (1) 

The second course in this series of eight research courses focuses on the development of skills 

necessary to understand qualitative research design and analysis. Students will learn to 

recognize the application of qualitative research to studying issues related to physical therapy 

and gain perspective on the limitations and appropriate use of qualitative research methods. 

PT 492 Research III: Evidence-Based Practice (1) 

The third course in this series of eight research courses focuses on the development of skills 

necessary to incorporate research evidence into clinical practice. Students will learn to 

recognize the strengths and limitations of the clinical research paradigm in the study and 

practice of physical therapy. This course will introduce students to the concepts and 

philosophies of Evidence-Based Practice. 

PT 493 Research IV: Survey Research (0.5) 

The fourth course in this series of eight research courses will introduce the students to the use 

of survey and outcomes research in physical therapy and rehabilitation. Students will learn the 

importance of these research methodologies in decision making/planning in a clinical and 

research setting. 

PT 494 Research V: Proposal Writing (0.5) 

The fifth course in this series of eight research courses focuses on writing a research proposal. 

Under the supervision of faculty, students will utilize their clinical and didactic knowledge of 

physical therapy to create/develop a research project related to physical therapy practice or 

education. 

PT 495A Research VI: Research Development A (1) 

PT 495B Research VII: Research Development B (1) 

PT 495C Research VIII: Research Forum (1) 

The final three courses in this series of eight research courses will focus on developing, 
conducting and presenting the research projects. 

PT 499 Independent Study (1) 



280 PHYSICS 



Physics 

Departmental Affiliation: Physical Science and Mathematics 

PHY 1A Introductory Physics IA (4) 

Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. An algebra-based physics course covering statics, 
dynamics, and an introduction to electricity. Prerequisite: Two years of high school 
mathematics and a satisfactory performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination or 
completion ofMTH 1 with a grade ofC- or better. GS-IIID, VIIB 

PHY IB Introductory Physics IB (3) 

Lecture, three hours. Continuation of PHY IA: electricity, magnetism, optics, and an 
introduction to modern physics. Prerequisite: C- or better in PHY IA. GS-VIIB 

PHY 1BL Introductory Physics Laboratory (1) 

Experiments in mechanics, electric fields, circuits, optics, radioactivity. Emphasis is placed on 
quantitative analysis of data. Prerequisite: Grade ofC- or better in PHY IA (or PHY 11 A) 
and concurrent enrollment in PHY IB (or PHY 1 IB) or completion of PHY IB (or 11B) with 
a grade ofC- or better. 

PHY 5 Selected Topics in Physics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Department. 

PHY 11 A Mechanics (4) 

Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. A calculus-based physics course covering the 

statics and dynamics of particles, gravitation, potentials and fields, and fluid mechanics. 

Prerequisite: A calculus course, concurrent enrollment in MTH 5 A, or consent of instructor. 

GS-IIID, VIIB 

PHY 11B Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics (3) 

Lecture, three hours. A calculus-based physics course covering electric and magnetic fields, 

circuit theory, and optics. Prerequisite: PHY 11 A or consent of instructor . GS-VIIB 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 281 



Political Science 

Department Affiliation: Social Science 

Division Affiliation: History and Social Science 

The student who specializes in Political Science investigates issues and topics relating to the 
following subfields within the discipline: political theory, international relations, American 
politics and institution, comparative politics, public policy and administration, and public law. 
The purpose of the major or minor is to examine how issues in the discipline relate to 
historical developments and to the current state of political affairs. A maximum choice is 
allowed so that the course of study can be designed according to the primary interests of the 
student. 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree (or Major) in Political Science 

Lower Division: 9 units 

POL 1 American Government and Institutions (3) 

POL 2 Comparative Government (3) 

Upper Division: 

POL 101 Research Methodology (3) 

Nine additional upper division courses in Political Science (27) 

Total units in Political Science: 36 

Plus General Studies requirements, electives and Modern Language requirement totaling 124 
semester units. 

The Minor in Political Science 

Students wishing to minor in Political Science are required to take POL 1 or 2 and five 
additional Political Science courses. At least 4 of the remaining 5 courses (or 12 units) must 
be at the upper division level. 



To declare a minor in Political Science, a student must take at least 5 approved courses from 
Mount St. Mary's College. 



POL 1 American Government and Institutions (3) 

This course examines the structure and procedures of American governmental institutions; the 
political principles upon which American democracy is based; and political participation in 
the United States. GS-IIIG 



282 POLITICAL SCIENCE 



POL 2 Comparative Government and Politics (3) 

An investigation of the concepts and techniques which enable the student to compare various 

political systems, focusing upon both traditional and innovative concepts such as power, 

ideology, policy and decision making, and issues of political and economic development. 

GS-IIIC, IIIF, VI 

POL 5 Business Law (3) 

An introduction to the development of legal principles for business activity, as found in 

common law, statutory laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Use of case studies for 

practical applications. Also see BUS 5. 

POL 10 Political Concepts (3) 

The aim of this course is to acquaint students with the scope and techniques of political 

science by relating major concepts in political theory to current problems and issues. Major 

political theorists such as Plato, Aristotle, Locke, Hobbes, Hegel, and Marx are the focal 

points of analysis. In this way the contribution of political science to the understanding and 

clarification of political phenomena can be exemplified. GS-IIIF 

POL 93ABCD Selected Problems and Projects in Political Science (1-3) 

Subject announced in term schedule. May be taken for upper division credit. See POL 193. 

POL 101 Research Methodology (3) 

Examination of research and writing methods with an emphasis on skills in conducting 

political science research and preparing research papers; working with statistical techniques 

and databases, using libraries and archives; and evaluating, citing and presenting evidence. 

GS VIIB 

POL 102 Women and the Law (3) 

This course analyzes the relationship between gender and the law and how it has evolved over 

time. Students examine the landmark cases that have shaped women's rights in America and 

the works of leading legal scholars in the field. GS-IIIG 

POL 103 Legal Reasoning (3) 

This course introduces students to the basic principles of legal reasoning. Students will learn 

to analyze cases and statutes, identify applicable law and apply law to a given set of facts. 

These skills will prepare students for the case analysis methodology used in law school and, 

more broadly, provide students with the insight that comes from approaching problems 

analytically. Legal Reasoning is required for all pre-law minors. 

POL 104 Political Biography (3) 

See HIS 133. 

POL 105 Advanced Business Law (3) 

Upper level study of business law. Applications to areas of agency, partnerships, corporate 

law, sales security transactions, and insurance. Also see BUS 106. GS-IIIG 

POL 106 Real Estate Law (3) 

Business and legal aspects. Estates in land, purchase and sales contract, conveyances, 

mortgage and trust deed transactions, property taxes, landlord and tenant, wills and 

inheritance. Also see BUS 171. Prerequisite: BUS 5. 

POL 107 Criminal Law (3) 

An examination of the elements of the criminal law with emphasis on crimes against the 
person as well as crimes against property. The standard defenses will also be considered. 
POL 108 American Constitutional Law (3) 

See HIS 179. Consent of instructor necessary for non-majors and non-minors. GS-IIIG 



POLITICAL SCIENCES 283 



POL 109 Individual Rights (3) 

Emphasis on the Bill of Rights as applied to both federal and state jurisdictions. See HIS 180. 

GS-IIIC, IIIG 

POL 110 Political Behavior (3) 

This course explores the political behavior of American citizens. Students will examine 
citizens' participation in elections, issue advocacy and protest movements. The examination 
will include a comparison of political behavior and preferences among differing socio- 
economic groups, minorities and women. 

POL 116 Democracy and Democratic Theory (3) 

A critical examination of the major theorists of democracy in the twentieth century and 
preconditions of democratic government and society; in particular, insights derived from 
psychology and sociology are utilized. Consent of instructor necessary for non-majors and 
non-minors. 

POL 1 17AB History of Political Theory (3,3) 

An examination of the major theorists of political theory from antiquity to the middle of the 

nineteenth century. Special emphasis will be placed on the writings of such seminal figures 

such as Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke and Rousseau. (See HIS 1 15 AB.) 

GS-IIIC 

POL 118 American Presidency (3) 

This course examines the powers of the office of the President of the United States. Students 

will analyze the President's formal constitutional powers, informal powers of persuasion and 

the impact of the personal styles of those who have held the office. The role of White House 

staff, institutional resources, and the dynamic relationship between the President, Congress 

and the courts will be considered in determining the ability of Presidents to successfully 

achieve their political agendas and affect public policy. 

POL 119 Concepts in Political Theory (3) 

Selected concepts in political theory examined comprehensively and in depth. 

POL 120 Legislative Process (3) 

This course examines legislative process, organization and structure. Students will analyze 

committee structure, the impact of House and Senate rules, and the electoral motivations of 

the members of Congress. The role of constituents, interest groups, party politics and the 

dynamic relationship among the branches of government will all be considered in assessing 

the law and policy making function of the U.S. Congress. 

POL 121 Judicial Politics (3) 

This course examines the role of the courts in American government and politics. Students 

will explore the structure of the American judicial system, judicial processes, the nature of 

judicial decision-making and the increasingly contentious judicial appointment process. The 

relationship of the courts to the other branches of government will also be considered in 

determining the courts' impact on major substantive policy areas. 

POL 122 Middle East Politics (3) 

An analysis of political societies in the Middle East and of the many ways in which they were 

transformed into nation states. Issues addressed include nationalism, religious political 

activism, colonialism, regional conflicts, revolutions and the position of women. 

POL 123 African Politics (3) 

Provides an understanding of the historical, economic and social variables that shape modern 
African politics. Central themes will include nation-building and democratization, the 
international relations of Africa, issues of peace and security, and Africa's political economy. 



284 POLITICAL SCIENCE 



POL 124 Latin American Politics (3) 

A comparative analysis of Latin American political systems. Emphasis on the politics of 

development, the problems of leadership, the military in politics, legitimacy, and regime 

continuity. 

POL 125 Foreign Relations of the United States (3) 

See HIS 178. GS-IIIG 

POL 126 Politics of the former Soviet Union (3) 

An examination of the revolutionary origins, development, and dissolution of the Soviet 

Union followed by a discussion of the issues confronting Russia and the new republics. 

Issues include political and economic transformation, ideological transitions, and proliferation 

of weapons. 

POL 128 Politics of Globalization and Interdependence (3) 

An assessment of globalization and interdependence, and the challenges they pose to the 

governments of nation-states since the end of World War II. Topics include the global 

economy and trade; the challenges to national cultural identities and sovereignty; the role of 

technological advancements; and integration. 

POL 130 International Political Economy (3) 

Examines approaches to the international political economy (IPE) including the liberal, 

economic nationalist, and neo-Marxist perspectives. Topics include the Bretton Woods 

institutions (World Bank, IMF and GATT/WTO), international trade and development, 

foreign debt, poverty and global inequality. 

POL 131 International Relations (3) 

A general survey of the institutions, considerations, and ideologies involved in the formation 

and execution of foreign relations within a world context. Special attention is placed upon 

international agencies such as the United Nations and non-governmental organizations. 

GS-IIIG 

POL 132 Political and Economic Development (3) 

An analysis of the major explanations for underdevelopment and alternative strategies for 

development. Topics discussed include colonialism, nationalism, the Third World in the 

international system, state-building and political change, and gender perspectives on 

underdevelopment. 

POL 133 Moot Court (1-3) 

This course will teach students the fundamental skills of legal oral advocacy. Students will 

receive training in case analysis and development, rules of evidence, and basic trial and 

appellate court techniques. Students will participate in appellate moot court competitions and, 

based on class performance, may be chosen to compete in national mock trial competitions. 

This course may be taken for 1, 2, or 3 credits. This course may be repeated for up to a total 

of 12 units. GS-IB 

POL 134 International Organization (0-3) 

An examination of the origins, structure, and practices of international agencies with special 

attention to the United Nations. GS-IB, IIIG 

POL 135 Selected Problems in International Organization (3) 

Examines the various ways in which international organizations are used to promote the 

domestic and global interests of international actors. Particular emphasis is placed on 

promotion and maintenance of world order. GS-IB, IIIG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 285 



POL 136 Revolutions in World History (3) 

This course focuses on the social, political, economic and ideological forces that promote and 
sustain political revolutions. Case studies may include the French, American, Russian and 
Chinese revolutions as well as revolutionary groups and individuals. 

POL 137 Ethnic Conflict and Civil War (3) 

Examines discord within multiethnic societies by analyzing how nationalist, racial, ethnic 
and/or religious identities serve as sources of internal conflict. Issues addressed include 
communalism, civil strife, systematic violence, and genocide. GS-IB, IIIG 
POL 138 International Law (3) 

This course examines the origins and evolution of international law. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the development of international law under the aegis of international organizations 
and through the promulgation of treaties and customary practice. 
POL 140 North-South Relations (3) 

Examines the political, social and economic issues that often create tensions between 
developing (South) and developed (North) countries. Issues include sustainable development, 
foreign debt and investment, terms of trade, political hegemony and cultural relativism. 
POL 142 International Conflict and Cooperation (3) 

Focuses on the various types of international conflict and ways in which cooperation 
manifests in international politics. Topics include the management and prevention of conflict, 
regional and global conflicts throughout history and the causes of conflict. 
POL 144 Politics of Europe and the European Union (3) 

Analyzes the political, social and economic development of modern European nation-states 
and the evolution of the European Union. Topics include the political and economic 
integration of Europe since the end of World War II. 
POL 145 Southeast Asian Politics (3) 

Provides an understanding of the historical, economic and social variables that shape modern 
Southeast Asian countries including Indonesia, Malaysia, Vietnam, Singapore, Myanmar, 
Brunei, the Philippines, Thailand, Laos and Cambodia. Central themes include nation- 
building and democratization, peace and security, and political economy. 
POL 146 Military in Politics (3) 

Focus on relations between the military and politics. Emphasis on the varieties of military 
involvement in politics, cases of direct military intervention in political systems, and the 
consequences of military influence over political decisions. 
POL 147 Women and Development (3) 

Analyzes the impact of development policies on women in developing countries. Topics 
include the status of women in traditional societies, the gendered allocation of resources, and 
the informal economy. 

POL 148 Refugees and International Migration (3) 

Examines the politics of mass migration across state borders or within nation-states. Cases 
studied include forced relocation, refugees of war, and different forms of legal and illegal 
immigration including the international trafficking of persons. 
POL 149 Comparative Foreign Policy (3) 

Comparative study of foreign policy making in different political systems. Issues include 
economic, military and political relations among countries, and foreign policy actors such as 
heads of state and bureaucrats. 



286 POLITICAL SCIENCE 



POL 150 International Security (3) 

Analyzes the factors surrounding security studies in international relations. Topics include the 
spread of nuclear weapons and weapons of mass destruction, deterrence, arms races, the 
security dilemma, and domestic threats to global peace. 

POL 151 Humanitarian Intervention (3) 

An analysis of the issues that provoke humanitarian concerns such as civil strife, poverty, 

epidemics and famine. The development of norms of humanitarian intervention will be a 

focus of this course. 

POL 152A Advanced Studies in the History of Modern Japan (3) 

An examination of the rapid transition of the feudal Japan of the Shogun to the modern 

technological state. This course will probe the events that brought changes in government, 

family, religion, education, industry, and foreign relations from 1600 to 1952. (See HIS 151.) 

GS-IIIC 

POL 152B Advanced Studies in the History of Modern China (3) 

An analysis of the political and economic development of Modern China. Personalities such 

as the Sun Yat-sen, Mao Tse Tung, and Deng Xiao Ping and others will provide insights into 

the evolution of the Chinese State. (See HIS 152.) GS-IIIC 

POL 153 Department Seminar (3) 

This course is limited to juniors and seniors and provides an in-depth examination into a topic 

within political science. The course emphasizes research and writing skills and requires a 

major research paper. (Same as HIS 126.) Prerequisite: POL 101 Research Methodology. 

POL 154 U.S./Mexican Relations (3) 

This course examines the relevant actors, issues and political history of foreign policy and 

interactions between the United States and Mexico. Attention is given to current policy topics 

of significance, e.g., drugs, immigration, security and trade. 

POL 160 Civil Liberties 

See HIS 132. 

POL 170 American Party Politics (3) 

The development, organization, and character of the American party system. 

POL 171/171H Presidents and Personality (3) 

An attempt to illuminate and characterize the contributions of American presidents to 

American politics by an examination of the writings of psycho-historians and others 

emphasizing psychological insights. GS-IIIG 

POL 175AB Selected Topics in the American Political Structure (3,3) 

Specific area will be announced in the term schedules. Consent of instructor 

necessary for non-majors and non-minors. 

POL 176 Public Policy (3) 

This course considers major public issues in American politics within a framework that 
emphasizes analysis, social configurations, and resolution of conflicts. 
POL 179 California Politics (3) 

See HIS 188. GS-IIIG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 287 



POL 180 State and Local Government (3) 

This course examines state and local political systems in the United States. The course 

examines the structure of state and local government, the administrative procedures employed 

by these political entities, their relationship to the federal government, and the public policy 

outcomes resulting from state and local government action. The course includes 

consideration of the unique role of local governmental action to American political life. 

GS IIIG 

POL 185 Public Personnel Administration (3) 

The process of formulating and administering public personnel policies; concepts and 

principles utilized in selected governmental personnel systems. Special emphasis on 

collective bargaining in public employment. 

POL 186 Introduction to Public Administration (3) 

The executive function in government; principles of administrative organization, personnel 
management, financial administration, administrative law; and problems and trends in 
government as a career. 
POL 187 Organizational Theory and Governmental Management (3) 

Organizational structure, human factors in organization, dynamics of organizational change, 
internal adaptability to external environment; problems, limitations, and trends in 
governmental organization and management. 

POL 188 Administrative Law (3) 

Introduction to administrative law and its impact on the American political and bureaucratic 
landscape. Regulatory agencies, procedural due process and their interface with vested and 
individual rights are the focal point for discussion on constitutional and legal precedents in a 
case study context. 
POL 191 Internship in Government Service (3) 

Students in the public administration program serve as interns working in government offices 

in the Los Angeles area. 

POL 192 Plays and Politics (3) 

A study of selected plays from antiquity to contemporary times in which the insights of the 

playwright and the conclusions of the political scientist are interrelated. A multidimensional 

and interdisciplinary approach is utilized. May be taken for lower division credit. GS- 

IIIG,VI 

POL 193ABCD Selected Topics and Projects in Political Science (3) 

Subject announced in term schedule. May be taken for lower division credit. 

POL 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 



288 PRE-HEALTH SCIENCE 



Pre-Health Science 

Associate in Arts Degree 

The Pre-Health Science Program (PRH) is designed for students who wish to pursue studies 
which prepare them for a healthcare related profession. The Pre-Health Science Program 
provides the student with the opportunity to take general studies requirements and preparatory 
courses for programs in Nursing, Pre-Physical Therapy, Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental, Pre- 
Veterinarian, and Pre-Pharmacy. The program is designed to provide the student the 
opportunity to consider career alternatives. 

The program has an entry-level category in which all students entering the program are 
enrolled during the first semester of the freshman year in two selected areas of emphasis: Pre- 
Nursing and Pre-Biological Sciences. Students completing the Pre-Health Science Program 
requirements will receive an Associate in Arts degree. To graduate with an Associate in Arts 
degree in Pre-Health, students must select an emphasis. 



Core Requirements for Pre-Health Science: 



PSY 1 


General Psychology 


(3) 


BIO 5 


Life Science 


(3) 


BIO 40 A/ 1 A 


Human Anatomy/ 






Biological Dynamics 


(4) 


BIO50B/1B 


Human Physiology/ 






Biological Dynamics 


(4) 


PHI 21 or 


Moral Values or 




RST41 


Intro to Christian Ethics 


(3) 


PHS 1 


Scientific Concepts 


(3) 


SPR70 


Careers in Health 




SPE 10 


Intro to Communication 


(2) 



NOTE: BIO 1A/1B, Biological Dynamics for Pre-Health Science Biology emphasis only. 

Plus meet all the requirements for the A. A. Degree 

For a student to remain in the Pre-Health Science program, at the end of the first semester, the 
student must have: 

• A 2.5 cumulative GPA and 

• A 2.3 science GPA. 

The student will select an emphasis within the program at the end of the first semester. To 
remain in the Pre-Health Science program, the student must maintain a 2.5 cumulative GPA 
for all semesters. 



PRE-HEALTH SCIENCE 289 



Biological Sciences Emphasis 

The Biological Sciences emphasis is designed to prepare students for transfer into the 
Biological Sciences Major with a B.S. degree: Pre-Med, Pre-Dental, or Pre-Pharmacy 
emphasis or the B.S. Degree in Biological Sciences with an emphasis on preparation for 
graduate school in biology. 

Students may complete an AA PRH with a biology emphasis in two years. If they then 
transfer to the BS.BIO program at Chalon, the degree will take four additional years (six years 
altogether). AA students who qualify may choose to transfer after their first year in the 
program and fulfill the BS.BIO degree in five years. Students who transfer prior to receiving 
their AA degree cannot request it retroactively. 

Math Requirement for Pre-Health Biology: 6-12 units of MATH required depending on 
placement exam scores (See your Advisor for more information.). 

Nursing Emphasis 

The Nursing emphasis is designed to prepare students for transfer into the Bachelor of 
Science degree - Major in Nursing (BSN) program on the Chalon campus. Admission to 
MSMC does not constitute admission to the Nursing program. 

To be considered for admittance into the BS NUR program, students must also complete: 
BIO 3 Microbiology 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives 

PSY 12 Developmental Psychology /Lifespan 

Admission to the BSN program: 

• Is determined by the Admissions Committee of the Nursing Department. 

• To the sophomore level entry is considered for fall semester only. 

• Is highly competitive. The BSN Admission Committee strongly suggests achieving a 
G.P.A. well above the minimum requirement. 

Priority will be given to students who meet the required criteria and have completed two 
semesters at MSMC. 

In order to be eligible for review, applicants must meet the following criteria: 
2.7 cumulative GPA. 

• 2.5 science GPA. 

• Complete all pre-requisite courses with a grade of C (2.0) or better. 

• Complete nursing mathematics examination with a score of 84% or higher. 

• Successfully demonstrate English competency and department-determined 
requirements. 

• Failure of two (2) required nursing prerequisite courses, either the same 
course or two separate courses, will result in non-admission. 

• A grade of C- or below in any two required prerequisite courses (science 
or other) results in non-admission. 

Pre-Health Science students who transfer to the BSN program at the Chalon Campus require 
five years (altogether) to complete the BSN program because of the sequencing of the science 
and nursing courses. 



29C PRE-LAW MINOR 



The Pre-Law Minor 

Department Affiliation: History and Political Science 

An undergraduate major in either the social sciences or the humanities is the preferred 
preparation for legal study. The Pre-Law Minor is designed to supplement the study in the 
major program with additional emphases on analytic and expository skills requisite to the 
study of law. Early identification of an interest in law enables the student to approach the 
rigorous demands of both legal study and that of the legal profession more efficiently and 
effectively. It is essential that the student and the Director of the Pre-Law Minor collaborate 
in the process of selecting elective courses within the minor that will best prepare the 
individual student. The minor requires a minimum of six upper division courses (18units). 

Prerequisites: 9 units 

POL 1 American Government (3) 

PHI 10 Critical Thinking or 

ENG1C Freshman English (3) 

BUS 5/POL 5 Business Law (3) 

Required upper division courses: 

POL 103 Legal Reasoning (3) 

POL 108 Constitutional Law (3) 

Plus four upper division elective courses from among the following: 



Business Law: 






BUS/POL 105 


Business Law II 


(3) 


BUS/POL 106 


Real Estate Law 


(3) 


Civil Rights/Advocacy: 




POL 102 


Women and the Law 


(3) 


POL 109 


Individual Rights 


(3) 


POL 133 


Moot Court 


(3) 


POL 138 


International Law 


(3) 


POL 176 


Public Policy 


(3) 


POL 180 


State and Local Government 


(3) 


POL 188 


Administrative Law 


(3) 


Criminal Law: 






POL 107 


Criminal Law 


(3) 


SOC 109 


Forensics Studies: Criminalistics 


(3) 


SOC 110 


Deviant Behavior: Juvenile Delinquency 


(3) 


SOC 1 1 1 


Deviant BehavionCriminology 


(3) 


Theory and Process: 




PHI 155 


Symbolic Logic 


(3) 


PHI 165 


Philosophy of Law 


(3) 


POL 120 


Legislative Process 


(3) 


POL 121 


Judicial Politics 


(3) 



Any upper division course approved by the Director of the Pre-Law Minor. 



PSYCHOLOGY 291 



Psychology 



Contemporary psychology is an empirical science actively pursuing basic research and 
applications in school settings, the workplace, and the treatment of personal problems in 
private life. The curriculum for the psychology major consists of courses critically examining 
the basic theories, findings, and applications of psychological research. Training is geared 
toward preparing students for later advanced studies. In addition to the major, the College 
offers a minor in Psychology, and a Master of Science in Counseling Psychology, with 
specializations in Marriage and Family Therapy (MFT) or Human Services Personnel 
Counseling (HSPC), counseling the Spanish-speaking client, and pastoral counseling. 

Program Requirements for Psychology Majors 

It is recommended that psychology majors take MTH 1 or MTH 10 (GS-IIIE) in preparation 
for PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods. 

All psychology majors are required to take the following courses: 

Foundation Courses 

BIO 5 Life Science (GS-IIID) (3) 

or another course in biology, anatomy, physiology, or chemistry approved by 

the department chair. 

PSY1* Introduction to Psychology (GS-IIIF) (3) 

PSY 1 2 Child/Human Development (GS-IIIF) (3 ) 

PSY 52 Biological Psychology (GS-IIIF) (3) 

PSY 52L Biological Psychology Lab ( 1 ) 

Methods Courses 

PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (GS-VIIB, HIE) (3) 

PSY 1 06 Basic Research Methods (GS-VIIA) (3) 

PSY 1 06L' Basic Research Methods Lab ( 1 ) 



Introduction to Counseling (3) 

Personality Theory (3) 

Social Psychology (3) 

Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Learning & Memory (3) 

Cognition & Perception • (3) 

Clinical Practicum (3) 
or 

PSY 193 Research Practicum (3) 

Upper Division Electives: (9) 



Core Courses 


PSY 125 


PSY 132 


PSY 145 


PSY 168 


PSY 134 


or 


PSY 160 


PSY 192 



Total Units for Major: 47 



292 



PSYCHOLOGY 



*PSY 1 is a prerequisite to all other psychology courses. 

Psychology majors must take 9 units of upper division electives. It is recommended that 
students choose a track to use as guidance in selecting those elective courses. 



Suggested Sequence of Courses: Bachelor of Arts 

The following is a model for completing the Psychology major in four years. 

Psychology courses are listed. 

First Year 

PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

PSY 12 Child/Human Development (3) 

PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3) 

BIO 5 Life Sciences (3) 



Only 



Second Year 






PSY 106 


Basic Research Methods 


(3) 


PSY 106L 


Basic Research Methods Lab 


(1) 


PSY 132 


Personality Theory 


(3) 


PSY 52 


Biological Psychology 


(3) 


PSY 52L 


Biological Psychology Lab 


(1) 


PSY 168 


Abnormal Psychology 


(3) 


Third Year 






PSY 125 


Introduction to Counseling 


(3) 


PSY 145 


Social Psychology 


(3) 


PSY 134 


Learning and Memory Processes 


or 


PSY 160 


Cognition and Perception 


(3) 


PSY 192 


Clinical Practicum or 




PSY 193 


Research Practicum 


(3) 


UDPSY 


Elective 


(3) 


Fourth Year 






UDPSY 


Elective 


(3) 


UDPSY 


Elective 


(3) 



Undergraduate Psychology Policies 

Majors must earn a grade of C (2.0) or higher in Psychology courses applied toward degree 
requirements. Grades of C - or lower must be repeated. Courses may only be repeated one 
time. The higher grade will be computed in the GPA. 

Students must successfully complete with a grade of C or higher any prerequisites before 
being admitted to courses with listed prerequisites. This policy may only be waived with 
instructor consent. 

Students must also complete General Studies requirements and electives for a total of 124 
semester units, including the Modern Language requirement. At least 1 5 upper division units 
must be completed in the MSMC Psychology program. 



Students may choose a program of study in general psychology, or one of the following tracks 
designed to provide a foundation of study in Psychology as indicated on next page. 



PSYCHOLOGY 293 



Track One: Preparation for Industrial/Organizational Psychology 
Extensive study in the application of psychological processes to design more effective 
organizations and improve motivation, performance and job satisfaction. To work in 
Industrial/Organizational psychology requires a graduate degree (an M.A./M.S. or a Ph.D.). 
This course of study will allow for exploration of the field and provide a foundation for 
further study. 

PSY 148 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 

PSY 155 Psychological Testing 

Choose one of the following courses: 

PSY 129 Motivation 

PSY 138 Nonprofit Management 

Track Two: Preparation for Careers in Counseling 

This track is designed for students interested in pursuing further education in preparation for a 
career in counseling. Students that pursue this track will receive applied training and 
fieldwork in an area of their choosing within a psychological setting. Such students typically 
plan to attend a Masters or Doctoral program. 

PSY 155 Psychological Testing 

Choose one of the following courses: 

PSY 1 39 Child Abuse and Family Violence 

PSY 165 Behavioral Psychopharmacology 

PSY 172 Developmental Psychopathology 

PSY 175 Human Sexuality 

PSY 188 Crisis Intervention 

Track Three: Preparation for Careers in Research Psychology 

This track is designed for students who plan to pursue further education in a research area of 
psychology (e.g., Developmental, Personality, Social, Cognition). Such students plan to 
attend a Masters or Doctoral program. The courses in this track will provide research 
experience needed for admission to most research programs. 
PSY 193 Research Practicum 

PSY 194 Advanced Research 

Choose one of the following courses: 

PSY 155 Psychological Testing 

PSY 1 82 History & Systems of Psychology 

PSY 1 92 Clinical Practicum 

Or courses in area of topical interest (e.g., gender, prejudice, development, neuropsychology, 
law, motivation, divorce, etc.) 

Requirements for a Minor in Psychology 

A Psychology minor requires a minimum of 1 8 units selected in consultation with the 
Department Chair. At least four upper division courses with a grade of C or better are 
required. Three courses (9 units) must be completed in the MSMC Psychology program. 



294 PSYCHOLOGY 



Master of Science in Counseling Psychology 

Admission Requirements 

Those applying for the Masters degree in Counseling Psychology should have all of the 
following: 

• A Bachelors degree or its equivalent from an accredited institution. 

• A grade point average of at least 3.00 for undergraduate work. 

• A recommended minimum of 12 upper division units in the Behavioral Sciences 
(Psychology, Anthropology, Sociology or Education). If the undergraduate 
degree is not in Psychology, applicants must take an Introductory Psychology 
course prior to entering the program. 

• Results of the Graduate Record Exam (GRE). 

• Successful completion of an Introduction to Psychology course. 

• See other general requirements of the Graduate Division. 

Program Concentrations 

Marriage and Family Therapy (Minimum of 50 units required) 

The Masters degree in Counseling Psychology with a specialization in Marriage and Family 
Therapy will teach students to apply psychotherapeutic research and principles in the 
treatment of individuals, couples and families. The focus of the program is on clinical 
assessment, planning and implementation of treatment goals for those with emotional 
difficulties and distress. Students will learn the theories and ethical practice of 
psychotherapy, to be applied in a variety of treatment settings. The program meets academic 
requirements for those who seek the California Marriage and Family Therapy License. 

Preparation (6 units) 

PSY 202 Psychological Foundations of Growth, Development, and Learning (3) 

PSY 268 Psychopathology (3) 

Theories of Marriage, Family, and Child Counseling (14 units) 
PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2) 

PSY 225 Counseling Theory and Procedure (3) 

PSY 236 Family Therapy (3) 

PSY 241 Marriage and Relationship Counseling (3) 

PSY 274 Psychological Treatment of Children (3) 

Counseling Skills (13 units) 

PSY 230 Psychological Testing: Theory and Procedure (2) 

PSY 235 Group Dynamics: Theory and Procedures (3) 

PSY 265 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (2) 

PSY 269 A, B Field Experience in Counseling (6) 

[with a minimum of 180 client contact hours and 240 total BBS-acceptable hours] 

Family Challenges (3 units) 

PSY 237 Human Sexuality (1) 

PSY 238 Alcohol and Substance Abuse (1) 

PSY 240 Spousal Abuse . (1) 



PSYCHOLOGY 295 



Research (3 units) 

PSY 200 Research Methods (3) 

Professional Ethics and Law (2 units) 

PSY 263 Laws and Ethics in Counseling (2) 

Thesis/Project/Oral Exam 

PSY 295 Masters Thesis (3) or 

PSY 296 Masters Project (3) or 

PSY 298 Case Presentation (0) 

Students who do not complete their thesis or project during the semester they originally enroll 
in PSY 295/296 must enroll in PSY 297, a one-unit continuation course, each subsequent 
semester until the thesis/project is completed. Students may enroll in the one-unit 
continuation course a maximum of three times. 



Students may take the case presentation a maximum of two times. The examination must be 

successft 

graduate. 



successfully completed by the end of the 1 2 th week of the semester the student intends to 



Emphasis (6-9 units) 

In order to complete 50 semester units, MFT students complete from three (3) to nine (9) units 
of elective coursework. Elective units may be selected to create an emphasis in Counseling 
the Spanish-speaking client, Pastoral Counseling, clinical skills, research skills, or another 
area of special interest to the student. 

Community and Interpersonal Relations (Minimum 36-39 units required) 
The Master's degree in Counseling Psychology with a specialization in Community and 
Interpersonal Relations will teach students to apply psychological research and theory to the 
improvement of human welfare. The focus of the program is on facilitating normal human 
development, and fostering effective interactions. Students will learn essential elements of 
communication, interpersonal, and organizational dynamics. The program is intended for 
those who wish to prepare for employment in an agency, corporation or other setting not 
requiring a specific license. 

Core Courses (25-31 units) 

PSY 227 Basic Counseling Skills (3) 

PSY 202 Psychological Foundations of Growth, Development and Learning (3) 

PSY 268 Psychopathology (3) 

PSY 264 Counseling Ethics (2) 

PSY 23 1 Group and Organizational Dynamics (3) 

PSY 200 Research Methods (3) 

PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2) 

PSY 260A,B Counseling Practicum/Fieldwork (6) 

Elective Courses 

Students will take 8-11 elective course units to complete the degree. 



296 PSYCHOLOGY 



Thesis/Project/Exam 

PSY 295 Masters Thesis (3), or 

PSY 296 Masters Project (3), or 

PSY 29 1 Written Examination (0) 

Students who do not complete their thesis or project during the semester they originally enroll 
in PSY 295/296 must enroll in PSY 297, a one-unit continuation course, each subsequent 
semester until the thesis/project is completed. Students may enroll in the one-unit 
continuation course a maximum of three times. 



Students may take the written examination a maximum of two times. The examination must 

be succes 

graduate. 



be successfully completed by the end of the 12 th week of the semester the student intends to 



If the written examination option is chosen, students must take an extra course for a total of 
39 units. 



Graduate Psychology Policies 

Professional behavior is expected from MSMC students at all time. Students must abide by 
the ethical standards of the American Association of Marriage and Family Therapy and the 
California Association of Marriage and Family Therapists, all departmental and College 
policies, and the policies of any and all placement sites. If the expectations of the College or 
the placement site are not met, the student is subject to dismissal from the program. 

Students enrolled in the Masters programs at MSMC must maintain a 3.0 GPA. If they fall 
below this GPA, students are put on probation and given one semester to bring their grades up 
to a 3.0. If this is not achieved, they will be dismissed from the program. 

Students must earn the grade of B- or better in each course applied toward degree 
requirements. Courses may only be repeated one time. The higher grade will be computed in 
the GPA. If a student does not earn a B- or better upon repetition of the course, the student 
will be dismissed from the program. 



ENLACES Certificate Program - Counseling the Spanish-Speaking 
Client (17 units): 

Coursework familiarizes students with the diversity of cultures in the Spanish-speaking 
community, the unique issues that these cultures bring to the counseling setting. Professional 
terminology and theory in Spanish, and the Spanish-language psychological literature, are 
emphasized, in addition to practicum experience working with Spanish-speaking clients. This 
certificate program is a unique focus of the Mount St. Mary's College Masters in Counseling 
degree. 



PSYCHOLOGY 297 



This certificate requires: 

PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2) 

PSY 245 The Cultures of Spanish-speaking People of the Americas (3) or 

SPA 244 Hispanic Civilization and Cultures (3) 

PSY 275 Professional Spanish for Counselors (3) 

PSY 269 A, B Fieldwork Experience (6) 

(Internship must involve work with Spanish-speaking clients.) 
PSY 290 Workshop (3) 

(Three 1-unit special topic workshops must be taken.) 

Pastoral Counseling Emphasis (12 units): 

This emphasis allows students to combine Psychology and Religious Studies courses in their 
degree program, and to focus on pastoral counseling within selected Psychology courses. 

The emphasis requires: 

PSY 225 Counseling Theory and Procedure (3) or 

(taken with the pastoral counseling emphasis) 

RST 280A Theories of Pastoral Counseling (3) 

PSY 236 Family Therapy (3) or 

(taken with the pastoral counseling emphasis) 

RST 280B Pastoral Counseling: Family Therapy (3) 

RST 283 Psychology of Religion (3) 

PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2) or 

RST 284B Issues in Pastoral Counseling: Cross Cultural Issues (1) 

PSY 240 Spousal Abuse (1) or 

RST 289 Special studies in Pastoral Counseling (1-3) 

PSY 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) 

This course is an introduction to the study of mental processes and behavior. The course will 
survey major concepts, research findings, and practical applications of current research. The 
course focuses on questions such as: How do people change and grow from infancy to 
adulthood? How do we learn and remember best? How does biology influence behavior? 
How do our senses help us to interpret the world? How does personality work? How do 
other people affect our behavior? What does it mean to be "abnormal"? GS-IIIF 
PSY 12/102 Child/Human Development (3) 

Introduction to human development from conception to death. Covers major theories of 
psychological growth, interactions between heredity and environment, and the physical, 
cognitive, and social domains of development in childhood, adolescence, and adulthood. 
Focuses on concepts and issues important in prenatal development, thinking and social 
relationships in childhood and adolescence, effective parenting, and personal growth through 
the lifespan. Prerequisite: PSY 1 (waived for qualified Liberal Studies majors and for Single 
Subject Credential students). GS-IIIF 

PSY 14 Adult Development (1) 

A survey of the major psychological theories and milestones related to adult development. 
Course topics include developmental stages of adolescence, young adulthood, middle age and 
the process of advancing age. In combination with a previously completed course in child 
development, this course meets the life span human development requirement of the MSMC 
Department of Nursing. Prerequisite: PSY 12. 



298 PSYCHOLOGY 



PSY 36 Language and Literacy Development in the Young Child (3) 

An in-depth study of the acquisition and development of language and emergent literacy from 
birth through age 8. Vygotsky's theory of cognitive development and its relationship to the 
language arts will be studied. Children's literature will be surveyed, with an emphasis on 
winners of the Caldecott Award. The course will encompass how to choose books and ways 
to integrate them into the preschool curriculum. Prerequisite: PSY 12. 

PSY 40 Basic Statistical Methods (3) 

Focus on applied descriptive and inferential statistical techniques as used in behavioral 
science research. Topics covered include properties of distributions, measures of central 
tendency, elementary probability theory, hypothesis testing, correlation, and analysis of 
variance. Prerequisites: PSY 1 and satisfactory score on the Mathematics Placement 
Examination or completion ofMTH 2X. MTH 1 or 10 recommended. GS-IIIE, VIIB 

PSY 52 Biological Psychology (3) 

Critical survey of the structure and function of the nervous system. Topics include the neural 
control of sensory systems, hormonal systems, motor systems, learning, memory, emotions, and 
sleep. Particular emphasis is placed on recent advances in our knowledge of brain structure, 
neurotransmitter systems, neural development and plasticity, neuropharmacology, neuropathology 
and psychopathology. Prerequisites: BIO 5, PSY 1. GS-IIIF 

PSY 52L Biological Psychology Lab (1) 

Required concurrent laboratory supplement to PSY 52. The laboratory provides the 
background in neuroanatomy necessary to understand basic principles of neural function. 
Emphasis is placed on learning to recognize gross and microscopic structures of the brain 
within a functional perspective. Prerequisites: BIO 5, PSY 1. 
PSY 106 Basic Research Methods (3) 

Introduction to the scientific method and its use in answering questions about psychological 
phenomena. Covers each of the major steps in the research process, including formulation of 
hypotheses, choice of appropriate research designs, empirical testing of hypotheses with proper 
controls and regard for ethical issues, systematic analysis of data, and reporting of results in a 
scientific format. Must be taken concurrently with PSY 106L. Prerequisite: 
PSY 40. GS-VIIA 

PSY 106L Basic Research Methods Lab (1) 

Required laboratory supplement to PSY 106, which must be taken concurrently. The 
laboratory sessions provide structured practice in conducting psychological research. Students 
perform several simple studies on topics in different areas of psychology assigned by the 
instructor. The final laboratory report should demonstrate competence in formulating and 
testing hypotheses, as well as in reporting the results and their interpretation in the format 
specified by the American Psychological Association. Prerequisite: PSY 40. 
*PSY 110 Gender Issues in Psychology (3) 

Exploration of the psychological theories and research findings related to gender issues. 
Topics to be covered include gender role development, gender differences in personality, and 
the analysis of social issues of gender and sexuality in the realms of society, politics, and 
culture. Prerequisite: PSY 1. 

PSY 112 Careers and Observation in Child Development Settings (3) 

Overview of the child development field and careers working with children under age 13 and 
their families. Each student will observe in a community child development setting for a 
minimum of 15 hours. Professional ethics and current issues in the field will be explored. 
Prerequisites: PSY 12 and (EDU 32 or PSY 11 3). 



PSYCHOLOGY 299 



PSY 113 Learning in Children and Adolescents Across Cultures (3) 

This course examines how developmental, biological and cultural factors influence the ability 
and motivation to learn. Assignments and class discussions address the role of teachers, 
parents, and other adults in facilitating children's development in school contexts. Emphasis 
is placed on the interaction between cognitive performance and the total sociocultural 
environment in which the child and adolescent lives. Prerequisite: PSY 12 GS-VI 

*PSY 118 Intervention of Children with Disabilities (3) 

This course will survey a variety of physical disabilities, as well as different levels of general 
cognitive functioning that identify children as qualifying for Special Education programming. 
The course will go on to investigate the current "best practices" strategies and interventions 
for the effective development of psycho-social, behavioral, and instructional integration of 
"exceptional children" into the least restrictive environment offered within the public 
education system. Prerequisite: PSY 1. 

PSY 125 Introduction to Counseling (3) 

Survey of basic counseling skills, with emphasis on the underlying theoretical framework. 
Stages and goals of the therapeutic process will be examined. Students will participate in 
demonstrations of basic counseling techniques (e.g., reflective listening, confrontation, 
demonstration of empathy). Course work will focus on practical applications of these skills. 
Prerequisite: PSY 168. 

*PSY 128 Adulthood and Aging (3) 

Exploration of psychological factors of the process of aging. Focus will be on attitudes, 
values, motivations, and behavior as they are influenced by environmental and biological 
changes associated with aging. This course is conducted as a seminar and includes a fieldwork 
component; visiting and evaluating various care facilities for the senior population. 
Prerequisite: PSY 1, PSY 12. 

*PSY 129 Motivation (3) 

Comparison of the range, strengths and limitations of the prominent theories explaining high 
and low motivation. Explores common motivation problems and their effect on the individual 
and society. Motivation treatments are applied to a variety of contexts, including education, 
work, love and others. A critical analysis of the current applied motivation literature is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY 145. 

PSY 132 Personality Theory (3) 

Comprehensive study of the major theories of personality (e.g., Psychoanalytic, Behavioral, 
Humanistic, Cognitive). The course will address development, structure and dynamics of 
personality, utilizing contemporary research. Survey of these theories highlights the origin of 
normal and pathological personality development. Prerequisite: PSY 12. 
PSY 134 Learning and Memory Processes (3) 

Explores the major forms of learning and memory processes common to human and non- 
human animals. Focuses on the most basic learning processes, particularly classical and 
instrumental conditioning, but also covers observational learning. Examines the essential 
features of memory processes as explained by information processing models. Particular 
attention is paid to applications of learning and memory theories in solving practical problems 
in normal and clinical situations. Prerequisite: PSY 1, PSY 106/1 06L or consent of instructor. 

PSY 138 Managing Non-Profit Organizations (3) 

Will introduce non-business majors to managerial theories to lead non-profit organizations. 
The learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active 
sponsorship of service organizations. A service learning project integrates theory with 
practice, requiring team cooperation, planning and accountability. (Also BUS 139, GER 138, 
EDU 138c and SOC 138.) 



300 PSYCHOLOGY 



PSY 139 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3) 

A theoretical exploration of the causes, nature, and impact (physical, social and 

psychological) of the various forms of family violence as well as the methods used by 

counseling professionals for intervention, remediation, and prevention. Prerequisite: PSY 12 

PSY 144 Psychology of Prejudice (3) 

Exploration of psychological factors involved in the development and maintenance of racism, 

sexism, ageism, and other manifestations of prejudice. Focuses on research of both individual 

and group behavior and includes consideration of techniques for combating prejudice in 

individuals, organizations, and society as a whole. Prerequisite: PSY 1. Recommended. 

PSY 145. GS-VI 

PSY 145 Social Psychology (3) 

Surveys the pervasive and invisible social forces acting upon individuals and the social 

aspects of human nature. Topics covered include the way we perceive others, the way others 

affect our perceptions of ourselves and our own behavior, persuasion, conformity, "mob" 

behavior, gender and ethnicity issues, attraction and aggression. Prerequisite: PSY 1. 

*PSY 148 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) 

Introduction to the psychological relationship between individuals and their work places, 
particularly business settings. Focuses on the psychology of work and practical techniques in 
personnel selection, placement training, job appraisal, productivity enhancement, and 
assessment of consumer behavior. 

*PSY 151 Divorce and Remarriage (3) 

Examination of the short and long-term consequences of divorce on family members, 
focusing on exacerbating factors. Emphasis is on the role of psychologists and mediators in 
minimizing these effects. Prerequisites: PSY 12 and consent of instructor. 

PSY 155 Psychological Testing (3) 

Introduction to the field of psychological testing, including an examination of history, theory, 

and construction of tests as well as a survey of principal individual and group tests of 

intelligence, personality, interest, and ability currently used in clinical and research settings. 

Special attention will be placed on the development of skills for evaluating the reliability, 

validity, and ethics of psychological tests and their applications. Prerequisite: PSY 40, 

PSY 1 06/1 06L. 

PSY 160 Cognition and Perception (3) 

Surveys our current understanding of how the human mind acquires information about the 

environment and how it manipulates that information in both verbal and non-verbal form. The 

course will begin with an examination of the perceptual phenomena that relate to cognition. 

The course will then examine the cognitive processes involved in selective attention, 

perception, memory storage and retrieval, representation of knowledge, language 

comprehension and production, thought, and decision making. Stress is placed on 

understanding the relevance of cognitive research to practical problems in normal and clinical 

situations. Prerequisites: PSY 106 & 106L. 

PSY 165 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (3) 

The course is designed to introduce students to the psychopharmacological treatment of 

mental disorders. The course will emphasize integrating counseling and the use of 

medications with different populations. Additionally, socio-political issues associated with 

psychotropic medications will be explored. Prerequisites: PSY 52 & 52L, PSY 168. 

*PSY 167 Special Topics in Psychology (1-3) 

Seminar on any one of many topics in the field of psychology. Format varies with topic and 

instructor(s). Prerequisites: PSY 1. 



PSYCHOLOGY 301 



PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Explores mental health concepts, principles of psychopathology, and related treatment 

techniques. Surveys the various forms of abnormal behavior, covering their features, potential 

causes, and most effective treatments. Entails analysis of case studies using the Diagnostic 

and Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM IV). 

Prerequisite: PSY 1 . 

*PSY 172 Developmental Psychopathology (3) 

Examination of childhood psychological disorders, including disturbances in sleep, eating, 

toileting, speech, mood, and cognitive functions, drug use, conduct disorders, autism, and 

pervasive developmental disorders. Addresses issues in diagnosis and treatment. 

Prerequisites: PSY 12, PSY 168. 

PSY 175 Human Sexuality (3) 

Survey of topics central to the study of sexuality. This course provides a strong foundation in 

physiology, sexual arousal and dysfunction, history of sexuality, and gender issues. Current 

topics, such as sexually transmitted diseases, prostitution and rape are explored. The course 

provides a perspective of human sexuality from historical, biological, psychological, cultural 

and sociological points of view. 

PSY 178 Psychology and Film (3) 

Exploration of psychological theories and research through the use of modern film. The 

course will explore current topics in specialized areas of psychology (e.g., abnormal, social). 

Film will be used to depict human interactions and provoke thought and analysis of theory 

and research. 

*PSY 182 History and Systems of Psychology (3) 

The course illuminates the history of psychological ideas, as well as the lives and cultural 

contexts of prominent theorists. Emphasizes the historical development of ideas leading to 

modern psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 132. 

PS Y 1 85 Psychology of La w (3) 

Overview of the intersection of the disciplines of psychology and law. Introduces the 

philosophical foundation of both fields, the legal system of the United States, clinical issues 

and the law (e.g., psychological assessment, determination of competency, involuntary 

commitment, family law, and criminal behavior) and psychological research on the legal 

system (e.g., juror decision making, jury dynamics, judicial bias, eyewitness testimony and 

police procedure). Prerequisites: PSY 1. 

PSY 186 Violence Against Women (3) 

Survey of the research literature pertaining to sexual assault, partner violence, and sexual 

harassment. Students will examine psychological theories concerning causes and prevention 

of violence against women, as well as the experiences of women as victims of these forms of 

violence. 

PSY 187 Careers in Psychology (3) 

Explores options available to students interested in careers in psychology. Job options 

available at different degree levels (e.g., B.A., Masters, Ph.D.) are highlighted, as appropriate 

preparation plans for particular careers are developed by students. Panel discussions by 

professionals in the field of psychology allow students to gain knowledge about the diversity 

of available career paths. Fieldwork in a site of the student's choice is required. 

*PSY 188 Crisis Intervention (3) 

Survey of crisis intervention theories, assessment, treatment and research. Includes legal and 

ethical issues, suicide, degrees of danger, victims of abuse, grief reactions and the family in 

crisis. Clinical case presentation will be used for illustration. 



302 PSYCHOLOGY 



PSY 191 Child Development Practicum (3) 

Applied work enhancing student understanding of the principles of child development in 

community settings. Field work must involve ongoing interactions with children under age 11 

and/or their parents. Options include child care, infant/toddler, preschool, school age, 

recreational, hospital child life, special education, resource and referral, and child guidance 

settings. Prerequisite: PSY 113. 

PSY 192 Clinical Practicum (3) 

Applied work enhancing a student's ability to use the principles of psychology in real life 

settings. Field work options include areas of school psychology, gerontology, mental 

retardation, emotional disturbances, learning disabilities, or probation work. Course includes 

weekly seminar oriented towards integrating experiences with theory. Prerequisites: PSY 121 

PSY 168. 

PSY 193 Research Practicum (1-3) 

Applied work enhancing student understanding of the methodology and tools of psychologic. 

research. While receiving training and supervision, the student assists a MSMC psychology 

faculty member in the development and/or implementation of a psychological research 

project. Students will participate in two or more activities involved in executing major steps 

in the research process (e.g., developing the proposal, collecting and analyzing data, 

presenting and publishing results). Course includes faculty/student meetings oriented toward 

theoretical reviews and discussions. Concludes with a library research paper which addresses 

a project related question. Prerequisites PSY 40, PSY 106, PSY 106L and consent of 

instructor. May be repeated for a total of 6 units. 

PSY 194 Advanced Research (1-3) 

Seminar providing direction and supervision for students undertaking original psychological 

research. Guidance is given in each step of the research process: in developing a question, 

selecting a research design, collecting and analyzing data, and reporting the results in 

publishable form. The final product should be suitable for presentation at student sections of 

professional/regional association meetings. Prerequisites: PSY 40, PSY 106 & 106L and 

consent of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 6 units. 

PSY 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Advanced study on a special topic chosen by the student. Prerequisites: PSY 40, PSY 106 & 

106L, and Honors Student status. 

PSY 199 Independent Study (1-3) 

Independent exploration of a topic in psychology supervised by department faculty member. 
Independent study contract required. Prerequisites: PSY 1 and consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for a total of 6 units. 

Graduate Course Offerings 

PSY 200 Research Methods (3) 

Introduction to the scientific method and its use in answering questions about psychological 
phenomena. Provides instruction in critical reading of research articles. Explores basic issues 
and techniques in conducting research studies, analyzing data, and interpreting their 
significance. Class projects culminate in a written thesis proposal. 



PSYCHOLOGY 303 



PSY 202 Psychological Foundations of Growth, Development and 
Learning (3) 

Contemporary psychological theory as applied to the life-long process of learning, behavioral 

change, education, and counseling. Advanced reading and exploration of life span 

developmental theories, including those of Freud, Piaget, Erikson, Kohlberg, Kagan, Kubler- 

Ross, and others. 

PSY 203 Multicultural Counseling (2) 

A systematic study of the cross-cultural mores, values, and behaviors that are active in the 

process of counseling. Both theoretical aspects as well as practical considerations of 

counseling with various cultural groups will be explored. Prerequisite: PSY 225. 

*PSY 210 Gender Issues in Psychology (3) 

Exploration of the psychological theories and research findings related to gender issues. 
Topics to be covered include gender role development, gender differences in personality, and 
the analysis of social issues of gender and sexuality in the realms of society, politics, and 
culture. 

*PSY 218 Intervention of Children with Multiple Impairments (3) 
This course will survey a variety of physical disabilities, as well as different levels of general 
cognitive functioning that identify children as qualifying for Special Education programming. 
The course will go on to investigate the current "best practices" strategies and interventions 
for the effective development of psycho-social, behavioral, and instructional integration of 
"exceptional children" into the least restrictive environment offered within the public 
education system. 

*PSY 225 Counseling Theory and Procedures (3) 

Detailed exploration into the theory and methodology involved in the process of marriage, 
family, and child counseling. Includes a survey of the Psychoanalytic, Client-centered, 
Gestalt, Behavioral, Rational Emotive, Phenomenological, and Humanistic approaches. 
*PSY226 Brief Therapies (2) 

Course provides an overview of various methods of brief therapies, including cognitive- 
behavioral, brief dynamic, and single-session. The special tasks, goals, and clinical guidelines 
with each phase of treatment will be described. Prerequisite: PSY 225 or consent of 
instructor. 

PSY 227 Basic Counseling and Communication Skills (3) 

This course will prepare students for conducting initial interviews and establishing therapeutic 
relationships. The course will introduce students to the initial phase of the counseling process 
including practice of listening skills, empathy, and facilitation of client self-expression. 
*PSY 228 Adulthood and Aging (3) 

Exploration of psychological factors in the process of aging. Focus will be on attitudes, 
values, motivations and behavior as they are influenced by environmental and biological 
changes associated with aging. This course is conducted as a seminar and includes a fieldwork 
component; visiting and evaluating various care facilities for the senior population. 
Prerequisite: PSY 202. 

*PSY 229 Motivation (3) 

Comparison of the range, strengths, and limitations of the prominent theories explaining high 
and low motivation. Explores common motivation problems and their effect on the individual 
and society. Motivation treatments are applied to a variety of contexts, including education, 
work, love and others. A critical analysis of the current applied motivation literature is 
emphasized. 



304 PSYCHOLOGY 



PSY 230 Psychological Testing: Theory and Procedure (2) 

Advanced study of the theory, administration, and interpretation of individual and group 
psychological tests of intelligence, personality, interest, and achievement. Students will 
administer and interpret selected instruments used in counseling and psychology practice. 
Prerequisite: PSY 268. 

PSY 231 Organizational Dynamics (3) 

Examines the inter-relationships between management and communication theories. The 
systems within an organization are emphasized in terms of intra-personal, interpersonal, small 
group and organizational communication theories. This course will help students develop an 
understanding of behavior in organizations. This understanding will enable the student to 
predict and influence organizational events. 

PSY 235 Group Dynamics: Theory and Procedures (3) 

Investigation of group processes. Emphasizes the concepts of group facilitation, productivity, 
evaluation and the application of group methods in teaching, counseling, and administrative 
work. Prerequisite: PSY 225. 

PSY 236 Family Therapy (3) 

Systematic study of family therapy and family systems theory. This course will allow students 

the opportunity to explore both normal and dysfunctional lifestyles in family environments 

and will provide a survey of the treatment modes which focus on the entire family system. 

PSY 237 Human Sexuality (1) 

This course will approach the topic of human sexuality as a comprehensive and integrated 

topic, by viewing sexual behavior in an evolutionary, historical, and cross-cultural 

perspective. 

PSY 238 Alcohol and Substance Abuse (1) 

Exploration of the causes, nature, impact, and treatment of alcohol and substance abuse. 

Focuses on methods of intervention and remediation used in counseling agencies. 

Prerequisite: PSY 225 or consent of instructor. 

PSY 240 Spousal Abuse (1) 

This course will be an overview of the research exploring the fundamental dynamics of 
spousal abuse/domestic violence. The historical nature and causes of battering relationships, 
social and cultural variables, and the myths about battering are explored. The physical and 
psychological impact violence has on victims, children, family and society will be examined. 
Prerequisite: PSY 225, PSY 268. 

PSY 241 Marriage and Relationships (3) 

This course provides a systematic examination of the different theoretical approaches to the 
treatment of couples and a critical analysis of the corresponding empirical data that supports 
and refutes these theories. 

*PSY 248 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) 

Introduction to the psychological relationship between individuals and their workplaces, 
particularly business settings. Focuses on the psychology of work and practical techniques in 
personnel selection, placement training, job appraisal, enhancing productivity, and assessing 
consumer behavior. 

*PSY 251 Divorce and Remarriage (3) 

Examination of the short and long-term consequences of divorce on family members, 
focusing on exacerbating factors. Emphasis is on the role of psychologists and mediators in 
minimizing these effects. 



PSYCHOLOGY 305 



PSY 260AB Counseling Practicum/Fieldwork (6) 

Practicum relates counseling principles to a variety of settings. For each course 120 hours of 

fieldwork are required. Fieldwork must take place in a site approved by the instructor and 

department. Students may initiate the 260 AB series only in the Fall semester. Students must 

successfully complete coursework for PSY 260 A before being admitted to PSY 260B. This 

requirement may be waived with instructor consent. Prerequisites: PSY 227, 231, 264, 268. 

PSY 263 Laws and Ethics in Counseling (2) 

Review of the current legal considerations and ethical issues regarding the delivery of 

counseling services. This course highlights ethical requirements for licensed professionals. 

PSY 264 Counseling Ethics (2) 

Review of the current legal and ethical issues regarding the delivery of counseling services. 

This course is designed for students who do not intend to become licensed counselors. 

PSY 265 Behavioral Psychopharmacology (2) 

The course is designed to introduce students to the psychopharmacological treatment of 

mental disorders. The course will emphasize integrating counseling and the use of 

medications with different populations. Additionally, socio-political issues associated with 

psychotropic medications will be explored. Prerequisite: PSY 268 

*PSY 267 Special Topics in Psychology (3) 

Seminar on any one of many topics in the field of psychology. Format varies with topic and 

instructors,). Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

PSY 268 Psychopathology (3) 

Systematic study of the nature and classification of mental disorders using the Diagnostic and 
Statistical Manual of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM IV). 
PSY 26AB Field Experiences in Counseling (3,3) 

Practicum relates counseling principles to a variety of clinical settings. For each course 120 
hours of fieldwork are required, and 90 of those hours must be face-to-face with clients. 
Fieldwork must take place in a site approved by the instructor and department. Students may 
initiate the 269 AB series only in the Fall semester. Students must successfully complete 
coursework for PSY 269A before being admitted to PSY 269B. This requirement may be 
waived with instructor consent. Prerequisites: PSY 225, PSY 263, PSY 268. 
*PSY 272 Developmental Psychopathology (3) 

Examination of childhood psychological disorders, including disturbances in sleep, eating, 
toileting, speech, mood, and cognitive functions, drug use, conduct disorders, autism, and 
pervasive developmental disorders. Addresses issues in diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisite: 
PSY 268. 

PSY 274 Psychological Treatment of Children (3) 

This course will examine the efficacy of therapeutic techniques commonly used in the 
assessment and treatment of children, including art, play and expressive therapies. The 
theoretical foundations and practical applications of each technique will be explored. 
Prerequisites: PSY 202, PSY 225. 

PSY 275 Professional Spanish for Counselors (3) 

Taught in Spanish. This course covers psychological terminology, concepts, theories, and 
methodologies from a variety of theoretical perspectives, with an emphasis on the Spanish- 
language psychological literature. 
*PSY 282 History and Systems of Psychology (3) 

Critical examination of the scientific origins of contemporary psychology. Emphasizes 
historical/conceptual development of ideas leading to modern schools of psychology. 



306 PSYCHOLOGY 



PSY 284 Object Relations: Theory and Practice (1-3) 

An overview of psychological development as seen through the human need for 

connectedness to others. From an infant's first experiences with others through adulthood, the 

class will explore the development of the separate and unique individual, with special focus 

on clinical application of theoretical concepts. Explores the application of object relations 

theories to marital and family therapy. Prerequisite: PSY 202. 

*PSY 288 Crisis Intervention (3) 

Survey of crisis intervention theories, assessment, treatment and research. Includes legal and 

ethical issues, suicide, degrees of danger, victims of abuse, grief reactions and the family in 

crisis. Clinical case presentation will be used for illustration. 

PSY 290 Workshop (1-3) 

Experiential class focusing on particular area of interest. May be repeated for credit. 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

PSY 291 Written Examination (0) 

Comprehensive written examination based on the student's completed coursework. The 
Written Examination is completed during the last semester of the student's coursework. 
Students may take the Written Examination a maximum of two times. The Examination must 
be successfully completed by the 12 th week of the semester the student intends to graduate. 
PSY 295 Masters Thesis (3) 

Individual work on Masters thesis. Prerequisite: PSY 200 and approval of Graduate Program 
Director. 

PSY 296 Masters Thesis Project (3) 

Individual work on Masters project. Prerequisite: PSY 200 and approval of Graduate 
Program Director. 

PSY 297 A, B, C Thesis/Project Continuation (1,1,1) 

Students who have not completed the Masters Project or Thesis at the end of the PSY 295 or 

PSY 296 course must enroll in the Continuation of the Masters Project or Thesis for the 

subsequent semesters, until the thesis/project is completed. Students must complete the 

Project or Thesis within three semesters. 

PSY 298 Case Presentation (0) 

Students will present a case analysis, based on a case provided by the department. The paper 

and presentation will integrate the content areas of the MFT program. The case presentation 

is completed during the last semester of the student's coursework. Students may take the case 

presentation a maximum of two times. The case presentation must be successfully completed 

by the 12* week of the semester the student intends to graduate. 

PSY 299 Special Topics (1-3) 

Individual study of a problem of interest. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit. 

*Course is open to both undergraduate and graduate students. Undergraduate students must 
obtain instructor's consent before taking this course. See appropriate listing of course 
description for prerequisites. 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 307 



Religious Studies 



The Religious Studies Department considers the study of religion essential to the liberal arts 
because of the Catholic intellectual tradition of the College. The department offers both an 
undergraduate major and a minor in Religious Studies, and also a Masters degree in Religious 
Studies. The major and the minor are designed to provide an academic foundation for 
graduate study in theology or religion, or for a career related to Religious Studies. 

Undergraduate courses are divided according to the five areas listed below: 

I. Scripture 

II. Christian Thought 

III . Christian Ethics 

IV. Religion and Religions 

V. Special Offerings 

Courses Required for a B.A. Degree in Religious Studies 

• Lower Division: 

RST 15 Introduction to Christian Scriptures (3) 

RST21 Introduction to Catholicism (3) 

RST 4 1 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3 ) 

• Upper Division: 

1. Scripture (3) 

RST 155 3 units of upper division Scripture study 

2. Christian Thought (6) 

RST 131 Jesus 

Another upper division course from category II, Christian Thought 

3. Christian Ethics (3) 

An upper division course from category III, Christian Ethics 

4. Upper Division Elective (3) 

An upper division course from any of the Religious Studies categories 

5. Senior Thesis/Project (3) 

RST 199 Senior Thesis/Project 

• General Elective (3) 

3 units in upper or lower division 

• Total units in Religious Studies: 30 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units including Modern 
Language requirement. Majors must maintain a C or better in each of the courses taken in 
fulfillment of these requirements for the Religious Studies major. 



308 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



The Minor in Religious Studies 
Requirements: 

1. An Introductory Level Scripture course (3) 

2. Christian Thought (3) 

3. Christian Ethics (3) 

4. Electives: 9 units (at least 6 of which must be upper division) (9) 

Total units in Religious Studies: 18 

I. Scripture 

Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Scripture require one 

(1) lower division course in the same area as a prerequisite. A waiver of this prerequisite may 

be granted by the instructor. 

RST 11 Introduction to Hebrew Scriptures (3) 

A consideration of selected themes of the Hebrew Scriptures (Old Testament), viewed from 

the perspective of revelation and analyzed with the methods of modern biblical scholarship. 

GS-VA1 

RST 15 Introduction to the New Testament (3) 

An introduction to methods of modern biblical scholarship and an examination of the four 

canonical gospels, selected Pauline letters, and Acts of the Apostles. GS-VA1 

RST 155ABCD Upper Division Scripture Study (3,3,3,3) 

A, Synoptic Gospels: Advanced study of the three synoptics with special attention given to 
literary style, historical context, interpretation skills and the Christology contained in each. 

B, Pauline Literature: Advanced study of various Pauline themes as well as the historical 
context of the first Christian communities that affected the future of the early Church. 

C, Johannine Literature: Study of the Gospel of John in relation to other New Testament texts, 
with emphasis on the historical context of the Johannine community and its understanding of 
revelation. 

D, Hebrew Scriptures: Advanced study of selected texts in the Hebrew Scriptures, with 
attention to literary style, historical context, interpretation skills and the understanding of 
God's revelation to Israel. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA1 

II. Christian Thought 

Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Christian Thought 

require one (1) lower division course in the same area as a prerequisite. A waiver of this 

prerequisite may be granted by the instructor. 

RST 21 Contemporary Catholicism (3) 

Study of how early Christianity and contemporary Catholicism perceive representative 

beliefs, rites, ethics, and community structures in the Catholic tradition of Christianity. 

Includes discussion of some contemporary concerns and issues in light of Vatican Council II. 

GS-VA2 

RST 23 Spiritual Journeys of Women (3) 

An exploration of the spiritual experiences of women primarily from the Judeo-Christian 

tradition. These experiences will be probed for elements which might be transferable beyond 

their particular historical and personal contexts to current spiritual experiences. GS-VA2 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 309 



RST 25/125 Theology of Marriage and Family (3) 

Overview of Catholic theology of marriage and family from biblical, historical, cultural and 
ethical perspectives. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA2 

RST 70 Faith and Human Development (3) 

A study of the phenomenon of religious belief and the importance of faith for one's further 

development as a person in relation to others and to God. GS-VA2 

RST 131 Jesus of Nazareth, Christ of Faith (3) 

A brief survey of the historical development of the Christian understandings of Jesus as the 

Christ from biblical traditions to the present. Discussion of key aspects of current 

interpretations of Jesus. Prerequisite: RST 15 or RST 21, or permission of the instructor. 

GS-VA2 

RST 135 Women and Christianity (3) 

An introduction to a variety of the major themes and issues which are engaging Christian and 

Catholic feminist liberation theologians including the roles of women in scripture, Christian 

history, and church life. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA2 

RST 137 Challenges in Contemporary Theology (3) 

Presentation of how major changes in theology during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries 
not only challenged traditional Catholic thought and practice, but also influenced 
contemporary theology and praxis. (See statement on prerequisite.) GS-VA2 

RST 170 Theology and Human Experience (3) 

A survey of human psychological development and human faith development which explores 
how personal, social and cultural experiences influence a person's faith development. (See 
statement on prerequisite.) 
RST 190T Advanced Studies in Christian Thought (1-3) 

Advanced study of special texts, figures or topics such as Church history, sacraments, liturgy, 
Aquinas, Rahner. Selected themes may vary with each offering. May be repeated for credit. 

III. Christian Ethics 

Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Christian Ethics require 

one (1) lower division course in the same area (See exception for RST 149, which also 

accepts 21 as prerequisite.). A waiver of these prerequisites may be granted on approval of 

the instructor. 

RST 41 Introduction to Christian Ethics (3) 

An introduction to the study of moral decision-making from the perspective of Christian 

faith. The sources and nature of moral obligation, personal and social responsibility, freedom 

and sinfulness are among the topics to be covered. GS-VA3 

RST 45/145 Contemporary Issues in Christian Ethics (3) 

A consideration of the positions and views of Christian ethicists on selected contemporary 

issues. Topics may vary. Prerequisite for RST 145: A lower division course in this area. 

GS-VA3 



310 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



RST 49/149 Biomedical Issues in Christian Ethics (3) 

A study of issues and questions concerning the phenomenon of human life, the process of 
dying, and current developments in medicine and technology. Topics include reproductive 
technologies, genetic engineering, euthanasia, healthcare reform and clinical ethics. 
Prerequisite for RST 149: RST 41 or RST 21. GS-VA3 

RST 146 The Catholic Justice and Peace Tradition (3) 

An examination of Catholic Social Teaching, an ethical tradition which has developed in the 
past century as the church faced contemporary social problems such as structural poverty, 
discrimination, immigration, racism, violence and war. The course will also focus on 
particular groups which have been inspired by this body of teachings. (See statement on 
prerequisite.) GS-VA3 

RST 190E Advanced Studies in Christian Ethics (1-3) 

Advanced study of special figures or topics such as war and peace, liberation theology, and 
racism. Selected themes may vary with each offering. May be repeated for credit. 

IV. Religion and the Religions 

Upper Division Prerequisites: Ordinarily all upper division courses in Religion and the 
Religions require one (1) course in the same area of study. A waiver of a prerequisite may be 
granted on approval of the instructor. 

RST 61/161 World Religions (3) 

A survey of the largest religious traditions: includes Judaism, Islam, Christianity, Hinduism, 

and Buddhism. Other religions may be added (e.g., Confucian/Taoism at the discretion of 

professor). This course focuses on the following: the religion's historical development, its 

sacred texts, essentials in its way of life, its spiritual life and arts, and distinctive truths about 

ultimate realities and the unique purpose of human life and afterlife hopes. Prerequisite for 

RST 161: A lower division course in the same area. GS-VA4, VI 

RST 78/178 Death and Afterlife (3) 

A study of world religions with focus on each religion's distinctive understanding of the 

unique dimensions of human death and mortality, spiritual religious preparations for one's 

death and life, ideals for religious ways to go through bodily death and a detailed 

understanding of life after death and the ultimate hopes it embodies. Prerequisite for RST 178: 

A lower division course in the same area. GS-VA4, VI 

RST 172 Jesus and the Buddha (3) 

An advanced comparison of the life and teachings of Jesus and Gautama, the Buddha. 

Comparisons will use the sacred texts of these two religions to represent the life story and 

religious teachings of these founders. It will also include dialogues on the important 

similarities and differences which Christian and Buddhist traditions have developed, including 

how Buddhists understand Jesus and Christians understand the Buddha. Prerequisite: RST 61 

or equivalent background in Buddhism and Christianity. GS-VA4, VI 

RST 175 Myth, Religion and Culture (3) 

A study of representative religious myths on a variety of sacred themes: myths of creation, 
myths of salvation, myths of the cycles of history, myths of the origin of human death, myths 
of the gods' and goddesses' lives, myths of the afterlife, myths of the ends of the world. The 
focus of these studies is to understand the special nature of myth as a religious way of 
understanding these sacred realities. Where possible, the presence of these myths in cultural 
literature, cinema, and arts will also be illustrated. GS-VA4, VI 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 311 



RST 190R Advanced Studies in Religion(s) (1-3) 

Advanced study of special topics, figures, or texts. Selected themes may vary with each 
offering. May be repeated for credit. 

V. Special Offerings 

RST 191 Seminar (3) 

Advanced study and research in any of the four major areas of study. Selected themes, 
figures, issues or texts. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: A minimum of one (1) lower 
division course from any area of religious studies. Permission of instructor is required. 

RST 193 Directed Studies (1-3) 

Offered with approval of instructor and chairperson, following the published procedures for 

Directed Studies courses. 

RST 196 Independent Studies (1-3) 

Offered only with approval of instructor and chairperson, following the published procedures 

for Independent Studies courses. 

RST 199 Senior Thesis/Project - for RST majors only (3) 

Written thesis or service ministry project (including written component) completed in senior 

year under the direction of a Religious Studies faculty member. The thesis focuses on an area 

of interest and results in a well-developed research paper which demonstrates the student's 

understanding and critical assessment of a topic in religion. The project engages the student 

in a theological reflection process at a predetermined service ministry site, and demonstrates 

the student's ability to appropriate and apply religious theories and resources to practical 

ministry and to correlate practical learnings from the workplace with theory. 

RST 199H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

The following courses also are eligible for Religious Studies credit: 
PHI 160/RST 160 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

See PHI 160 for course description. When taken under RST designation, GS-VA4, and VI. 

SOC 195/RST 180 Sociology of Religion (3) 

See SOC 195 for course description. When taken under RST designation, GS-VA4. 

ENG130/RST 120 Faith and Fiction (3) 

See ENG 130 for course description. When taken for RST designation, prerequisite applies: 

either a Scripture course or RST 21, Catholicism. 

HIS 131/RST 130 History of Religion in North America (3) 

See HIS 131 for course description. 



312 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



The Graduate Program in Religious Studies 

The Graduate Program in Religious Studies integrates Roman Catholic theology and pastoral 
ministry. It provides opportunities for the student to place personal faith within a theological 
context and understanding abased on the teachings of the Second Vatican Council. The 
program challenges students to consider the interrelation between theory and praxis, and to 
see personal religious goals and belief systems in new and contemporary ways. Those who 
are already in pastoral ministry will find the studies practically based with an orientation 
towards local ecclesial communities. 

The Graduate Program responds to the goals and objectives of all its students. It serves 
equally students interested in academic research, ministers seeking to improve pastoral skills 
or to become pastoral associates and directors of parish life, teachers wishing to offer 
understandable theology to children and youth, and those who simply wish to enhance their 
personal theological and spiritual understanding. A core group of faculty and visiting 
professors provides both continuity for the program and theological competency in specific 
fields of inquiry. 

The Graduate Program in Religious Studies offers the following: 
M.A. in Religious Studies, 
Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies, 
Certificate in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry, 

Certificate in Advanced Studies in Youth and Young Adult Ministry, 
Continuing education for pastoral and catechetical ministry 

The M.A. in Religious Studies 

Admission Requirements 

In order to be admitted to the M.A. Program in Religious Studies 

Bachelors degree from an accredited institution. (Any exception to this policy is 

subject to the approval of the Graduate Council.) 

Evaluation of academic background. 

Interview with the M.A. Program Director. 

Satisfactory completion of other Graduate Division requirements. 

Unit Requirement 

The total number of units for the M.A. in Religious Studies is 36 units. 

1 . All students in the M.A. program will complete 28 units which will include 

24 units consisting of six units in each of the four basic areas of graduate 
study: Sacred Scripture, Christian Ethics, Systematic Theology and 
Studies in Ministry; 
• 3 units: RST 220 Foundations of Theology (required course); 
1 unit in the form of a comprehensive examination (RST 298) 

2. Students who choose the Thesis option will take an additional 4 units in RST 290 (Thesis) 
and 4 units in the area of study in which they wish to specialize 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 313 



3. Students who choose the Research Essay option will take one additional unit in the form 
of RST 291 (Research Essay) and seven units in the area of study in which they wish to 
specialize 

4. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 must be maintained to remain in the program. . 

Capstone Project and Comprehensive Examinations: 

In order to receive the M. A., the student must successfully complete the Capstone Project and 
the Comprehensive Examination. 

• The "Capstone Project" is the terminal research exercise consisting of: 

o RST 290 (Thesis) worth 4 units or 

RST 291 (Research Essay) worth 3 units 
o During the first year of the M. A. Program in Religious Studies, the graduate 

student must successfully complete RST 220, Foundations of Theology (3 

units). This course will introduce the student to various methodologies 

encountered in theological studies and research. It will also provide the 

student with the resources and methods to complete the Capstone Project 

successfully, 
o Normally, the student completes RST 290 or 291 within one academic 

semester. If, for valid reasons this is impossible, the instructor will give a 

grade of "IP" (In Progress), 
o The student who receives an "IP" for RST 290 must complete the Thesis 

within three subsequent academic semesters, 
o The student who receives an "IP" for RST 291 must complete the Research 

Essay within one subsequent academic semester, 
o If the student does not complete the Capstone Project within the above time 

limit the student must re-apply for admission as a new student to the 

program, 
o The Director of Graduate Religious Studies and the Graduate Dean must 

approve any exception to this 

• The Comprehensive Examination (RST 298) is worth one unit of credit. Topics 
include the four areas of the curriculum: Sacred Scripture, Systematic Theology, 
Christian Ethics, and Pastoral Theology and Ministry. The Director of Graduate 
Religious Studies will set the date and the questions for the Comprehensive 
Examination after consulting the student's Academic Advisor. 

Transfer of Credit 

The student may transfer six units of graduate religious studies (theology) credit from a 
regionally accredited institution of higher learning towards the completion of the M.A. In 
order to do so, the student must first successfully complete six units of Mount St. Mary's 
College Graduate Religious Studies credit before formally petitioning for unit transfer. The 
acceptance of transfer credit is subject to the approval of the Director of Graduate Religious 
Studies and the Graduate Dean. Credits cannot predate admission to Mount St. Mary's 
College my more than seven years. The Director of Graduate Religious Studies and the 
Graduate Dean must approve any exception to this. 



314 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



Certificate Programs 

Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies 

i 

• A Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies is awarded to those students who 
satisfactorily complete 33 units of selected course work in Graduate Religious 
Studies courses selected according to the unit distribution requirements for the M.A. 
in Religious Studies. However, neither the Comprehensive Examination nor the 
Capstone Project is required. . 

• A student in the M.A. Program in Religious Studies who, after successfully 
completing 33 units, decides not to write the final paper or complete comprehensives 
has the option to apply for the Certificate in Advanced Religious Studies. The 
student will formally apply to the Director of Graduate Religious Studies, who, in 
consultation with the Academic Advisor will make the final decision. 

• A cumulative GPA of 3.0 must be maintained to remain in the program. 
Admission Requirements 

In order to be admitted to the Certificate Program in Advanced Religious Studies the student 
must: 

• Have a Bachelors degree or demonstrated ability for graduate study. 

• Show evidence of a theological background necessary to begin the program. 

• Completion of application materials. 

• Interview with the Director of Graduate Religious Studies. 

Certificate in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry 

The Certificate Program in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry is a 1 7 unit program in which all 
courses are offered in Spanish. The program goals and objectives, admission requirements 
and program requirements are described below in English and Spanish in the last segment of 
the Graduate Religious Studies Program. 

Certificate of Advanced Studies in Youth and Young Adult Ministry 

The Youth Ministry Certificate Program is a two-year training program for youth and young 
adult ministers. The courses and general sessions are offered by contractual arrangement with 
the Center for Youth Ministry Development, Connecticut, on location in the Archdiocese of 
Los Angeles, the dioceses of Northern California, Orange, Las Vegas, San Bernardino, and 
San Diego, under co-sponsorship with the diocesan offices of youth adult ministry. The 
Certificate in Advanced Studies in Youth and Young Adult Ministry will be granted upon 
satisfactory completion of 12 units of course work as outlined in the Mount St. Mary's 
College Catalog. 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 315 



Admission Requirements 

The applicants for the Youth Adult Ministry Certificate Program are screened and accepted in 
accordance with the guidelines of both the Diocesan Youth Ministry Office and Mount St. 
Mary's College. The Director of the Diocesan Office of Youth and Young Adult Ministry 
serves as liaison with the Director of the Graduate Programs in Religious Studies who is 
responsible for oversight of all graduate degree and non-degree programs. 

Continuing Education for Pastoral and Catechetical Ministry 

The Graduate Religious Studies Program offers workshops both in English and Spanish for 
the continuing education of those in pastoral or catechetical ministries. 

Most weekend workshops are non-credit. Occasionally, graduate credit or continuing 
education units (C.E.U.) can be earned. Courses and workshops which provide continuing 
education in the fields established by the California Bishops Conference are granted re- 
certification credit by the Los Angeles Archdiocesan Department of Catholic Schools, the 
Office of Religious Education, and/or the Office of Worship. Verification of attendance is 
provided upon request. 

Conferences such as the Religious Education Congress (Anaheim) are granted Continuing 
Education Units (CEUs) and filed by Mount St. Mary's College with the American Council on 
Education, Washington, D.C. 

The Director of Graduate Religious Studies is responsible for oversight of all graduate degree 
and non-degree programs. 

Unit Designation 

Please consult course descriptions in catalog for course unit designation. 
Graduate Religious Studies Academic Review Board 

The Graduate Religious Studies Academic Review Board is a committee that helps the 
Director of Graduate Religious Studies supervise the Graduate Religious Studies Programs. It 
reviews all student admission applications and requests. Its members are selected from 
current Graduate Religious Studies full and part-time faculty, former faculty and professional 
staff. Its decisions are subject to approval by the Graduate Dean and Provost. 



316 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



Course Descriptions 

HEBREW AND CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURE 

RST 200 Overview of the Biblical Tradition (3) 

This course will address the fundamental principles underlying the development of Biblical 

Tradition from the Abramic Covenant to modern contemporary biblical hermeneutics (a 

required course for those who have no undergraduate degree in religious studies or theology.) 

RST 201 The Pentateuch and Historical Books (3) 

An introduction to the formation of the historical books of the Old Testament and to their 

historical, cultural, and theological background. 

RST 203 The Prophets (3) 

A study of the major prophetic literature in relation to its historical, cultural, and theological 

context. 

RST 206 Psalms and Wisdom Literature (2-3) 

An examination of the psalter and wisdom literature and exegesis of representative psalms 

and passages. 

RST 207 Hebrew Apocalyptic Texts and the Book of 

Revelation (3) 

An historical, literary and the theological study of the post-exhilic texts Daniel and 

Maccabees 1 and 2, their relationship to other writings of the Hebrew Scriptures and to the 

Book of Revelation. 

RST 208 Synoptic Gospels (3) 

A study of Johannine Literature: the Gospel of John, its theology, themes, sources, and 

associated problematic; the letters of John, their theology, questions, themes, and sources. 

RST 210 Gospel and Letters of John (3) 

The Gospel of John: its theology, themes, sources, and problematics. Johannine literature: the 

letters of John, their theology, questions, themes, and sources. 

RST 212 Pauline Literature (3) 

Theology of Paul with special emphasis on such themes as eschatology, community, 

justification, Christ, apostleship. 

RST 213 Letters to the Hebrews and the Catholic Letters (3) 

Historical, literary and theological approaches to the universal letters that emerged from the 

first Christian communities. 

RST 219 Advanced Studies in Scripture (1-3) 

An in-depth study of a specific topic or issue in Scripture. This course may be repeated for 

credit. 

SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY: 

RST 220 Foundations of Theology (3) 

This course introduces various methodologies used in theological research. It presents the 
research skills required to study the Church as a living, Christian community constantly 
interpreting its own life within the context of an ongoing relationship with God. (Required 
course for all students) 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 317 



RST 222 Theology of God (3) 

A study of the historical and contemporary understanding of God using both biblical and 
traditional sources. Particular attention is given to the Trinity. 

RST 223 Christology (3) 

A critical-historical theological reflection on the Christian confession that Jesus of Nazareth is 
Christ and Savior. 

RST 224 Pneumatology (3) 

A study of the Spirit of God, Third Person of the Trinity, in Scripture, the Tradition, and 

contemporary-post Vatican II Theology with an application to pastoral theology and the 

developing self-understanding of the Church. 

RST 225 Theology of Grace (3) 

Grace (the loving presence and action of God in the world) studied from the point of view of 

Sacred Scripture, and its historical development in classical and contemporary theology. 

RST 228 Ecclesiology (3) 

Development and presentation of a working contemporary ecclesiology through dialog with 

the Scripture, the Tradition of the Church, Vatican II and contemporary theologies. 

RST 229 General Sacramentology (3) 

A history and theology of sacramental life as it has developed from first century Christianity 

to its contemporary setting. 

RST 229A Sacraments of Initiation I: Baptism and 

Confirmation (3) 

A study of the history and theology of the rite of Christian Initiation, with special emphasis 

on the theology of Baptism and Confirmation. 

RST 229B Sacraments of Initiation II: The Eucharist (3) 

The history and theology of the Eucharist as it has developed and is lived out in the 

"Communio" of the People of God. 

RST 229C Sacraments of Healing: Reconciliation and 

Anointing of the Sick (3) 

The history, development and contemporary practice of the Sacraments of Reconciliation and 

Anointing of the Sick as an extension of Jesus' healing ministry. 

RST 229D Sacraments of Vocation I: Marriage (3) 

A study of the history of the marriage covenant, its development as a Sacrament in the Church 

and its implications for the family as a "domestic church". 

RST 229E Sacraments of Vocation II: Sacrament of Orders 

and Ministry (3) 

The history and development of the Sacrament of Orders in the Church and its relationship to 

other baptismal ministries. 

RST 230 A Survey of Church History (3) 

A survey of the various eras in Church History: The beginning of the Church, the Post- 

Modern and contemporary era. 



318 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



RST 232 Ecumenism (3) 

This course presents an historical overview of the Ecumenical Movement and its antecedents. 

Special attention is given to Nostra Aetate and the contemporary efforts towards Christian 

unity. 

RST 234 Contemporary Issues in World Religions (3) 

An in-depth study of contemporary topics in the dialog between the major world faith 
traditions. 

RST 235 The Catholic Church in the Southwestern United States (3} 

A survey of the history, traditions and roots of the diverse cultural expressions of faith as 
found in the Church in the Southwestern United States, (units may be used to fulfill ministry 
requirements) 

RST 236 Christian Spirituality (3) 

A study of the sources and practices of Christian Spirituality. 

RST 237 Foundations of Liturgy (3) 

Liturgy celebrates and proclaims the mystery of Christ in the People of God. This course 

studies its development in Sacred Scripture, the Tradition, the Documents of Vatican II, the 

Post-Conciliar documents and contemporary theology. 

RST 238 Special Studies in Liturgy (1-3) 

An in-depth study of selected topics and issues in liturgy (e.g. development of the epiclesis, 

the breaking of the bread in the early churches, etc.) This course may be repeated for credit. 

RST 239 Advanced Studies in Systematics (1-3) 

Advanced Studies in Systematics includes in-depth study of topics in Systematic Theology. 

(This course may be repeated for credit.) 

CHRISTIAN ETHICS 

RST 242 Fundamental Christian Ethics (3) 

A study of the way in which contemporary moral theology has developed in treating the 
fundamental elements of Christian moral judgment, formation of conscience, person as moral 
agent, moral norms and natural law. (This is a required course for all students who have no 
degree in religious studies or theology.) 

RST243 Catholic Social Teaching (3) 

A theological investigation of the collection of Catholic Social Teachings, which developed in 
the 20th century when Christian morality, rooted in Scripture and tradition, encountered 
contemporary social problems. 
RST 245 Liberation Theology (3) 

An investigation of the theological literature concerned with liberation and a discussion of 
problematics involved in social change. (Units maybe applied to requirements for Systematic 
Theology) 

RST 246 Biomedical Ethics (3) 

A study of issues and questions concerning the phenomenon of human life and the process of 
dying. Topics include reproductive technologies, genetic engineering and euthanasia. 
RST 247 Sexual Ethics (3) 

A study of the questions relating to human sexuality and marriage as seen from an ethical- 
biblical perspective, with attention given to the insights from psychology, theology and 
spirituality. 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 319 



RST 248 Ethical issues in Pastoral Ministry (3) 

An overview of basic ethical concepts involved in Christian living, (e.g. conscience, freedom, 
responsibility, sin) in the context of personal and social moral issues. 

RST 249 Advanced Studies in Christian Ethics (3) 

An in-depth study of particular topics within the area of moral theology and Christian ethics 
(e.g. ethics of globalization, sexual ethics after AIDS, political ethics, etc.) {This course may 
be repeated for credit.) 

STUDIES IN MINISTRY AND PASTORAL THEOLOGY 

RST 260 Principles of Youth Ministry (1-2) 

Principles of Youth Ministry proposes foundational understandings and principles for 
effective ministry youth, grounded in pastoral theology, culture psychology, developmental 
theory, and sociology. {Off-site cooperative course.) 

RST 261 Foundations of Catechetics (2-3) 

Survey of the historical, theological, philosophical foundations of contemporary Catechetics. 
Current Issues and practical applications; future directions. 

RST 262A Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth through Evangelization, 
Catechesis (1-2) 

Evangelization and catechesis explores the foundation of nurturing young and older 
adolescent faith development and Catholic identity through an integrated approach to faith 
formation, which incorporates teaching, prayer and liturgy, community life, and justice and 
service to ministry with adolescents. Off-site cooperative course. 

RST 262B Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth through Prayer and 
Worship (1-2) 

Prayer and worship investigates the foundational role that Christian worship and sacraments 
have in fostering the spiritual growth of youth. The goal is to develop a realistic and 
integrated approach to worship within a comprehensive ministry to youth and practical 
application in the participant's pastoral setting. 

RST 262C Fostering the Faith Growth of Youth through Justice and 
Service (1-2) 

Justice and service explores the foundations for fostering a justice and service consciousness 
and spirituality in youth drawn from: Scripture, Catholic Social Teaching, adolescent 
development, and contemporary catechetical principles. It develops skills for creating 
integrated, action-learning models for the justice and service component of a comprehensive 
youth ministry. 

RST 262D Fostering Faith Growth of Youth through Pastoral Care (1-3) 

Pastoral Care explores the principles and methods of caring for young people from various 

cultures and their families. The course develops an understanding of the breadth and depth of 

pastoral care, of family systems and adolescent development, and the role that cultural 

identity plays in the development of adolescents. The goal is two-fold: (a) it aims to promote 

healthy adolescent development from a pastoral care perspective and (b) to develop 

preventative interventions for families with adolescents. 

RST 263 ABC Advanced Catechetical Ministry (2,2,2) 

A three-phase course which prepares Archdiocesan catechetical leaders for ministry to adults. 

The course consists of three areas: theological formation, ministry specialization, and 

supervised practicum. {Off-site cooperative program organized by Archdiocese.) 



320 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



RST 266 Leadership in Pastoral Ministry (3) 

The biblical, theological, ethical and social foundations for Christian leadership in the 

contemporary Church. 

RST 266A Ministry Leadership Skills (1-3) 

The application of leadership theory and skills to various ministerial settings and issues. 

RST 267 Developing Youth Ministry (1-3) 

Developing Youth Ministry explores processes and skills for effective leadership in youth 
ministry. Leaders will be prepared to empower the parish community for ministry with youth 
through collaboration and leadership development. (Off-site cooperative course.) 

RST 269 Advanced Studies in Ministry and Pastoral Theology (1-3) 

An in-depth study of topics in ministry and pastoral theology. ( This course may be repeated I 
for credit.) 

RST 273 Hispanic Theology and Theologians of the United States (3 

A study of Hispanic Theology and its development in the work of major Hispanic theologians 

in the United States. 

RST 279 Advanced Studies in Hispanic Ministry (1-3) 

Advanced Studies in Hispanic Ministry include particular topics in Hispanic Ministry in the 

United States. 

RST 280A Theories of Pastoral Counseling (3) 

An introduction to theories of counseling and psychotherapy as they apply to the pastoral 

setting. 

RST 280B Issues in Pastoral Counseling (3) 

An in-depth study of issues which arise in pastoral counseling. 

RST 281 Pastoral Theology and Ministry (3) 

An introduction to the theological, scriptural, and ethical foundations of pastoral ministry; an 
overview of the nature of ministry in diverse settings; the spiritual formation of the pastoral 
minister. 

RST 282 Spiritual Direction: Theory and Practice (3) 

An introduction to spiritual direction, the nature of spiritual direction and the preparation and 

role of the spiritual director. 

RST 283 Spirituality in a Pastoral Context (2) 

An examination of spiritualities encountered in ministry. 

RST 285 Parish Management: Theory and Practice ( 3) 

The theory and skills needed by pastoral associates, parish life directors, parish coordinators 

are studied within the context of pastoral theology and ethics. 

RST 287 Civil and Church Law in Pastoral Ministry ( 3 ) 

The application of church and civil law in pastoral ministry. 

RST 289 Advanced Studies in Practical Theology (1-3) 

An in-depth study of topics and issues in Practical Theology (e.g. conflict resolution in the 
Church, finances in ministry, etc. 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 321 



Research: 

RST290 Thesis (4): Thesis 

RST 290A (1) Thesis Continuation (1) 

RST 290B (1) Thesis Continuation (1) 

RST_290C (1) Thesis Continuation (1) 

RST 291 Research Essay (1): Research Essay (1) 

RST291A (1) Research Essay Continuation (1) 

RST 295 Internship (1-3) 

By special pre-arrangement with the Program Director, available by request in any term. 
RST 298 Comprehensives (1) 

RST 299 Independent Study (1-3) 

A student may apply for independent study with the approval of a faculty advisor and the 
program director. Ordinarily, no more than six (6) units of independent study may be taken 
towards the M.A. Degree. Any exception to this is granted by the Director of Graduate 
Religious Studies with the approval of the Graduate Dean. 



322 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



HISPANIC PASTORAL MINISTRY 

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM 

(PROGRAM DE CERTIFICATION EN 

MINISTERIO PASTORAL HISPANO) 

CERTIFICATE IN HISPANIC PASTORAL MINISTRY 
CERTIFICADO EN MINISTERIO PASTORAL HISPANO 

INTRODUCTION / INTRODUCTION 

The Certificate Program in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry is offered to those who already have an 
undergraduate-level formation in Catholic theology, are personally and pastorally committed 
to Hispanic pastoral ministry and wish to pursue graduate-level, advanced studies in theology 
either for academic or pastoral purposes. The program provides the theological background 
and academic tools needed for academic and pastoral leadership in the multicultural U.S. 
Church. 

Participants are introduced to skills that will help them to analyze, develop and lead pastoral 
programs in U.S. Catholic Hispanic communities. They will also become familiar with the 
growing volume of work produced by Theologians of Hispanic Ministry and will learn to 
apply their concepts to their own ministries. 

All courses are offered in Spanish. 

El Programa del Certificado en Minis terio Pastoral Hispano se ofrece a los que yaposeen la 
formation bdsica (nivel de licenciatura) en teologia Catolica, esten personal y pastor almente 
comprometidos en el ministerio pastoral hispano y deseen seguir estudios avanzados en 
teologia por alguna razon academica o pastoral. El programa provee la formation teologica 
y las herramientas academicas necesarias para llevar a cabo el liderazgo academico o 
pastoral en la Iglesia multicultural de los Estados Unidos. 

Los participantes aprenderdn tecnicas que les ayudardn a analizar, desarrollar y guiar 
programas pastorales en las comunidades Catolicas hispanas estadounidenses. Tambien, se 
familiarizardn con el trabajo de los ted logos de la Teologia del Ministerio Hispano y 
aprenderdn a aplicar sus conceptos a sus propios ministerios. 

Todos los cursos se ofrecen en espahol 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 323 



ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS /REQUISITOS PARA LA ADMISION 

• Bachelors degree from either a regionally accredited institution of higher learning or 
its equivalency, or demonstrated ability for graduate study. 

• Evidence of theological background necessary to succeed in the program. 

• Completion of application materials. 

• Interview with the Coordinator of the Hispanic Pastoral Ministry Certificate Program 

Requisitos para admision al programa: 

• Licenciatura de una universidad acreditada regionalmente o su equivalencia, o la 
capacidad demos trada de llevar a cabo estudios del nivel de maestria. 

• Prueba de formation teologica suficiente para llevar a cabo el programa. 

• Completar el proceso de admision. 

• Entrevista con el Coordinador del Programa del Certificado de Ministerio Pastoral 
Hispano. 

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS / REQUISITOS PARA COMPLETAR EL 

PROGRAMA 

The student must 

• Successfully complete eighteen (17) units of course work distributed among the four 
areas of studies in the Graduate Religious Studies Department as follows: 

o Sacred Scripture: 4 units 

o Christian Ethics: 4 units 

o Systematic Theology: 4 units 

o Pastoral Ministry: 4 units 

o Integration Seminar; 1 units 

• Maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in order to remain in the program. 

(N.B. Participants, who take individual courses for enrichment, will receive a certificate or 
participation in the course upon completion of the required work.) 

El alumno debe 

• Completar con exito dieciocho (1 7) unidades de cursos en las cuatro areas de 
estudios del Graduate Religious Studies Department: 

o Sagrada Escritura: 4 unidades 

o Etica Cristiana: 4 unidades 

o Teologia Sistemdtica: 4 unidades 

o Ministerio Pastoral: 4 unidades 

o Seminario de integration: 1 unidades 

• Mantener un por medio cumulativo de 3.0 (3.0 cumulative gpa) en los cursos para 
poder continuar en el programa. 

(N.B. Al terminar la tarea, los participantes que toman un curso solo para enriquecimiento 
recibiran un certificado de participacion en el curso.) 



324 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



ADMISSION TO THE M.A. IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES PROGRAM I ADMISION AL 
PROGRAM DE LA M.A. IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

Participants who obtain the Certificate in Hispanic Pastoral Ministry, if they desire, may apply 
to enter the M.A. in Religious Studies Program. After satisfactorily fulfilling the admission 
requirements for entrance into the Graduate Division, students complete the M.A. in Religious 
Studies in the traditional program. 

Los participantes que obtengan el Certificado en Ministerio Pastoral Hispano pueden, si lo 
desean, aplicar para entrar en el Programa de la Maestria en Estudios Religiosos (M.A. in 
Religious Studies). Despues de haber completado de manera satisfactoria los requisitos para 
la admision a la Graduate Division, sepuede completar la M.A. in Religious Studies en el 
programa tradicional. 

COURSES / CURSOS 

SACRED SCRIPTURE / SAGRADA ESCRITURA 

RST 200S Las Escrituras Hebraicas de la Biblia (1-3) 

El estudio del desarrollo de las Escrituras Hebraicas y una lectura contemporanea de temas y 
cuestiones que han resultado de la exegesis clasica y actual y su efecto sobre la teologia 
contemporanea y el ministerio hispano. 

(Hebrew Scriptures of the Bible: The development of the Hebrew Scriptures and a 
contemporary reading of themes and issues resulting from classical and current exegesis. The 
effect on contemporary theology and Hispanic Ministry.) 

RST 203S Los Profetas (1-3) 

Estudio avanzado de la literatura profetica en su contexto historico, cultural y teologico con 
una aplicacion al ministerio hispano contemporaneo. 

(The Prophets: Advanced study of the major prophetic literature in relation to its historical, 
cultural, and theological context and application to contemporary Hispanic Ministry.) 

RST 207S Textos Apocalipticos Hebraicos y el Libro de la Revelacion 
de Juan (1-3) 

Un estudio historico, literario y teleologico de los textos post-exilicos de Daniel y de lro y 
2do Macabeos y su relacion a otras escrituras hebraicas de la Biblia y al Libro de la 
Revelacion de Juan. 

(Hebrew Apocalyptic Texts and the Book of Revelation: An historical, literary and theological 
study of the post-exilic texts, Daniel and Maccabees 1 and 2, and their relationship to other 
writings of the Hebrew Scriptures of the Bible and to the Book of Revelation. 

RST 208S Las Escrituras Cristianas de la Biblia (1-3) 

El estudio del desarrollo de las Escrituras Cristianas y una lectura contemporanea de temas y 
cuestiones que han resultado de la exegesis clasica y actual y su efecto sobre la teologia 
contemporanea y el ministerio hispano. 

(Christian Scriptures of the Bible: The development of the Christian Scriptures and a 
contemporary reading of themes and issues resulting from classical and current exegesis. 
The effect on contemporary theology and Hispanic Ministry.) 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 325 



RST 209S Los Evangelios Sinopticos (1~3) 

El objetivo, la hermeneutica, la teologia y el contexto historico de los evangelios sinopticos 
con temas relacionados. 

(Synoptic Gospels: The theology and background of the synoptic gospels; their related special 
issues, purpose, and hermeneutics.) 

RST 210S El Evangelio de Juan (1-3) 

El Evangelio de Juan, fuentes, teologia, temas y problematica relacionada. (Gospel of John: 
sources, theology, themes and associated problematic.) 

RST 212S La Literatura Paulina (1-3) 

La teologia de Pablo enfatizando los temas de escatologia, comunidad, justificacion, 
cristologia y apostolado. 

(Pauline Literature: Theology of Paul with special emphasis on such themes as eschatology, 
community, justification, Christology, apostleship.) 

RST 219S Estudios Avanzados en Sagrada Escritura (1-3) 

Estudio profundo de temas y cuestiones particulares de la Sagrada Escritura. Este curso se 
puede repetir para credito. 

(Advanced Studies in Scripture: An in-depth study of a specific topic or issue in Scripture. 
This course may be repeated for credit.) 

SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY / TEOLOGIA SISTEMATICA 

RST 220S Fundamentos de Teologia Sistematica (1-3) 

Las metodologias que se utilizan en la investigacion teologica. Tambien las herramientas y la 
tecnica academicas que se requieren en el estudio de la Iglesia como comunidad Cristiana que 
siempre re-interpreta su propia vida e identidad dentro del contexto de su relation con Dios. 
(Foundations of Systematic Theology: This course introduces various methodologies used in 
theological research. It presents the research skills required to study the Church as a living, 
Christian community constantly interpreting its own life within the context of an ongoing 
relationship with God.) 

RST 222S Teologia de Dios: (1-3) 

Un estudio historico-critico sobre Dios en las fuentes biblicas, en la tradition de la Iglesia y 

en la teologia contemporanea con atencion particular a la Trinidad. 

(Theology of God: An historical and critical study of the understanding of God in biblical 

sources, in the Tradition and in contemporary theology. Particular attention is given to the 

Trinity.) 

RST 223S Cristologia (1-3) 

Una reflexion teologica, historico-critica y contemporanea sobre la confesion cristiana que 
Jesus de Nazareth es Cristo y Salvador. Las consecuencias para una Iglesia multicultural. 
(Christology: A critical-historical theological reflection on the Christian confession that 
Jesus of Nazareth is Christ and Savior. Its consequences for a multicultural Church.) 

RST 224S Pneumatologia (1-3) 

Estudio sobre el Espiritu de Dios (Tercer Persona de la Trinidad) en la Tradicion y en la 
teologia contemporanea post Vaticano II con una aplicacion a la teologia pastoral hispana y 
al auto-entendimiento de la Iglesia local y universal. 

(Pneumatology: A study of the Spirit of God, Third Person of the Trinity, in Scripture, the 
Tradition, and contemporary-post Vatican II Theology with an application to Hispanic 
pastoral theology and the developing self-understanding of the local and universal Church.) 



326 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



RST 225S Teologia de la Gracia (1-3) 

"La Gracia", como presencia y accion amorosa de Dios en el mundo, se estudia desde el 

punto de vista de la Sagrada Escritura y el desarrollo historico de la teologia clasica y 

contemporanea. 

(Theology of Grace: Grace, the loving presence and action of God in the world, studied from 

the point of view of Sacred Scripture, and the historical development of classical and 

contemporary theology.) 

RST 228 Eclesiologia (1-3) 

Desarrollo y presentation de una eclesiologia contemporanea por medio del dialogo con la 
Sagrada Escritura, la Tradicion de la Iglesia, el Concilio del Vaticano II y varias teologias 
contemporaneas. Temas tocando al ministerio en la Iglesia Hispana de los Estados Unidos. 
(Ecclesiology: Development and presentation of a contemporary ecclesiology through dialog 
with the Scripture, the Tradition of the Church, Vatican II and contemporary theologies. 
Themes affecting ministry in the Hispanic Church in the United States.) 

RST 229AS Teologia de los Sacramentos: (1-3) 

El estudio de Jesus, Sacramento del Encuentro de Dios, en el contexto actual de la vida 
sacramental de la Iglesia contemporanea. Temas, cuestiones y problemas concernientes a los 
Siete Sacramentos. 

(Theology of the Sacraments: The study of Jesus, Sacrament of the Encounter with God, 
within the context of contemporary sacramental life in the Church. Themes, issues and 
problems relative to the Seven Sacraments.) 

RST 232S Fundamentalismo (1-3) 

Este curso estudio el desarrollo historico del fundamentalismo como fenomeno historico y su 
impacto en la comunidad hispana de los Estados Unidos. Nuevas formas de apologetica y 
evangelization Catolicas. 

(Fundamentalism: This course presents the historical development of fundamentalism as an 
historical phenomenon its impact on the Hispanic community in the United States as well as 
new forms of Catholic apologetics and evangelization.) 

RST 234 Teologia Hispana y sus Teologos en Los Estados Unidos (1-3) 

Estudio de la Teologia Hispana y su desarrollo en la obra de sus mayores exponentes en los 
Estados Unidos. 

(Hispanic Theology and its Theologians in the United States: A study of Hispanic Theology 
and its major theologians in the United States.) 

RST 235S Historia de la Comunidad Hispana en Los Estados Unidos(l-3) 

Estudio de la historia social, cultural e religiosa de la comunidad hispana catolicas en los 
Estados Unidos. Sepuede usarpara completar creditos en Teologia y Ministerio Pastoral. 
{The History of the Hispanic Community in the United States: A study of the social, cultural 
and religious history of the Catholic Hispanic communities in the United States. Units may be 
used to fulfill pastoral theology and ministry requirements) 

RST 237S Fundamentos de la Liturgia (1-3) 

La liturgia del Pueblo de Dios celebra y proclama el ministerio del Cristo Resucitado. Se 
estudia su desarrollo en la Sagrada Escritura, la Tradicion, los documentos de Concilio del 
Vaticano II, los documentos post-conciliares y la teologia contemporanea. 
(Foundations of Liturgy: Through the Liturgy the People of God celebrate and proclaim the 
mystery of Christ. This course will study its development in Scripture, the Tradition, the 
Documents of Vatican II, the Post-Conciliar documents and contemporary theology.) 



RELIGIOUS STUDIES 327 



RST 239S Estudios Avanzados de Teologia Sistematica (1-3) 

Estudio profundo de temas o cuestiones de Teologia Sistematica. Se puede repetir para 

credito. 

(Advanced Studies in Systematic Theology: In-depth study of topics in Systematic Theology. 

This course may be repeated for credit) 

CHRISTIAN ETHICS / ETICA CRISTIANA 

RST 242S Fundamentos de Etica Cristiana (1-3) 

El estudio de la teologia moral catolica contemporanea en su tratamiento de los elementos del 
juicio moral cristiano, de la formation de la conciencia moral, de la persona como agente 
moral, de las normas morales y de la ley natural. 

(Fundamental Christian Ethics: A study of the way in which contemporary Catholic moral 
theology deals with the fundamental elements of Christian moral judgment, formation of 
conscience, person as moral agent, moral norms and natural law.) 

RST 243S La Ensenanza Social de la Iglesia (1-3) 

Una investigacion teologica del contenido de la ensenanza que la Iglesia Catolica produjo 
durante el Siglo XX cuando la moral cristiana, enraizada en la Sagrada Escritura y la 
Tradition, se enfrento con la realidad y los problemas de la vida social contemporanea. 
{Catholic Social Teaching: A theological investigation of the collection of Catholic Social 
Teachings developed in the 20th century when Christian morality, rooted in Scripture and 
tradition, encountered contemporary social problems.) 

RST 245S La Teologia de la Liberacion (1-3) 

Una investigacion de la teologia de la liberacion y de los problemas relativos al cambio social. 
Las unidades sepueden aplicar a los requisitos en Teologia Sistematica. 
(Liberation Theology: An investigation of the theological literature concerned with liberation 
and a discussion of problematic involved in social change. Units maybe applied to 
requirements for Systematic Theology) 

RST 246S Etica Biomedica (1-3) 

Estudio de temas y cuestionas concernientes a la vida humana y al proceso de la muerte. Se 
considera el valor moral de tecnologias reproductivas, ingenieria genetica y eutanasia. 
(Biomedical Ethics: A study of issues and questions concerning the phenomenon of human life 
and the process of dying. Topics include reproductive technologies, genetic engineering and 
euthanasia.) 

RST 247S Etica Sexual (1-3) 

Estudio de la moral sexual y matrimonial desde la perspectiva etica-biblica con atencion 
especial en aportes de la sociologia, de la psicologia, la teologia y de la espiritualidad. 
(Sexual Ethics: A study of the questions relating to human sexuality and marriage as seen 
from an ethical-biblical perspective, with attention given to the insights from psychology, 
theology and spirituality.) 

RST 249S Estudios Avanzados en Etica Cristiana (1-3) 

Estudio profundo de temas o cuestiones de teologia moral y de etica cristiana. Se puede 
repetir para credito. 

(Advanced Studies in Christian Ethics: An in-depth study of particular topics within the area 
of moral theology and Christian ethics. This course may be repeated for credit.) 



328 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 



TEOLOGIA Y MINISTERIO PASTORAL / PASTORAL THEOLOGY AND 
MINISTRY 

RST265S Teologia Pastoral y Ministerio Pastoral (1-3) 

Introduccion a los fundamentos teologicos, biblicos y eticos de la teologia pastoral y del 
ministerio pastoral. Se dara una atencion particular al ministro laico eclesial y a su liderazgo 
en la Iglesia. Tambien, se tratara de los limites a su ministerio y de sus responsabilidades 
legales y morales. 

(Pastoral Theology and Ministry: An introduction to the theological, scriptural, and ethical 
foundations of pastoral theology and ministry. Special attention is given to lay ecclesial 
minister leadership in the Church. Also, boundary issues and the minister's legal and moral 
responsibility.) 

RST 268S Teoria y Practica de la Administration de la Parroquia (1-3) 

La teoria, las herramientas y la tecnica que se necesitan para administrar una parroquia segun 
los principios teologicos y eticos Catolicos. 

(Parish Management Theory and Practice: The theory, skills and techniques needed to 
manage a parish according to Catholic theological and ethical principles.) 

RST 271S Espiritualidad Catolica y Religiosidad Popular (1-3) 

Examen de la relation entre espiritualidad Catolica y religiosidad popular en el ministerio 
pastoral hispano. Las fuentes y las practicas de espiritualidad en la Iglesia se meten en dialogo 
con los ritos y las tradiciones de la religiosidad popular. Las tradiciones se estudian desde el 
punto de vista cultural, antropologico, psicologico, sociologico y politico. 
(An examination of the relationship between Catholic spirituality and popular religiosity in 
Hispanic pastoral ministry. The practices and sources of spirituality in the Church are put 
into dialog with the rites and traditions of popular religiosity. These traditions are studied 
from the cultural, anthropological, psychological, sociological and political points of view.) 

RST 278S Seminario de Integration (1-3) 

Durante el seminario de integration se usa los principios de la Teologia Practica para hacer 
una reflexion teologica sobre la vida de fe de comunidades especificas. Por su participation, 
su presentation oral y por el trabajo de investigation terminal, los alumnos demuestran la 
capacidad de presentar soluciones creativas y concretas a problemas pastorales actuales que 
presentan durante el seminario. Asi, demuestran tambien su dominio de las cuatro areas de 
estudio del Programa del Certificado en Ministerio Pastoral Hispano. 
(Integration Seminal: During the integration seminal, students use the principles of 
Practical Theology to reflect theologically on faith-life of specific faith communities. 
Through class participation, oral presentations and a research paper, students demonstrate 
their ability to present creative and concrete solutions to current pastoral problems which 
they present during the seminar. Thus, they also show their command of the four areas of 
study in the Hispanic Pastoral Ministry Certificate Program: Sacred Scripture, Christian 
Ethics, Systematic Theology, Pastoral Theology and Ministry.) 

RST279 Estudios Avanzados de Teologia Practica, Teologia 

Pastoral y Ministerio Pastoral (1-3) 

Estudio profundo de temas y cuestiones particulares de teologia practica, teologia pastoral y 
ministerio pastoral hispano. Este curso sepuede repetir para credito. 
(Advanced Studies in Practical Theology, Pastoral Theology, and Hispanic Pastoral 
Ministry: In-depth study of particular topics and issues in Practical Theology, Pastoral 
Theology and Hispanic Pastoral Ministiy in the United States. This course may be repeated 
for credit.) 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 329 



Social Science 

Department Affiliation: History and Political Science 

The Social Science major is an expanded area major with a choice of three emphases: history, 
political science, and public administration. 

The variations within the major make it possible for students to direct their studies into 
particular areas of interest. A core of studies is directed toward fiscal problems, employment, 
technology, societal roles, ecology, and the general strategy of government. 

Courses Required for a B.A. degree in Social Science 
History Emphasis 

Lower Division: 

HIS 1AB Western Civilization (3,3) 

HIS 3 World History (3) 

Upper Division: 

Nine upper division courses including: 

HIS 101 Research Methodology (3) 

Two-course sequence in American history (6) 

One course in European history (3) 

One course in non-Western history (3) 

Three upper division courses in 
economics, political science and/or sociology (9) 

Recommendations: 

ECO 1 Microeconomics (3) 

ECO 2 Macroeconomics (3) 

HIS 25 Cultural Geography (3) 

Total units in major courses: 36 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including a 
Modern Language requirement. 

Political Science Emphasis 

Lower Division: 

POL 2 Comparative Government (3) 

POL 1 American Government (3) 

Upper Division 

Seven upper division courses in Political Science (2 1 ) 

Three upper division courses in history, economics, or sociology (3) 

Total units in major courses: 36 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including a 
Modern Language requirement. 



330 SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Public Administration Emphasis 



Lower Division: 






POL 1 


American Government 


(3) 


Recommendations: 






BUS 16A 


Accounting Principles I 


(3) 


ECO 1 


Microeconomics 


(31 


ECO 2 


Macroeconomics 


(3) 


Upper Division: 






POL 180 


State and Local Government 


(3) 


POL 185 


Public Personnel Administration 


(3) 


POL 186 


Intro to Public Administration 


(3) 


POL 187 


Organizational Theory 


(3) 



POL 191 Internships in Government Service (3) 

Fifteen Units from the Following Courses: 

MTH 9 Intro to Computer Processes (3) 

MTH 38 Elements of Probability and Stats (3) 

POL 108 American Constitutional Law (3) 

POL 109 Individual Rights (3) 

POL 1 10 Political Behavior (3) 

POL 120 Legislative Process (3) 

POL 134 International Organization (3-6) 

POL 138 International Law (3) 

POL 170 American Party Politics (3) 

POL 175 Selected Topics in the American Political Structure (3) 

SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority/Minority Relations (3) 

SOC175 Urban Sociology (3) 

Total units in Public Administration emphasis: 36 

Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units, including a 
Modern Language requirement. 

All courses listed above are described in the respective departmental listings. 



SOCIAL WORK 



331 



Social Work 

Departmental Affiliation: Sociology and Gerontology 

The goals of the social work profession is multi-faceted and includes counseling, crisis 
intervention, diagnosis, evaluation or assessment of client's status and needs, and resource 
referral. Social workers work in a wide variety of settings that provide direct care or as 
referral agents for clients to locate an array of services in the community, such as substance 
abuse rehabilitation, healthcare, housing, childcare, eldercare, adoption services, foster care, 
grief counseling, or job training. In addition, social workers work in organizations that 
provide emergency or disaster relief services to individuals, families and the community. 
They can be found in city, county, state, or federal agencies, as well as in non-profit 
organizations serving the community, such as schools, hospitals, mental health centers, 
corrections facilities, or other health and human services settings. Employment in for-profit 
private practice agencies is expanding. 

Social work as a social services profession is highly rewarding and client-centered, with a 
strong advocacy focus. Social workers aim to assure that services and resources needed by 
their clients are provided to them. 

The demand for social workers is high and is projected to continue to grow in the future, 
particularly in the areas of healthcare and gerontology. Our program provides excellent 
preparation for graduate studies in social work. 

Requirements for Bachelor of Science in Social Work 



Required preparatory lower division courses: 



SOC5 


Sociological Perspectives 


(3) 


SOC 13 


Anatomy for Social Services or BIO 40A Anatomy 


(3) 


PSY 1 


Introductory Psychology 


(3) 


MTH38 


Elements of Probability and Statistics 


(3) 


Required upper division courses: 




SOC 103 


Group Therapy: Theory and Practice 


(3) 


SOC 104 


The Family 


(3) 


SOC 105 


Couples 


(3) 


SOC 106 


Introduction to Psychotherapy 


(3) 


SOC 110 


Juvenile Delinquency 


(3) 


or SOC 10 


Youth & Crime 


(3) 


SOC 112 


Medical Sociology 


(3) 


SOC 117 


Quantitative Research Methods 


(3) 


SOC 118 


Qualitative Research Methods: Ethnography 


(3) 


SOC 120 


Case Management in Health & Human Services 


(3) 


SOC 121 


Human Services Ethics 


(3) 


SOC 128 


Introduction to Social Work 


(3) 


SOC 134 


Mediation 


(3) 


or SOC 130 


Human Communication 


(3) 



332 SOCIAL WORK 






SOC 160 


Diversity in Society 


(3) 




orSOC 161 


Majority-Minority Relations 


(3) 




SOC 180 


Social Stratification 


(3) 




GER188 


Caregiving and Adaptation for Elders 


(3) 


GER 189 


Gerontology 


(3) 




GER 192 


Thanatology 


(3) 




SOC 197 


Internship and Practicum 


(3) 





Plus General Studies requirements and electives totaling 124 semester units. 

Total upper division required units for B.S. in Social Work: 54 



SOCIOLOGY 333 



Sociology 



Sociology is the study of human behavior within a multitude of contexts, from the family, the 
community and workplace, to the regional, national, and global arenas. 

The major prepares students for professional careers in such areas as criminology, law 
enforcement, social services, urban planning and development, counseling, race/ethnic 
relations, human resources, child, marriage, and family relations, community relations, global 
affairs, and employment in a wide range of government agencies, non-profit and for-profit 
organizations. Sociology also provides an excellent foundation for graduate studies in social 
work, counseling, public policy, urban development, public health, population studies, global 
studies and the law. See Mount St. Mary's College Sociology Department Web Page for 
additional examples of professional options in the field. 

The department offers an Associate of Arts Degree in Human Services (see this catalog under 
Human Services for information on this program), a general program of sociology, and the 
option of seven specializations within Sociology: Criminology, Global Studies and Human 
Rights, Medical Sociology, Race/Class/Gender, Communications, Social Services and Family 
Relations. The Gerontology Major is also affiliated with the department. 

B.A. Degree in Sociology 

Core Courses Required: 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

SOC 117 Quantitative Research Methods (3) 

SOC 1 1 8 Qualitative Research Methods (3) 

SOC 166 Sociological Theory (3) 

SOC 197 Internship and Practicum (3) 

Plus seven additional courses in Sociology. A maximum of 12 lower division units in 
Sociology may be counted toward completion of the major. These units cannot, however, 
include lower division internship units (SOC 25). 

To fulfill a B.A. degree in Sociology, students must complete the Sociology requirements, the 
General Studies requirements, and the Modern Language requirement for a total of 124 units. 
Total units in Sociology: 36 

The following specializations within the Sociology major are available, but not required. 
However, a specialization can enhance preparation for certain career directions, as discussed 
within each specialization. The courses required within each specialization will count toward 
the required 36 units for the major in Sociology. 

Specialization Option One: Criminology 

Excellent preparation for careers in law enforcement, probation, crime prevention, forensic 

research, law studies, rehabilitation, programs for at-risk populations, or advanced studies in 

sociology and criminology. 

Required Courses: 

SOC 109 Forensic Studies: Criminalistics (3) 

SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

SOC 1 1 1 Criminology (3) 

SOC 114 Corrections (3) 



334 SOCIOLOGY 



SOC 1 1 5 Sociology of Violence (3) 

SOC 1 16 Criminal Justice (3) 
Plus select two additional courses from the following: 

SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3) 

SOC 161 Majority-Minority Relations (3) 

SOC 175 Urban Sociology (3) 

SOC 180 Social Stratification (3) 

POL 107 Criminal Law (3) 

POL 109 Individual Rights (3) 

POL 180 State and Local Government (3) 

PSY 139 Child Abuse and Family Violence (3) 

PSY 168 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Specialization Option Two: Global Studies and Human Rights 

This specialization addresses the fundamental challenges of population growth and migration, 
cultural diffusion, environmental change, and quality of life of human populations around the 
world, with a core guiding foundation of human rights advocacy. A range of topics will be 
explored, including the impact of poverty, child labor, children at war, regional cultural 
conflict, women's issues, environmental change, economic development, and access to health 
care, housing, and other basic resources necessary for sustainability or growth. The 
intersection of religion, politics, economics, and culture will be emphasized. 

Required courses: 



SOC 131 


The Documentary & Social Justice 


(3) 


SOC 162 


Human Rights 


(3) 


SOC 163 


Women's & Children's Rights 


(3) 


SOC 164 


Advocacy and Social Justice 


(3) 


SOC 175 


Urban Sociology 


(3) 


SOC 185 


Global Development 


(3) 


SOC 195 


Sociology of Religion 


(3) 


Plus two additional courses from the following: 




SOC 125 


Cultural Anthropology 


(3) 


SOC 134 


Mediation and Negotiation 


(3) 


SOC 186 


Political Sociology 


(3) 


SOC 187 


Environmental Studies 


(3) 


SOC 190 


Social Change 


(3) 


SOC 191 


Social Movements 


(3) 


POL 131 


International Relations 


(3) 


POL 134 


International Organization 


(3) 


POL 138 


International Law 


(3) 


HIS 178 


Diplomatic History of the United States 


(3) 



Also highly recommended: A semester of study abroad in the junior year. This requires 
coordination with the Department Chair and the Advisement Office. 

Specialization Option Three: Medical Sociology 

This specialization is recommended for those interested in careers in the human services 
specifically related to social work and case management in healthcare resources. Possible 



SOCIOLOGY 335 



work settings include hospitals, health management organizations, rehabilitation centers, 
hospice, and private or government agencies that are involved in the dissemination of health 
and human services. 



Required courses: 



SOC 13 


Anatomy for Human Services 


(3) 


SOC 112 


Medical Sociology 


(3) 


SOC 120 


Case Management 


(3) 


SOC 121 


Human Services Ethics 


(3) 


SOC 189 


Gerontology 


(3) 


SOC 192 


Thanatology 


(3) 


Plus select two additional courses from the following: 




GER188 


Caregiving and Adaptations for Elders 


(3) 


SOC 49 


Multicultural Issues for Healthcare Professional 


(3) 


SOC 124 


Sociobiology 


(3) 


SOC 128 


Introduction to Social Work 


(3) 


SOC 138 


Nonprofit Management 


(3) 


BIO 10 


Health Science 


(3) 


BIO 40A/50A 


Human Anatomy 


(3) 


BIO 112 


Human Nutrition 


(3) 


SPA 27 


Spanish for Health Professionals 


(2) 



Specialization Option Four: Race, Class, and Gender 

This specialization provides a broad and inclusive examination of the complex dynamics, life 
trajectory implications, and interactional effects that exist at the intersection of race, class, and 
gender in social life. This is an appropriate specialization for those pursuing careers in such 
areas as race/ethnic relations, immigration, labor relations, human resources, or public policy. 
It also provides good preparation for graduate studies in sociology in the areas of race 
relations, gender studies, and social stratification. 

Required courses: 



SOC 125 


Cultural Anthropology 


(3) 


SOC 160 


Diversity in Society 


(3) 


SOC 161 


Majority-Minority Relations 


(3) 


SOC 180 


Social Stratification 


(3) 


Plus two additional courses from the following: 




CUL 107 


Theory and Practice of Culture 


(3) 


SOC 115 


Sociology of Violence 


(3) 


SOC 155 


Personality and Culture 


(3) 


SOC 162 


Human Rights 


(3) 


SOC 163 


Women's & Children's Rights 


(3) 


SPA 144 


Culture and Civilization In Latin America 


(3) 


LWS 100 


Introduction to Leadership And Women's Studies 


(3) 


LWS 1 1 1 


Women and Work 


(3) 


LWS 192 


Women of Color 


(3) 


PSY 144 


Psychology of Prejudice 


(3) 


PSY 110 


Gender Issues in Psychology 


(3) 


POL 109 


Individual Rights 


(3) 



336 SOCIOLOGY 



The Women's Leadership Program is also highly recommended as an addition to one's 
professional development program. Involvement in it can enhance career potential. 

Specialization Option Five: Communications 

Students are introduced to basic theories and practice of communication through mass media 
using a range of tools-written, verbal, sociological, and technological. Sociological theory 
and social science research methods, along with hands-on skills of communication 
production, are provided in this specialization. Students can obtain internship and career 
opportunities in the film, television, and broadcasting arenas. 



Required courses: 



SOC 131 


The Documentary 


(3) 


SOC 132 


Film and Television 


(3) 


SOC 33/133 


Culture, Music and Broadcasting 


(3) 


SOC 135 


Mass Media 


(3) 


Plus two additional courses from the following: 




ART 15 


Computer Graphics I 


(3) 


ART 115 


Computer Graphics II 


(3) 


ART 130 


Graphic Communication 


(3) 


ENG 108 


The News Media 


(3) 


JRN 101 


Basic News Writing 


(3) 


PHI 169 


Philosophy of Technology 


(3) 


PHI 175 


Philosophy of Film 


(3) 


SOC 136 


Disney Inc. and Mass Popular Cultures 


(3) 



Highly recommended: A Business minor or major. 

Specialization Option Six: Social Services 

Preparation for careers in social work, non-profit and government social service agencies, 
providing a foundation of understanding of development over the life course and basic skills 
necessary for working with people in service settings. Good preparation for advanced study 
in social work. This specialization and family relations specialization cannot both be selected. 
The student must choose one or the other. 

Required courses: 

SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

SOC 1 12 Medical Sociology (3) 

SOC 120 Case Management (3) 

SOC 121 Human Services Ethics (3) 

SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3) 

or SOC 161 Majority-Minority Relations (3) 

SOC 180 Social Stratification (3) 

SOC 189 Gerontology (3) 







SOCIOLOGY 


337 


Plus two additional courses from the following: 






SOC7 


Intro to Human Services 


(3) 




SOC 13 


Anatomy for Social Services 


(3) 




SOC 103 


Group Therapy: Theory and Practice 


(3) 




SOC 105 


Couples 


(3) 




SOC 106 


Introduction to Psychotherapy 


(3) 




SOC 138 


Non-Profit Management 


(3) 




GER188 


Caregiving and Adaptations 


(3) 




PSY 139 


Child Abuse and Family Violence 


(3) 





Specialization Option Seven: Family Relations 

For students interested in working with couples and families in a variety of clinical settings, 
this specialization provides basic preparation. It may also provide a foundation for continued 
studies in the area of marriage and the family at the graduate level. This specialization and 
social services specialization cannot both be selected. The student must choose one or the 
other. 

Required courses: 



SOC 104 


The Family 


(3) 


SOC 105 


Couples 


(3) 


SOC 106 


Introduction to Psychotherapy 


(3) 


SOC 110 


Juvenile Delinquency 


(3) 


SOC 130 


Human Communication 


(3) 


SOC 134 


Mediation and Negotiation 


(3) 


PSY 12 


Child Development 


(3) 


Plus two additional courses from the following: 




SOC 6 


Child, Family and Community 


(3) 


SOC 124 


Sociobiology 


(3) 


SOC 125 . 


Cultural Anthropology 


(3) 


SOC 145 


Social Psychology 


(3) 


SOC 155 


Personality and Culture 


(3) 


SOC 163 


Women's and Children's Rights 


(3) 


PSY 35 


Language and Concept Dev. of the Young Child 


(3) 


PSY 139 


Child Abuse and Family Violence 


(3) 


PSY 151 


Divorce and Remarriage 


(3) 


PSY 175 


Human Sexuality 


(3) 



Recommended for graduate school preparation: Math 38, Probability and Statistics. 

The Minor in Sociology 

A minimum of six courses, two of which must include: 

SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

SOC 166 Sociological Theory (3) 

Plus four elective courses in sociology. 
Total units for the Minor in Sociology: 18 



338 SOCIOLOGY 



SOC 5 Sociological Perspectives (3) 

An introduction to the scientific study of human social behavior, including the foundational 
theories and the basic elements of social research. Viewing human life as inherently social, 
the social and environmental forces which influence and are influenced by personal 
experience, culture, and social arrangements, are examined. GS-IIIF, VI 
SOC 6 The Family, Child, and Community (3) 

The study of the family as a primary group and as an institution. Varieties of family patterns, 
pre-marital and marital behavior, child-parent relationships, and family disorganization and 
reorganization are considered. GS-IIIF, VI 
(Formerly Family Relationships and Child Development) 

SOC 7 Introduction to Human Services (3) 

An introduction to the broad field of the helping professions in human services agencies. 
Includes theoretical applications and analysis of the range of issues addressed in these settings 
for individuals, families, groups, organizations, and communities such as healthcare access, 
family trauma, caregiver stress, housing, mental health, intervention and prevention services. 
SOC 10 Deviance and Youth (3) 

An examination of the combined structural, social and psychological elements which are 
manifested as deviance or delinquency in the juvenile population. Topics such as youth 
violence, substance abuse, adolescent sexuality and parenting, gang cultures, and crime will 
be studied, not only in the context of social conditions, but also within the juvenile justice 
system and social resource organizations, with a focus on the California Youth Authority 
system and the Los Angeles County Probation Department. 
SOC 13 Anatomy for Social Services (3) 

An introduction to the structure of the human body. This course provides a basic 
understanding of the human organism and explores the relationship between psychosocial 
functioning and biological functioning. It is designed for those preparing for the social 
services professions, such as social work. 

SOC 25 Internship: Human Services (3) 

Required for all A.A. Human Services Majors. The internship site to be selected and 
mutually agreed upon by student and advisor. A minimum of 120 hours of on-site experience 
must be conducted under the supervision of the internship advisor. This course is not open to 
those outside the A.A. Human Services Program. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor and 
sophomore standing. 

SOC 30/130 Human Communication (3) 

A study of the wide range of modes and means of human communication as they are 

expressed at both the micro and macro levels. Students will explore the roles of 

communication in human interaction, and will practice styles of effective communication, 

such as public speaking, interviewing, debating, broadcasting, and interpersonal exchange. 

GS-IB 

SOC 33/133 Culture, Music and Broadcasting (3) 

A study of the intersection of mass culture, subculture, personal identity, musical expression, 

production and distribution. Studio processes, technical aspects, the economics and politics of 

production, icon development, social networking, opportunity structures, and presentation of 

self are also addressed. Same as FLM 33/133 



SOCIOLOGY 339 



SOC 49 Multicultural Issues for Health Care Professionals (3) 

A survey of ethnic and cultural factors that have an impact on the work of healthcare 
professionals and the experience of patients within the context of healthcare settings. GS-VI 

SOC 103 Group Therapy: Theory and Practice (3) 

This course will explore the theories that guide group therapy as an intervention, support 
mechanism or a site to develop interpersonal social and interaction skills. An emphasis on 
strategies and techniques will allow students to explore topics such as grief, anger 
management, delinquency, and drug abuse as personal, interpersonal and social issues. 
SOC 104 The Family (3) 

An exploration of the structure, functions, and challenges of the institution of the family from 
a cross-cultural perspective. The impact of the forces of social, political, religious and 
economic change on the structure of the family, and the multiple dynamics of 
intergenerational relationships will also be analyzed. GS-IIIF, VI 
SOC 105 Couples (3) 

An integrated biopsychosocial approach to the study of intimate relationships. The course 
focuses on the interaction between the biological, psychological and sociological dimensions 
of the relationship system. Attachment and communication styles, distance regulation, 
pairing patterns, and the impact of history and culture are addressed. 
SOC 106 Introduction to Psychotherapy (3) 

Introduction to the major methods of psychotherapy, particularly as applied to couples and 
families. The integration of theory and practice will be emphasized. Therapies that will be 
covered include structural family therapy, systems family therapy, strategic therapy, Milan 
systemic approach, intergenerational therapy, Satir's communication approach, cognitive- 
behavioral, narrative therapy, solution-focused approach, and symbolic-experiential therapy. 
SOC 109 Forensic Studies: Criminalistics (3) 

The examination of theories and techniques associated with the recognition, collection and 
analysis of physical evidence from the context of a crime scene. The course will enable 
students to use the physical and social environment to provide information for use by the 
criminal justice system. Prerequisite: SOC 5. 

SOC 110 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

An examination of the theories and concepts applied to deviance and social disorganization as 
it manifests itself among the juvenile population. Topics include contemporary gang culture 
and other issues of youths at risk. Prerequisite: SOC 5. 

SOC 111 Criminology (3) 

The scientific application of the theories of crime and deviance, reflecting the structural and 

environmental influences of contemporary American society. Prerequisite: SOC 5. 

SOC 112 Medical Sociology (3) 

An examination of contemporary social phenomena associated with health and illness and the 

dissemination of health care, both nationally and internationally. Analysis of regional, 

national and international data on the health status of a variety of populations will be 

examined. In addition, the intersection of health, healthcare delivery, demography, economic 

trends, and the swift pace of changing technology-both medical and non-medical~will be 

explored. Societal implications for the future will be discussed. 

SOC 114 Corrections (3) 

An exploration of the corrections system in the U.S. from its inception to the present day. 

Topics include prison and jail cultures, ethical issues related to incarceration, history of 

incarceration, and the different types of correction modalities to include institutional-based 

corrections. A study of the responsibilities of correction officers, probation officers, parole 

officers, and parole agents is included. Prerequisite: SOC 5. 



340 SOCIOLOGY 



SOC 115 Sociology of Violence (3) 

This course will explore questions about the origins of violence in human society and the 
social processes that produce or inhibit violence. A focus will be on the social construction 
and social definition of violence in contemporary society. Also included is a study of the 
types of measurements used to report and study violence, including the perspective of victims, 
offenders, law enforcement agencies and agencies for violence prevention. 
Prerequisite: SOC 5. 

SOC 116 CriminalJustice (3) 

The scientific study of crime, criminal law, and components of the criminal justice system, 

including police, courts, and corrections or those agencies whose goal it is to apprehend, 

convict, punish, or rehabilitate law violators. 

SOC 117 Quantitative Research Methods (3) 

An introduction to and application of quantitative methods used in social science research. A 

research project will be undertaken. Current computer applications used in research will be 

applied. Prerequisite: SOC 5. GS-VIIA 

SOC 118 Qualitative Research Methods (3) 

An introduction to qualitative methods used in social science research. Ethnographic methods 

such as observation, case studies, and interviewing techniques will be studied. Prerequisite: 

SOC 5. 

SOC 120 Case Management in Health and Human Services (3) 

A study of the methods and practices utilized by health and human services case managers 

working in a variety of social service resource settings, such as hospitals, daycare centers, 

senior centers, non-profit outreach programs, and convalescent facilities. Fundamental 

business, management and social interaction skills will be highlighted. See GER 120. 

SOC 121 Human Services Ethics (3) 

An examination of the values, strategies, and skills that provide a framework for ethical 

decisions, ethical behaviors, and an ethical climate in the human services. The NASW Code 

of Ethics and social justice will provide the context for the professional development of social I 

workers, site managers, and human services leaders. 

SOC 124 Sociobiology (3) 

The essential inquiry of this course is to explore what dimensions of the human condition are 

based on our genetic heritage versus our cultural heritage. Are phenomena such as prejudice, 

competition, aggression, altruism, heroism, and child-parent bonding an outcome of our 

biology or socialization? A comparative, evolutionary perspective will be applied in order to \ 

explore the intersection of culture and biology. Prerequisite: SOC 5. 

SOC 125 Cultural Anthropology (3,3) 

An examination of the basic social structures of society. A study of the similarities among, 

and differences between, societies, including a comparison of primitive and modern cultures. 

(Because each experience is unique, this class may be repeated once for additional credit.) 

GS-VI 

SOC 127 Alternative and Independent Media (3-6) 

A practical study of the various forms of alternatives to mainstream corporate media, focusing j 

especially on its potential for advocating and effecting social change. As a practical 

application of principles studies, members of the class will work together to produce and 

promote three screenings of the MSMC Human Rights Film Festival as well as a radio 

program intended for broadcast on a local independent radio station. See FLM 127. 



SOCIOLOGY 341 



SOC 128 Introduction to Social Work (3) 

An introduction to the basic theories and practice in the field of social work. Course will 
emphasize human diversity (including cultural, gender, age, SES, personality, geographic 
locale, and special populations such as victims of violence and the homeless), problem- 
solving and intervention modalities that can be used for individuals and families. Interactional 
processes between client and social worker will also be a major focus, along with assessment, 
planning, practice actions and evaluation methods. 

SOC 129 History, Theory, and Ethics of Documentary Film (3) 

A survey history of the documentary film as an artistic advocacy, editorial, and story-telling 
film genre, beginning from the early development of the film industry to the present. The 
course will also include an examination of the significant components of a documentary film, 
basic theoretical concepts related to and involved in the creation of this film form, and ethical 
considerations relevant to documentary filmmakers. 
SOC 131 The Documentary and Social Justice (3) 

The elements, style, research, and production methods of the documentary as a 
communication medium is examined. Introductory-level student projects will be developed, 
informed by genealogical, anthropological, and psychosocial theory and methods. See FLM 
131. Same as FLM 131. 

SOC 132 Film and Television (3) 

The purpose of the course is to examine and critically analyze contemporary film and 

television as a communication medium of culture, social trends, values and sentiments. The 

organizational, political, economic, and strategic dynamics involved in this medium of 

creative expression and the production demands and constraints associated with it are also 

studied. See FLM 132. Same as FLM 132. 

SOC 134 Mediation and Negotiation (3) 

The examination and practice of theory and skills required for formal and informal dialogue, 

understanding, or resolution of differences. Focus will be on student development of 

mediation and negotiation skills through application of techniques to group, community, and 

interpersonal issues. 

SOC 135 Mass Media (3) 

An examination of popular mass media as a reflection, characterization, and interpretation of 

culture and society. In addition, the use of the mass media in politics, economics, social 

change, and religion will be explored. A focus on critical analysis of ongoing and emerging 

trends in television, film and music will be conducted. Same as FLM 135. 

SOC 136 Disney, Inc. and Mass Popular Culture (3) 

The course analyzes the near-Orwellian influence that mass media can have on society. 

Utilizing Disney as an example, students will examine the power and influence of media 

conglomerates and their role in shaping and reinforcing social norms. The class will explore 

the Disney cultural phenomenon; how and why Disney has been able to become an important, 

if not dominant, part of American culture; and the ways in which Disney both reflects, as well 

as shapes, American society. Special emphasis is placed on examining how Disney movies 

not only reflect era-specific ideologies and social trends, but also the tremendous impact and 

influence these films did have, and continue to have, on shaping social institutions, both 

domestically and abroad. 



342 SOCIOLOGY 



SOC 137 Documentary Film and Storytelling (3) 

An introduction to the documentary film. Screenings of a selection of key films accompanied 
by analysis will take place, focusing specifically on the narrative style and strategies used by 
filmmakers. Development of film documentary proposals, narrative strategies, and 
preliminary scripts will be created by students as a means of addressing significant social 
issues of our time. Same as FLM 137. 

SOC 138 Non-Profit Management Seminar (3) 

This course will introduce managerial theories on leading non-profit organizations. The 

learning experience includes review of literature, class presentations and active sponsorship of 

service organizations. A service-learning project integrates theory with practice, requiring 

team cooperation, planning, and accountability. 

SOC 139 Documentary Production 1 (3) 

Both a lab and fieldwork class. This course introduces all aspects of beginning filmmaking 

including screenwriting, shooting, editing, and sound. (Same as ART 139 and FLM 139.) 

SOC 145 Social Psychology (3) 

Surveys the pervasive and invisible social forces acting upon individuals. Explores the 

cultural and familial interactions facilitating the socialization of people. Provides a critical 

analysis of the known social influences or hindering individual development. See PSY 145. 

SOC 155 Personality and Culture (3) 

An in-depth study of the cultural context of personality-the impact of culture on personality 

and the impact of personality on culture. Individual characteristics such as motivation, 

creativity, presentation of self, perceptions of self, values, beliefs, and way of life as they are 

influenced and driven by culture will be explored. 

SOC 160 Diversity in Society (3) 

The study of the complexities and intricacies of what is meant by human diversity in a variety 

of manifestations. The influence, implications and intersections of race/ethnicity, gender, 

religion, political affiliation, education, occupation, family heritage, sex orientation, 

regionalism, and personal identity communities are examined. Discussion of multiple cultural 

identity, intermarriage and cross-cultural communication is a recurring focus throughout the 

semester. 

SOC 161 Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations (3) 

A study of the history and contemporary interactional dynamics among majority and minority 
groups within the United States and California. Analysis of the nature and manifestations of 
culture, adaptive strategies of culturally diverse populations, and the development of 
programs and practices that honor, motivate, and empower all segments of society will be 
explored. Examination of personal biases and identification of deficient knowledge in the 
area of cultural diversity and majority-minority relations is encouraged. GS-VI 
SOC 162 Human Rights (3) 

The examination of human rights from a contemporary global perspective. A range of topics 
will be explored, including poverty, nutrition, regional cultural conflict, environmental 
degradation, access to health care, housing, and other basic resources necessary for human 
survival. The intersection of religion, politics, economics, and culture will be emphasized. 
SOC 163 Women's and Children's Human Rights (3) 

An exploration of contemporary human rights issues with a focus on women and children, as 
they are encountered at the local, national, and global level. Topics include women's rights in 
prison, healthcare access, child labor, children at war, and spousal abuse. 



SOCIOLOGY 343 



SOC 164 Advocacy and Human Rights (3) 

Necessary theories and skills for advocacy of social justice in society — from the local to the 
international arena — will be explored. Advocacy projects that apply theories and skills 
learned in the classroom will be conducted. 
SOC 165 Historical and Contemporary Social Thought (3) 

An overview of the historical roots, evolution, and contemporary manifestations of such 
social thoughts as social justice, individualism, social responsibility, universalism, modernism 
and post-modernism, rationalization, democratization, tribalism, globalization, and scientific 
inquiry. 

SOC 166 Sociological Theory (3) 

A critical evaluation of major contemporary sociological theorists as representative of various 
schools of sociological inquiry. An analysis of social behavior through the application of 
sociological theory. Prerequisite: SOC 5. 

SOC 175 Urban Sociology (3) 

An examination of the shift from rural to urban communities, the current conditions of a 

metropolitan lifestyle and the emergent dynamics of the global community. Applying 

theoretical approaches toward the understanding and resolution of urban dilemmas 

surrounding topics such as poverty, housing, multi-ethnic populations, on a community and 

global level. 

SOC 176 Field Work Experience (1-3) 

An on-site experiential course designed to advance the understanding of community issues 

through participation in a civic project, in collaboration with a faculty member and a 

community organization. Prior consent of advisor required. Prerequisite: SOC 5. Maybe 

taken more than one time for one-unit credit. May not repeat for 3 -unit credit. 

SOC 177 Latin American Research Seminar (3) 

The Latin American Research Seminar will cover contemporary issues impacting the Latina/o 

community, particularly in Los Angeles. These salient areas of marginalization and inequity 

include educational attainment, political representation, affordable housing, and quality health 

care. Participants will be expected to review and critique theoretical and practical work that 

specifically addresses the challenges and needs of Latina/os. Prior approval from the professor 

is required for enrollment. 

SOC 180 Social Stratification (3) 

A study of the class system in the United States. This specifically includes an examination of 

stratification as it occurs by educational and occupational attainment, prestige, status, income, 

and power. Variations among these variables as mediated by race, age and gender will be 

explored. Prerequisite: SOC 5. 

SOC 185 Global Development (3) 

A study of the multiple interrelationships between political structure, political movements, 
socioeconomic development, environment, and global population change. From a global 
perspective, shifts in population composition, quality of life and resource management and 
availability, and how these societal conditions are influenced by such forces as political 
organization, international relations, religion, and environmental conditions, will be explored. 
Comparisons among these socioeconomic and political dimensions between developing and 
developed nation-states will be discussed, along with the possible implications of 
globalization for the United States. 



344 SOCIOLOGY 



SOC 186 Political Sociology (3) 

An overview of major perspectives and exemplary theoretical and empirical sociological 

scholarship on the modern state. Emphasis is placed on understanding contemporary liberal 

democratic states within industrialized, urbanized, market-integrated, culturally pluralist 

societies. 

SOC 187 Environmental Studies (3) 

A survey study of the relationship between the natural environment and human population 

demographic change, industrial development and urban life. Topics such as ecosystems, 

biodiversity, pollution, conservation, and natural resource use are examined. Concepts 

presented will be applied to the Southern California environment. 

SOC 189 Gerontology (3) 

A cross-cultural exploration of aging as experienced in the United States. Ageism, societal 

attitudes regarding the elderly, and responses to the aging process, both from the individual 

and social perspective, are examined. Cultural variation and responses to aging and the 

social, political, and economic implications of a rapidly expanding aging population in the 

U.S. and in many regions of the world, will be analyzed. Resource and service availability for 

the elderly-locally, regionally, and nationally-will also be assessed. See GER 189. 

SOC 190 Social Change (3) 

A study of the sociological theories of change from an historical and contemporary 

perspective. The influence of forces such as migration, population increase, advances in 

technology, ecological shifts, social movements, and political revolutions will be examined. 

SOC 191 Social Movements (3) 

An exploration of social movements as a cause of social change in society. A selection of 

social movements, both historical and contemporary, will be studied. 

SOC 192 Thanatology (3) 

A multi-disciplinary and comparative examination of the cultural responses which have 

provided understanding, coping, and meaning for the death and dying process. The course 

focus will consist of historical and literary themes. See GER 192. 

SOC 195 Sociology of Religion (3) 

An examination of the universal psychosocial functions of the institution of religion and of 

the influence religion has played within the other social institutions, such as in the family, 

government, education, and economics, in the past and present. The contemporary societal 

challenges in which religion is involved will also be highlighted. GS-IIIF, VA4 

SOC 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 

SOC 197 Internship and Practicum (3-6) 

The application of the major's program of study through an internship experience. A 
minimum of 100 hours of on-site experience is required, along with practicum attendance and 
participation. Development of a professional portfolio is also required. Internship site is to be 
selected and mutually agreed upon by student and professor. Open to majors only and to be 
taken in senior year of study. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

SOC 198 Readings in Sociology (1-6) 

Intensive and independent study in a field of special interest at the culmination of one's 

sociological work. 

SOC 199 Special Studies (1-6) 

A more advanced or specialized treatment in sociology. 



SPANISH STUDIES 345 



Spanish Studies 



Department Affiliation: Language and Culture 

Spanish is the second most widely spoken language in the world and in the United States, and 
it is of particular importance in our state of California and other states. Complete proficiency 
of the language provides enormous leverage in all public and private sectors of the job 
market. 

The department offers programs for both Majors and Minors. These comprehensive programs 
lead to a proficiency in the four basic language skills: listening, speaking, reading, and 
writing. Incorporated into the program are the cultures and civilizations of the Spanish- 
speaking world. 

A. Degree: 

Spanish Studies Minor: 26 units 
Spanish Studies B.A./Major: 41 units 

B. Interdepartmental Degrees: 

A. A. Human Services for Bilingual Settings. See A. A. Human Services (Sociology). 
B.A. Major in Spanish and Business Administration, as listed below. 

A. Spanish Studies Minor and Major 

A.l. Required Courses for the Spanish Studies Minor - 25 units 

SPA 1 & 2 Elementary Spanish I & II (or equivalent) (4,4) 

SPA 3 (A or B) Intermediate Spanish III 

Accelerated or Conversational Spanish (3)* 
SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish IV. 

Prerequisite for all upper division courses (3) 

CUL 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

SPA 1 09 Spanish Writing Lab (3) 

SPA 1 12 Spanish Civilization and Culture or 

SPA 44/144 Latin American Civilization and Culture (3) 

Plus 1 upper division course of the student choice (3) 

A.2. Required Courses for the Spanish Studies Major - 41 units 

All courses required for the Minor (26) plus 5 upper division courses (15). A total of 14 lower 
division and 27 upper division. 

Students receive 8 Spanish language college units if they have 4 or 5 in SPA Language 
Advance Placement Test. 

Students who are Spanish speakers, and have been placed in SPA3, should take SPA 3 A. 
Non-Spanish speakers should take SPA 3B. 



346 SPANISH STUDIES 



Any course completed with a grade of D or below is not acceptable toward a major or minor 
in Spanish Studies and must be repeated. 

Students are strongly encouraged to do double Majors or combine a Major and a Minor. 
Students are also strongly encouraged to spend a Junior semester abroad, for a maximum of 
12 transferable units. 

Majors must take at least 15 units in the department. Minors must take at least 12 units in the 
department. 

Three courses can double count for both History and Spanish Studies degrees and can be 
taken interchangeably: SPA 44/144 and HIS 162; SPA 145 and HIS 165 and SPA 1 12 and 
HIS 113. 

B. Interdepartmental Degrees 

B.l. A.A. in Human Services for Bilingual Settings. 

See A.A. Human Services (Collaboration with the Sociology Department) 

Various courses including: 

SPA 1 & 2 Elementary Spanish (4,4) 

SPA 3A Accelerated Spanish (3) 

SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish (3) 

B.2. B.A. Degree with a Major in Spanish and Business Administration 

(Collaboration with Business Administration). 

Spanish Studies: 

SPA 1 and 2 Elementary Spanish I and II (or equivalent) (4,4) 

SPA 3 and 4 Intermediate Spanish III and IV (or equivalent) (3,3) 

Requirements: 

SPA 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

SPA 109 Spanish Writing Lab (3) 

SPA 114 Translation/Interpretation (3) 

SPA 149 Business Communication and Culture (3) 

SPA 144 Culture and Civilization of Latin America (3) 

SPA 112 Culture and Civilization of Spain (3) 

SPA 199 Internship (3) 

Choose 1 of the following: 

BUS 189 International Management (3) 

BUS 195 International Marketing (3) 

ECO 195 International Economics (3) 

POL 131 International Relations (3) 

Business Administration 
Lower Division Requirements: 

BUS 5 Business Law 1 (3) 

BUS 15A Accounting Principles I (3) 







SPANISH STUDIES 


347 


BUS 15B 


Accounting Principles II 


(3) 




CIS 1 


Introduction to Computer Process 


(3) 




ECO 1 


Microeconomics 


(3) 




ECO 2 


Macroeconomics 


(3) 




BUS/MTH 28 


Math Analysis for Business 


(3) 




BUS/MTH 38 


Elements of Probability and Statistics 


(3) 




PHI 92/192 


Business Ethics 


(3) 





Total: 27 lower division units in Business Administration 
Upper Division Requirements: 

BUS 122 Business Communications (3) 

BUS 130 Principles of Finance (3) 

BUS 160 Principles of Marketing (3) 

BUS 177 Management Information Systems (3) 

BUS 185 Principles of Management (3) 

BUS 192 Business Policy and Strategy (3) 

Total: 18 upper division units in Business Administration 

Students with a major in Spanish and Business are strongly encouraged to do a Junior 
semester in Europe or Latin America. 

Total units in Spanish and Business: 83 



SPA 1 Elementary Spanish I (4) 

Develops the four fundamental skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Emphasis 

on speaking and grammar. GS-IV 

SPA 2 Elementary Spanish II (4) 

Further develops the fundamental skills stressing reading and writing as well as vocabulary 
building. Prerequisite: SPA 1 or equivalent. GS-IV 

SPA 3A Accelerated Spanish III (3) 

This is a fast-track course for students who can communicate orally but need to improve in 
grammar. The class is conducted in Spanish only and will focus primarily on grammar. 
Prerequisite: Oral Test. GS-IV 

SPA 3B Intermediate Spanish III (3) 

This is the logical continuation of SPA 1 and SPA 2 for students who are not Spanish- 
speaking. Emphasis on conversation and oral comprehension. Prerequisite: SPA 2 or 
equivalent. GS-IV 

SPA 4 Intermediate Spanish IV (3) 

Introduction to literature which underlines cultural diversity. Prerequisite: SPA 3 or 
equivalent. GS-IV, VI 

SPA 27 Spanish for Health Professionals (2) 

An introduction to medical vocabulary with emphasis on the process of communication, on 
medical vocabulary and role playing. Prerequisite: Elementary knowledge of Spanish useful, 
but not required. 



348 SPANISH STUDIES 



SPA 33A Civilizations and Cultures of Spain (3) 

A general view of historical, social, and cultural developments in Spain up to today. This 

course is given in English through the Weekend College only. GS-IV 

SPA 33B Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic America (3) 

An introduction to the Civilizations and Cultures of Hispanic America with emphasis on their 

artistic and literary masterpieces. Cultural differences and similarities will be stressed. This 

course is given in English through the Weekend College only. GS-IV, VI 

SPA 44/144/244 Hispanic Civilizations and Cultures (3) 

A background course for the study of the arts and literature of Hispanic America, focusing on 

historical, social, and cultural developments. Emphasis on cultural differences and 

similarities. GS-IV (HIS 162) 

SPA 107 Theory and Practice of Culture (3) 

The course addresses the growing domestic and global necessity for understanding and 

communication across cultural boundaries. This is a theoretical and practical approach to 

understanding cultural differences as well as similarities. It is taught in English. 

SPA 109 Spanish Writing Lab (3) 

Intensive training in writing, with emphasis on vocabulary, idiom, structural patterns, and 

style. Exercises in rhetoric, in creative and other forms of writing. 

SPA 110 Chicano and other Hispanic Literature in the U.S. (3) 

The focus will be on Chicano writers and other authors from Cuba and the Caribbean, Puerto 

Rico, Central and South America writing in the United States. 

SPA 112 History and Civilization of Spain (3) 

An historical and cultural analysis of the civilization of Spain, and the development of its 

socio-political institutions up to this day. 

SPA 114 Translation/Interpretation (3) 

An introduction to the theory and mechanics for written translation and basic oral 

interpretation. Prerequisite: Basic fluency in both languages. 

SPA 115/215 Applied Linguistics (3) 

Modern descriptive linguistics and its application to teaching. Attention will be given to 

phonology, morphology, syntax, and other structural elements that apply to language learning. 

SPA 125 Spanish Masterpieces (3) 

A study of the masterpieces of Spanish literature with emphasis on themes and styles of 

works: Cervantes, Calderon, Feijoo, Zorilla, Galdos, Blasco Ibanez and others. 

SPA 129 Cervantes (3) 

A study of the most important shorter works of Cervantes meant to elucidate his thoughts and 

his continuing relevance for our time. 

SPA 132 Studies in the Generation of 1898 (3) 

The spirit of the Generation of "98 as reflected in the works of major representative authors. 

SPA 135 Contemporary Spanish Literature (3) 

Major trends of poetry, theater, and prose fiction from 1898 to present. Intensive study of 

specific authors and critical analysis of selected works. 

SPA 140 Contemporary Literature of Hispanic America (3) 

A study of the most outstanding works by contemporary Hispanic and Spanish- American 

writers such as Octbavio Paz, Carlos Fuentes, Vargas Llosa and Gabriel Garcia Marquez and 

others. GS-VI 



SPANISH STUDIES 349 



SPA 145 Cultures of the Spanish-Speaking Peoples of the Americas (3) 

Various historical and modern aspects of the cultures and their roles within the United States 
and California. Includes origins, values, communication and socialization systems, migration 
and immigration patterns, relationships with other cultures. Prerequisite: Completion of 
SPA 1 & 2. 

SPA 146 Women in Hispanic Literature (3) 

Major contemporary women writers in the literature of Hispanic America and Spain: women's 

view of life and culture. GS-VI 

SPA 148 Films and Hispanic Literatures (3) 

Analysis of main aesthetic, cultural, and philosophical questions in the Hispanic world as 

articulated in literature and films. 

SPA 149 Business Communication and culture (3) 

An introduction to the forms, styles, usages and procedures followed in commercial 
correspondence and business practices in the Spanish-speaking world. Prerequisite: SPA 25 
or instructor's consent. 

SPA 150 Times, People, and Themes (3) 

This course will foster the exploration of special interest areas: from Latin American music to 

border literature to specific authors and artists. Course content will be defined and announced 

when the course is offered. May be repeated for credit. 

SPA 190AB Internship program (3,3) 

Internship program in areas related to the emphasis. 

SPA 191 Senior Thesis (3) 

A two-semester directed research project required for majors under the direction of a 

department faculty member. The topic of the thesis may be related to either culture, literature 

or international business and must be approved by the department chairperson. Students must 

enroll in their thesis course no later than the first semester of their senior year. 

SPA 194 Study/Travel (1-6) 

Pre-travel lectures and readings, as well as guided tours in the country, serve as basis for a 

study /travel program, with each participant developing a project highlighting the travel 

experiences. 

SPA 196H Senior Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program, 

SPA 198AB Directed Readings (3,3) 

Directed readings selected from authors representative of significant literary periods. 
SPA 199AB Independent Studies (1-3, 1-3) 

Directed readings and research. For qualified students with the approval of the department. 



350 SPECIAL PROGRAMS 



Special Programs 



A maximum of six non-required units in Special Programs (including Physical Education) 
may be applied to requirements of the Baccalaureate degree. Unless otherwise noted, special 
program classes are credit/no credit. Courses with an X designation are non-transferable to 
the Baccalaureate program. 

Interdisciplinary Courses 



INT 91AB Humanities : Los Angeles (1) 

Study will focus on the early history of Los Angeles through study, readings, and field trips to 

historical points. (Credit/No Credit). Can be repeated for credit. 

INT 93/193A/B Guided Experience in the Arts (1.5,1.5) 

A. Explores the rich cultural opportunities of Los Angeles, and includes attendance at selected 
plays, concerts, and special art exhibits, including pre- and post-event discussion. 

B. Continuation of 93/ 193 A. To satisfy General Studies GS-IIIA, both the A and B segments 
must be successfully completed. 

INT 95/195 Study/Travel: European History and Culture (1-6) 

Seminars on the Fine Arts focusing on major European capitals of art, music and the theater, 

culminating in actual travel to at least two of these capitals. Open to all students with some 

background in the arts or consent of the instructor. GS-IIIA 

INT 96A/B/C Culture, Race and Communication (1,1,1) 

Study and interaction focused on culture and intercultural conflicts. Topics introduced include 

race and racism, stereotyping and prejudice, and understanding privilege. Emphasis on 

communication skills. Can be repeated for credit. 

INT 194A Introduction to Drama and Dance (1) 

Study will focus on an introduction to the visual and performing arts using the concepts 

included in the California State Frameworks at a level appropriate for college study. Primary 

emphases will be placed on the study and appreciation of drama and dance. 

Other Courses 

SPR 11 Seminar (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

SPR 12 Studies in Humanities (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

SPR 13 Studies in Contemporary Society (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

SPR 14 Independent Study (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 

SPR 15 Workshop (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 



SPECIAL PROGRAMS 351 



SPR 18/118 Career Planning Seminar (1) 

Assessment of one's needs, interests, skills, and values; application to decisions about work, 
leisure time, choice of major, and academic planning. Introduction to sources of career 
information and traditional and non-traditional search methods, with special emphasis on 
resume writing and interviewing skills. Required for Business Administration majors. 
SPR 22X Becoming a Master Student (1) 

An opportunity for students to learn and adopt concrete techniques and specific strategies for 

success in college. 

SPR 23X Strategies for Academic Success (1) 

The objective of this course is to empower students with academic skills necessary to return to 

acceptable academic standing during the current semester. The student will gain skills to 

enable her to self-assess and make appropriate adjustments in academic habits essential for 

long-term collegiate and professional success. 

SPR 25 Scholar Mentor Seminar (1) 

A survey of the issues and skills needed for successful peer tutoring. Emphasis is placed on 

understanding of tutoring principles and practices important for initiating a productive tutorial 

relationship. Permission of instructor is required. 

SPR 25A Resident Assistant Seminar (1) 

A more advanced course which is designed to develop leadership skills. Special attention is 
paid to self-understanding, program presentation and problem solving. Permission of 
instructor is required. 

SPR 26 Student Advocate Class (1) 

This class is designed to introduce student leaders to skills necessary to be effective student 
advocates. Topics of discussion include group dynamics, confidentiality, networking, and 
interpersonal communication skills. Special attention is focused on the complexities of 
responding to counseling situations encountered in their day to day work. Permission of 
instructor is required. 

SPR 27/127 Student Health Advocate (1) 

This course, is designed to assist the student in the development of skills effective in health 
promotion. The student will be guided through a selection of a health-related subjects 
pertinent to the college or community population; development of a plan to design and deliver 
the information through selected media; and, evaluation of the project outcomes. Permission 
of instructor is required. 

SPR 51X College Skills: Reading (1) 

A course designed to address the vocabulary, speech, and comprehension skills required to 

meet the demands of college classes. (Graded) 

SPR53X College Skills: Writing (1-3) 

A course designed to address writing skills to meet the college proficiency writing 
requirement. (Cr/NC) 

SPR 55X Reading Development (3) 

A course designed to strengthen reading skills with an emphasis on the SQ3R method. It 
includes vocabulary development through the study of structural analysis and context clues 
and the reading and discussion of selected imaginative and expository pieces. (Graded) 
SPR56X College Skills: Mathematics (1) 

A course designed to address the basic math skills in addition, subtraction, multiplication and 
division of whole numbers, fractions, and decimals. (Cr/NC) 



352 SPECIAL PROGRAMS 



SPR 57X Basic Mathematics (3) 

A skills course in fundamental processes of arithmetic designed to develop both accuracy and 

speed in addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of whole numbers, fractions, and 

decimals. (Graded) Does not fulfill AA Liberal Arts math requirement. 

SPR 60A Social Action (1-3) 

A multi-faceted community action program geared to help people in need. Approximately 

fifteen hours of volunteer work under supervision in an approved agency or center and a 

weekly seminar required. May be repeated for credit. Fulfills outreach requirement which 

may also be fulfilled by fieldwork or clinical experience required by specific majors, or by 

successful completion of a service learning (SL) course. 

SPR 70 Careers in Health (1) 

A course designed to explore selected careers in health. Gives the student an opportunity to 

develop career goals related to individual interest and skills. Includes an introduction to 

medical terminology. Required for AA. Pre-health majors. (Graded) 

SPR 71 Preparation for Nursing (1) 

Introduces cognitive skills and learned behaviors required for the professional nursing role. 

Practice and development of communication skills, word and reading comprehension, math 

calculations, test-taking skills, and time management. Recommended for students preparing 

for the Baccalaureate nursing program. Does not fulfill the requirement for NUR 42A, 

Fundamentals of Nursing, and credit does not apply toward the Baccalaureate degree. 

Prerequisite: Declared nursing major and success in required courses. 

SPR 72 Career Exploration (1) 

Designed to allow students with undeclared majors or those considering a change of major to 
explore educational and career options. Using various assessment tools and exercises students 
will examine their talents, skills, interests and values as they relate to determining major and 
career choices. Emphasis placed on the decision-making process in regards to choosing 
appropriate major and career goals. Resume and cover letter writing as well as interviewing 
skills will be discussed. (Graded) 

SPR 85 Introduction to College Studies (1) 

This course, coordinated by the Division of Student Affairs, is designed to assist new students 
in successfully transitioning into Mount St. Mary's College. Faculty members conduct this 
class in a seminar format and address the most common issues facing first-year students. 
Course topics may include time-management, effective utilization of college technology, self- 
care and stress management, academic planning, career planning and introduction to college 
resources. First-year students enroll in this course during the Fall semester of their freshman 
year. SPR 85 is a required class for all students entering the College with less than 24 units. 
(Graded) 

SPR 87 Technology Internship (0.5) 

In this course, a student participates by assisting faculty and various academic and 
administrative departments in using technology effectively and efficiently. Students should 
have a reasonable understanding of computers prior to enrolling in this course. Under the 
direction of the Coordinator for Technology Mediated Instruction, students are given 
appropriate training and placed in areas of need and student interest, such as video 
conferencing, web page design and development, technology equipment distribution/set up. 
May be repeated for credit. 



SPECIAL PROGRAMS 353 



SPR 96X Summer Study Skills Workshop (1) 

Workshop offered to incoming freshmen to review study skills and prepare for college level 
work in writing, reading, basic math, and studying the sciences. 

SPR 99 Undergraduate Teaching Assistant (1) 

After participation in an extended training seminar, undergraduate teaching assistants will 
support the faculty of SPR 85 — Introduction to College Studies. Responsibilities may include 
facilitating class discussion, reviewing assignments, providing assistance, support and 
encouragement to first-year students, serving as a role model and engaging in out-of-class 
contact with students. Upon completion of the semester, the teaching assistant is required to 
submit a reflective journal. Enrollment is limited to students selected for this leadership 
position. Permission of instructor is required. 



354 SPEECH 



Speech 



Department Affiliation: English 

SPE 10 Introduction to Communication (2) 

Introduction to basic principles of communication theory in both small and large groups 

together with practice in discussion and speech delivery. GS-IB 

SPE 12 Business and Professional Communication (1) 

Examination of the communication that occurs in corporations and professional settings with 

practice in interviewing, in group dynamics, and in public presentations typical of the world 

of work. GS-IB 

SPE 91 Directed Study (1-3) 

Study in a field of special interest in speech or drama, under the direction of a department 

member. May be repeated for credit. 

SPE 92/192 Special Studies (1-3) 

Exploration of special interests in speech communication or drama. May be repeated for 

credit. 

SPE 96/196 Workshop (1-3) 

May be repeated for credit. 






WOMEN'S STUDIES 355 



Women's Studies 

Women's Studies Minor 

Department Affiliation: History and Political Science 

The minor in Women's Studies (WS) offers an interdisciplinary, cross-cultural and critical 
understanding of women and issues relating to gender including the practice of leadership. 
Courses focus on the intellectual, political and cultural life of women in a variety of social and 
historical contexts. The minor provides students with a strong theoretical and empirical 
background in understanding how gender and women's roles in society are shaped by factors 
such as race, class, ethnicity, culture and sexuality. The program emphasizes women as 
agents of social change through advocacy and policy making. The interdisciplinary nature of 
the minor exposes students to a diversity of approaches and views on gender and women's 
issues. 

The Women's Studies program is well suited for students who are interested in pursuing 
advanced academic work in M.A. and Ph.D. programs, professional schools in law, business 
or medicine as well as for those students planning a career in public service, advocacy or 
social activism. 

CURRICULUM 

The Women's Studies minor consists of 18 total units, including WS 10 (Introduction to 
Women's Studies). Nine (9) of the remaining fifteen units must be at the upper division level, 
and at least two of the courses must be from two different departments. All courses that are 
counted towards the WS minor must be approved by the Director of the Women's Studies 
program. Courses that emphasize leadership theory or practice are designated "LWS." 

Requirements for the Minor 

1 8 total units consisting of: 

LWS 10 Introduction to Women's Studies (3) 

The remaining 15 units will consist of the following courses that carry the Women's Studies 
course designation (Course descriptions can be found in the appropriate departmental sections 
of the catalog.): 

(i) 
(i) 

(3) 

(3) 
(3) 
(3) 



LWS 1A 


Leadership Concepts 


LWS IB 


Leadership Concepts 


WST 10 


Introduction to Women's Studies 


LWS 100 


Leadership Studies 


WST 191 


Internship in Leadership 


WST 196H 


Senior Honors Thesis 



356 WOMEN'S STUDIES 




ART 174 


Women in Contemporary Art 


(3) 


BUS 140 


Women's Issues in Business and Economics 


(3) 


ENG 27/127 


Women in Quest 


(3) 


ENG 123 


Women's Voices in Literature 


(3) 


ENG 129 


Ethnic Literature of America 


(3) 


HIS 191 


Major Issues in US Women's History 


(3) 


HIS 192 


Women of Color in the US 


(3) 


HIS 186 


Gender in American Life and Thought 


(3) 


NUR182 


Leadership and Management 


(3) 


PHI 170 


Social and Political Philosophy 


(3) 


PHI 178 


Philosophy of Women 


(3) 


PHI 179 


Women and Values 


(3) 


POL 102 


Women and the Law 


(3) 


POL 139 


Women in International Politics 


(3) 


POL 147 


W T omen and Development 


(3) 


PSY110 


Gender Issues in Psychology 


(3) 


PSY 139 


Child Abuse and Family Violence 


(3) 


PSY 144 


Psychology of Prejudice 


(3) 


PSY 175 


Human Sexuality 


(3) 


PSY 186 


Violence Against Women 


(3) 


RST23 


Spiritual Journeys of Women 


(3) 


RST 135 


Women and Christianity 


(3) 


SOC 115 


Sociology of Violence 


(3) 


SOC 160 


Diversity in Society 


(3) 


SOC 161 


Dynamics of Majority-Minority Relations 


(3) 


SOC 163 


Women's and Children's Human Rights 


(3) 


SOC 164 


Advocacy and Human Rights 


(3) 


SOC 191 


Social Movements 


(3) 


SPA 146 


Women in Hispanic Literature 


(3) 



LWS 1A Leadership Concepts (1) 

An introduction to key leadership issues and concepts, with special emphasis on the 

connection of self-awareness, self-development and the role of gender to the leadership 

process. 

LWS IB Leadership Concepts (1) 

An introduction to key leadership issues and concepts for women, with special emphasis on 

the development of team work, decision-making and communication skills. 

WST 10 Introduction to Women's Studies (3) 

Analyzes the theories, concepts and issues in Women's Studies. Emphasis is placed on leadership, 
social justice and agency. This course focuses on women's issues (both historical and contemporary) by 
examining how gender interacts with race, class, sexuality and ethnicity. Gender is applied to various 
forms of social organization in different societies such as work, health, education, mass 
communication/media, law and policy. 



W0MEN5 STUDIES 357 



LWS 100 Leadership Studies (3) 

A critical examination of the leadership process, including emerging approaches to leadership, 
the leaders and strategies for change. A special focus will be on the role of college students in 
the leadership process. 

LWS 125 Applied Leadership (3) 

An experience-oriented course involving the student's observation and some application of 
the principles of effective leadership. Weekly seminars integrate fieldwork with theories and 
models of community and civic leadership. 
WST 191 Internship in Leadership (3) 

Qualified students intern in nonprofit organizations, government offices, or businesses where 
women's needs and concerns are being addressed. Selected readings and a written analysis of 
issues and experiences are required. Prerequisite: LWS 10. Maximum 3 units may be applied 
towards LWS minor. 

WST 196H Seniors Honors Thesis (3) 

Open only to students admitted to the Honors Program. 



358 



TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION 



Board of Trustees 

Michael A. Enright 
Chair 



Dr. Helen S. Astin 

James R. Belardi 

Sister Marilyn Binder, CSJ '65 

Thomas J. Blumenthal 

Msgr. Clement J. Connolly 

Jacqueline Powers Doud 

Kathleen M. Duncan 

William H. Elliott 

James Flanigan 

Mark Foster 

Phyllis L. Hennigan 

Sister Miriam Therese Larkin, CSJ '53 

Thomas E. Larkin, Jr 



Karl H. Loring 

Monica Spillane Luechtefeld '71 

Sister Mary McKay, CSJ '67 

David L. Mclntyre 

Sister Jill Napier, CSJ '71 

Sister Maureen O'Connor, CSJ '63 

Barry Patmore 

Sister Mary Patricia Rosholt, CSJ '64 

Jack H. Schuster 

David W. Waechter 

Joseph W. Waechter 

Val Zavala 



Trustees Emeriti 

Dr. Rosemary Park Anastos (deceased) 

Sister Mary Brigid Fitzpatrick, CSJ '47 

Sister Mary Kevin Ford, CSJ (deceased) 

Sister Cecilia Louise Moore, CSJ '53 (deceased) 

Dr. Frank R. Moothart 

J. Robert Vaughan (deceased) 

Administrative Officers 

and 

Members of the President's Cabinet 



Jacqueline Powers Doud, Ph.D. 

President 
Eleanor D. Siebert, Ph.D. 

Interim Provost & Academic Vice President 
Stephanie Cubba, Ph.D. 

Vice President for Institutional Advancement 
Jane Lingua, Ph.D. 

Vice President for Student Affairs 
Chris K. McAlary 

Vice President for Administration and Finance 
Lawrence M. Smith 

Vice President for Information Support Services & 

Enrollment Management 



TRUSTEES AND ADMINISTRATION 



359 



Regents Council 



Eileen Murphy Bigelow '65 

Hank C. Bowman 

James A. Cole 

Sheila Cole 

Bebette Gualano Coleman '52 

Thomas J. Coleman 

Karen McKnight Compton '88 

Keith Compton 

Jane Zola Delahanty '65 

James Delahanty 

Genevieve Castellanos Denault '53 

John C. Fitzgerald 

John J. Gillin 

Martha Gillin 

Deborah Morris Greene '66 

Patrick Greene 

Toni Bannon Gross '67 

Steven Gross 

Angela Hawekotte '75 

Casey Quinn 

Helen Hawekotte '68 

Mary Anne Sterling Houlahan '75 

Michael Houlahan 

Roger Hughes 

Katharine Hughes 

Mary K. Hughes 

Kimberly H. Iselin 

Carl N. Karcher 

Margaret Karcher 

Elaine Kindle '75 

Javad Hashtroudian 

Jack A. Knight '96 

Vivien F. Lo Pizzo '65 

Fiorenza Courtright Lucas 

The Honorable Malcolm Lucas 



Montgomery F. Lunn 

Kathleen Lunn 

Allison Lynch '86 

Kathleen A. Maloney '71 

Lola McAlpin-Grant '63 

William G. McGagh 

Michelle Melanson '75 

Rosemary Moothart '70 

Sheila Kelly Muller '57 

Pam Rubin 

Mark Rubin 

Marshall C. Sale 

Suzannah Sale 

Sandy Sawchuk 

Mariette Sawchuk 

Richard F. Schmid 

Gena Schmid 

Mary Caratan Sloper '63 

Donald Sloper 

Gail Sullivan 

John P. Sullivan 

Margaret Thalken '46 

The Honorable Kim Wardlaw 

William M. Wardlaw 

Jeffrey Whitman 

Katherine Schreuder Whitman '63 

Grace Kadner Wickersham '69 



Regent Emeritus 

Frank R. Moothart 



360 ACADEMIC AND STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Academic and Student Affairs 

Gina Aguirre, B.A. 

Senior Admission Counselor 
Aimee Arreygue, B.A., M.Ed. 

Assistant Director, Weekend College 
Daniel Aucutt, M.A.T. 

Assistant Director of Learning Assistance Programs 
Jessica Benson, B.A. 

Assistant Director for Operations 
Araba Blankson, B.A. 

Senior Assistant Director for Nursing Admission 
Maureen Bond, M.A. 

Director, Fitness Education and Athletics 
Sister Carol Brong, CSJ, B.A., M.A. 

Assistant Registrar, Doheny Campus 
Lydia Castillo, B.A. 

Director of Academic Advisement 
Marisol Castillo, BA 

Administrative Assistant for Nursing Admissions 
Kevin Collins, M.S.Ed, Ed.M 

Director of Internships and Career Placement 
Rocio DeLeon, B.A., M.A. 

Registrar 
Audra DiPadova, M.A. 

Assistant Director Women's Leadership 
Sister Janet Duffy, CSJ, Ed.D. 

Dean, Associate in Arts Programs 
Sister Joseph Adele Edwards, CSJ, B.A., M.A. 

Dean, Baccalaureate Programs 
Arleen Fernandez, R.N., P.H.N, M.S.N 

Director of Health Services 
Romesh Fernando 

Admission Counselor 
Mark Forte, B.A. 

Director of Learning Resource Center, Doheny Campus 
Wendy Galan, M.A. 

Director, Child Development Center 
Laura Gomez, M.A. 

Coordinator for Campus Ministry 

and Music Ministry, Chalon Campus 
Gail Gresser, Ph.D. (Cand.) 

Director of Campus Ministry 
Thomas Hoener, B.A. 

Director of Graduate Recruitment 
Carrie Jo Johnson, Ph.D. 

Assistant Director, Counseling and 

Psychological Services 



ACADEMIC AND STUDENT AFFAIRS 361 



Rosalyn Kempf, Ed.M. 

Director of Women's Leadership Program 
Dean Kilgour, B.A. 

Dean of Admission 
Mary Kranz, B.A., M.A.T., M.L.S. 

Assistant Librarian, Doheny Campus 
Michele Lewis, M.S. 

Director of Learning Assistance Programs and ISAE 
Monica Lond-LeBlanc, M.S. 

Director of Career Planning 
Laura Lopez, M.Ed. 

Director of Residence Life 
Maria Lyons, B.A. 

Director of Student Activities and 

Community Liaison, Doheny 
Veronica Martinez, B.A. 

Assistant Director of ISAE, Doheny Campus 
Chinako Miyamoto, B.A. 

Assistant Director of Residence Life, Chalon Campus 
Linda Moody, Ph.D 

Dean, Graduate Programs 
Faraah Mullings, M.Ed. 

Director of Student Activities 

and Commuter Services, Chalon Campus 
Sonali Perera, B.A., M.B.A. 

Associate Director for Freshman Admissions 
Ruzica Popovitch-Krekic, M.A., M.L.S. 

Reference Librarian, Chalon Campus 
Veronica Portillo, B.A., M.A. 

Assistant Registrar, Chalon Campus 
Claudia Reed, M.L.S., M.A. 

Director of MSMC Libraries 
Bernadette Robert, B.A. 

Assistant Vice President of Student Affairs 

and Experiential Learning 
Merrill Rodin, M.A. 

Dean, Weekend College 
Jessica Rojas, B.A. 

Assistant Director, Residence Life, Doheny Campus 
Renee Rouzan-Kay, B.A. 

Associate Director for Transfer Admission 
Susan K. Salem, Ph.D. 

Director of Counseling and Psychological Services 
Shannon Shank, B.A., M.B.A. 

Director of Data Integration 



362 ACADEMIC AND STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Jeanette Stone, M.S. 

Coordinator of Inter Campus Transfer Programs, 

Pre-Health Director 
Cynthia Tamayo, A. A. 

Admission Counselor 
Kimberly Terrill, M.A. 

Coordinator of Experiential Learning and Career Planning 
Annie Terry 

Admission Counselor 
Mari Wadsworth, Ed.D 

Associate Vice President for Student Affairs 
Stella Wohlfarth, RN, PHN, MSN 

Coordinator, Doheny Health Services 



Business Management and Administrative Services Staff 

Akousa Amporful, M.S. 

Assistant Director of Human Resources 
Joanna Banks 

Manager Public Relations 
Nora Cobian 

Director of Student Employment 
La Royce Dodd, B.A. 

Director of Student Financing 
Patrick Dull, B.A. 

Assistant Controller 
Lois Dunne, B.A. 

Director of Development Services 
Peggie Ehrbar 

Executive Assistant to the Vic President 
Don Haviland, Ph.D. 

Director of Institutional Research and Assessment 
Milania Henley, B.A. 

Planned Giving Officer 
Joy Jacobs, B.A. 

Assistant Director of Communications and Marketing 
Francine Marlenee 

Director of Public Relations 
Jeremy Niculescu 

Grants Coordinator 
M. Sue Ott, B.S. 

Director of Development Services 
Jotanna Proescholdt, B.A. 

Director of Food Services (Bon Appetit) 
Elizabeth Robles 

Alumnae Relations Coordinator 



BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES STAFF FACULTY 363_ 

Angelic Rome 

Office/Special Events Assistant 
Jeanne Ruiz, B.A. 

Director of Alumnae Relations 
Melissa Salazar 

Director of Annual Giving 
Heather Schraeder 

Director of Special Events 
Maria Solano 

Manager of Major Gifts 
Nora Swe 

Assistant Development Services 
Rosie Taravella 

Assistant Vice President for Institutional Advancement 
Fermin Vigil, M.B.A. 

Controller 



Faculty 

Kelli-Ann Agner EDU Department Fieldwork Coordinator 

B.A., California State University, Northridge, CA; M.S., Mount St. Mary's College, Los Angeles, CA 

Pat Alford-Keating Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., American Christian College; M.S., Northeastern Oklahoma State U; Ph.D., Oklahoma State U 

Mark S. Alhanati Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

B.S., California State University, Northridge; M.B.A., Loyola Marymount University 

Marianne Annis Special Education Supervised Teaching 

B.A. and M.A., Pacific Oaks College, Pasadena, California 

Peter H. Antoniou Lecturer in Business Administration 

B.S., M.I.B.A, International University, London; D.B.A., U.S. International University, San Diego 

Edward Archer Lecturer in Music 

B.A. California State University, Northridge 

Sister Patricia Arnold, CSJ Associate Professor Emerita of Psychology 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., Ph.D., Loyola University, Chicago 

Lorenzo Arengo-Yarnes Instructor in Education 

Patricia Ash Assistant Professor of History & Political Science 

B.A. and M.A., Rice University; J.D., University of Miami School of Law; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate U 

Margaret Avila Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., California State University, Los Angeles; M.S.N., 

California State University, Long Beach 

Milarose Baleva-Wilson Lecturer in Nursing 

B.S.N., University of California, Los Angeles 

Nancy Ballesteros Lecturer in Modern Languages 

Jody Baral Associate Professor of Art 

B.A., California State University, Northridge; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Brigid Barrett Instructor in Nursing 

B.S., University of San Francisco, CA; M.S. California State University, Sacramento, CA 



364 FACULTY 



Roxanna Baiter Instructor in Nursing 

B.S., University of San Francisco; M.S.N., CSU-Long Beach; Acute Care NP, CSU-Long Beah 

Albert Beach Lecturer in Art 

B.F.A., University of Arizona; M.F.A., University of Colorado 

Daphne Nicholson Bennett Professor Emerita of English and Speech 

M.A. University of London; M.A., Ph.D., University of London; M.A. Ph.D., University of Southern California 

Amy Berfield Lecturer in Education 

Suzanne Birman Instructor in Nursing 

B.S., Georgetown University; M.S.N., University of San Diego 

Juliette Boewe Instructor in Education 

Maureen Ann Bond Lecturer in Education and Fitness 

B.A., CSU-Dominguez Hills, Carson, CA; M.A., CSU- Northridge, California 

MaryAnn Bonino College Professor at Large 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

Helen Boutrous Assistant Professor of History and Political Science 

B.A., UCLA; J.D., University of San Diego; Ph.D., Georgetown University 

Sister Annette Bower, CSJ Professor of Biological Sciences 

B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., Creighton University; Ph.D., University of Arizona, Tucson 

Matthew Brosamer Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Georgetown University; M.A., C.Phil., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Jim Browder Lecturer in Philosophy 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Northwestern University, Illinois 

Michelle Browning Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., Auburn University; M.B.A., Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., USC 

Frank Custer Brownstead Lecturer in Music 

A.B., B.M. College of Wooster; S.M.M. Union Theological Seminary 

Katherine T. Brueck Professor of English 

B.A., John Carroll University; M.A., Purdue University; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

Madeleine Bruning Associate Professor in Nursing 

B.S.N., Mount St. Mary's College; M.Ed., CSU, Northridge; M.S.N; C.P.N.P, UCLA; Ed.D.(c), USC 

Pam Bruns Lecturer in Sociology 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., New York University 

Scott Bryson Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Kentucky 

Charles Bunce Lecturer in History and Political Science and Sociology 

B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., University of Chicago 

Richard Burns Lecturer in Pastoral Care Counseling and Psychology 

B.A., University of San Francisco; M.Div., Graduate Theological Union; M.S.W., USC 

Larry Cahalin Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., St. Louis University; M.A., University of Iowa 

Tori Canillas-Dufau Associate Professor in Nursing 

B.A., CSU, Los Angeles; M.Ed., M.S., Mount St. Mary's College, Los Angeles; Ed.D. Pepperdine U, Malibu, CA 

Ronda Carlson Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education 

B.A., California State University,-Los Angeles 

Lisa Carroll Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., University of Connecticut 

Lynne Carscallen Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education 

B.A., University of Louisville, Louisville, KY; M.A., California State University, Long Beach 



FACULTY 365 



A. Tad Chamberlain Instructor in Sociology and Documentary Film & Social Justice 

B.A., Brigham Young University; M.F.A., American Film Institute 

Julia Chang Associate Professor in Physical Therapy 

B.S., University of California, Irvine; M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Tanyetta Chateau Lecturer in Sociology and Gerontology 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S.W., M.S., University of Southern California 

Carlos Chavez Lecturer in Physical Sciences/Mathematics 

B.A., California State University, Los Angeles 

Joan M. Cho Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S.N., M.S.N., Indiana University 

Jennifer Chotiner Assistant Professor in Biology 

B.S., UC-San Diego ; Ph.D., UCLA 

Ralph Cioffl Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., Pace University; M.Ed., Antioch College; M.A., California State University, Los Angeles 

Deniz Cizmeciyan Assistant Professor of Physical Science and Math 

B.S., Bogazici University, Istanbul, Turkey; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, Pennsylvania 

Michael Cooper Lecturer in Sociology 

B.A., Point Park College, Pittsburgh; M.S.W., University of Southern California 

Laura Crandall Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., California State University, Long Beach 

Jane Crawford Lecturer in History 

A. A., College of Southern Idaho; B.A., Ph.D., Brigham Young University 

Randal Cummings Lecturer in Religious Studies 

B.A., California State University, Northridge; M.A., Ph.D. (c), UCLA 

Edythe Davis Lecturer in English and Speech 

B.S., Kent State University; M.S. Emerson College 

Maggie Davis-Kendrick Instructor in Nursing 

A.S.N., University of New York; B.S.N., CSU-Dominguez Hills; M.S.N., Regis University 

Karol Dean Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Sharon DeBriere Supervised Teaching Education 

James Delahanty Professor Emeritus of Political Science 

B.S., M.A., Rutgers U; Ph.D. UCLA; J.D., Loyola-Marymount University 

Matthew S. Delaney Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.A., Immaculate Heart College; M.S., University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Debbie Diaz Assistant Professor in Physical Therapy 

B.S., CSU-Long Beach; M.S., CSU-Long Beach; PIlD., UCLA 

Mary Patricia Disterhoft Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Iowa, Iowa City; M.A., Pacific Oaks College; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Arthur Dixon Lecturer in Physical Sciences 

B.S., University of Missouri; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara 

Darin Dockstader Lecturer in Philosophy 

B.A., University of Utah; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Matt Doran Professor Emeritus of Music 

B.A., B.M., M.Mus., D.M.A., University of Southern California 

Aaron Drane Lecturer in English 

B.A., Washington State University; M.F.A. University of California, Los Angeles 

Michele Dumont Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., CSU-Long Beach; Ph.D., Boston University 



366 FACULTY 



Darla Dunlop Lecturer in Psychology 

B.S.N., Northeastern University; M.S.N., Boston University 

Sister Joseph Adele Edwards, CSJ Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., University of Southern California 

Marie Egan, IHM Professor Emerita of Religious Studies 

B.A., M.A., Immaculate Heart College; S.T.B., S.T.L., S.T.D., Catholic University of America 

Terri Eichman Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., California State University Consortium; M.S.N., University of California, Los Angeles 

Donna Emmanuel Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.M., Webster University; M.A., California Family Study Center 

Sister Teresita Espinosa, CSJ Professor of Music 

B.M., Mount St. Mary's College; M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California 

Julie Feldman-Abe Assistant Professor and Director of Elementary Teacher Preparation Program 

B.A., Brown University; Ph.D., International/Global Education, New York University 

Michele Fine Associate Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Jacqueline Fisher Instructor in Education 

Sister Mary Evelyn Flynn, CSJ Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., University of Southern California 

Eugene G. Frick Associate Professor of Religious Studies 

B.A., University of Dayton; M.A., Ph.D., Marquette University 

Makiko Fujiwara-Skrobak Lecturer in Modern Languages 

Charlene Gagliardi Instructorr in Nursing 

B.S.N., University of Texas; M.S.N., Catholic University 

Carol Garrett Assistant Professor of Business Administration 

B.A. and J.D., University of Louisville; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Georgia State University 

Laurie Wright Garry Assistant Professor in Religious Studies 

B.S., University of South Dakota ; M.S., University of Notre Dame ; Ph.D., Marquette University 

Sister Aline Marie Gerber, CSJ Emerita Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., University of California, Berkeley; Ph.D., 

University of California, Los Angeles 

Lance Gist Lecturer in Business Administration 

B.A., Holy Names College, Oakland, California; J.D., Gonzaga University, Spokane, Washington 

Pamela Gist Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.G.S., Gonzaga University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

Barbara Goldstein Lecturer in Education 

Jim Gordon Lecturer in Sociology, Social Work and Gerontology 

B.A., Cal Lutheran University; M.A., Azusa Pacific; Ph.D., Sierra University 

Robin Gordon Assistant Professor and Director of Secondary Teacher Preparation Program 

B.A., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona; M.A., Califronia State University at 

Los Angeles; Ph.D., Education, Claremont Graduate University 

Keith Gosselin Instructor in Business Administration 

B.B., Loyola Marymount University; M.B.A., College of William and Mary, Virigina 

Paul Green Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.S., Biola University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Irvine 



FACULTY 367 



Cynthia Hagstrom Lecturer in Education 

Carol Hahn Instructor in Nursing 

B.S.N., University of Virginia; M.S.N., California State University, Dominguez Hills 

Pamela D. Haldeman Professor of Sociology, Social Work and Gerontology 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., M.M.F.T., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

Sandra Harte Associate Professor in Sociology, Social Work, Gerontology 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., M.M.F.T., Ph.D. University of Southern California 

Jacquelyn Herst Lecturer in Education 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Pepperdine University 

Fehrn Hesse Assistant Professor in Nursing 

A.A., Pasadena City College; B.S., La Verne University; M.S.N., Azusa Pacific University 

Ruth Hoffman Professor Emerita of Sociology 

B.A., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska 

Amina Humphrey Lecturer in Education 

Joseph Janeti Lecturer in English 

B.A., M.A., Fordham University ; Ph.D. Michigan State University ; Ph.D. Pacifica Graduate Institute 

Joan Johnson Lecturer in English 

A. A., Foothill-DeAnza College; B.A., M.A. San Jose State University 

Sister Darlene Kawulok, CSJ Assistant Professor in Religious Studies 

B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.A., St. Michael College; D.Min., Barry University, Miami 

James Kelly Lecturer in Business Administration 

B.A., Yale University 

Kathy Kelly Instructor in Nursing 

A. A., Mount St. Mary's College; B.S.and M.A., California State University, Northridge 

Veronica Arespacochaga Kelley Lecturer in Sociology, Social Work and Gerontology 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S.W., University of Southern California 

Millie Kidd Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

Nancy Lee Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., Marquette University; M.S., California State University, Northridge 

David Leese Professor of English and Business Administration 

B.A., Amherst; J.D., Northwestern U; M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University; M.B.A., CSU- Northridge 

Marie Leighton Lecturer in Political Science 

B.A., Cabrini College; Ph.D., Temple University 

Frankie Lennon Lecturer in English 

B.A., M.A., Indiana University, Bloomington 

Darlene Levy Assistant Professor in Nursing 

B.S.N, and B.A., CSU-Los Angeles; M.N, UCLA; N.D., Case Western Reserve University 

Barbara Lewis Lecturer in Fitness Education 

B.A., University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont; M.B.A., University of California Los Angeles 

Debbie Lowe Assistant Professor in Physical Therapy 

B.S., Pepperdine U; M.A., University of Texas; M.S., Duke U; Ph.D., U of Wisconsin 

Verle Lubberden Assistant Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.S., M.S., University of Southern California 

Corinne Hay Mabry Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., M.S., U of Tennessee, Knoxville; Ed.D., George Peabody College at Vanderbilt University 



368 FACULTY 



Eileen McArow Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., University of California, Los Angeles 

Kelly McGoldrick Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences 

B.S., University of California, Davis; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Patricia Melnick Assistant Professor in Nursing 

B.S., University of Illinois; M.S.N., California State University, Los Angeles 

Doug Meyer Lecturer in Art 

B.F.A.; University of Southern California; M.F.A., University of Arizona 

Susan Meyer Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S.N., California State University, Dominguez Hills 

Helena JinAh Min Lecturer in Art 

B.F.A., Otis Art Institute; M.A., California State University, Long Beach 

Lora Morn Lecturer in Education 

Marie Alexis Navarro, IHM Professor Emerita of Religious Studies 

B.A., Immaculate Heart College; M.A., Fordham University; Ph.D., St. Michael's College, 

University of Toronto 

Angella Nazarian Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., California State University, Long Beach 

Craig Newsam Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., Holstra University, Hempteore, NY; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

Marsha Nickerson Instructor in Nursing 

B.S.N., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., UCLA 

Zeba Noorani Lecturer in Education 

B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

Ronald J. Oard Professor Emeritus of History and Political Sciences 

B.A., Regis College; M.A., Creighton University; M.P.A., University of California, Los 

Angeles; Ph.D., St. Louis University 

Reverend George O'Brien Associate Professor of English 

B.A., St. John's College; M.A., Loyola Marymount University; Ed.D., University of Southern California 

John O'Callaghan Lecturer in Religious Studies 

M.A., Loyola Marymount University; Ph.D., University of Southern California, Los Angeles 

Sister Ann Patricia O'Connor, CSJ Supervised Teaching Education 

B.A. Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., University of California at San Jose 

Judith Ontiveros Instructor in Nursing 

A.A., Pasadena City College; B.S.N., CSU-Dominguez Hills; M.S.N., CSU-Dominguez Hills 

Philip Otis Lecturer in Languages and Culture 

B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Universidad de Mexico 

Rebecca Otten Associate Professor in Nursing 

B.A., St. Mary's College; M.S.N., California State University, Dominguez Hills; Ed.D., 

Pepperdine University, Malibu, California 

Karen Perell Research Director in Physical Therapy 

B.S., M.S., PhD., University of California, Los Angeles 

Dave Powers Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.B.A., University of Redlands 

Elisa Pulido-Ragus Lecturer in Education 

B.A. and M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

Sister Carol Purzycki, CSJ Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., UCLA; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 



FACULTY 369 



Montserrat Reguant Associate Professor of Language 

B.A. and M.A. University of Barcelona; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University; 

Susan Mais Requejo Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., UCLA; M.A., New York University, New York; D.P.T., USC 

Anne Rigone Lecturer in Business Administration 

B.S., Pepperdine University, Los Angeles; M.B.T., University of Southern California 

Lia Roberts Instructor in History/Political Science 

B.A., University of North Carolina at Charlotte; M.A., University of Tennessee; Ph. D., UC-Santa Barbara 

Janet Robinson Lecturer in Business Administration 

B.S., University of Redlands; M.B.A., Loyola Marymount University, Pepperdine Univ., Ed.D. 

Diane Rodriguez Assistant Professor in Sociology, Social Work, Geronotology 

B.A., San Diego State University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

Maricela Redriguez Lecturer in Education 

Melanie Ronning Lecturer in Education 

Sister Callista Roy, CSJ Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Stuart Rugg Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., University of California, Davis; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Marsha Sato Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.N., University of California, Los Angeles 

Jeannine Savedra Secondary Supervised Teaching-Education 

B.A., California State University, LOS Angeles; M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills 

Eileen Schiffrin Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., M.S., Mount Saint Mary's College, Los Angeles 

Karen Schoen Lecturer in Psychology 

A.A., West Los Angeles College; B.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

Diane Searls Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles, M.A., United States International University 

Mary Sedgwick Academic Resource Personnel HI 

B.A., M.A., California State University, Long Beach; M.A., Immaculate Heart College 

Jennifer Selig Lecturer in Education 

Beverly Serra-Brooks Lecturer in Music 

B.F.A. California Institute of the Arts; M.M., CSU-Northridge; D.M.A. Claremont Graduate School 

Michelle Shwartz Lecturer in Education 

Eleanor D. Siebert Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Duke University; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Dennis Signorovitch Lecturer in Business Administration 

B.S., Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.; M.A., Old Dominican University, Norfolk, Virginia 

Fred Simonelli Lecturer in History 

B.A., John Carroll University; M.P.A., University of San Francisco; Ph.D., University of Nevada 

Lance Skidmore Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Pomona College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara 

Dolores Sloan Lecturer in English, Speech, and Sociology 

B.A., M.A. Claremont Graduate School; M.A., Lone Mountain College, University of San Francisco 

Mary Sloper Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College, Los Angeles; M.N., University of California, Los Angeles; 

M.B.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills 

George E. Snow Professor Emeritus of Biological Sciences 

B.A., Rockhurst College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado, Boulder 



370 FACULTY 



Elena Stark Assistant Professor of Biology 

M.D. and Ph.D., University of Barcelona Medical School 

Michele A. Starkey Assistant Professor in Mathematics 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., California State University, Long Beach 

Eric Stemp Professor of Physical Sciences 

B.S., University of Denver; M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Delores Stevens Lecturer in Music 

B.M., University of Kansas; 

Elizabeth Sturgeon Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., UC-Irvine; M.A. Northwestern University; Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Tonia Symensma Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences 

B.A., North Central College, Naperville, IL; Ph.D., Indiana University, Bloomington, IN 

Peter Tan Lecturer in Philosophy 

B.S., University of Arizona; M.A., Boston College 

Wanda Teays Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., California State University, Fullerton; M.A., University of Alberta, Edmonton; M.T.S. 

Harvard University; Ph.D., Concordia University, Montreal, Quebec 

Valerie Teglia Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy 

B.S., UCLA; M.P.T., Mount St. Mary's College; D.P.T., Temple City College 

Michael Temkin-Martinez Lecturer in Education 

B.A. and M.A., California State University, Northridge 

Susan Terrell Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., Simmons College 

Cynthia Tino-Sandoval Lecturer in English 

A.A., Marymount College; B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., CSU-Dominguez Hills 

Shelly Tochluk Assistant Professor in Education 

B.A., UCLA; M.A., Loyola Marymount University; Ph.D. Pacifica Graduate Institute 

Paul Trautwein Lecturer in Art 

B.F.A., Atlanta College of Art; M.F.A., University of the Arts, Philadelphia 

Olivia Trevino Lecturer in Modern Languages 

Rose Marie Toliver Elementary Supervised Teaching-Education 

B.A., Los Angeles State College; M.A., California Lutheran College 

Helen Tsuda Assistant Pofessorr in Physical Therapy 

B.S., University of California, Davis; M.A., Stanford University 

Monica Turner Lecturer in English 

B.A., M.A., California State University, Northridge 

Sharon A. Vairo Professor Emerita of Nursing 

B.S.N., Wayne State University; M.S., University of Colorado; D.N.Sc., University of San Diego 

Sister Kieran Vaughan, CSJ Professor of Education 

B.A., M.S., Mount St. Mary's College; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

B.A., St. Ambrose University; M.A., University of Iowa; M.F.A., University of Iowa 

Christopher Walker Lecturer in Music 

B.A., M.M., Bristol University; Certificate in Music Education, Trent Park College, London 

Dan Wanner Lecturer in Music 

B.A., M.A., D.M.A. Columbia University 

Joann Watchie Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., University of California, San Francisco; M.A., San Francisco State University 



FACULTY 371 



Elizabeth Weiner Lecturer in Education 

Bill Whiting Lecturer in Physical Therapy 

B.S., Stanford University; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

Katherine Whitman Associate Professor of Business Administration 

B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., UCLA; Graduate Study, Temple University 

Lea Whittington Lecturer in Art 

B.F.A., California State University Fullerton; M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School 

Anne Wilcoxen Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.A., George Washington University; Ph.D., UCLA 

Sister Mary Williams, CSJ Professor Emerita of English 

B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University 

Michelle Windmueller Lecturer in Education 

B.A., California State University, Northridge; M.A., California State University, Los Angeles 

Patricia Woodlin Lecturer in Education 

B.A., M.A., California State University, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Union Institute 

Bruce Yazajian Assistant Professor in Biology 

B.S. Michigan State University; Ph.D., USC 

Colette R. York Lecturer in Nursing 

B.S.N., M.S.N., D.N.Sc, University of San Diego 

Peter Zaferes Lecturer in Music 

B.F.A., M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts 

Marie Zeuthen Professor Emerita of Biological Sciences 

B.S., Mount St. Mary's College; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 



372 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



Teacher Education Program - 
Cooperating Staff 

Agencies/ Affiliates 

Early Childhood Education 

and Teacher Preparation Programs 

Cooperating Schools 

Anna Bing Arnold Child Care Center 

John Tracy Clinic 

Mount St. Mary's Child Development Center 

Trade Tech Child Development Center 

University of Southern California School for Early Childhood Education 

Alta Loma School (LAUSD) 

Ann Street School (LAUSD) 

Arlington Heights School (LAUSD) 

Bancroft Middle School (LAUSD) 

Bell Gardens Intermediate (Montebello USD) 

Bella Vista School (Montebello USD) 

Brockton Ave School (LAUSD) 

Buford Elementary (Lennox SD) 

Camino Nuevo Charter Academy (LAUSD Associated) 

Canfield School (LAUSD) 

Delores Huerta Elementary (Lennox SD) 

Eastmont Intermediate (Montebello USD) 

Esperanza School (LAUSD) 

Franklin Elementary (Santa Monica/Malibu USD) 

Foshay Learning Center (LAUSD) 

Granada Hills High School (LAUSD) 

Grant Elementary (Santa Monica/Malibu USD) 

Hazeltine School (LAUSD) 

Hubbard School (LAUSD) 

Humphreys Math-Science Magnet (LAUSD) 

Jefferson Elementary (LENNOX SD) 

Kenneth L. Moffett Elementary School (Lennox SD) 

La Merced Elementary (Montebello USD) 

Leo Politi School (LAUSD) 

Lockwood Ave. School (LAUSD) 

Los Angeles Center for Enriched Studies (LAUSD) 

McArthur Park Primary Center (LAUSD) 

McKinley Elementary (Santa Monica/Malibu USD) 

Magnolia School (LAUSD) 

Montebello High School (Montebello USD) 



AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 373 



Norwood School (LAUSD) 

Overland School (LAUSD) 

Plainview School (LAUSD) 

Ramona School (LAUSD) 

Roosevelt High School (LAUSD) 

St. Euphrasia (LA Archdiocese) 

St. Genevieve High School (LA Archdiocese) 

St. Joseph High School (LA Archdiocese) 

San Fernando Middle School (LAUSD) 

Sierra Madre Elementary School (Pasadena USD) 

Stevenson Middle School (LAUSD) 

Roosevelt High School (LAUSD) 

32 nd Street Visual & Performing Arts Magnet (LAUSD) 

University High School (LAUSD) 

Van Nuys High School (LAUSD) 

West Vernon School (LAUSD) 

Wilcox School (Montebello USD) 

Wilmington Park School (LAUSD) 

Applied Music Faculty 

Piano: Nancy Fierro, Hyeja Chong Ganahl, Ruth Goldin, Deborah How, Beverly Serra- 

Brooks, Delores Stevens, Chet Swiatkowksi, Hak Soon Hahn Swiatkowski. 

Organ: William C. Beck, Frank Brownstead, Harold Daugherty. 

Voice: Nicole Baker, Martha Cowan, Yvette Devereaux, Melodee Fernandez, Gail Gordon, 

William Hanrahan, Linda Sue Marks, Agnieszka Noris, Sue Ann Pinner, LeNore Porter, Seth 

Riggs, Joyce Sweeney. 

Harp: Dorothy Victor, Carolyn Sykes 

Harpsichord: Frederic Hammond. 

Violin: Briana Ackerman, Franklyn D' Antonio 

Viola: Briana Ackerman, David Stockhammer. 

Cello: Gianna Abondolo, Janice Foy, Rowena Hamill, Victor Sazer. 

Bass: Nico Abondolo. 

Flute: Deborah Avery, Susan Greenberg, Salpy Kerkovian, 

Oboe: Deborah Avery, David Sherr. 

Clarinet: Deborah Avery, Kay Nevin, David Sasaki. 

Bassoon: John Campbell, Norman Herzberg. 

Saxophone: Milton Hall, David Sherr. 

French Horn: Gale Robinson. 

Trumpet: Kevin Brown, David Searfoss. 

Trombone: Miles Anderson. 

Tuba: John Johnson. 

Percussion: Linda Sue Marks, Thomas D. Raney, Kenneth Watson. 

Classical Guitar: Anthony Lupica, Peter Zaferes. 

Folk Guitar: Anthony Lupica, Peter Zaferes 



374 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



Nursing Department 
Cooperating Agencies 



Accredited Home Health Service 
Encino, CA 91316 

AltaMed Health Services Corp-MSSP 
Los Angeles, CA 90063 

Alta Med Health Service, Corp. 
Los Angeles, CA 90255 

AltaMed Health Service Corportaion 
Huntington Park, CA 90255 

Assisted Home Recovery 
North Hills, C A 91343 



Children's Hospital of LA 
Los Angeles, CA 90027 

Children's Hospital Orange County 
Orange, CA 92868 

Christ Lutheran Church School 
Rancho Palos Verdes, CA 90275 
CHW: St. Bernadine Medical Center 

CHW: California Hospital 

CHW: Northridge Hospital Medical Center 
Northridge, CA 91328 



Biola University 
LaMirada,CA 90639 
MSN PROGRAM 

Breast Feeding Task Force 
Pacific Palisades, CA 90272 

Brotman Medical Center 
Culver City, CA 90231-2459 

California State University, Bakersfield 
Bakersfield, CA 93311 
MSN PROGRAM 

California State University, LA 
Los Angeles, CA 90032 
MSN PROGRAM 

CCFS Headstart 
Altadena, CA 91001 

CSUN Student Health 
Northridge, CA 91330 

Cedars-Sinai Medical Center 
Los Angeles, CA 90048 

Centinela Hospital Medical Center 
Inglewood, C A 90301-4011 

Century City Hospital 
Los Angeles, CA 90067 

Century City Hospital 
Center for Geriatric Health 
Geriatric Day Hospital 
Los Angeles, CA 90067 

Cerritos College 
Norwalk,CA 90650 
MSN PROGRAM 



CHW: St. Francis Medical Center 
Lynwood, CA 90262 

CHW: St. Mary's Medical Center 
Long Beach, CA 90262 

Circle of Friends ADHC 
Inglewood, CA 90302 

City of Hope 
Duarte, CA 91010 

College of the Canyons 
Santa Clarita, CA 91355 

Compton ADHC 

East Rancho Dominguez, CA 90221 

Corinne Seeds University Elem. School / UCLA, 
Los Angeles, CA 90095-1619 

Crown ADHC 
Pasadena, C A 91101 

CSUN Health Center 
Northridge, C A 91330 

Culver City Unified School District 
Culver City, CA 90230 

Cypress College 
Anaheim, C A 92801 

Daniel Freeman Memorial Hospital 
Inglewood, CA 90301 

East Los Angeles College 
Monterey Park, CA 91754 
MSN PROGRAM 



AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



375 



El Camino College 
Torrance, CA 90506 
MSN PROGRAM 



Kaiser- Sunset 

Los Angeles, CA 90027 



Encino Tarzana Regional Medical Center 
Encino, CA 91436 



Kaiser- Woodland Hills 
Woodland Hills, CA 91365 



First Choice Adult Day Health Care 
Los Angeles, C A 90061 



Kaiser- Senior Services 
Los Angeles, C A 90010 



Garfield Medical 
Monterey Park, CA 91754 



The Kensington 
Alhambra, CA 91803 



Glendale Adult Health Care 
Glendale, CA 91201 



Little Company of Mary Hospital 
Torrance, CA 90503 



Glendale Community College 
Glendale, C A 91238 



Little Company of Mary Hospital 
San Pedro, CA 90732 



Glendale Gardens ADHC 
Glendale, CA 



Long Beach Memorial Medical Center 
Long Beach, CA 90806 



Glendale Health Center (Public Health Dept.) 
Glendale, CA 91206 

CHW: Glendale Memorial Hospital & Health 

Center, 

Glendale, CA 91203 

Good Samaritan Hospital 
Los Angeles, C A 90017 

Harbor - UCLA Medical Center 
Torrance, CA 90509-2910 

Henry Mayo Newhall Memorial Hospital 
Valencia, C A 91355 

Hoag Memorial Hospital 
Newport Beach, CA 92658 

Hollywood/Wilshire Health Center (Public Health 

Dept.) 

Los Angeles, CA 90038 

Human Services Association-MSSP 
Bell Gardens, CA 90201-4958 

Huntington Memorial Hospital 

Jewish Family Service 
West Hollywood, CA 90046 

Kaiser Bellflower 
Bellflower, CA 

Kaiser Harbor City 
Harbor City, CA 907 10 

Kaiser Panorama City 
Panorama City, CA 91402 
Kaiser West LA 
Los Angeles, CA 90034 



Los Angeles Harbor College 
Wilmington, CA 90744 
MSN PROGRAM 

Los Angeles Southwest College 
Los Angeles, CA 90047 
MSN PROGRAM 

Los Angeles Mission Community Clinic 
Los Angeles, C A 90013 

Motion Picture and Television Fund 
Woodland Hills, CA 91364-2792 

Motion Picture and Television Fund 
Toluca,CA 91505 

Moorpark JC 
Moorpark, CA 93021 
MSN PROGRAM 

Mount St. Jacinto College 
San Jacinto, CA 92583 
MSN PROGRAM 

Northridge Hospital Medical Center 
Northridge, CA 91328 

Northrup Grumman Medical Group 
El Segundo, CA 90245 

One Generation Adult Day Health Program 
VanNuys, CA 91406 

Partners Adult Day Health Care Center 
Jewish Family Services of Los Angeles 
West Hollywood, CA 90046 



376 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



Partners for Healthy Kids 
Pasadena City College 
Pasadena, C A 91106 

Pasadena Unified School District 
Pasadena, C A 91109 

Presbyterian Intercommunity 
LaMirada,CA 90638 

Project Achieve 
Glendale, CA 91204 

Public Health Agency 

Los Angeles, Alhambra, Inglewood, 

Canoga, Van Nuys, Hollywood-Wilshire 

Partners in Care Foundation-MSSP 
Burbank, CA 91502 

QueensCare Health and Faith Partnership 
Los Angeles, CA 90027 

Rio Hondo College 
Whittier,CA 90601 
MSN PROGRAM 

S. Mark Taper Foundation ADHC 
Los Angeles, CA 90057 

Saddle Back College 
Mission Viejo, CA 92692 
MSN PROGRAM 



St. John of God Retirement & Care Ctr. 
Los Angeles, C A 90018 

St. John's Health Center. 
Santa Monica, CA 90404 

St. Mary's Medical Center 
Long Beach, CA 90813-3393 

St. Vincent's Hospital 
Los Angeles, CA 90057 

Sunnyside Rehab and Nursing Center 
Torrance, CA 90502 

South Health Center (Public Health Dept.) 
Los Angeles, CA 90002 

Torrance Memorial Medical Center 
Torrance, CA 90505-5873 

Trinity Care Hospice 
Torrance, CA 90505 
Valley, Mission Hills, CA 91345 

UCLA Medical Center 
Los Angeles, CA 90024 

UCLA- Santa Monica 
Santa Monica, CA 90404 

UCLA Neuropsychiatric 
Los Angeles, CA 90024-1759 



San Pedro Peninsula Hospital 
San Pedro, CA 90732 

Santa Ana College 

Santa Ana, CA MSN PROGRAM 

Santa Monica / Malibu USD 
Santa Monica, CA 90404-3891 

Santa Monica/UCLA Medical Center 
Santa Monica, CA 90404 



United American Indian Involvement, Inc. 
Los Angeles, C A 90017 

USC University Hospital 
Los Angeles, C A 90017 

Valley Presbyterian 

Van Nuys, CA 91409-9102 

VA Sepulveda Ambulatory Care Center 
North Hills, CA 91343 



Senior Care Action, Network Health Plan-MSSP, 
Signal Hill, CA 90806 

Senior Care Network - MSSP 
Pasadena, CA 91 105-2619 

Sherman Oaks Hospital 
Grossman Burn Center 

Sinai Adult Day Health Care 
Los Angeles, CA 90035 



VA West Los Angeles Healthcare Center 
(Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System) 
Los Angeles, CA 90073 

Ventura College 
Ventura, CA 93003 

VNA Care 
Glendale, CA 91206 

Western Medical Center 
Santa Ana, CA 92705 



AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



377 



Westside Children's Center 
Culver City, CA 90230 

Westside Regional Center 
(Health & Medical Services) 
Culver City, CA 90230 



Westwood Adult Day Health Care Center 
West Los Angeles, CA 90064 

White Memorial Medical Center 
Los Angeles, CA 



Physical Therapy Program: 
Clinical Affiliates 



A Physical Therapy Alternative, Inc. 
Santa Monica, CA 90404 



CCS-Kern County 
Bakersfield, CA 93305 



Alameda County Medical Center 
San Leandro, CA 



CCS-Los Angeles Co. 
El Monte, Ca 91731 



Albert Einstein Medical Center 
Philadelphia, PA 19141 

Alhambra Hospital Rehab Center 
Alhambra,CA 91801 



CCS-Orange: Regional Coordinator 
Santa Ana, C A 92701 

CCS-Riverside (Central Office) 
Riverside, CA 92513 



Alvarado Medical Center/SDRI 
San Diego, CA 92120 

Anberry Rehab Hospital 
Atwater, CA 95301 

Ando & Aston Physical Therapy 
Anaheim Hills, CA 92807 



CCS-San Bernardino 
Montclair, CA 91763 

CCS-San Diego 

San Diego, C A 92 120 

CCS-San Luis Obispo 
Oceano, Ca 93445 



Baby and Baby, Inc. 
Culver City, CA 90066 

Bakersfield Memorial Hospital 
Bakersfield, CA 93301 



CCS-San Rafael 

San Rafael, CA 94903 

CCS-Ventura 
Ventura, CA 93003 



Brotman Medical Center 
Culver City, CA 90231 



CCS-Ventura 
Oxnard, CA 93036 



California Pacific Medical Center 
San Francisco, CA 941 15 

Carondelet St. Josephses Hospital 
Tucson, AZ 85711 

Casa Colina Centers for Rehabilitation 
Ponoma, CA 91767 

CCS-Contra Costa Co. 
Alamo, CA 94507 



Cedars-Sinai Medical Center 
Los Angeles, CA 90048 

CenterlMT Los Angeles 
Los Angeles, CA 90045 

Centinela Hospital Medical Center 
Inglewood, C A 90301 

Centre for Neuro Skills 
Bakersfield, CA 93306 



378 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



Chapman Medical Center 
Orange, CA 92669 



E & L Associates 
La Mesa, CA 91942 



Children's Hospital Central California 
Madera, CA 93638 



Eden Medical Center 
Castro Valley, CA 94546 



Children's Hospital Los Angeles 
Los Angeles, CA 90027 



Eisenhower Medical Center 
Rancho Mirage, CA 92270 



Children's Hospital of Orange County 
Orange, CA 92868 



Elite Performance Physical Therapy 
Newport Beach, CA 92660 



City of hope Medical Center 
Duarte, CA 91010 



Encino*/Tarzana Regional Medical Center 
Encino,CA 91356 



Coast Physical Therapy 
Oxnard, CA 93030 



Enloe Medical Center/Rehab Center 
Chico, CA 95926 



Coast PT & Sports Medicine 
La Jolla,CA 92037 



Felix Canout Rehab Services 
Los Angeles, CA 90057 



Cognitive Rehab Services 
Redondo Beach, CA 90278 



Fortanasce & Associates 
Arcadia, CA 91007 



Community Memorial Hospital 
Ventura, CA 93003 



Fountain Valley Regional Hospital & Medical Ctr. 
Fountain Valley, CA 92708 



Continental Rehab Hospital 
San Diego, C A 92103 



French Hospital Medical Center 
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 



Corona Del Mar Rehab, Inc. 
Corona del Mar, CA 92625 



Garfield Medical Center/Tenet 
Monterey, CA 91754 



Corona Regional Medical Center 
Corona, CA 91720 



Glendale Adventist Medical Center 
Glendale,CA 91206 



Country Villa Health Services 
Marina Del Rey, CA 90292 



Glendale Memorial Hospital 
Glendale, CA 91204 



CPMC - Davies Campus 
San Francisco, C A 941 14 



Goleta Valley Cottage Hospital 
Santa Barbara, CA 93 1 1 1 



CVMC/Intercommunity Medical Center 
Covina,CA 91722 



Good Samaritan Hospital 
Los Angeles, C A 900 17 



Cypress Center 

Pacific Palisades, CA 90272 



Good Samaritan Hospital 
San Jose, CA 95124 



Dagostino Physical Therapy 
Oceanside, CA 92056 



Hairston & Daley PT 
Santa Ana, CA 92705 



Dominican Hospital 
Santa Cruz, CA 95065 



Harbor-UCLA Medical Center 
Torrance, CA 90509 



Downey Regional Medical Center 
Downey, C A 90241 



Harborview Medical Center 
Seattle, WA 98104 



AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



379 



Health One LLC 
Denver, CO 80237 



LDS Hospital 

Salt Lake City, UT 84143 



HealthCare Partners PT 
Torrance, CA 90505 



Legacy Health System 
Portland, OR 97209 



Henry Mayo Newhall Memorial Hospital 
Valencia, CA 91355 



Little Company of Mary Hospital 
Torrence, CA 90503 



Hetrick Center 
Middletown, PA 17057 



Long Beach Memorial Medical Center 
Long Beach, C A 90801 



Hoag Memorial Hospital Presbyterian 
Newport Beach, CA 92658 



Los Robles Regional Med Center 
Thousand Oaks, CA 91360 



Holy Spirit Hospital System 
Camp Hill, PA 17011 



Magnolia Physical Therapy 
Huntington Beach, CA 92646 



Human Performance Center 
Santa Barbara, C A 93105 



Mariners Physical Therapy 
Costa Mesa, CA 92626 



Huntington Memorial Hospital 
Pasadena, CA 91 109 



Mercy Healthcare Sacramento 
Sacramento, CA 95819 



Organizational & Staff Development 
Phoenix, AZ 85020 



Mercy Healthcare Ventura Co 
Oxnard, CA 93030 



Joyner Sports Medicine 
Harrisburg, PA 17111 



Mercy Hospital (Bakersfield) 
Bakersfield,CA93301 



Kaiser- Woodland Hills 
Woodland Hills, CA 91365 



Mercy Medical Center 
Redding, CA 96049 



Kaiser Foundation Hospital 
Honolulu, HI 96819 



Methodist Hospital of South CA 
Arcadia, CA 91007 



Kaiser Sunnyside Medical Center 
Clackamas, OR 97015 



MHS- Mercy General Hospital 
Sacramento, CA 95819 



Kapolani MC for Women & Children 
Honolulu, HI 96826 



Mills Health Center 
San Mateo, C A 94401 



Kate Grace Physical Therapy 
San Diego, C A 92122 



Mills- Peninsula Med Center 
Burlingame, CA 94010 



Kaweah Delta Health Care Center 
Visalia, CA 93291 



Northridge Hospital Med Center 
Northridge, CA 91328 



Kentfield Rehab Hospital 
Kentfield, CA 94904 



Olive View-UCLA Med Center 
Sylmar, CA 91342 



Kuakini Medical Center 
Honolulu, HI 96817 



Orthopedic Rehab Specialist 
Los Angeles, CA 90007 



La Palma Intercommunity Hospital 
La Palma, CA 90623 



Paulseth & Associates PT, Inc. 
Los Angeles, CA 90067 



380 AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 


■ 


Pediatric Therapy Network 
Torrance, CA 90501 


Rehabilitation Management Services 
Beverly Hills, CA 90211 


Physical Therapist Specialists, Inc. 
Beverly Hills, CA 902 11 


Robert H. Ballard Rehab Hospital- CMS 
San Bernardino, C A 92411 


PRN Ergonomics Services 
Milpitas, CA 95035 


Saddleback Memorial Med Center 
Laguna Hills, CA 92653 


Physiotherapy Associates 
Hayward, CA 94541 


San Antonio Community Hospital 
Upland, CA 91786 


Physiotherapy Associates 
San Francisco, C A 941 15 


San Diego Hospital Association 
San Diego, CA 92123 


Physiotherapy Associates/ BAK 
Burlingame, CA94010 


San Gabriel Valley Medical Center 
Laguna Hills, CA 92653 


Pomona Valley Hospital Medical Center 
Pomona, CA 91767 


San Pedro Peninsula Hospital 
San Pedro, CA 90732 


Presbyterian Intercommunity Hospital 
Whittier, CA 90602 


Santa Barbara Cottage Hospital 
Santa Barbara, CA 93 102 



Progressive PT 
Tarzana, CA 91356 



Santa Clara Valley Med Center 
San Jose, CA 95 128 



Providence Holy Cross Med Center 
Mission Hills, CA 91346 



Santa Monica UCLA Med Center 
Santa Monica, CA 90404 



Providence Holy Cross Med Center 
Mission Hills, CA 91346 



Scripps Memorial Hospital 
Chula Vista, CA 91910 



Providence St. Joseph Med Center 
Burbank,CA 91505 



Scripps Mercy Hospital 
San Diego, CA 92130 



Queen of Angels/ Hollywood Pres MC 
Los Angeles, CA 90027 



Scripps-Shiley Sports & Health Center 
La Jolla, CA 92037 



Rancho Los Amigos National Rehab Center 
Downey, CA 90242 



Sharp Grossmont Hospital-Brier 
La Mesa, CA 91942 



Redlands Community Hospital 
Redlands, CA 92373 



Sharp Healthcare 
San Diego, C A 92123 



Rehab Hospital of Nevada- Reno 
Reno, NV 89520 



Sherman Oaks Hospital & Health Center 
Sherman Oaks, CA 91403 



Rehab Hospital of the Pacific 
Honolulu, HI 96817 



Shriner's Hospital for Children 
Honolulu, HI 96826 



Rehab Institute of Santa Barbara 
Santa Barbara, C A 93 105 



Shriner's Hospital for Crippled Children 
Los Angeles, CA 90020 



Rehab Institute of So California 
Orange, CA 92866 



Sierra Vista Hospital 

San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 



Rehab Care Group, Inc. 
St. Louis, MO 63105 



Simi Valley Hospital 
Simi Valley, CA 93065 



AGENCIES / AFFILIATES 



381 



So. Bay Rehab/ Paradise Valley Hospital 
National City, CA 91950 

Sports Medicine Institute 
Orange, CA 92868 

St. Bernardine Med Center 
San Bernardino, CA 92404 

St. Francis Medical Center 
Lynwood, CA 90262 

St. Francis Medical Center 
Honolulu, Hi 96817 

St. John's Hospital & Health Center 
Santa Monica, CA 90404 

St. John's Pleasant Valley Hospital 
Camarillo, C A 93010 

St. John's Regional Medical Center 
Oxnard, CA 93030 

St. Joseph Hospital 
Orange, CA 92868 

St. Joseph's Hospital & Med Center 
Phoenix, AZ 85013 

St. Jude Med Center 
Fullerton, CA 92635 

St. Mary's Med Center Long Beach 
Long Beach, C A 90813 

St. Mary's Regional Med Center 
Reno, NV 89520 

St. Vincent's Med Center 
Los Angeles, CA 90057 

Stanford Hospital & Clinics 
Stanford, CA 94305 

Summerlin Hospital & Med Center 
Morganville, NJ 07751 



Tuality Community Hospital 
Hillsboro, OR 97123 

Tustin Hospital Med Center 
Tustin, CA 92680 

Twin Oaks PT 

San Marcos, CA 92078 

UC Irvine Med Center 
Orange, CA 92668 

UCLA Rehab Services 
Los Angeles, CA 90024 

VA Med Center 
Long Beach, CA 90822 

VA Med Center 
LaJolla, C A 92161 

VA Med Center 

Los Angeles, CA 90073 

VA Palo Alto Health Care System 
Palo Alto, CA 94303 

Valley Presbyterian Hospital 
Van Nuys,CA 91405 

Washoe Med Center 
Reno, NV 89502 

Water PT Specialist 
Venice, C A 90291 

West Hills Reg Medical Center 
West Hills, CA 91307 

Westside Spine & Joint Rehab 
Los Angeles, CA 90024 

White Memorial Medical Center 
Los Angeles, CA 9003 



Terrio Therapy/ Fitness 
Bakersfield, CA 93308 

The Queens Med Center 
Honolulu, HI 96813 

Torrance Memorial Hospital 
Torrance, CA 90509 

Torrance Physical Therapy 
Torrance, CA 90503 



Tri-City Medical Center 
Oceanside, CA 92056 



INDEX 382 



INDEX 



AA Nursing Program Tuition 25 

Academic Advisement 49, 70 

Academic Advisement Center 70 

Academic Calendar 4, 10 

Academic Dishonesty 39-41 

Academic Information ,33 

Academic Integrity 39 

Academic Internship 38 

Academic Petitions 41, 88 

Academic Policies 

Associate in Arts Degree 45-49 

Baccalaureate Degree Programs 57-69 

Graduate Degree Programs 83-88 

Undergraduate Programs 33-44 

Academic Probation 87 

Academic/Student Affairs Staff 359-361 

Academic Support Services 

Associate Programs 49-5 1 

Baccalaureate Programs 70-78 

Accelerated Baccalaureate Nursing 

Program 244-246 

Accreditation 2 

Activities 

Associate 54 

Baccalaureate 73 

Administrative Officers 358, 362 

Admissions 

Undergraduate 16 

Graduate Students 81 

AA Nursing Program 228 

International Students 20 

Transfer Students 18 

BA Weekend College 19 

Advanced Placement 20 

Advanced Standing 43 

Advanced Religious Studies 314 

Affirmative Action 2 

Alumnae Association 6 

Alumnae Scholarship 21 

Ambassador Program 55, 69 

America Institute for Foreign Study 

AIFS 71 

American Studies 90-92 

Application for Graduation 44, 75 

Applied Music Faculty 373 

Archives 9 

Art Majors/Minors 94-101 

Art/Music Requirement 59 

Arts and Sciences Requirement 59-62 

Associate in Arts Degree Program . . . 6,7,45-49 
Athletics. (see Fitness Education) 

Attendance 37 

Audit 34 

Baccalaureate Degree Program 7, 57-69 

Biochemistry 102-103 



Biological Sciences Major 104 

Board of Trustees 358 

Border Links 72 

Business Administration 111-130 

Accounting 111-113 

Associate Degree 120-121 

Double Major 115 

English & Business 116 

Entrepreneur Certificate 122 

International Business 111,113 

Majors Ill 

Management 1 12, 1 13 

Marketing 1 12, 1 13 

Minor 121 

Spanish & Business 117, 346 

Weekend College 118 

Business Management Staff 362 

Calendar, Academic 4, 10 

Campus Ministry 

Chalon Campus 73 

Doheny Campus 51 

Career Planning Center 

Chalon Campus 74 

Doheny Campus 52 

Center for Cultural Fluency 9 

Certificate Programs 

Advanced Religious Studies 314 

Catechetical Ministry 316 

Counseling 296 

Gerontology. 189 

Graduate Religious Studies 314 

Music Ministry 221 

Pastoral Ministry 315 

Hispanic Pastoral Ministry 314 

Pastoral Care/Counseling 312 

Youth and Young Adult 315 

Chalon Campus & Map 12, 13 

Chemistry 132-134 

Child Development 135-137 

Child Development Center 19 

Classification of Students 44 

Class Level 44 

Coe Library 9 

College Skills 50 

Commencement/Graduation 36, 67 

Communication (Sociology) 336 

Commuter Services 77 

Comprehensive Student Fee 26 

Computer Information Science Minor . 138-139 

Computer Labs 51 

Computer Programming Minor 216 

Concurrent enrollment 44 

Contemporary Econ or Politics 

Requirement 62 



383 INDEX 



Counseling Services 

Chalon Campus 75 

Doheny Campus 53 

Course Fees .26 

Course Load 83 

Course Numbers and Designation 91 

Courses of Instruction 89 

Credential Programs 153 

Credit 

By exam 42, 87 

Credit/No Credit grade 35, 86 

Credit Load 48 

Transfer 42,86,313 

Criminology 333 

Critical Thinking 59 

Cross-Registration, UCLA, UJ 72 

Cultural Studies Minor 140, 210 

Dean's List 36 

Deferred Payments 30 

Degree Programs 6, 45, 57, 79 

Graduate 79-88 

Undergraduate 45, 57 

Degree Requirements 

Associate 46-47 

Baccalaureate 57-69 

Graduate 79-87 

Deposit 

Housing 25 

Tuition 25 

Designation of Credits and Courses 89 

Directed Study/Independent Study 38 

Disability Policy 11, 41, 75 

Dismissal 40, 88 

Disqualification 40 

Diversity Requirement 65 

Doctor in Physical Therapy 269-279 

Doctoral Degree Program 269 

Documentary Film 181 

Doheny Campus & Map 14 

Double Baccalaureate 67 

Double Counting Courses 67 

Double Major 67 

Early Childhood Education 143-144 

Economics Courses 141 

Education 142-171 

Admission to credential status 147 

Admission to program 81 

Baccalaureate Degree 144 

Credentials 142 

Course descriptions 158-171 

Graduate Program 155-171 

Elementary Teaching 142, 144 

Employment, Student 24 

ENLACES 296 

English Major/Minor 172-180 

Examinations 

Course (Credit by Exam) 42, 87 

Placement 37 



Expenses 

Tuition and Fees 25 

Faculty 363 

Family Education and Privacy Act 10 

Family Relations (Sociology) 337 

Federal Nursing Loans 23 

Federal Parent Loans 23 

Fees (Tuition & Fees) 25-27 

Film Major 181 

Financial Aid 21 

First Year Merit Award 21 

Fitness Education 53, 75 

Foreign Language Requirement 63 

French Major/Minor 185 

FPLUS (Federal Parent Loans for 

Undergrad Students) 23 

General Studies Curriculum 58-66 

Double counting 67 

Requirements 46-47, 59-66 

Gerontology Major 188 

Gerontology Minor 189 

Certificate 190 

Global Studies 334 

Grades and Grading Policies 

Graduate 85 

Undergraduate 33 

Grade Point Average (GPA) 33, 85 

Graduation GPA Requirement 57, 85 

Graduate Council 88 

Graduate Degree Programs 79-88 

Academic Policies 83-87 

Admission Policies 81 

Application for Graduation 84 

Graduate Program Application 81 

Graduate Program Tuition 25 

Graduate Religious Studies 307 

Certificates 312 

Graduation 44, 84 

Graduation/Commencement Date 4 

Graduation with honors 47, 68 

Grants 2 1 

Grievance Procedure 40, 88 

Health and Accident Insurance 28 

Health and Human Services Major 191 

Health Insurance Waiver 28 

Health Service 

Chalon Campus 77 

Doheny Campus 55 

Hispanic Pastoral Ministry 322-328 

History Majors/Minors 192 

History Requirements 60 

History of the College 5 

Honors 

Dean's List 36 

Graduation with 48, 68 

Societies 37 

Honors Program 69 

Housing Deposit 26 



INDEX 384 



Human Rights (Sociology) 334 

Human Services Program 191 

Humanities Major 198-207 

Incomplete Grade 35, 86 

Independent Study 38 

Instructional Media Center 9 

Institute for Student Academic 

Enrichment(ISAE) 53, 75 

Institutional Loans 23 

Insurance, Health and Accident 27 

Intercampus Transfer 48 

Scholarship 22 

To Baccalaureate 22 

ToAccBSN 244 

Interdisciplinary Courses 350 

International Business Emphasis 113 

Internships 38 

Japanese 208 

Journalism 209 

Keck Toddler Center 15 

Language and Culture 210 

Leadership Program 

Chalon Campus 78 

Doheny Campus 56 

Leadership Program 78 

Learning Assistance Program 75 

Learning Resource Center 49 

Leave of Absence 41 

Legal Responsibility of College 11 

Liberal Arts 

AA. Program 211 

B.A. Major (Weekend College) 212 

Liberal Studies Major 213-215 

Library Facilities 9, 51, 70 

Loans 

Information . 22-23 

Federal Nursing Loan 23 

FPLUS (Federal Parent Loans for 

Undergrad Students) 23 

Federal Stafford Loan 23 

Institutional Loans 23 

Short-term Loans 23 

Majors Offered 

Associate in Arts Degree 45 

Baccalaureate Degrees 57 

Master of Arts in Humanities 198 

Master of Arts in Religious Studies 307 

Master of Science in Counseling 

Psychology 294-306 

Master of Science in Education 155 

Master of Science in Nursing 253 

Masters Degree Programs 79 

Mathematics 216 

Mathematics Requirements 61 

McCarthy Library 51 

Meal Plans 29 

Medical Sociology 334 

Minor Policy 68 



Mission Statement 5 

Modern Language Requirement 62-63 

Music Majors/Minors 221-227 

Music Scholarship 21 

Natural and Physical Sciences 61 

Non Degree Seeking Graduate 

Students 84 

Nondiscrimination Policy 2 

Non-matriculating students 84 

Nursing Fee .....26, 28 

Nursing Loans 23 

Nursing Program 228-256 

Associate 228 

Baccalaureate 239 

Masters 253 

Cooperating Agencies 374-377 

Off-Campus Student Employment 24 

On Campus Student Employment 23 

Orientation 53, 76 

Parking Fee 28 

Petitions 41,88 

Philosophy Majors/Minors 257-263 

Philosophy Requirement 64 

Physical Education 264-267 

Physical Science Courses 268 

Physical Therapy Degree Program 

Doctoral Degree 269-279 

Clinical Affiliates 377-381 

Physics Courses 280 

Placement Examination 37 

Political Science 281-287 

Pre-Dental Program 132 

Pre-Health Program 288 

Pre-Law Minor 290 

Pre-Medical Program 132 

President's Cabinet 358 

President's Scholarship 22 

Probation (Academic) 40 

Psychology Courses 297-306 

Psychology Majors/Minors 291-306 

Baccalaureate 291 

Certificates 296 

Master of Science 294 

Quantitative Literacy 66 

Race Studies (Sociology) 335 

Readmission 

Graduate 83 

Undergraduate 18 

Regents Council 360 

Religious Commitment 6 

Religious Studies 307-328 

Baccalaureate Degree 307 

Graduate Degree 312 

Certificate Programs 314 

Religious Studies Courses 316-328 

Religious Studies Requirement 63 

Repetition of Courses 86 

Residence Costs 28 



385 INDEX 



Residence Life 

Chalon 76 

Doheny 54 

Residence Life Office 54, 76 

Residence Requirements 

Associate Program 45 

Baccalaureate Program 67 

Graduate 83 

Room Deposit 25,28 

Scholarships 21 

Science Requirement 61 

Scholar Mentor Program 76 

Second Baccalaureate 68 

Second Major 68 

Secondary Teaching 145 

Service Learning 52 

Sexual Harassment 10 

Short-term Loans 23 

Sisters of St. Joseph College-Consortium 

Exchange 72 

Skills Program 51 

Social and Behavioral Science 

Requirement 62 

Social Justice (Film) 181 

Social Services (Sociology) 336 

Social Science 329-330 

Social Work 331-332 

Sociology Major/Minor 333-344 

Spanish Major/Minor 345-349 

Special Education 

Mild-Moderate Disabilities 150, 153 

Special Programs 350-353 

Speech Courses 354 

Student Activities 

Associate 54 

Baccalaureate 73 

Student Affairs 

Chalon Campus 73-78 

Doheny Campus 51-56 

Student Employment 23 

Student Health Services 

Chalon 77 

Doheny 55 

Student Health and Accident Insurance 27 

Student Responsibility 83 

Student Services 

Associate Programs 49-53 

Baccalaureate Programs 70-78 

Student Support Services (ISAE) 53, 75 

Study Away 71 

Summer Skills 51 

Supervised Teaching 151 

Table of Contents 3 

Teacher Education Cooperating Staff 372 

Teacher Preparation Programs 147 

Technology Policy 11 

Transcripts 41 



Transfer 18 

Admission procedures 18 

Credits 42, 86 

Transfer Scholarship 21 

Trustees, Board of 358 

Tuition and Fees 25 

Deposit 25 

Tuition Discount (MSMC 

Graduate Students) 22 

Tuition Payment Options 29 

Tuition Refund Policy 30 

Unauthorized Withdrawal 35, 87 

UCLA Cross-Registration 72 

UJ Cross-Registration 73 

Undergraduate Academic Policies 45, 57 

Undergraduate Tuition 25 

Undergraduate Tuition Deposit 25 

Unit (Academic Load) 83 

Washington Semester Program 72 

Weekend College 7 

Admissions 19 

Information 7 

Tuition 25 

Withdrawal 

From college 40, 87 

From courses 35, 87 

Women's Leadership 56 

Women's Studies 355 

Youth Ministry Program 315 



.. •*•- 



- $$M 



- 






. ,-^lr- ; ' 




MOUNT 

ST. MARYS 
COLLEGE 



haiofi cammis 



los Angeles, ca 90049 
(310) 954-4000 



,os Angeles, ca 9000 



13) 477-25'